Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS 2

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 17, 2017

Registration No. 333-215372


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
The Securities Act of 1933



JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  2836
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  45-4870634
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

1030 Massachusetts Avenue
Cambridge, MA 02138
(857) 259-3840

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)



Richard Murray, Ph.D.
Chief Executive Officer and President
1030 Massachusetts Avenue
Cambridge, MA 02138
(857) 259-3840

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Mitchell S. Bloom, Esq.
Ryan S. Sansom, Esq.
Caitlin L. Murray, Esq.
Goodwin Procter LLP
Exchange Place
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
(617) 570-1000

 

Anna L. Barry, Ph.D., Esq.
Senior Vice President, Legal and Secretary
Jounce Therapeutics, Inc.
1030 Massachusetts Avenue
Cambridge, MA 02138
(857) 259-3840

 

Deanna L. Kirkpatrick, Esq.
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
(212) 450-4000



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, check the following box.     o

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

               
 
Title of each class of securities
to be registered

  Amount to be
registered(1)

  Proposed maximum
offering price per
share

  Proposed maximum
aggregate offering
price(2)

  Amount of
registration fee(3)

 

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

  6,164,000   $15.00   $92,460,000   $10,716.12

 

(1)    Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act. Includes the offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

(2)   Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

(3)   A registration fee of $8,693 was already paid.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

Subject to completion, dated January 17, 2017.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

5,360,000 Shares

LOGO

Common Stock



We are offering 5,360,000 shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering. This is our initial public offering of our common stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The estimated initial public offering price is between $13.00 and $15.00 per share. We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol "JNCE."

We are an emerging growth company under the federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. These risks are described under the caption "Risk factors" that begins on page 15 of this prospectus.

 
  Per share
  Total
 

Initial public offering price

  $                  $                 

Underwriting discount(1)

 
$

              
 
$

              
 

Proceeds to us, before expenses

 
$

              
 
$

              
 

(1)    We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses. See "Underwriting" for a description of all compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to 804,000 additional shares on the same terms and conditions set forth above.

An affiliate of Celgene Corporation, one of our existing stockholders, has indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of approximately $10.0 million of shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to this stockholder, and such stockholder could determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the securities that may be offered under this prospectus, nor have any of these organizations determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to investors on                  , 2017.

 
   
J.P. Morgan   Cowen and Company

Wells Fargo Securities

Baird

Prospectus dated                  , 2017


Table of Contents

Table of contents

 
  Page
 

Prospectus summary

    1  

Risk factors

    15  

Special note regarding forward-looking statements and market data

    73  

Use of proceeds

    75  

Dividend policy

    77  

Capitalization

    78  

Dilution

    80  

Selected financial data

    83  

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

    85  

Business

    106  

Management

    150  

Executive compensation

    159  

Director compensation

    168  

Non-employee director compensation policy

    169  

Certain relationships and related party transactions

    170  

Principal stockholders

    172  

Description of capital stock

    175  

Shares eligible for future sale

    181  

Certain material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations to non-U.S. holders

    183  

Underwriting

    187  

Legal matters

    195  

Experts

    195  

Where you can find more information

    195  

Index to consolidated financial statements

    F-1  

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information other than that contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover page of this prospectus, or other earlier date stated in this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of our common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

Until                             , 2017, all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

 

Prospectus summary

Overview

We are a clinical stage immunotherapy company dedicated to transforming the treatment of cancer by developing therapies that enable the immune system to attack tumors and provide long-lasting benefits to patients. Through the use of our Translational Science Platform, we first focus on specific cell types within tumors to prioritize targets, and then identify related biomarkers designed to match the right therapy to the right patient. Our strategy is to create immunotherapies targeting a variety of the diverse cellular components of the immune system, as well as non-immune cells resident within the tumor, all of which can vary greatly among tumors within and across indications. This may provide benefit to patients with tumors across the spectrum from highly inflamed, or hot, to poorly inflamed, or cold, and especially those not well served by current therapies. We believe the early identification of potential predictive biomarkers to prospectively enrich for biomarker positive cancer patients, from across many indications, may lead to shortened development timelines for our new immunotherapies. Our approach is designed to lead to a larger effect size by first identifying and then focusing on a smaller biomarker positive study population. Through this two-pronged approach, we believe our Translational Science Platform enables us to effectively and efficiently identify and develop new cancer immunotherapies.

Targeting T cells:     Our lead product candidate, JTX-2011, is a clinical stage monoclonal antibody that binds to and activates ICOS, a protein on the surface of certain T cells commonly found in many solid tumors. We believe our JTX-2011 antibody has a dual mechanism of action that serves to amplify an immune response in T effector cells, or "good" T cells, while preferentially reducing the number of T regulatory cells, or "bad" T cells, within a tumor. Our preclinical data demonstrates that JTX-2011 stimulates a significant T cell immune response against solid tumors. We submitted our Investigational New Drug Application, or IND, for JTX-2011 to the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, in July 2016 and began our JTX-2011 multi-arm Phase I/II clinical trial in patients with solid tumors in August 2016. We believe JTX-2011 has the potential to act both as a single agent and more importantly in combination with other therapies, such as anti-PD-1 antibodies, to offer treatment alternatives to patients who otherwise lack an effective response to currently approved therapies. We are also conducting IND enabling studies for JTX-4014, an anti-PD-1 antibody for use in future combinations with JTX-2011 as well as for use in combination with other future product candidates, as we believe combination therapy has the potential to be a mainstay of cancer immunotherapy. Safety data from our multi-arm Phase I/II JTX-2011 trial is expected in the first half of 2017, and preliminary efficacy proof of concept data is expected in the second half 2017 in both the single agent and combination setting.

Beyond T effector cells:     We are discovering and developing immunotherapies beyond the currently approved products targeting T effector cells. To do so, we are leveraging our Translational Science Platform to systematically and comprehensively interrogate cell types within the human tumor microenvironment, or TME, to enable us to develop therapies with the potential to benefit patients with tumors across the spectrum from hot to cold. This includes focusing on adaptive and innate immune cells, such as B and T regulatory cells, and immunosuppressive macrophages, respectively. Therapies targeting these cell types and cell subsets may have the potential to complement existing approaches that focus on T effector cells and thereby benefit many patients who do not respond to the currently approved T effector cell-focused immunotherapies. In addition, we are discovering and developing multiple approaches, including targeting stromal cells, with the potential to convert cold tumors to hot tumors, thereby making the tumors more amenable to immunotherapy, perhaps in combination approaches.

1


Table of Contents

Identifying potential predictive biomarkers to prioritize indications and match the right therapy to the right patients :    Early in the development process, we use our Translational Science Platform to identify potential predictive biomarkers designed to enable us to enrich for a patient population more likely to respond to our immunotherapy. In addition we can also use characteristics defined by our biomarker efforts to focus on niche indications and/or niche subsets within indications to inform our clinical strategy. By taking this biomarker-driven approach, which supports enriched-enrollment clinical trial design by stratifying patients and focusing on the biomarker positive patients whose tumors express our biomarker(s) of interest, we believe that we can more efficiently develop our cancer immunotherapies. The biomarker results, coordinated to clinical response, will determine the utility of proceeding to the use of a complementary diagnostic and/or companion diagnostic for a given therapy.

Our ability to prioritize targets and potential predictive biomarkers using our Translational Science Platform was a key component leading to our recently announced strategic collaboration with Celgene Corporation, or Celgene. This global strategic collaboration, which included a $225.0 million upfront payment and a $36.1 million equity investment, is primarily focused on co-developing and co-commercializing innovative biologic immunotherapy treatments for patients with cancer. Under the agreement, we granted Celgene exclusive options to develop and commercialize our lead product candidate, JTX-2011, and up to four early-stage programs consisting of targets to be selected from a pool of certain B cell, T regulatory cell and tumor-associated macrophage targets. Additionally, Celgene has an exclusive option to develop and commercialize our product candidate JTX-4014, which, upon exercise of such option, will be a shared program that may be used by both parties in and outside of the collaboration. Under the terms of the agreement, if Celgene exercises all of its options, all programs meet all milestones, including regulatory approvals in the United States and outside the United States, and Celgene extends the initial four-year research term for three additional years, we are eligible to earn additional clinical, regulatory, and/or commercialization milestone payments, option-exercise fees and research term extension fees. In addition to progressing collaboration programs, we will continue to use our Translational Science Platform to progress our own programs that are not part of the collaboration and for which we retain worldwide commercial rights.

Immunotherapies are increasingly recognized as a critical component of cancer therapy and are beginning to fundamentally change the paradigm for treating patients. Fewer than half of all cancer patients respond to single agent immunotherapies. Combination therapies are beginning to yield greater responses than single agent therapies, yet there is still significant unmet medical need among large patient populations across most solid tumor indications. In addition, there is a significant number of patients with tumors that lack, or have low levels of, immune cell infiltrate where additional approaches may be required to fully realize the benefit of immunotherapy agents. We believe targeting novel immune mechanisms in combination with identifying and using predictive biomarkers may best address these areas of unmet need.

Our Translational Science Platform utilizes a suite of integrated technologies to comprehensively profile the cellular and molecular characteristics within thousands of human solid tumors, providing critical information about the TME that we believe will allow us to identify and guide new immunotherapies more efficiently through development. We utilize a systematic approach to match targets to defined patient populations, as well as niche indications and/or niche subsets within indications, that we believe are more likely to benefit from these therapies. Building on our biomarker-driven strategy, we aim to establish complementary diagnostics and/or companion diagnostics for each of our product candidates to identify the right patients for treatment.

JTX-2011, our lead program, has shown preclinical anti-tumor effects both as a single agent and in combination with existing immunotherapies such as anti-PD-1 antibodies. Single agent efficacy in preclinical

2


Table of Contents

models is correlated with the percentage of ICOS-expressing T cells in the tumor. Using our Translational Science Platform, we have identified human cancer indications that display high percentages of ICOS-expressing T cells and ICOS-related biomarkers within the tumors. Based on this, we have prioritized certain indications, including non-small cell lung cancer or NSCLC, head and neck squamous cell cancer or HNSCC, and additional niche indications for evaluation in our ongoing JTX-2011 single agent trial. Furthermore, individual patient tumors from the selected indications will be evaluated during clinical trial enrollment for ICOS and related biomarkers so that we can enrich our trials with patients who may be more likely to respond to JTX-2011. We are also using our Translational Science Platform and biomarker-driven strategy to identify additional niche indications and/or niche subsets within indications that may be particularly amenable to JTX-2011 therapy and may provide additional patient populations for evaluation in our clinical studies. In addition, because existing immunotherapies such as anti-PD-1/anti-PD-L1 antibodies may induce ICOS upregulation on T cells, we believe that in a combination setting, JTX-2011 may exert anti-tumor activity in a broader group of indications and thus provide benefit to a greater number of patients. As a result, our ongoing Phase I/II multi-arm trial will also assess the safety and efficacy of JTX-2011 in combination with the anti-PD-1 antibody, nivolumab, in patients with NSCLC, HNSCC, triple negative breast cancer, or TNBC, melanoma, stomach cancer and additional niche indications identified through our Translational Science Platform. Assuming continued successful development, our expectation is that our anti-PD-1 antibody JTX-4014, that is currently in IND-enabling studies, will be included in subsequent clinical studies.

The majority of immunotherapy discovery and development efforts have focused on T cell targeted therapies, particularly T effector cells, which have provided long-lasting benefits to some patients, but significant unmet medical need remains. As such, we have focused our early discovery efforts on interrogating multiple cell types. We believe our approach will identify novel immunotherapies that engage different elements of the immune system and stroma and can address the broader unmet medical need across solid tumor indications. Our discovery pipeline consists of multiple programs, including several that target immunosuppressive macrophages, which are highly prevalent in many solid tumor types, as well as programs aimed at converting cold tumors to hot tumors. We believe these approaches may create options for patients who are less likely to respond to currently approved therapies, as well as enhance responses in patients who have had limited response to currently approved immunotherapies.

Immuno-oncology background

Historically, cancer treatments have focused on either killing or arresting the proliferation of the tumor cells themselves. However, fundamental work pioneered by one of our founders, Dr. James Allison, led to the discovery of immune cell checkpoint therapy. Checkpoints are key immune cell mechanisms that function as either positive or negative steps to fine tune and control the immune response. In the cancer setting, tumor cells have developed strategies for hijacking these immune checkpoints, preventing an immune response to the cancer and allowing the tumor cells to proliferate without any natural interference. Checkpoint immunotherapies have been developed to overcome this by either enhancing immune cell activation (stepping on the gas of the immune system) or blocking immune cell inhibition (releasing the brakes on the immune system) resulting in an amplification of the anti-tumor immune response that can result in a long-lasting effect. To date, four immunotherapy products have been approved in various indications, including a combination regimen, and there are many other candidates in preclinical and clinical development targeting immune cells. 2014 estimates of the 2020 overall immunotherapy market range from $25 to $59 billion across solid and blood-based tumors.

3


Table of Contents

Combination therapy aimed at multiple targets has now become an important element of immunotherapy development efforts with the goal of creating even better, long-lasting responses, and will likely become a cornerstone of our JTX-2011 development program. For this reason, we are also developing an anti-PD-1 antibody, JTX-4014, that, assuming continued successful development, we intend to use in combination with JTX-2011 and future product candidates.

Challenges in immuno-oncology

Despite the enthusiasm surrounding immunotherapies and the benefit certain cancer patients have experienced in recent years, substantial challenges remain to maximize the impact of immunotherapy in cancer. To date, identifying the most appropriate indications and most responsive patient populations for a particular immunotherapy has presented significant challenges, including the following:

Established single agent immunotherapies are only effective in a minority of patients.

The current approach to immunotherapy target prioritization is not systematic and does not leverage a complete understanding of the TME to best identify high value targets, related to certain patient populations.

The current emphasis on T effector cell-focused immunotherapy targets does not harness the entire spectrum of potential immune and non-immune cell targets within the tumor leaving fewer therapeutic options for patients whose tumors are poorly infiltrated with T cells.

Predictive biomarkers, the value and use of which are relatively new, are not uniformly used to proactively select responsive patient populations and/or preferred indications, which drives longer development timelines with higher associated costs.

Our differentiated approach to solving the challenges of immuno-oncology

Jounce was founded on the principle that an in-depth understanding and profiling of the immune system within human tumors can significantly enhance and expedite the development of impactful immunotherapies. Our multifaceted approach to profiling tumors yields a comprehensive understanding of the TME allowing us to efficiently prioritize promising cancer targets and related biomarkers. We believe our efforts allow us to prioritize indications and match the right therapy to the right patients, enabling an enriched-enrollment clinical trial design which may result in shorter development timelines with lower associated costs. More specifically:

Our Translational Science Platform allows us to comprehensively interrogate the TME.

Our ability to extensively exploit and evaluate cells within the TME, including immune cells and stromal cells, allows us to prioritize targets and develop new immunotherapies targeting the spectrum of hot to cold tumors.

Our Translational Science Platform allows us to identify potential predictive biomarkers to match the right therapy to the right patient.

Our Translational Science Platform allows us to identify potential niche indications and/or niche subsets within indications that may be particularly amenable to our product candidates.

Our ability to identify optimal immune cell targets and enrich patient populations most likely to respond to our therapies allows for potentially shorter development timelines and lower associated costs.

4


Table of Contents

Jounce's Translational Science Platform

Our Translational Science Platform utilizes a suite of integrated technologies to comprehensively profile the cellular and molecular characteristics within thousands of human solid tumors, providing critical information on the TME that we believe will allow us to identify and guide new immunotherapies more efficiently through development. Our approach to development highlights the following key differentiating features of our Translational Science Platform:

Target Identification.     Using our Translational Science Platform, we identify targets and related biomarkers linked to specific cell types. By targeting both adaptive and innate immune cells, as well as stromal cells that support tumor growth, within the TME we can focus on programs that go beyond existing approaches and create drug candidates with the potential to benefit patients less likely to respond to currently approved immunotherapies. We have used our Translational Science Platform to identify several targets within the TME, including on immunosuppressive macrophages, one of the innate immune cell types. Several of these macrophage targets have been further validated and we are generating potential drug candidates against them. By using our Translational Science Platform and targeting multiple immune and non-immune cell types we believe we have the potential to make the full spectrum of tumors, from hot to cold, more amenable to immunotherapies.

Indication Selection and Patient Enrichment.     Using our Translational Science Platform, we prioritize indications based on the levels of specific biomarkers that we have identified as relevant within the applicable tumor. For example, in our JTX-2011 program, we used both multi-parametric immunohistochemistry and RNA profiling to evaluate the levels of ICOS and related biomarkers in over a thousand tumor samples. Indications that demonstrated higher percentages of ICOS-expressing immune cells and related biomarkers were prioritized. Furthermore, individual patient tumors will be evaluated during clinical trial enrollment for ICOS and related biomarkers to build a clinical population of patients who may be more likely to respond to JTX-2011. We are also using characteristics defined from our biomarker efforts to identify niche indications and/or niche subsets of indications that may be more amenable to treatment with JTX-2011 and these data are being used to inform our clinical development strategy.

Although immuno-oncology is leading the frontier in new cancer therapies, most of the focus to date has been on T effector cells. We believe there are significant opportunities to develop immunotherapies that target other cell types within the TME, to address the spectrum of hot to cold tumors, that could result in groundbreaking advances in cancer treatment. As new technologies arise, we plan to continually enhance our Translational Science Platform by looking for additional opportunities to expand our capabilities and deepen our understanding of the TME. Our ultimate goal is to use our Translational Science Platform to comprehensively interrogate the TME to enable us to bring the right therapies to the right patients.

Our product pipeline

We are developing a pipeline of immunotherapies that we believe will provide a meaningful and long-lasting benefit to cancer patients. We plan to develop each of these as a single agent and in combination with other therapies, as applicable. The following table depicts our current pipeline:

5


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

Lead program JTX-2011: an anti-ICOS monoclonal antibody

Our lead product candidate, JTX-2011, is a clinical stage monoclonal antibody that binds to and activates ICOS, the I nducible T cell CO - S timulator, which is a protein on the surface of certain T cells. ICOS is a member of the CD28 family of cell surface proteins, a family that includes PD-1, the target of the approved immunotherapies Keytruda and Opdivo, and CTLA-4, the target of Yervoy, another approved immunotherapy. We believe that JTX-2011 will activate ICOS and stimulate an immune response against cancer cells. In human studies aimed at understanding changes in the immune system following exposure to an immunotherapy drug, ICOS was the protein showing the most significant change. This and other clinical data led to the concept that ICOS stimulatory activity on T cells was beneficial in treating solid tumors. We believe this type of clinically derived information serves as an important factor in distinguishing and prioritizing targets suitable for immunotherapy development.

We are developing JTX-2011 to treat solid tumors as a single agent and in combination with other therapies. We submitted our IND for JTX-2011 to the FDA in July 2016 and initiated our multi-arm Phase I/II clinical trial in August 2016. Individual patient tumors from tumor indications selected through our Translational Science Platform will be evaluated during clinical trial enrollment for ICOS and related biomarkers so that we can enrich our trials with patients who may be more likely to respond to JTX-2011. We are also using our Translational Science Platform and biomarker-driven strategy to identify additional, niche indications and/or niche subsets within indications that may be particularly amenable to JTX-2011 therapy and may provide additional patient populations for evaluation in our clinical studies.

Because existing immunotherapies, such as anti-PD-1/anti-PD-L1 antibodies, may induce ICOS upregulation on T cells, we believe that in a combination setting, JTX-2011 may exert anti-tumor activity in a broader group of indications and thus will provide benefit to a greater number of patients.

6


Table of Contents

JTX-4014: An anti-PD-1 antibody for combination therapy

Combination therapy aimed at multiple targets has now become an important element of immunotherapy development efforts with the goal of creating even better, long-lasting responses. PD-1 checkpoint inhibitors are anticipated to play a key role in combination therapies. For this reason we are developing JTX-4014, a fully human IgG4 monoclonal antibody designed to bind to PD-1 and block its interaction with its ligands, PD-L1 and PD-L2. Assuming continued successful development of JTX-4014, we intend to use it in combination with our lead candidate, JTX-2011 as well as for use in combination with potential future product candidates.

Beyond T effector cell discovery programs

We believe that the ability to target different cell types within the TME beyond the T effector cells that are the focus of currently approved immunotherapies, including T regulatory cells, B cells as well as innate immune cells and non-immune cells including stromal cells, may allow us to 1) pursue tumor types not currently served by therapies which target the T effector arm of the adaptive immune system, as well as 2) potentially convert the TME from an immunosuppressive environment to an immune activating environment and 3) potentially convert cold tumors to hot. We believe our differentiated approach to understanding and comprehensively interrogating cell types of the TME positions us to fully exploit the promise of immunotherapy in cancer. Our current discovery efforts are focused on interrogating multiple cell types including macrophages, an innate immune cell, where there is evidence of the relationship of immunosuppressive macrophages to poor patient prognosis.

Our Translational Science Platform enables us to take an unbiased, bioinformatics-based approach to focus on a particular cell type within human tumor samples. In so doing, we can identify potential targets on specific cell subsets within a tumor. Using this approach, we have identified targets on the immunosuppressive M2 macrophages that, when treated with specific monoclonal antibodies, may be able to influence the composition of macrophages within the TME, converting them from immune-suppressing M2 to immune-enhancing M1 macrophages. Included among this target set, we have identified a novel, previously unrecognized protein-to-protein binding interaction between two of the macrophage targets. We are currently generating antibodies to a number of these macrophage targets with the goal of assessing the potential of the target/antibody combinations to be product candidates. We believe that using a similar unbiased bioinformatics approach, we can prioritize targets from additional cell types in the adaptive immune system, including T regulatory cells and B cells, and in non-immune cells including stromal cells. These efforts have the potential to expand the utility of cancer immunotherapies across the spectrum of tumors from hot to cold.

Our strategy

Our goal is to bring the right immunotherapies to the right patients to provide a long-lasting benefit that ultimately improves the patient's life. To achieve our goal, we are:

Aggressively developing our lead product candidate JTX-2011 both as a single agent and in combination with other therapies including nivolumab in our ongoing study and, we expect, our anti-PD-1 antibody JTX-4014 in subsequent studies.

Efficiently building a broad pipeline of immunotherapies targeting defined patient populations through the use of our Translational Science Platform.

7


Table of Contents

Addressing the unmet medical needs of cancer patients with tumors unresponsive to T effector cell-directed therapies by emphasizing our discovery efforts on other cell types within the TME.

Maximizing the value of our early pipeline through building and/or in-licensing new technologies and methodologies to turn cold tumors to hot tumors to make them more amenable to immunotherapy.

Building the leading fully-integrated discovery-to-commercial immuno-oncology company by delivering innovative biologic immunotherapies to cancer patients.

Management

We have assembled a highly experienced team of experts in immunotherapy to help us leverage our Translational Science Platform to drive the development of our early discovery programs, JTX-4014 and JTX-2011. Our chief executive officer, Dr. Richard Murray, our chief scientific officer, Dr. Deborah Law, and our chief technical officer, Dr. Stephen G. Farrand each have successful track records in discovering, developing, manufacturing and commercializing drugs across a range of therapeutic areas including immunotherapy, and have played leadership roles from the preclinical stages through the Biologics License Application approval of the product Keytruda. Additionally, Dr. Elizabeth Trehu, our chief medical officer, has significant oncology drug development and commercialization experience. Two of our founders, Dr. James Allison and Dr. Padmanee Sharma of the University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center, were initially responsible for the translational science behind ICOS. Dr. James Allison played a fundamental role in ushering in the era of checkpoint therapy in general, including contributing to the understanding of the basic science of CTLA-4 that supported the development of Yervoy, and he was recently awarded the 2015 Lasker-DeBakey Clinical Medical Research Award. Dr. Thomas Gajewski of the University of Chicago, Dr. Drew Pardoll of Johns Hopkins University, Dr. Robert Schreiber of Washington University School of Medicine, and Dr. Louis Weiner of Georgetown University are also founders of our company.

Risks associated with our business

Our ability to implement our business strategy is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section entitled "Risk factors" immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others, that:

We are early in our development efforts. Our lead product candidate, JTX-2011, is in early-stage clinical development and JTX-4014 is still in preclinical development. If we are unable to advance JTX-4014 or other product candidates to clinical development, advance JTX-2011 through clinical development, or obtain marketing approval and ultimately commercialize any product candidates or experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

We rely on our Translational Science Platform to identify and develop product candidates. Our competitive position could be materially harmed if our competitors develop a platform similar to our Translational Science Platform and develop rival product candidates.

JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates we develop may cause undesirable side effects or have other properties when used alone or in combination with other approved pharmaceutical products or investigational new drugs that could halt their clinical development, prevent their marketing approval, limit their commercial potential or result in significant negative consequences.

We expect to develop JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and potentially future product candidates in combination with other drugs. If we are unable to enter into a strategic collaboration for, or if we are unable to purchase

8


Table of Contents

    on commercially reasonable terms, an approved cancer drug to use in combination with our product candidates, we may be unable to develop or obtain approval for such product candidates in combination with other drugs.

We may develop complementary diagnostics and/or companion diagnostics for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other product candidates we develop. If we are unable to successfully develop such complementary diagnostics and/or companion diagnostics, or experience significant delays in doing so, we may not realize the full commercial potential of JTX-2011 or any other future product candidates.

We depend on our collaboration with Celgene and may depend on collaborations with additional third parties for the development and commercialization of our product candidates. If those collaborations are not successful, we may not be able to capitalize on the market potential of these product candidates.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our proprietary information and know-how, the value of our technology and products could be adversely affected.

We will require substantial additional financing to achieve our goals. We are an early clinical stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history. We have incurred net losses in every year since our inception and we anticipate that we will continue to incur substantial and increasing net losses in the foreseeable future.

Implications of being an emerging growth company

We qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

only two years of audited financial statements in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements with correspondingly reduced "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations" disclosure;

reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

no non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements;

exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting; and

exemption from Public Company Accounting Oversight Board rules requiring mandatory audit firm rotations or a supplement to the auditor's report on financial statements.

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company on the date that is the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these exemptions. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different from the information you

9


Table of Contents

receive from other public companies in which you hold stock. We have irrevocably elected to "opt out" of the exemption for the delayed adoption of certain accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Company and other information

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in March 2012. Our principal executive office is located at 1030 Massachusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02138, and our telephone number is (857) 259-3840. Our website address is http://jouncetx.com. We do not incorporate the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus.

We own various U.S. federal trademark applications and unregistered trademarks, including our company name. All other trademarks or trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus are referred to without the symbols ® and ™, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto.

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus. Unless otherwise stated, all references to "us," "our," "JNCE," "we," the "Company" and similar designations refer to Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiary.

10


Table of Contents

 

The offering

Common stock offered by us   5,360,000 shares.

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

 

30,162,026 shares (30,966,026 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

Underwriters' option to purchase additional shares

 

We have granted a 30-day option to the underwriters to purchase up to an aggregate of 804,000 additional shares of common stock from us at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions on the same terms as set forth in this prospectus.

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering of approximately $67.8 million, or $78.3 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We anticipate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering to advance our lead product candidate, JTX-2011, through the completion of our multi-arm Phase I/II clinical trial, to advance JTX-4014 through IND enabling studies and our planned initial clinical studies, to advance and expand our Translational Science Platform and research and development pipeline, and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. For a more complete description of our intended use of the proceeds from this offering, see "Use of proceeds."

Risk factors

 

You should carefully read the "Risk factors" section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Directed share program

 

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares to be sold in this offering to our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus. See "Underwriting."

Proposed NASDAQ Capital Market symbol

 

"JNCE"

11


Table of Contents

An affiliate of Celgene Corporation, one of our existing stockholders, has indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of approximately $10.0 million of shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to this stockholder, and such stockholder could determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 24,802,026 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2016, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2016 into an aggregate of 22,283,690 shares upon the completion of this offering and excludes:

4,289,693 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2016 at a weighted average exercise price of $3.95 per share;

243,758 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance as of December 31, 2016 under our 2013 Stock Option and Grant Plan, or the 2013 Plan, which will become available for issuance under our 2017 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2017 Plan, upon effectiveness of our 2017 Plan;

1,510,000 additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Plan, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and

302,000 additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or 2017 ESPP, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus reflects or assumes the following:

the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 22,283,690 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering;

no exercise of outstanding options after December 31, 2016;

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation upon the closing of this offering and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part;

a 1-for-3.69 reverse split of our common stock effected on January 13, 2017; and

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to 804,000 additional shares of common stock in this offering.

12


Table of Contents

 

Summary financial data

You should read the following summary financial data together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the "Selected financial data" and "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations" sections of this prospectus. We have derived the statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2016 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial information in those statements. In the opinion of management, the unaudited data reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected in the future, and results for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2016.

 
   
   
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  Year ended December 31,  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
 
  2014
  2015
  2015
  2016
 

Statements of operations data:

                         

Revenue:

                         

Collaboration revenue

  $   $   $   $ 16,908  

Operating expenses:

                         

Research and development

  $ 11,243   $ 22,130   $ 14,794   $ 24,250  

General and administrative

    4,969     8,266     5,462     12,106  

Total operating expenses

    16,212     30,396     20,256     36,356  

Operating loss

    (16,212 )   (30,396 )   (20,256 )   (19,448 )

Other income (expense), net

    5,696     1,864     1,862     279  

Net loss

  $ (10,516 ) $ (28,532 ) $ (18,394 ) $ (19,169 )

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(1)

  $ (10.93 ) $ (23.13 ) $ (16.15 ) $ (12.85 )

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted(1)

    1,184,440     1,621,240     1,566,273     2,007,341  

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common shareholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

        $ (1.64 )       $ (0.87 )

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

          18,521,924           22,089,930  

(1)    See consolidated statement of operations and Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus for further details on the calculation of net loss per share, basic and diluted, attributable to common stockholders and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts and unaudited pro forma information.

13


Table of Contents

 

 
  As of September 30, 2016  
(in thousands)
  Actual
  Pro forma(2)
  Pro forma
as adjusted(3)

 

Balance sheet data:

                   

Cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities

  $ 271,395   $ 271,395   $ 339,244  

Working capital(1)

    83,353     83,353     151,202  

Total assets

    280,166     280,166     348,015  

Convertible preferred stock

    139,038          

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

  $ (75,228 ) $ 63,810   $ 131,659  

(1)    We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities. See our consolidated financial statements for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.

(2)    Pro forma balance sheet data give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock.

(3)    The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data give further effect to the sale by us of 5,360,000 shares of our common stock offered in this offering, at the initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders' equity by approximately $5.0 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and stockholders' equity by approximately $13.0 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

14


Table of Contents

Risk factors

Risks related to product development and regulatory process

We are early in our development efforts. Our lead product candidate, JTX-2011, is in early-stage clinical development. If we are unable to advance JTX-2011 through clinical development, or advance JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates to clinical development, or obtain marketing approval and ultimately commercialize any product candidates or experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

We are early in our development efforts, and our lead product candidate, JTX-2011, is still in the early stages of clinical development. We have invested substantially all of our efforts and financial resources in the identification of targets and preclinical and clinical development of monoclonal antibodies, or mAbs, including the development of our lead product candidate, JTX-2011, and JTX-4014. We began a multi-arm Phase I/II clinical trial for JTX-2011 in August 2016.

Our other efforts have been invested in early stage, preclinical programs. Our ability to generate product revenues, which we do not expect will occur for many years, if ever, will depend heavily on the successful development and eventual commercialization of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates, which may never occur. We currently generate no revenues from sales of any products, and we may never be able to develop or commercialize a marketable product. JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates will require additional preclinical and clinical development, management of clinical, preclinical and manufacturing activities, marketing approval in the United States and other markets, demonstrating effectiveness to pricing and reimbursement authorities, obtaining sufficient manufacturing supply for both clinical development and commercial production, building of a commercial organization, and substantial investment and significant marketing efforts before we generate any revenues from product sales. In addition, our product development programs contemplate the development of complementary diagnostics and/or companion diagnostics, which are assays or tests to identify an appropriate patient population. Complementary diagnostics and companion diagnostics are subject to regulation as medical devices and, if there are no adequate complementary diagnostics and/or companion diagnostics currently on the market for our product candidates, we may elect to advance a diagnostic and that diagnostic would have to be approved or cleared for marketing by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory agencies before we could commercialize it. The success of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates will depend on several factors, including the following:

successful completion of preclinical studies of JTX-4014 and any future product candidates;

successful completion of non-clinical toxicology studies that may be required for regulatory approval of JTX-2011;

acceptance of Investigational New Drug applications, or INDs, for our planned clinical trials or future clinical trials;

successful enrollment and completion of clinical trials;

demonstration that the combination of JTX-2011 with JTX-4014 provides the same clinical benefit as JTX-2011 combined with nivolumab;

demonstration of a benefit/risk profile for JTX-2011 and future products that is sufficient to support a successful Biologics License Application, or BLA;

15


Table of Contents

successful development and marketing approval and clearance of complementary diagnostics and/or companion diagnostics for use with JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates, if applicable;

receipt and maintenance of marketing approvals from applicable regulatory authorities;

approval by national pricing and reimbursement agencies (such as NICE, National Institute for Health Care and Excellence in the United Kingdom);

establishing agreements with third-party manufacturers for clinical supply for our clinical trials and commercial manufacturing, if our product candidate is approved;

obtaining and maintaining patent and trade secret protection or regulatory exclusivity for our product candidates;

launching commercial sales of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates, if and when approved;

acceptance of the product candidate or any other future product candidates, if and when approved, by patients, the medical community and third-party payors;

effectively competing with other therapies;

obtaining and maintaining healthcare coverage and adequate reimbursement;

enforcing and defending intellectual property rights and claims;

successful completion of clinical confirmatory trials to verify clinical benefit, if applicable; and

maintaining a continued acceptable safety profile of the product candidates following approval.

If we do not achieve one or more of these factors in a timely manner or at all, we could experience significant delays or an inability to successfully commercialize JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates, which would materially harm our business. If we do not receive marketing approvals for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates, we may not be able to continue our operations.

We rely on our Translational Science Platform to identify and develop product candidates. Our competitive position could be materially harmed if our competitors develop a platform similar to our Translational Science Platform and develop rival product candidates.

We rely on unpatented know-how, inventions and other proprietary information, to maintain our competitive position. We consider know-how to be our primary intellectual property with respect to our Translational Science Platform. Know-how can be difficult to protect. In particular, we anticipate that with respect to this platform, this know-how may over time be disseminated within the industry through independent development, the publication of journal articles describing the methodology, and the movement of skilled personnel.

We cannot rule out that our competitors may have or obtain the knowledge necessary to analyze and characterize tumors for the purpose of identifying and developing products that could compete with JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any future product candidates we develop. Our competitors may also have significantly greater financial, product development, technical, and human resources and access to other

16


Table of Contents

human tumors than we do and may have significantly greater experience in using translational science methodology to identify and develop product candidates.

We may not be able to prohibit our competitors from using translational science methods to develop product candidates, including such methods that are the same as or similar to our own. If our competitors use translational science methods to identify and develop products that compete with JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any future product candidates we develop, our ability to develop and market a promising product or product candidate may diminish substantially, which could have a material adverse effect on our business prospects, financial condition, and results of operations.

Clinical product development involves a lengthy and expensive process, with an uncertain outcome. We will incur additional costs in connection with, and may experience delays, in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of JTX-2011, JTX-4014, any other future product candidates, and any complementary diagnostics and/or companion diagnostics.

Our lead product candidate is in early-stage clinical development and its risk of failure is high. It is impossible to predict when or if JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates will prove effective and safe in humans and will receive marketing approval. Before obtaining marketing approval from regulatory authorities for the sale of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates, we must complete preclinical studies and then conduct extensive clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates in humans. Clinical testing is expensive, difficult to design and implement, can take many years to complete and is uncertain as to outcome. A failure of one or more clinical trials can occur at any stage of testing. The outcome of preclinical development testing and early clinical trials may not be predictive of the success of later clinical trials, and interim results of a clinical trial do not necessarily predict final results. Moreover, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain marketing approval of their product candidates. Our preclinical studies and clinical trials may not be successful.

We submitted our Investigational New Drug Application for JTX-2011 to the FDA in July 2016 and initiated our Phase I/II clinical trials in August 2016. Enrollment in our clinical trial in certain cohorts is being enriched for patients based on their having discernible levels of ICOS or related biomarkers within their tumors. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could change their position on the acceptability of our trial designs or the clinical endpoints selected, which may require us to complete more preclinical studies or provide additional data before continuing clinical trials. In the event we are required to satisfy additional FDA requests, the completion of our clinical trials for JTX-2011 may be delayed. Successful completion of our clinical trials is a prerequisite to submitting a BLA to the FDA and a Marketing Authorization Application, or MAA, in Europe for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates and, consequently, the ultimate approval and commercial marketing of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and our other future product candidates. We do not know whether any of our clinical trials will be completed on schedule, if at all.

We may experience delays in completing our preclinical studies and initiating or completing clinical trials, and we may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, any potential future clinical trials that could delay or prevent our ability to receive marketing approval or commercialize JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, including:

regulators or institutional review boards, or IRBs, or ethics committees may not authorize us or our investigators to commence a clinical trial or conduct a clinical trial at a prospective trial site;

17


Table of Contents

we may experience delays in reaching, or fail to reach, agreement on acceptable terms with prospective trial sites and prospective contract research organizations, or CROs, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

clinical trials of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional preclinical studies or clinical trials or we may decide to abandon product development programs;

the number of patients required for clinical trials of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates may be larger than we anticipate;

it may be difficult to enroll a sufficient number of patients with a predictive biomarker or enrollment in these clinical trials may be slower than we anticipate or participants may drop out of these clinical trials or fail to return for post-treatment follow-up at a higher rate than we anticipate;

our third-party contractors may fail to comply with regulatory requirements or meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner, or at all, or may deviate from the clinical trial protocol or drop out of the trial, which may require that we add new clinical trial sites or investigators;

we may elect to, or regulators or IRBs or ethics committees may require that we or our investigators, suspend or terminate clinical research for various reasons, including noncompliance with regulatory requirements or a finding that the participants are being exposed to unreasonable and significant health risks;

the cost of clinical trials of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates may be greater than we anticipate;

the supply or quality of materials for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates may be insufficient or inadequate;

the size of the patient population required to validate our JTX-2011 predictive biomarker strategy may be larger than we anticipate;

Competitors may obtain regulatory approval ahead of us for compounds similar to ours, preventing us from obtaining regulatory approval despite positive clinical data;

JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates may have undesirable side effects or other unexpected characteristics, causing us or our investigators, regulators or IRBs or ethics committees to suspend or terminate the trials, or reports may arise from preclinical or clinical testing of other similar cancer therapies that raise safety or efficacy concerns about JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates; and

the FDA or other regulatory authorities may require us to submit additional data or impose other requirements before permitting us to initiate a clinical trial.

We could encounter delays if a clinical trial is suspended or terminated by us, by the IRBs of the institutions in which such trials are being conducted or ethics committees, by the Data Safety Monitoring Board, or DSMB, for such trial or by the FDA or other regulatory authorities. Such authorities may impose such a suspension or termination due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or other regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical

18


Table of Contents

hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a product, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial. Many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of marketing approval of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates. Further, the FDA or other regulatory authorities may disagree with our clinical trial design and our interpretation of data from clinical trials, or may change the requirements for approval even after it has reviewed and commented on the design for our clinical trials.

If we are required to conduct additional clinical trials or other testing of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates beyond those that we currently contemplate, if we are unable to successfully complete clinical trials of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates or other testing, if the results of these trials or tests are not positive or are only modestly positive or if there are safety concerns, we may:

be delayed in obtaining marketing approval for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates;

not obtain marketing approval at all;

obtain approval for indications or patient populations that are not as broad as intended or desired;

be subject to post-marketing testing requirements; or

have the product removed from the market after obtaining marketing approval.

Our product development costs will also increase if we experience delays in testing or marketing approvals. We do not know whether any of our clinical trials will begin as planned, will need to be restructured or will be completed on schedule, or at all. Significant preclinical study or clinical trial delays could also shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, or allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do, and impair our ability to successfully commercialize JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates and may harm our business and results of operations. Any delays in our preclinical or future clinical development programs may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

If we encounter difficulties enrolling patients in our clinical trials, our clinical development activities could be delayed or otherwise be adversely affected.

The timely completion of clinical trials in accordance with their protocols depends, among other things, on our ability to enroll a sufficient number of patients who remain in the study until its conclusion. We may experience difficulties in patient enrollment in our clinical trials for a variety of reasons. The enrollment of patients depends on many factors, including:

the patient eligibility criteria defined in the protocol;

our ability to enroll sufficient number of patients with a predictive biomarker;

the size of the patient population required for analysis of the trial's primary endpoints;

the proximity of patients to study sites;

the design of the trial;

our ability to recruit clinical trial investigators with the appropriate competencies and experience;

19


Table of Contents

clinicians' and patients' perceptions as to the potential advantages of the product candidate being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new products that may be approved for the indications we are investigating;

our ability to obtain and maintain patient consents for participation in our clinical trials and, where appropriate, biopsies for future patient enrichment efforts; and

the risk that patients enrolled in clinical trials will drop out of the trials before completion or, because they are late-stage cancer patients, will not survive the full terms of the clinical trials.

In addition, our clinical trials will compete with other clinical trials for product candidates that are in the same therapeutic areas as JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates. This competition will reduce the number and types of patients available to us, because some patients who might have opted to enroll in our trials may instead opt to enroll in a trial conducted by one of our competitors. Since the number of qualified clinical investigators is limited, we expect to conduct some of our clinical trials at the same clinical trial sites that some of our competitors use, which will reduce the number of patients who are available for our clinical trials at such sites. Moreover, because JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates represent a departure from more commonly used methods for cancer treatment, potential patients and their doctors may be inclined to use conventional therapies, such as chemotherapy, rather than enroll patients in our ongoing or any future clinical trial.

Delays in patient enrollment may result in increased costs or may affect the timing or outcome of the planned clinical trials, which could prevent completion of these trials and adversely affect our ability to advance the development of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates.

We have only recently initiated our Phase I/II clinical trial of JTX-2011, and JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidate we develop may cause undesirable side effects or have other properties when used alone or in combination with other approved pharmaceutical products or investigational new drugs that could halt their clinical development, prevent their marketing approval, limit their commercial potential or result in significant negative consequences.

Undesirable or clinically unmanageable side effects could occur and cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of marketing approval by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Results of our trials could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of side effects or unexpected characteristics.

For example, in the context of immunotherapies, in a Phase I clinical trial of TeGenero AG's product candidate TGN1412, when healthy volunteer subjects received the immunotherapy product candidate, they experienced cytokine release syndrome resulting in acute renal failure and acute respiratory distress syndrome requiring interventions such as dialysis and critical care support. Following this experience, regulatory agencies now ask for evaluation of immunomodulatory antibodies with a number of in vitro assays with human cells. While we have already evaluated JTX-2011 in these in vitro tests, we have only recently initiated our Phase I/II clinical trial of JTX-2011, and the risk profile in humans has yet to be assessed.

In another immunotherapy trial, liver toxicity was observed when ipilimumab and vemurafinib were given in combination, causing the trial to be terminated early. It remains possible that new or more severe toxicities could be seen if JTX-2011 or JTX-4014 is used in combination with other agents. Such toxicities, if observed, could affect or limit labeling, result in delay or denial of approval, or limit the overall market scope for JTX-2011 or JTX-4014.

20


Table of Contents

If unacceptable toxicities arise in the development of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, we or a future collaborator could suspend or terminate our trials, or the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could order us to cease clinical trials or deny approval of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates for any or all targeted indications. Treatment-related side effects could also affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled subjects to complete the trial, or result in potential product liability claims. In addition, these side effects may not be appropriately recognized or managed by the treating medical staff, particularly outside of our existing or future collaborators as toxicities resulting from cancer immunotherapies are not normally encountered in the general patient population and by medical personnel. We expect to have to train medical personnel using JTX-2011 or JTX-4014 to understand the side effect profile of JTX-2011 or JTX-4014 for both our ongoing and planned clinical trials and upon commercialization of JTX-2011 or JTX-4014. Inadequate training in recognizing or managing the potential side effects of JTX-2011 or JTX-4104 could result in patient deaths. Any of these occurrences may prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the affected product candidate and may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

Although JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates will undergo safety testing to the extent possible and, where applicable, under such conditions discussed with regulatory authorities, not all adverse effects of drugs can be predicted or anticipated. Immunotherapy, and its method of action of harnessing the body's immune system, is powerful and could lead to serious side effects that we only discover in clinical trials. Unforeseen side effects from JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates could arise either during clinical development or, if such side effects are more rare, after JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates have been approved by regulatory authorities and the approved product has been marketed, resulting in the exposure of additional patients. Harnessing T cells to kill tumors is risky and may have unintended consequences. So far, we have not previously demonstrated that JTX-2011 or JTX-4014 are safe in humans, and we cannot predict if future clinical trials will do so. If JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates we develop fail to demonstrate safety and efficacy in clinical trials or do not gain marketing approval, we will not be able to generate revenue and our business will be harmed.

We may seek a Breakthrough Therapy Designation by the FDA for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, and we may be unsuccessful. If we are successful, the designation may not lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process, and it does not increase the likelihood that JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates will receive marketing approval.

We may seek a Breakthrough Therapy Designation for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates. A breakthrough therapy is defined as a drug that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over currently approved therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. For drugs that have been designated as breakthrough therapies, interaction and communication between the FDA and the sponsor of the trial can help to identify the most efficient path for clinical development while minimizing the number of patients placed in ineffective control regimens. Drugs designated as breakthrough therapies by the FDA are also eligible for accelerated approval and priority review.

Designation as a breakthrough therapy is within the discretion of the FDA. Accordingly, even if we believe JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates meet the criteria for designation as a breakthrough therapy, the FDA may disagree and instead determine not to make such designation. In any

21


Table of Contents

event, the receipt of a Breakthrough Therapy Designation for a product candidate may not result in a faster development process, review or approval compared to drugs considered for approval under conventional FDA procedures and does not assure ultimate approval by the FDA. In addition, even if JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates qualify as breakthrough therapies, the FDA may later decide that the drugs no longer meet the conditions for qualification and rescind the designation.

We may seek a Fast Track Designation by the FDA for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates, and we may be unsuccessful. If we are successful, the designation may not actually lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process.

We may seek Fast Track Designation for some of our product candidates, including JTX-2011 or JTX-4014. If a product is intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening condition and preclinical or clinical data demonstrate the potential to address an unmet medical need for this condition, the product sponsor may apply for Fast Track Designation. The FDA has broad discretion whether or not to grant this designation, so even if we believe a particular product candidate is eligible for this designation, we cannot assure you that the FDA would decide to grant it. Even if we do receive Fast Track Designation, we may not experience a faster development process, review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. The FDA may rescind the Fast Track Designation if it believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development program.

We may seek Orphan Drug Designation for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, and we may be unsuccessful or may be unable to maintain the benefits associated with Orphan Drug Designation, including the potential for market exclusivity.

As part of our business strategy, we may seek Orphan Drug Designation for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, and we may be unsuccessful. Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States and Europe, may designate drugs for relatively small patient populations as orphan drugs. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a drug as an orphan drug if it is a drug intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals annually in the United States, or a patient population greater than 200,000 in the United States where there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing the drug will be recovered from sales in the United States. In the United States, Orphan Drug Designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for grant funding towards clinical trial costs, tax advantages and user-fee waivers.

Similarly, in Europe, the European Commission grants Orphan Drug Designation after receiving the opinion of the European Medicines Agency's, or EMA, Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products on an Orphan Drug Designation application. Orphan Drug Designation is intended to promote the development of drugs that are intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of life-threatening or chronically debilitating conditions affecting not more than 5 in 10,000 persons in Europe and for which no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention, or treatment has been authorized (or the product would be a significant benefit to those affected). Additionally, designation is granted for drugs intended for the diagnosis, prevention, or treatment of a life-threatening, seriously debilitating or serious and chronic condition and when, without incentives, it is unlikely that sales of the drug in Europe would be sufficient to justify the necessary investment in developing the drug. In Europe, Orphan Drug Designation entitles a party to a number of incentives, such as protocol assistance and scientific advice specifically for designated orphan medicines, and potential fee reductions depending on the status of the sponsor.

Generally, if a drug with an Orphan Drug Designation subsequently receives the first marketing approval for the indication for which it has such designation, the drug is entitled to a period of marketing

22


Table of Contents

exclusivity, which precludes the EMA or the FDA from approving another marketing application for the same drug and indication for that time period, except in limited circumstances. The applicable period is seven years in the United States and ten years in Europe. The European exclusivity period can be reduced to six years if a drug no longer meets the criteria for Orphan Drug Designation or if the drug is sufficiently profitable such that market exclusivity is no longer justified.

Even if we obtain orphan drug exclusivity for a drug, that exclusivity may not effectively protect the drug from competition because different drugs can be approved for the same condition and the same drugs can be approved for different conditions but used off-label. Even after an orphan drug is approved, the FDA can subsequently approve the same drug for the same condition if the FDA concludes that the later drug is clinically superior in that it is shown to be safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care. In addition, a designated orphan drug may not receive orphan drug exclusivity if it is approved for a use that is broader than the indication for which it received orphan designation. Moreover, orphan drug exclusive marketing rights in the United States may be lost if the FDA later determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantity of the drug to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition. Orphan Drug Designation neither shortens the development time or regulatory review time of a drug nor gives the drug any advantage in the regulatory review or approval process. While we may seek Orphan Drug Designation for applicable indications for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, we may never receive such designations. Even if we do receive such designations, there is no guarantee that we will enjoy the benefits of those designations.

The marketing approval process is expensive, time consuming and uncertain and may prevent us or any of our existing or future collaboration partners from obtaining approvals for the commercialization of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates.

Among other things, the research, testing, manufacturing, labeling, approval and license maintenance, selling, import and export, marketing and distribution of biologic products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities in other countries, where regulations differ from country to country. Neither we nor any existing or future collaboration partner is permitted to market JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future products in the United States until we receive approval of a BLA from the FDA. We have never submitted an application for, or received, marketing approval. Obtaining approval of a BLA can be a lengthy, expensive and uncertain process. In addition, failure to comply with FDA and other applicable U.S. and comparable foreign regulatory requirements may subject us to administrative or judicially imposed sanctions, including the following:

untitled and warning letters;

civil or criminal penalties and fines;

injunctions;

suspension or withdrawal of marketing approval;

suspension of any ongoing clinical trials;

product recalls;

refusal to accept or approve BLAs or supplements thereto filed by us;

restrictions on operations, including costly new manufacturing requirements; or

23


Table of Contents

seizure or detention of our products or import bans.

Prior to receiving approval to commercialize JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other products in the United States or abroad, we and any of our existing or future collaboration partners must demonstrate with substantial evidence from well-controlled clinical trials, and to the satisfaction of the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, that such product candidates are safe and effective for their intended uses. Results from preclinical studies and clinical trials can be interpreted in different ways. Even if we and any of our existing or future collaboration partners believe the preclinical or clinical data for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates are promising, such data may not be sufficient to support approval by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Administering JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates to humans may produce undesirable side effects, which could interrupt, delay or cause suspension of clinical trials of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates and result in the FDA or other regulatory authorities denying approval of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates for any or all targeted indications.

Marketing approval of a BLA is not guaranteed, and the approval process is expensive and may take several years. The FDA also has substantial discretion in the approval process. Despite the time and expense exerted, failure can occur at any stage, and we could encounter problems that cause us to abandon or repeat clinical trials, or perform additional preclinical studies and clinical trials. The number of preclinical studies and clinical trials that will be required for FDA approval varies depending on the product candidate, the disease or condition that the product candidate is designed to address and the regulations applicable to any particular product candidate. The FDA can delay, limit or deny approval of a product candidate for many reasons, including, but not limited to, the following:

a product candidate may not be deemed safe or effective;

FDA officials may not find the data from preclinical studies and clinical trials sufficient;

the FDA might not deem our or our third-party manufacturers' processes or facilities adequate for approval of our marketing applications; or

the FDA may change its approval policies or adopt new regulations.

If JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates fail to demonstrate safety and efficacy in clinical trials or do not gain marketing approval, our business will be harmed.

Even if we complete the necessary clinical trials, we cannot predict when or if we will obtain marketing approval to commercialize a product or the approval may be for a more narrow indication than we expect.

We cannot commercialize a product candidate until the appropriate regulatory authorities have reviewed and approved the product candidate. Even if JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any of our other future product candidates demonstrate safety and efficacy in clinical trials, the regulatory agencies may not complete their review processes in a timely manner, or we may not be able to obtain marketing approval. Additional delays may result if an FDA Advisory Committee or other regulatory authority recommends non-approval or restrictions on approval. In addition, we may experience delays or rejections based upon additional government regulation from future legislation or administrative action, or changes in regulatory agency policy during the period of product development, clinical trials and the review process. Regulatory agencies also may approve a product candidate for fewer or more limited indications than requested, in certain jurisdictions may not approve the price we intend to charge for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future products, may impose significant limitations in the form of narrow indications, warnings, precautions or

24


Table of Contents

contra-indications with respect to conditions of use or may grant approval subject to the performance of costly post-marketing clinical trials. In addition, regulatory agencies may not approve the labeling claims that are necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any future products. Any of the foregoing scenarios could materially harm the commercial prospects for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any future products.

Obtaining and maintaining marketing approval of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates in one jurisdiction does not mean that we will be successful in obtaining marketing approval of that product candidate in other jurisdictions.

Obtaining and maintaining marketing approval of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates in one jurisdiction does not guarantee that we will be able to obtain or maintain marketing approval in any other jurisdiction, while a failure or delay in obtaining marketing approval in one jurisdiction may have a negative effect on the marketing approval process in others. For example, even if the FDA grants marketing approval of a product candidate, comparable regulatory authorities in foreign jurisdictions must also approve the manufacturing, marketing and promotion of the product candidate in those countries. Approval procedures vary among jurisdictions and can involve requirements and administrative review periods different from, and greater than, those in the United States, including additional preclinical studies or clinical trials, as clinical trials conducted in one jurisdiction may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions. In many jurisdictions outside the United States, a product candidate must be approved for reimbursement before it can be approved for sale in that jurisdiction. In some cases, the price that we intend to charge for our products is also subject to approval.

Regulatory authorities in jurisdictions outside of the United States have requirements for approval of product candidates with which we must comply prior to marketing in those jurisdictions. Obtaining foreign marketing approvals and compliance with foreign regulatory requirements could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and could delay or prevent the introduction of our products in certain countries. If we fail to comply with the regulatory requirements in international markets and/or receive applicable marketing approvals, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates will be harmed. If we obtain approval of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates and ultimately commercialize JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates in foreign markets, we would be subject to separate risks and uncertainties, including the burden of complying with complex and changing foreign regulatory, tax, accounting and legal requirements and the reduced protection of intellectual property rights in some foreign countries.

Our failure to successfully identify, acquire, develop and commercialize additional products or product candidates could impair our ability to grow.

Although a substantial amount of our efforts will focus on the clinical testing and potential approval of our most advanced product candidate, JTX-2011, a key element of our long-term growth strategy is to acquire, develop and/or market additional products and product candidates. Research programs to identify product candidates require substantial technical, financial and human resources, whether or not any product candidates are ultimately identified. Our research programs may initially show promise in identifying potential product candidates, yet fail to yield product candidates for clinical development or commercialization for many reasons, including the following:

our Translational Science Platform may not be successful in identifying additional product candidates;

25


Table of Contents

we may not be able or willing to assemble sufficient resources to acquire or discover additional product candidates;

JTX-2011 may not succeed in clinical testing and JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates may not succeed in preclinical or clinical testing;

a product candidate may on further study be shown to have harmful side effects or other characteristics that indicate it is unlikely to be effective or otherwise does not meet applicable regulatory criteria;

competitors may develop alternatives that render JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates obsolete or less attractive;

product candidates we develop may nevertheless be covered by third-party patents or other exclusive rights;

the market for a product candidate may change during our program so that the continued development of that product candidate is no longer reasonable;

a product candidate may not be capable of being produced in commercial quantities at an acceptable cost, or at all; and

a product candidate may not be accepted as safe and effective by patients, the medical community, or third-party payors, if applicable.

If any of these events occur, we may be forced to abandon our development efforts for a program or programs, or we may not be able to identify, discover, develop or commercialize additional product candidates, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and could potentially cause us to cease operations.

Because our internal research capabilities are limited, we may be dependent upon pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic scientists, and other researchers to sell or license products or technology to us. The success of this strategy depends partly upon our ability to identify, select, and acquire promising pharmaceutical product candidates and products. The process of proposing, negotiating and implementing a license or acquisition of a product candidate or approved product is lengthy and complex. Other companies, including some with substantially greater financial, marketing and sales resources, may compete with us for the license or acquisition of product candidates and approved products. We have limited resources to identify and execute the acquisition or in-licensing of third-party products, businesses, and technologies and integrate them into our current infrastructure.

Moreover, we may devote resources to potential acquisitions or in-licensing opportunities that are never completed, or we may fail to realize the anticipated benefits of such efforts. Any product candidate that we acquire may require additional development efforts prior to commercial sale, including extensive clinical testing and approval by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities. All product candidates are prone to risks of failure typical of pharmaceutical product development, including the possibility that a product candidate will not be shown to be sufficiently safe and effective for approval by regulatory authorities. In addition, we cannot provide assurance that any products that we develop or approved products that we acquire will be manufactured profitably or achieve market acceptance.

If we fail to develop additional product candidates, our commercial opportunity will be limited.

We expect to initially develop our lead product candidate, JTX-2011. However, one of our strategies is to pursue clinical development of additional product candidates. Developing, obtaining marketing approval for,

26


Table of Contents

and commercializing additional product candidates will require substantial additional funding beyond the net proceeds of this offering and are prone to the risks of failure inherent in medical product development. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully advance any of these additional product candidates through the development process.

Even if we obtain FDA approval to market additional product candidates for the treatment of cancer, we cannot assure you that any such product candidates will be successfully commercialized, widely accepted in the marketplace, or more effective than other commercially available alternatives. If we are unable to successfully develop and commercialize additional product candidates, our commercial opportunity will be limited.

Even if we receive marketing approval of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense and we may be subject to penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or experience unanticipated problems with our products, if approved.

Any marketing approvals that we receive for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates may be subject to limitations on the approved indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or the conditions of approval, or contain requirements for potentially costly post-market testing and surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product candidate. The FDA may also require a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, as a condition of approval of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, which could include requirements for a medication guide, physician communication plans or additional elements to ensure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. In addition, if the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority approves JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, the manufacturing processes, labeling, packaging, distribution, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion, import and export and record keeping for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates will be subject to extensive and ongoing regulatory requirements. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration, as well as continued compliance with current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP, and good clinical practice, or GCP, for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with our third-party manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in, among other things:

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, withdrawal of the product from the market, or product recalls;

fines, untitled and warning letters, or holds on clinical trials;

refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications we filed or suspension or revocation of license approvals;

product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates; and

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA's and other regulatory authorities' policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay marketing approval of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation

27


Table of Contents

that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

Even if JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates receive marketing approval, they may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success.

If JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates receive marketing approval, whether as a single agent or in combination with other therapies, they may nonetheless fail to gain sufficient market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors, and others in the medical community. For example, current approved immunotherapies, and other cancer treatments like chemotherapy and radiation therapy, are well established in the medical community, and doctors may continue to rely on these therapies. If JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate significant product revenues and we may not become profitable. The degree of market acceptance of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any future products, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including:

efficacy and potential advantages compared to alternative treatments;

the ability to offer our products, if approved, for sale at competitive prices;

convenience and ease of administration compared to alternative treatments;

the willingness of the target patient population to try new therapies and of physicians to prescribe these therapies;

the strength of marketing and distribution support;

sufficient third-party coverage or reimbursement, including of combination therapies;

adoption of a companion diagnostic and/or complementary diagnostic; and

the prevalence and severity of any side effects.

Risks related to manufacturing, commercialization and reliance on third parties

We depend on our collaboration with Celgene and may depend on collaborations with additional third parties for the development and commercialization of our product candidates. If our collaborations are not successful, we may not be able to capitalize on the market potential of these product candidates.

In July 2016, we entered into a Master Research and Collaboration Agreement, or Celgene Collaboration Agreement, with Celgene Corporation, or Celgene, focused on developing and commercializing biologic immunotherapies. Under our Celgene Collaboration Agreement with Celgene, Celgene may exercise options granting it certain commercialization or licensing rights for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and other product candidate programs from a pool of certain molecular targets. The collaboration involves a complex allocation of rights, provides for milestone payments to us based on the achievement of specified clinical development, regulatory and commercial milestones, provides for additional payments upon Celgene's election to exercise rights to commercialize additional product candidates or extend the research term, and provides us with profit-sharing and royalty-based revenue if certain product candidates are successfully commercialized. We cannot provide any assurance with respect to, or otherwise, the success of the collaboration.

28


Table of Contents

We may form or seek other strategic alliances, joint ventures, or collaborations, or enter into additional licensing arrangements with third parties that we believe will complement or augment our development and commercialization efforts with respect to JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any future product candidates that we may develop. Our likely collaborators for any collaboration arrangements include large and mid-size pharmaceutical companies, regional and national pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies. If we enter into any other arrangements with any third parties, we will likely have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that our collaborators dedicate to the development or commercialization of our product candidates, which could be more limiting than our existing arrangements with Celgene. Our ability to generate revenues from these arrangements, including our arrangement with Celgene, will depend on our collaborators' abilities to successfully perform the functions assigned to them in these arrangements.

Collaborations involving our product candidates, including our collaboration with Celgene, pose the following risks to us:

Collaborators have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to these collaborations. For example, under our collaboration agreement with Celgene, development and commercialization plans and strategies for licensed programs will be conducted in accordance with a plan approved by the appropriate committee comprised of representatives from both us and Celgene.

Collaborators, including Celgene, may not pursue development and commercialization of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any future product candidates or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs based on clinical trial results, changes in their strategic focus due to the acquisition of competitive products, availability of funding or other external factors such as a business combination that diverts resources or creates competing priorities.

Collaborators may delay clinical trials, provide insufficient funding for a clinical trial program, stop a clinical trial, abandon a product candidate, repeat or conduct new clinical trials or require a new formulation of a product candidate for clinical testing. For example, under our collaboration agreement with Celgene, at any point in the research, development and clinical trial process, or during the term of any applicable co-development and co-commercialization or license agreement, respectively, Celgene may terminate the applicable agreement upon 120 days' prior written notice with respect to any product candidate that is subject to the collaboration agreement without triggering a termination of the remainder of the collaboration and, under a co-development and co-commercialization agreement or a license agreement, it is possible for Celgene to terminate that agreement upon 120 days prior written notice at any point during the development or commercialization activities. If Celgene exercises any such termination right, we may not have sufficient resources to continue the research, development or commercialization of such product candidate.

Collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our products or product candidates.

A collaborator with marketing and distribution rights to one or more products may not commit sufficient resources to their marketing and distribution.

Collaborators may own or co-own intellectual property covering our products that results from our collaborating with them, and in such cases, we would not have the exclusive right to develop, commercialize, enforce, maintain or defend such intellectual property.

29


Table of Contents

Collaborators may not properly enforce, maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or may use our proprietary information in a way that gives rise to actual or threatened litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential litigation, or other intellectual property proceedings. For example, under certain limited circumstances, Celgene has the first right to enforce, maintain or defend our intellectual property rights under our collaboration arrangement with respect to certain licensed programs and, although we may have the right to assume the enforcement, maintenance and defense of our intellectual property rights if Celgene does not, our ability to do so may be compromised by Celgene's actions.

Disputes may arise between a collaborator and us that cause the delay or termination of the research, development or commercialization of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, or that result in costly litigation or arbitration that diverts management attention and resources. For example, although we and Celgene have agreed to the form of co-development and co-commercialization agreement and license agreement to be entered into should Celgene exercise its option for a program under the Celgene Collaboration Agreement, we may never come to agreement with Celgene on a final definitive agreement. Further, even if we do reach a definitive agreement, it may not be on terms that are as favorable to us as expected.

Collaborations may be terminated and, if terminated, may result in a need for additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable product candidates. For example, Celgene can terminate its agreement with us, in its entirety or with respect to any program, upon 120 days' notice and can terminate the entire agreement with us in connection with a material breach of the agreement by us that remains uncured for 90 days. If Celgene exercises such termination right, we may not have sufficient resources to continue the development of such product candidate.

Collaboration agreements may not lead to development or commercialization of product candidates in the most efficient manner or at all. If a present or future collaborator of ours were to be involved in a business combination, the continued pursuit and emphasis on our product development or commercialization program under such collaboration could be delayed, diminished or terminated.

Collaboration agreements may restrict our right to independently pursue new product candidates. For example, if Celgene exercises its option for a program within the collaboration other than JTX-4014, then until termination or expiration of the applicable co-development and co-commercialization agreement for such program, we may not directly or indirectly research, develop, manufacture or commercialize, outside of the collaboration, any biologic medicine or product candidate with specified activity against that program's collaboration target.

As a result, if we enter into additional collaboration agreements and strategic partnerships or license our intellectual property, products or businesses, we may not be able to realize the benefit of such transactions if we are unable to successfully integrate them with our existing operations and company culture, which could delay our timelines or otherwise adversely affect our business. We also cannot be certain that, following a strategic transaction or license, we will achieve the revenue or specific net income that justifies such transaction. Any delays in entering into new collaborations or strategic partnership agreements related to JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates could delay the development and commercialization of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates in certain geographies for certain indications, which would harm our business prospects, financial condition, and results of operations.

30


Table of Contents

We may seek to establish additional collaborations, and, if we are not able to establish them on commercially reasonable terms, we may have to alter our development and commercialization plans.

Our drug development programs and the potential commercialization of our product candidates will require substantial additional cash to fund expenses. For some of our product candidates, we may decide to collaborate with additional pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for the development and potential commercialization of those product candidates. Any of these relationships may require us to incur non-recurring and other charges, increase our near and long term expenditures, issue securities that dilute our existing stockholders, or disrupt our management and business.

We face significant competition in seeking appropriate strategic partners and the negotiation process is time consuming and complex. Whether we reach a definitive agreement for other collaborations will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborator's resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator's evaluation of a number of factors. Those factors may include the design or results of clinical trials, the progress of our clinical trials, the likelihood of approval by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States, the potential market for the subject product candidate, the costs and complexities of manufacturing and delivering such product candidate to patients, the potential of competing products, the existence of uncertainty with respect to our ownership of technology, which can exist if there is a challenge to such ownership without regard to the merits of the challenge and industry and market conditions generally. The collaborator may also consider alternative product candidates or technologies for similar indications that may be available to collaborate on and whether such a collaboration could be more attractive than the one with us for our product candidate. Further, we may not be successful in our efforts to establish a strategic partnership or other alternative arrangements for future product candidates because they may be deemed to be at too early of a stage of development for collaborative effort and third parties may not view them as having the requisite potential to demonstrate safety and efficacy.

We may also be restricted under existing collaboration agreements from entering into future agreements on certain terms with potential collaborators. For example, during the research term of our collaboration with Celgene, we may not directly or indirectly research, develop, manufacture or commercialize, except pursuant to the agreement, certain product candidates. In addition, if Celgene exercises its option for a program within the collaboration other than JTX-4014, then until termination or expiration of the applicable co-development and co-commercialization agreement for such program, we may not directly or indirectly develop, manufacture or commercialize, outside of the collaboration, any biologic medicine or product candidate with specified activity against that program's collaboration target.

Collaborations are complex and time-consuming to negotiate and document. In addition, there have been a significant number of recent business combinations among large pharmaceutical companies that have resulted in a reduced number of potential future collaborators.

We may not be able to negotiate collaborations on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to do so, we may have to curtail the development of the product candidate for which we are seeking to collaborate, reduce or delay its development program or one or more of our other development programs, delay its potential commercialization or reduce the scope of any sales or marketing activities, or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we do not have sufficient funds, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates or bring them to market and generate product revenue.

31


Table of Contents

The market opportunities for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other products, if and when approved, may be limited to those patients who are ineligible for established therapies or for whom prior therapies have failed, and may be small.

Cancer therapies are sometimes characterized as first-line, second-line, or third-line, and the FDA often approves new therapies initially only for third-line use. When cancer is detected early enough, first-line therapy, usually chemotherapy, hormone therapy, surgery, radiation therapy or a combination of these, is sometimes adequate to cure the cancer or prolong life without a cure. Second- and third-line therapies are administered to patients when prior therapy is not effective. We expect to initially seek approval of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates as a therapy for patients who have received one or more prior treatments. Subsequently, for those products that prove to be sufficiently beneficial, if any, we would expect to seek approval potentially as a first-line therapy, but there is no guarantee that JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, even if approved, would be approved for first-line therapy, and, prior to any such approvals, we may have to conduct additional clinical trials.

Our projections of both the number of people who have the cancers we are targeting, as well as the subset of people with these cancers who have received one or more prior treatments, and who have the potential to benefit from treatment with JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, are based on our beliefs and estimates. These estimates have been derived from a variety of sources, including scientific literature, surveys of clinics, patient foundations, and market research, and may prove to be incorrect. Further, new studies may change the estimated incidence or prevalence of these cancers. The number of patients may turn out to be lower than expected. Additionally, the potentially addressable patient population for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates may be limited or may not be amenable to treatment with JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other products, if and when approved. Even if we obtain significant market share for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other products, if and when approved, because the potential target populations are small, we may never achieve profitability without obtaining marketing approval for additional indications, including to be used as first- or second-line therapy.

Exclusivity and other governance provisions within our collaboration agreement with Celgene may prevent us from pursuing alternative product candidates and exercising complete control over our product candidates' development.

During the research term in our collaboration agreement with Celgene, we may not alone, or with a third party, research, develop, manufacture or commercialize a biologic that binds to a pool of certain B cell, T regulatory cell or tumor-associated macrophage targets, other than PD-1, that meet certain criteria, termed an exclusive target, and inhibit, activate or otherwise modulate the activity of such exclusive target. In addition, if Celgene exercises its option for a program within the collaboration other than JTX-4014, then until termination or expiration of the applicable co-development and co-commercialization agreement for such program, we may not directly or indirectly research, develop, manufacture or commercialize, outside of the collaboration, any biologic with specified activity against that program's collaboration target. Further, our collaboration with Celgene is governed by the joint steering committee, or JSC, and a joint patent committee. The JSC may establish additional subcommittees, to oversee particular projects or activities. Subject to limitations specified in the agreement, if the applicable governance committee is unable to make a decision by consensus and the parties are unable to resolve the issue through escalation to specified senior executive officers of the parties, then we generally have final decision-making authority over research and development matters for programs prior to Celgene's exercise of its option to such program. If Celgene exercises its option for a program, final decision-making authority for that program is specified in the applicable co-development and co-commercialization agreement or

32


Table of Contents

license agreement. These exclusivity and governance provisions may inhibit our development efforts and may materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We rely and will rely on third parties to conduct our clinical trials for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, comply with regulatory requirements or meet expected deadlines, we may not be able to obtain marketing approval for or commercialize JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates and our business could be substantially harmed.

We do not have the ability to independently conduct clinical trials. We rely and will rely on medical institutions, clinical investigators, contract laboratories, and other third parties, such as CROs, to conduct or otherwise support clinical trials for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates. We rely and will rely heavily on these parties for execution of clinical trials for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates and control only certain aspects of their activities. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol, legal and regulatory requirements and scientific standards, and our reliance on CROs will not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. For any violations of laws and regulations during the conduct of our clinical trials, we could be subject to untitled and warning letters or enforcement action that may include civil penalties up to and including criminal prosecution.

We and our CROs are required to comply with regulations and requirements, including GCP, for conducting, monitoring, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials to ensure that the data and results are scientifically credible and accurate, and that the trial patients are adequately informed of the potential risks of participating in clinical trials and their rights are protected. These regulations are enforced by the FDA, the Competent Authorities of the Member States of the European Economic Area and comparable foreign regulatory authorities for any drugs in clinical development. The FDA enforces GCP requirements through periodic inspections of clinical trial sponsors, principal investigators and trial sites. If we or our CROs fail to comply with applicable GCP, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. We cannot assure you that, upon inspection, the FDA will determine that any of our future clinical trials will comply with GCP. In addition, our clinical trials must be conducted with product candidates produced under cGMP regulations. Our failure or the failure of our CROs to comply with these regulations may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the marketing approval process and could also subject us to enforcement action. We also are required to register certain ongoing clinical trials and provide certain information, including information relating to the trial's protocol, on a government-sponsored database, ClinicalTrials.gov, within specific timeframes. Failure to do so can result in fines, adverse publicity and civil and criminal sanctions.

Although we designed the clinical trials for JTX-2011 and intend to design the clinical trials for JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, CROs will conduct all of the clinical trials. As a result, many important aspects of our development programs, including their conduct and timing, will be outside of our direct control. Our reliance on third parties to conduct future clinical trials will also result in less direct control over the management of data developed through clinical trials than would be the case if we were relying entirely upon our own staff. Communicating with outside parties can also be challenging, potentially leading to mistakes as well as difficulties in coordinating activities. Outside parties may:

have staffing difficulties;

fail to comply with contractual obligations;

33


Table of Contents

experience regulatory compliance issues;

undergo changes in priorities or become financially distressed; or

form relationships with other entities, some of which may be our competitors.

These factors may materially adversely affect the willingness or ability of third parties to conduct our clinical trials and may subject us to unexpected cost increases that are beyond our control. If the CROs do not perform clinical trials in a satisfactory manner, breach their obligations to us or fail to comply with regulatory requirements, the development, marketing approval and commercialization of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates may be delayed, we may not be able to obtain marketing approval and commercialize JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, or our development program may be materially and irreversibly harmed. If we are unable to rely on clinical data collected by our CROs, we could be required to repeat, extend the duration of, or increase the size of any clinical trials we conduct and this could significantly delay commercialization and require significantly greater expenditures.

If any of our relationships with these third party CROs terminate, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative CROs. If CROs do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain are compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols, regulatory requirements or for other reasons, any clinical trials such CROs are associated with may be extended, delayed or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain marketing approval for or successfully commercialize JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates. As a result, we believe that our financial results and the commercial prospects for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates in the subject indication would be harmed, our costs could increase and our ability to generate revenue could be delayed.

We face significant competition and if our competitors develop and market products that are more effective, safer or less expensive than JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates, our commercial opportunities will be negatively impacted.

The life sciences industry is highly competitive and subject to rapid and significant technological change. We are currently developing therapeutics that will compete with other products and therapies that currently exist or are being developed such as GlaxoSmithKline plc's anti-ICOS program. Products we may develop in the future are also likely to face competition from other products and therapies, some of which we may not currently be aware. We have competitors both in the United States and internationally, including major multinational pharmaceutical companies, established biotechnology companies, specialty pharmaceutical companies, universities and other research institutions. Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial, manufacturing, marketing, product development, technical and human resources than we do. Large pharmaceutical companies, in particular, have extensive experience in clinical testing, obtaining marketing approvals, recruiting patients and in manufacturing pharmaceutical products. These companies also have significantly greater research and marketing capabilities than we do and may also have products that have been approved or are in late stages of development, and collaborative arrangements in our target markets with leading companies and research institutions. Established pharmaceutical companies may also invest heavily to accelerate discovery and development of novel compounds or to in-license novel compounds that could make the product candidates that we develop obsolete. As a result of all of these factors, our competitors may succeed in obtaining patent protection and/or marketing approval or discovering, developing and commercializing products in our field before we do.

34


Table of Contents

There are a large number of companies developing or marketing treatments for cancer, including many major pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. These treatments consist both of small molecule drug products, as well as biologics approaches to address cancer. These treatments are often combined with one another in an attempt to maximize the response rate.

Our competitors fall primarily into the following groups of treatment:

Traditional cancer therapies, including chemotherapy;

Approved immunotherapy antibodies, anti-CTLA 4 (Yervoy, marketed by Bristol Myers Squibb Company) and anti-PD-1/anti-PD-L1 antibodies (Opdivo, Keytruda and Tecentriq, marketed by Bristol Myers Squibb Company, Merck & Co., and Genentech, Inc., respectively);

Anti-PD-L1/anti-PD-L1 immunotherapy antibodies in clinical trials, including those being developed by Merck KGaA and Pfizer, Inc. (avelumab in Phase III), MedImmune, Inc. (durvalumab in Phase III), MedImmune, Inc. (MEDI0680 in Phase I), Incyte (SHR-1210 in Phase I), Bristol-Myers Squibb Company (BMS-936559 in Phase I), Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc./Sanofi (REGN2810 in Phase I), Tesaro, Inc. (TSR-042 in Phase I), and Novartis AG (PDR-001 in Phase I/II);

An anti-ICOS program (GSK 3359609) in Phase I clinical trials, being developed by GlaxoSmithKline plc for which patient enrollment began in the second quarter of 2016;

Other agonist immunotherapy antibodies in clinical development, including: anti-GITR antibodies being developed by Merck & Co., Inc. (MK-1248 and MK-4166 in Phase I), Leap Therapeutics, Inc. (TRX518 in Phase I), Bristol-Myers Squibb Company (BMS-986156 in Phase I), MedImmune, Inc. (MEDI1873 in Phase I), Amgen Inc. (AMG 228 in Phase I), Novartis AG (GWN323 in Phase I) and Agenus, Inc./Incyte Corporation (INCAGN01876 in Phase I); anti-CD137 antibodies being developed by Pfizer, Inc. (utomilumab in Phase I) and Bristol-Myers Squibb Company (urelumab in Phase II); anti-OX40 antibodies being developed by MedImmune, Inc. (MEDI6469 in Phase I), Pfizer (PF-04518600 in Phase I), Bristol-Myers Squibb Company (BMS-986178 in Phase I/II), Genentech, Inc. (MOXR0916 in Phase I) and GlaxoSmithKline plc (GSK 3174998 in Phase I); and an anti-CD27 antibody being developed by Celldex Therapeutics, Inc. (varlilumab in Phase I/II); and

Therapies targeting macrophages, including: antagonists of CSF1R being developed by Plexxikon Inc. (PLX3397 in Phase III) and anti-CSF1R antibody being developed by Five Prime Therapeutics, Inc. and Bristol-Myers Squibb Company (FPA008 in Phase I), Roche Holding AG (RO5509554 in Phase I), and Eli Lily & Co. (IMC-CS4 in Phase I); and an anti-M-CSF antibody being developed by Pfizer, Inc. (PD-0360324 in Phase I); antagonists of CD47 being developed by Forty Seven, Inc. (CAMELLIA in Phase I), Celgene (CC-90002 in Phase I), and Trillium Therapeutics, Inc. (TTI-621 in Phase I).

Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe effects, are more convenient, have a broader label, are marketed more effectively, are reimbursed or are less expensive than any products that we may develop. Our competitors also may obtain FDA, European Commission or other marketing approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market. Even if JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates achieve marketing approval, they may be priced at a significant premium over competitive products if any have been approved by then, resulting in reduced competitiveness.

35


Table of Contents

In addition, our ability to compete in the future may be affected in many cases by insurers or other third-party payors seeking to encourage the use of biosimilar products. In March 2010, President Obama signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively, the Affordable Care Act, a sweeping law intended to broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of healthcare spending, enhance remedies against fraud and abuse, add new transparency requirements for health care and health insurance industries, impose new taxes and fees on the health industry and impose additional health policy reforms. The Affordable Care Act also created a new regulatory scheme authorizing the FDA to approve biosimilars. Under the Affordable Care Act, a manufacturer may submit an application for licensure of a biologic product that is "biosimilar to" or "interchangeable with" a previously approved biological product or "reference product," without the need to submit a full package of preclinical and clinical data. Under this new statutory scheme, an application for a biosimilar product may not be submitted to the FDA until four years following approval of the reference product. The FDA may not approve a biosimilar product until 12 years from the date on which the reference product was approved. Even if a product is considered to be a reference product eligible for exclusivity, another company could market a competing version of that product if the FDA approves a full BLA for such product containing the sponsor's own preclinical data and data from adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to demonstrate the safety, purity and potency of their product. Furthermore, recent legislation, including as recent as President Obama's 2016 budget, has proposed that the 12-year exclusivity period for each reference product be reduced to seven years.

Smaller and other early stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors. These third parties compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs. In addition, the biopharmaceutical industry is characterized by rapid technological change. If we fail to stay at the forefront of technological change, we may be unable to compete effectively. Technological advances or products developed by our competitors may render our technologies or product candidates obsolete, less competitive or not economical.

We may expend our limited resources to pursue a particular product candidate and fail to capitalize on product candidates that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

Because we have limited financial and personnel resources, we are placing significant focus on the development of our product candidates JTX-2011 and JTX-4014. As a result, we may forgo or delay pursuit of opportunities with other future product candidates that later prove to have greater commercial potential. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future research and development programs and other future product candidates for specific indications may not yield any commercially viable future product candidates. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular future product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that future product candidates through collaboration, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such future product candidates.

Because we rely on third-party manufacturing and supply partners, including a single supplier for some of our materials, our supply of research and development, preclinical and clinical development materials may become limited or interrupted or may not be of satisfactory quantity or quality.

We rely on third-party contract manufacturers to manufacture our preclinical and clinical trial product supplies. We do not own manufacturing facilities for producing such supplies. There can be no assurance

36


Table of Contents

that our preclinical and clinical development product supplies will not be limited, interrupted, or of satisfactory quality or continue to be available at acceptable prices. In particular, any replacement of our manufacturer could require significant effort and expertise because there may be a limited number of qualified replacements.

The manufacturing process for a product candidate is subject to FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authority review. Suppliers and manufacturers must meet applicable manufacturing requirements and undergo rigorous facility and process validation tests required by regulatory authorities in order to comply with regulatory requirements, such as cGMP. In the event that any of our manufacturers fails to comply with such requirements or to perform its obligations to us in relation to quality, timing or otherwise, or if our supply of components or other materials becomes limited or interrupted for other reasons, we may be forced to manufacture the materials ourselves, for which we currently do not have the capabilities or resources, or enter into an agreement with another third party, which we may not be able to do on reasonable terms, if at all. In some cases, the technical skills or technology required to manufacture JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates may be unique or proprietary to the original manufacturer and we may have difficulty transferring such skills or technology to another third party and a feasible alternative may not exist. These factors would increase our reliance on such manufacturer or require us to obtain a license from such manufacturer in order to have another third party manufacture JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates. If we are required to change manufacturers for any reason, we will be required to verify that the new manufacturer maintains facilities and procedures that comply with quality standards and with all applicable regulations and guidelines. The delays associated with the verification of a new manufacturer could negatively affect our ability to develop product candidates in a timely manner or within budget.

We expect to continue to rely on third-party manufacturers if we receive marketing approval for any product candidate. To the extent that we have existing, or enter into future, manufacturing arrangements with third parties, we will depend on these third parties to perform their obligations in a timely manner consistent with contractual and regulatory requirements, including those related to quality control and assurance. If we are unable to maintain third-party manufacturing for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or obtain or maintain third-party manufacturing for any other future product candidates, or to do so on commercially reasonable terms, we may not be able to develop and commercialize JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates successfully. We do not yet have sufficient information to reliably estimate the cost of the commercial manufacturing of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates, and the actual cost to manufacture JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidate could materially and adversely affect their commercial viability. As a result, we may never be able to develop a commercially viable product. Our or a third party's failure to execute on our manufacturing requirements, to do so on commercially reasonable terms and comply with cGMP could adversely affect our business in a number of ways, including:

an inability to continue clinical trials of JTX-2011 or initiate or continue clinical trials of JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates under development;

delay in submitting regulatory applications, or receiving marketing approvals, for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates;

loss of the cooperation of an existing or future collaborator;

subjecting third-party manufacturing facilities or our manufacturing facilities to additional inspections by regulatory authorities;

37


Table of Contents

requirements to cease distribution or to recall batches of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates; and

in the event of approval to market and commercialize JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates, an inability to meet commercial demands for our product or any other future product candidates.

Certain raw materials necessary for the manufacture of our JTX-2011, JTX-4014 product candidate under our current manufacturing process, such as growth media, resins and filters, are available from a single supplier. We do not have agreements in place that guarantee our supply or the price of these raw materials. Any significant delay in the acquisition or decrease in the availability of these raw materials could considerably delay the manufacture of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, which could adversely impact the timing of any planned trials or the marketing approval of that product candidate.

Third-party manufacturers and any third-party collaborators may be unable to successfully scale-up manufacturing of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates in sufficient quality and quantity, which would delay or prevent us from developing JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates and commercializing approved products, if any.

In order to conduct clinical trials of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, we will need to work with third-party manufacturers to manufacture them in large quantities. Our manufacturing partners or our third-party collaborators may be unable to successfully increase the manufacturing capacity of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates in a timely or cost-effective manner, or at all. In addition, quality issues may arise during scale-up activities. If our manufacturing partners or collaborators are unable to successfully scale up the manufacture of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates in sufficient quality and quantity, the development, testing, and clinical trials of that product candidate may be delayed or infeasible, and marketing approval or commercial launch of any resulting product may be delayed or not obtained, which could significantly harm our business.

We are subject to manufacturing risks that could substantially increase our costs and limit the supply of our products.

The process of manufacturing our product or any other future product candidates is complex, highly regulated and subject to several risks, including those listed below.

We do not have experience manufacturing drug products or drug substances. We use third-party manufacturers for manufacturing JTX-2011 for our Phase I/II study of JTX-2011. We will also need commercial scale manufacturing of JTX-2011, if and when approved, which would involve scaling-up our process, for later trials and commercial application. We may not succeed in the scaling up of our process. We may need a larger scale manufacturing process for JTX-2011 than what we have planned, depending on the dose and regimen that will be determined in our Phase I/II study. Any changes in our manufacturing processes as a result of scaling-up may result in the need to obtain additional marketing approvals. Difficulties in achieving commercial-scale production or the need for additional marketing approvals as a result of scaling up could delay the development and marketing approval of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates and ultimately affect our success.

The process of manufacturing biologics, such as JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, is extremely susceptible to product loss due to contamination, equipment failure or improper installation or operation of equipment, vendor or operator error, inconsistency in yields, variability in

38


Table of Contents

The manufacturing facilities in which JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates are made could be adversely affected by equipment failures, labor shortages, natural disasters, power failures and numerous other factors.

Any adverse developments affecting manufacturing operations for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, if any are approved, may result in shipment delays, inventory shortages, lot failures, product withdrawals or recalls, or other interruptions in the supply of our products. We may also have to take inventory write-offs and incur other charges and expenses for products that fail to meet specifications, undertake costly remediation efforts or seek more costly manufacturing alternatives.

JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates that have been produced and are stored for later use may degrade, become contaminated or suffer other quality defects, which may cause the affected product candidates to no longer be suitable for their intended use in clinical trials or other development activities. If the defective product candidates cannot be replaced in a timely fashion, we may incur significant delays in our development programs that could adversely affect the value of such product candidates.

We expect to develop JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and potentially future product candidates in combination with other drugs. If we are unable to enter into a strategic collaboration for, or if we are unable to purchase on commercially reasonable terms, an approved cancer drug to use in combination with our product candidates, we may be unable to develop or obtain approval for, JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and potentially future product candidates in combination with other drugs.

We intend to develop JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and future product candidates in combination with one or more currently approved cancer drugs. If the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside of the United States revoke approval of any drugs we use in combination with JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates, we will not be able to market any products in combination with such revoked drugs. We may also evaluate JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates in combination with one or more other cancer drugs that have not yet been approved for marketing by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside of the United States. We will not be able to market and sell JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates in combination with any such unapproved cancer drugs that do not ultimately obtain marketing approval.

If safety or efficacy issues arise with any of these drugs, we could experience significant regulatory delays, and the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside of the United States may require us to redesign or terminate the applicable clinical trials. If the drugs we use are replaced as the standard of care for the indications we choose for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates, the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside of the United States may require us to conduct additional clinical trials. In addition, if manufacturing or other issues result in a shortage of supply of the drugs with which we determine to combine with JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates, we may not be able to complete clinical development of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates on our current timeline or at all.

39


Table of Contents

Even if JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates were to receive marketing approval or be commercialized for use in combination with other existing drugs, we would continue to be subject to the risks that the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside of the United States could revoke approval of the drug used in combination with JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates or that safety, efficacy, manufacturing or supply issues could arise with these existing drugs. Combination therapies are commonly used for the treatment of cancer, and we would be subject to similar risks if we develop any of our other product candidates for use in combination with other drugs or for indications other than cancer. This could result in our own products being removed from the market or being less successful commercially.

If the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside of the United States do not approve these other drugs or revoke their approval of, or if safety, efficacy, manufacturing, or supply issues arise with, the drugs we choose to evaluate in combination with JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates, we may be unable to obtain approval of or market JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates.

We may form or seek strategic collaborations to evaluate and, if approved, market JTX-2011 and JTX-4014 in combination with another approved cancer drug. If we are unable to enter into a strategic collaboration on commercially reasonable terms or fail to realize the benefits of any such collaboration, we may be required to purchase an approved cancer drug to use in combination with JTX-2011 and JTX-4014. The failure to enter into a successful collaboration or the expense of purchasing an approved cancer drug may delay our development timelines, increase our costs and jeopardize our ability to develop JTX-2011 and JTX-4014 as a commercially viable drug.

We may develop complementary diagnostics and/or companion diagnostics for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other product candidates we develop. If we are unable to successfully develop such companion diagnostics or complementary diagnostics, or experience significant delays in doing so, we may not realize the full commercial potential of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates.

Because we are focused on patient enrichment strategies, in which predictive biomarkers may be used to identify the right patients for our product candidates, we believe that our success may depend, in part, on our ability to develop complementary diagnostics and/or companion diagnostics, which are assays or tests to identify an appropriate patient population for our product candidates. There has been limited success to date industry-wide in developing these types of complementary diagnostics and/or companion diagnostics. To be successful, we need to address a number of scientific, technical and logistical challenges. We have not yet initiated development of complementary diagnostics and/or companion diagnostics. We have little experience in the development of diagnostics and may not be successful in developing appropriate diagnostics to pair with any of our product candidates that receive marketing approval. Complementary diagnostics and/or companion diagnostics are subject to regulation by the FDA and similar regulatory authorities outside the United States as medical devices and require separate regulatory approval or clearance prior to commercialization. Given our limited experience in developing diagnostics, we expect to rely in part or in whole on third parties for their design and manufacture. If we, or any third parties that we engage to assist us, are unable to successfully develop complementary diagnostics and/or companion diagnostics for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, or experience delays in doing so:

the development of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates may be adversely affected if we are unable to appropriately select patients for enrollment in our clinical trials;

JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates may not receive marketing approval if safe and effective use of a product candidate depends on a complementary diagnostics and/or companion

40


Table of Contents

we may not realize the full commercial potential of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates that receive marketing approval if, among other reasons, we are unable to appropriately identify, or it takes us longer to identify, patients who are likely to benefit from therapy with our products, if approved.

If any of these events were to occur, our business would be harmed, possibly materially.

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit commercialization of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates.

We face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of the clinical testing of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize any products. For example, we may be sued if JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates cause or are perceived to cause injury or are found to be otherwise unsuitable during clinical testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability or a breach of warranties. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates. Even successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

decreased demand for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates;

injury to our reputation;

withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

initiation of investigations by regulators;

costs to defend the related litigation;

a diversion of management's time and our resources;

substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

loss of revenue;

exhaustion of any available insurance and our capital resources;

the inability to commercialize any product candidate; and

a decline in our share price.

Our inability to obtain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost to protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the commercialization of products we develop, alone or with corporate collaborators.

41


Table of Contents

Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. We may not be able to maintain insurance at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise, if at all. Our insurance policy contains various exclusions, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage. We may have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts. Even if our agreements with any future corporate collaborators entitle us to indemnification against losses, such indemnification may not be available or adequate should any claim arise.

Even if we are able to commercialize any product candidates, such products may become subject to unfavorable pricing regulations or third-party coverage and reimbursement policies, which would harm our business.

The regulations that govern marketing approvals, pricing and reimbursement for new products vary widely from country to country. Some countries require approval of the sale price of a product before it can be marketed. In many countries, the pricing review period begins after marketing approval is granted. In some foreign markets, prescription pharmaceutical pricing remains subject to continuing governmental control even after initial approval is granted. As a result, we might obtain marketing approval for a product candidate in a particular country, but then be subject to price regulations that delay our commercial launch of the product candidate, possibly for lengthy time periods, and negatively impact the revenues we are able to generate from the sale of the product candidate in that country. Adverse pricing limitations may hinder our ability to recoup our investment in one or more product candidates, even if JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates obtain marketing approval.

Our ability to commercialize any product candidates, whether as a single agent or combination therapy, successfully also will depend in part on the extent to which coverage and reimbursement for these product candidates and related treatments will be available from government authorities, private health insurers and other organizations. Government authorities and third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, decide which medications they will pay for and establish reimbursement levels. A primary trend in the U.S. healthcare industry and elsewhere is cost containment. Government authorities and third-party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular products. Increasingly, third-party payors are requiring that drug companies provide them with predetermined discounts from list prices and are challenging the prices charged for drugs. We cannot be sure that coverage will be available for any product candidate that we commercialize and, if coverage is available, the level of reimbursement. Reimbursement may impact the demand for, or the price of, any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval. If reimbursement is not available or is available only to limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval.

There may be significant delays in obtaining reimbursement for newly approved drugs, and coverage may be more limited than the purposes for which the drug is approved by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Moreover, eligibility for reimbursement does not imply that any drug will be paid for in all cases or at a rate that covers our costs, including research, development, manufacture, sale and distribution. Interim reimbursement levels for new drugs, if applicable, may also not be sufficient to cover our costs and may not be made permanent. Reimbursement rates may vary according to the use of the drug and the clinical setting in which it is used, may be based on reimbursement levels already set for lower cost drugs and may be incorporated into existing payments for other services. Net prices for drugs may be reduced by mandatory discounts or rebates required by government healthcare programs or private payors and by any future relaxation of laws that presently restrict imports of drugs from countries

42


Table of Contents

where they may be sold at lower prices than in the United States. Third-party payors often rely upon Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement policies. Our inability to promptly obtain coverage and profitable payment rates from both government-funded and private payors for any approved drugs that we develop could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, our ability to raise capital needed to commercialize drugs and our overall financial condition.

Governments outside the United States tend to impose strict price controls, which may adversely affect our revenues, if any.

In some countries, particularly the countries in Europe, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our product candidate to other available therapies. If reimbursement of our products, if approved, is unavailable or more limited in scope or amount than we anticipate, or if pricing is set at even lower levels than we anticipate, our business could be harmed, possibly materially.

Adverse events in the field of immuno-oncology could damage public perception of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates and negatively affect our business.

The commercial success of our products will depend in part on public acceptance of the use of cancer immunotherapies. Adverse events in clinical trials of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates or in clinical trials of others developing similar products and the resulting publicity, as well as any other adverse events in the field of immuno-oncology that may occur in the future, including in connection with competitor therapies such as GlaxoSmithKline plc's anti-ICOS antibody, could result in a decrease in demand for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other products that we may develop. If public perception is influenced by claims that the use of cancer immunotherapies is unsafe, whether related to our therapies or those of our competitors, our products may not be accepted by the general public or the medical community.

Future adverse events in immuno-oncology or the biopharmaceutical industry could also result in greater governmental regulation, stricter labeling requirements and potential regulatory delays in the testing or approvals of our products. Any increased scrutiny could delay or increase the costs of obtaining marketing approval for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates.

Healthcare legislative reform measures may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

In the United States, there have been and continue to be a number of legislative initiatives to contain healthcare costs. For example, in March 2010, the Affordable Care Act was passed, which substantially changes the way health care is financed by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impacts the U.S. pharmaceutical industry. The Affordable Care Act, among other things, subjects biological products to potential competition by lower-cost biosimilars, addresses a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected, increases the minimum Medicaid rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program and extends the rebate program to individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations, establishes annual fees and taxes on manufacturers of certain branded prescription drugs, and creates a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand

43


Table of Contents

drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer's outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the Affordable Care Act was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation's automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year. These reductions went into effect on April 1, 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will remain in effect through 2024 unless additional congressional action is taken. On January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers.

Moreover, payment methodologies may be subject to changes in healthcare legislation and regulatory initiatives. For example, the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012 required that the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, the agency responsible for administering the Medicare program, or CMS, reduce the Medicare clinical laboratory fee schedule by 2% in 2013, which served as a base for 2014 and subsequent years. In addition, effective January 1, 2014, CMS also began bundling the Medicare payments for certain laboratory tests ordered while a patient received services in a hospital outpatient setting. We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates or complementary diagnostics or companion diagnostics or additional pricing pressures.

Our future relationships with customers and third-party payors in the United States and elsewhere may be subject, directly or indirectly, to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, false claims, transparency, health information privacy and security and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm, administrative burdens and diminished profits and future earnings.

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors in the United States and elsewhere will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Our future arrangements with third-party payors and customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, including, without limitation, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and the federal False Claims Act, which may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we sell, market and distribute any products for which we obtain marketing approval. In addition, we may be subject to transparency laws and patient privacy regulation by the U.S. federal and state governments and by governments in foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct our business. The applicable federal, state and foreign healthcare laws and regulations that may affect our ability to operate include:

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe, or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce, or in return for, either the referral of an individual, or the purchase, lease, order or recommendation of any good, facility, item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. A person or entity can be found guilty of violating the statute without actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the government may assert

44


Table of Contents

federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment or approval from Medicare, Medicaid, or other third-party payors that are false or fraudulent or knowingly making a false statement to improperly avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which created federal criminal statutes that prohibit knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations, or promises, any of the money or property owned by, or under the custody or control of, any healthcare benefit program, regardless of the payor (e.g., public or private) and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up by any trick or device a material fact or making any materially false statements in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services relating to healthcare matters. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity can be found guilty of violating these statutes without actual knowledge of the statutes or specific intent to violate them;

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, which impose requirements on certain covered healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses as well as their respective business associates that perform services for them that involve the use, or disclosure of, individually identifiable health information, relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information without appropriate authorization;

the federal legislation commonly referred to as the Physician Payments Sunshine Act, created under the Affordable Care Act, and its implementing regulations, which requires manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children's Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to CMS information related to payments or other transfers of value made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members;

federal consumer protection and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers; and

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers; state and foreign laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry's voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers; state and foreign laws that require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; and state and foreign laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

45


Table of Contents

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors available under such laws, it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations. Federal and state enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Responding to investigations can be time- and resource-consuming and can divert management's attention from the business. Additionally, as a result of these investigations, healthcare providers and entities may have to agree to additional onerous compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent decree or corporate integrity agreement. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other government regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs and the curtailment or restricting of our operations, any of which could harm our ability to operate our business and our financial results. In addition, the approval and commercialization of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates outside the United States will also likely subject us to foreign equivalents of the healthcare laws mentioned above, among other foreign laws.

Risks related to our financial position and need for additional capital

We have incurred net losses in every year since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur substantial and increasing net losses in the foreseeable future.

We are a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history, and we are early on in our development efforts. Investment in biopharmaceutical product development is highly speculative because it entails substantial upfront capital expenditures and significant risk that any potential product candidate will fail to demonstrate adequate effect or an acceptable safety profile, gain marketing approval and become commercially viable. We have financed our operations primarily through the sale of equity securities, convertible debt securities and our collaboration with Celgene. Since our inception, most of our resources have been dedicated to the preclinical and clinical development of JTX-2011 and preclinical and planned clinical development of JTX-4014 and other discovery programs. The size of our future net losses will depend, in part, on our future expenses and our ability to generate revenue, if any. We have no products approved for commercial sale and have not generated any revenue from product sales to date, and we continue to incur significant research and development and other expenses related to our ongoing operations. As a result, we are not profitable and have incurred losses in each period since our inception. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, we reported a net loss of $10.5 million and $28.5 million, respectively. At September 30, 2016, we had an accumulated deficit of $78.6 million. We expect to continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future, and we expect these losses to increase as we continue our research and development of, and seek marketing approvals for, our product candidate and any additional product candidates we may develop.

Even if we succeed in receiving marketing approval for and commercialize our product candidate, we will continue to incur substantial research and development and other expenditures to develop and market additional potential products. We may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may adversely affect our business. The size of our future net losses will depend, in part, on the rate of future growth of our expenses and our ability to generate revenue. Our prior losses and expected future losses have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders' equity and working capital.

46


Table of Contents

We have never generated any revenue from product sales and our ability to generate revenue from product sales and become profitable depends significantly on our success on a number of factors.

We have no products approved for commercial sale, have not generated any revenue from product sales, and do not anticipate generating any revenue from product sales until some time after we have received marketing approval for the commercial sale of a product candidate, if ever. Our ability to generate revenue and achieve profitability depends significantly on our success in many factors, including:

completing research regarding, and preclinical and clinical development of, our product candidate, JTX-4014 and any other programs and product candidates;

obtaining marketing approvals for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any future product candidates for which we complete clinical studies;

developing a sustainable and scalable manufacturing process for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any future product candidates, including establishing and maintaining commercially viable supply and manufacturing relationships with third parties;

launching and commercializing JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates for which we obtain marketing approvals, either directly or with a collaborator or distributor;

obtaining market acceptance of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any future product candidates as viable treatment options;

addressing any competing technological and market developments;

identifying, assessing, acquiring and developing new product candidates;

negotiating favorable terms in any collaboration, licensing, or other arrangements into which we may enter;

obtaining, maintaining, protecting, and expanding our portfolio of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets, and know-how; and

attracting, hiring, and retaining qualified personnel.

Even if our product candidates or any future product candidates that we develop are approved for commercial sale, we anticipate incurring significant costs associated with commercializing any approved product candidate. Our expenses could increase beyond expectations if we are required by the FDA or other regulatory agencies, domestic or foreign, to change our manufacturing processes or assays, or to perform clinical, nonclinical, or other types of studies in addition to those that we currently anticipate. If we are successful in obtaining marketing approvals to market JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates, our revenue will be dependent, in part, upon the size of the markets in the territories for which we gain marketing approval, the accepted price for the product, the ability to get reimbursement at any price, and whether we own the commercial rights for that territory. If the number of our addressable disease patients is not as significant as we estimate, the indication approved by regulatory authorities is narrower than we expect, or the reasonably accepted patient population for treatment is narrowed by competition, physician choice or treatment guidelines, we may not generate significant revenue from sales of such products, even if approved. If we are not able to generate revenue from the sale of any approved products, we may never become profitable.

47


Table of Contents

We will require substantial additional financing to achieve our goals, and a failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed could force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or commercialization efforts.

Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception. At September 30, 2016, our cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities were $271.4 million. We expect to continue to spend substantial amounts to continue the clinical development of JTX-2011 and preclinical and clinical development of JTX-4014 and any future product candidates. If we are able to gain marketing approval of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, we will require significant additional amounts of cash in order to launch and commercialize JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates to the extent that such launch and commercialization are not the responsibility of Celgene. In addition, other unanticipated costs may arise. Because the design and outcome of our planned and anticipated clinical trials is highly uncertain, we cannot reasonably estimate the actual amounts necessary to successfully complete the development and commercialization of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates.

Our future capital requirements depend on many factors, including:

the scope, progress, results and costs of researching and developing JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, and conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials;

the timing of, and the costs involved in, obtaining marketing approvals for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates if clinical trials are successful;

the success of our collaboration with Celgene;

whether Celgene exercises its licensing and co-development options under our collaboration agreement with Celgene, each of which would trigger additional payments to us;

the cost of commercialization activities for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, if JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates are approved for sale, including marketing, sales and distribution costs;

the cost of manufacturing JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates for clinical trials in preparation for marketing approval and in preparation for commercialization;

our ability to establish and maintain strategic licensing or other arrangements and the financial terms of such agreements;

the costs involved in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining, expanding, defending and enforcing patent claims, including litigation costs and the outcome of such litigation;

the timing, receipt, and amount of sales of, or royalties on, our future products, if any;

the emergence of competing cancer therapies and other adverse market developments; and

the requirement for and cost of developing complementary diagnostics and/or companion diagnostics.

We do not have any committed external source of funds or other support for our development efforts, other than our collaboration with Celgene, which is limited in scope and duration. We do not expect to receive any option exercise payments from Celgene until at least the first quarter of 2018, and we will not receive any milestone payments prior to Celgene exercising a licensing or co-development option. Until we can generate sufficient product and royalty revenue to finance our cash requirements, which we may never

48


Table of Contents

do, we expect to finance our future cash needs through a combination of public or private equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances, licensing arrangements and other marketing or distribution arrangements. Based on our research and development plans, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least twenty-four months.

If we raise additional capital through marketing and distribution arrangements or other collaborations, strategic alliances or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish certain valuable rights to JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, technologies, future revenue streams or research programs or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we raise additional capital through public or private equity offerings the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect our stockholders' rights. If we raise additional capital through debt financing, we may be subject to covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing on favorable terms when needed, we may have to delay, reduce the scope of or suspend one or more of our clinical trials or research and development programs or our commercialization efforts.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our stockholders, including purchasers of common stock in this offering, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of private and public equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into common stock, your ownership interest will be diluted. Debt financing, if available, would increase our fixed payment obligations and may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends.

If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to grant rights to develop and market JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

Risks related to intellectual property

If we are unable to obtain, maintain and protect our intellectual property rights for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates or if our intellectual property rights are inadequate, our competitive position could be harmed.

Our commercial success will depend in part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent and other intellectual property protection in the United States and other countries with respect to JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates. We rely on trade secret, patent, copyright and trademark laws, and confidentiality, licensing and other agreements with employees and third parties, all of which offer only limited protection. We currently, or will in the future, seek to protect our proprietary position by filing and prosecuting patent applications in the United States and abroad related to JTX-2011, JTX-4014, any other future product candidates, and any future novel technologies that are important to our business.

The patent positions of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally are highly uncertain, involve complex legal and factual questions and have in recent years been the subject of much litigation. As a

49


Table of Contents

result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our licensed patents and any patents we own in the future are highly uncertain. The steps we or our licensors have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to preclude misappropriation of our proprietary information or infringement of our intellectual property rights, both inside and outside of the United States.

Further, the examination process may require us or our licensors to narrow the claims for our pending patent applications, which may limit the scope of patent protection that may be obtained if these applications issue. The scope of a patent may also be reinterpreted after issuance. The rights already granted under any of our licensed patents and those that may be granted under our future issued patents may not provide us with the proprietary protection or competitive advantages we are seeking. If we or our licensors are unable to obtain and maintain patent protection for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates, or if the scope of the patent protection obtained is not sufficient, our competitors could develop and commercialize products similar or superior to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates and future technologies may be adversely affected. It is also possible that we or our licensors fail to identify patentable aspects of inventions made in the course of our development and commercialization activities before it is too late to obtain patent protection on them.

In addition, the patent prosecution process is expensive, time-consuming and complex, and we may not be able to file, prosecute, maintain, enforce or license all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. Although we enter into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to confidential or patentable aspects of our research and development output, such as our employees, collaborators, and other third parties, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose such output before a patent application is filed, thereby jeopardizing our ability to seek patent protection. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development efforts in time to obtain patent protection.

As of January 17, 2017 with respect to JTX-2011 patent rights, we own 3 pending U.S. provisional patent applications, 1 pending U.S. non-provisional application, 5 foreign patent applications, and 2 pending Patent Cooperation Treaty, or PCT, patent applications within two patent families that cover compositions of matter and methods of use and ICOS related biomarkers, and we do not own any issued patents. As of January 17, 2017 with respect to JTX-4014 patent rights, we own 1 pending U.S. provisional patent application that covers compositions of matter and methods of use, and we do not own any non-provisional applications or issued patents. These provisional patent applications are not eligible to become issued patents until, among other things, we file a non-provisional patent application within 12 months of filing of one or more of our related provisional patent applications. If we do not timely file any non-provisional patent applications, we may lose our priority date with respect to our provisional patent applications and any patent protection on the inventions disclosed in our provisional patent applications. While we intend to timely file non-provisional patent applications relating to our provisional patent applications, we cannot predict whether any of our future patent applications for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates will result in the issuance of patents that effectively protect JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, or if any of our issued patents or if any of our licensor's issued patents will effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive products. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing or in some cases not at all until they are issued as a patent. Therefore, we or our licensors cannot be certain that we were the first to make the inventions claimed in our licensed patents, patents we own

50


Table of Contents

in the future, or pending patent applications, or that we or our licensors were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions.

Our pending applications cannot be enforced against third parties practicing the inventions claimed in such applications unless and until a patent issues from such applications. Because the issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, issued patents that we license from third parties or own in the future may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad, including through opposition proceedings, derivation proceedings, inter partes review, interference proceedings or litigation. Such proceedings may result in the loss of patent protection, the narrowing of claims in such patents or the invalidity or unenforceability of such patents, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical products, or limit the duration of the patent protection for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates. Protecting against the unauthorized use of our or our licensor's patented inventions, trademarks and other intellectual property rights is expensive, time consuming, difficult and in some cases may not be possible. In some cases, it may be difficult or impossible to detect third-party infringement or misappropriation of our intellectual property rights, even in relation to issued patent claims, and proving any such infringement may be even more difficult. If we are unable to obtain, maintain, and protect our intellectual property our competitive advantage could be harmed, and it could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and the results of operations and prospects.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our proprietary information and know-how, the value of our technology and products could be adversely affected.

In addition to seeking patent protection, we also rely on other proprietary rights, including protection of trade secrets, know-how and confidential and proprietary information. To maintain the confidentiality of our trade secrets and proprietary information, we enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, collaborators and other third parties who have access to our trade secrets. These agreements require that all confidential information developed by the individual or made known to the individual by us during the course of the individual's relationship with us be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties. Our agreements with employees also provide that any inventions conceived by the individual in the course of rendering services to us shall be our exclusive property. However, we may not obtain these agreements in all circumstances, and individuals with whom we have these agreements may not comply with their terms. The assignment of intellectual property rights may not be self-executing or the assignment agreements may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims that they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property. In addition, in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets or proprietary information, these agreements, even if obtained, may not provide meaningful protection, particularly for our trade secrets or other confidential information. To the extent that our employees, consultants or contractors use technology or know-how owned by third parties in their work for us, disputes may arise between us and those third parties as to the rights in related inventions.

Adequate remedies may not exist in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information including a breach of our confidentiality agreements. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive, and time consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts in and outside of the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, we would have no right to prevent them from using that technology or information to compete with us. The disclosure of our trade secrets or the independent development of

51


Table of Contents

our trade secrets by a competitor or other third party would impair our competitive position and may materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could harm our business.

Our commercial success depends on our ability and the ability of our current or future collaborators to develop, manufacture, market and sell JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, and to use our related proprietary technologies without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property and proprietary rights of third parties. The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by extensive litigation regarding patents and other intellectual property rights. We may become party to, or threatened with, adversarial proceedings or litigation regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our current and any other future product candidates, including interference, proceedings, post-grant review, inter partes review and derivation proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO. Third parties may assert infringement or other intellectual property claims against us based on existing patents or patents that may be granted in the future. For example, we are aware of third party patents generally directed to methods of treating certain indications with an anti-PD-1 monoclonal antibody that may be construed to cover one or more of our current and future product candidates. If we are found to infringe a third-party's intellectual property rights, and we are unsuccessful in demonstrating that such intellectual property rights are invalid or unenforceable, we could be required to obtain a license from such third party to continue developing, manufacturing and commercializing JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates. However, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors and other third parties access to the same technologies licensed to us, and it could require us to make substantial licensing and royalty payments. We also could be forced, including by court order, to cease developing, manufacturing, and commercializing JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates. In addition, in any such proceeding or litigation, we could be found liable for significant monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys' fees, if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent or other intellectual property right. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Any claims by third parties that we have misappropriated their confidential information or trade secrets could have a similar material adverse effect on our business.

In addition, we are testing JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and other future product candidates with other products that are covered by patents held by other companies or institutions. In the event that a labeling instruction is required in product packaging recommending that combination, we could be accused of, or held liable for, infringement of the third-party patents covering the product candidate or product recommended for administration with JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates. In such a case, we could be required to obtain a license from the other company or institution to use the required or desired package labeling, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

If we breach any of our license agreements or collaboration agreements, it could have a material adverse effect on our commercialization efforts for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates.

Our commercial success depends on our ability, and at times, the ability of our licensors and current or future collaborators to develop, manufacture, market, and sell JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, and use our licensors proprietary technologies without infringing the property rights of third parties. For example, we have entered into our Celgene Collaboration Agreement relating to JTX-2011,

52


Table of Contents

JTX-4014 and other product candidates, and an exclusive license agreement with Sloan Kettering Institute for Cancer Research, Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center and Memorial Hospital for Cancer, or MSK, and The University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center, or UTMDACC, related to certain uses of our JTX-2011, and we may enter into additional licenses in the future. These and other licenses may not provide exclusive rights to use such intellectual property and technology in all relevant fields of use and in all territories in which we may wish to develop or commercialize our products in the future. As a result, we may not be able to prevent competitors from developing and commercializing competitive products in territories included in all our licenses.

In addition, we may not have the right to control the preparation, filing, prosecution, maintenance, enforcement and defense of patents and patent applications covering the technology that we license from third parties. For example, under our Celgene Collaboration Agreement, under certain circumstances, Celgene has the first right to enforce, maintain or defend our intellectual property rights with respect to certain licensed programs. Therefore, we cannot be certain that these patents and patent applications will be prepared, filed, prosecuted, maintained, enforced, and defended in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. If our licensors fail to prosecute, maintain, enforce and defend such patents, or lose rights to those patents or patent applications, the rights we have licensed may be reduced or eliminated and our right to develop and commercialize JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates that are the subject of such licensed rights could be adversely affected. Furthermore, our owned and in-licensed patents may be subject to a reservation of rights by one or more third parties.

Certain of our license agreements also require us to meet development thresholds to maintain the license, including establishing a set timeline for developing and commercializing products. If we fail to comply with the obligations under our license agreements, including payment terms and diligence terms, our licensors may have the right to terminate our agreements, in which event we may not be able to develop, manufacture, market or sell the products covered by our agreements or may face other penalties under our agreements. Such an occurrence could materially adversely affect the value of the product candidate being developed under any such agreement. Termination of our license agreements or reduction or elimination of our rights under them may result in our having to negotiate a new or reinstated agreement, which may not be available to us on equally favorable terms, or at all, which may mean we are unable to develop or commercialize the affected product candidate or cause us to lose our rights under this agreement, including our rights to intellectual property or technology important to our development programs.

In addition, disputes may arise regarding intellectual property subject to a licensing agreement, including:

the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;

the extent to which our technology and processes infringe on intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement;

the sublicensing of patent and other rights under future collaborative development relationships;

our diligence obligations under the license agreement and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations;

the inventorship and ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our licensors and us and our partners; and

the priority of invention of patented technology.

53


Table of Contents

If disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current licensing arrangements on commercially acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected product candidates, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects.

Further, the agreements under which we currently license intellectual property or technology from third parties are complex, and certain provisions in such agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology, or increase what we believe to be our financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may not be successful in obtaining necessary rights to JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates we may develop, or obtain through acquisitions and in-licenses.

We currently have rights to intellectual property, through licenses from third parties, for certain uses of JTX-2011. Because JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates may require the use of proprietary rights held by third parties, the growth of our business likely will depend, in part, on our ability to acquire, in-license or use these proprietary rights. We may be unable to acquire or in-license any compositions, methods of use, processes or other intellectual property rights from third parties that we identify as necessary for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and other future product candidates. The licensing or acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and several more established companies may pursue strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, capital resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. We also may be unable to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights on terms that would allow us to make an appropriate return on our investment.

If we are unable to successfully obtain rights to required third-party intellectual property rights or maintain the existing intellectual property rights we have, we may have to abandon development or commercialization of the relevant program or product candidate or may be required to expend significant time and resources to redesign our technology, JTX-2011, JTX-4014, or other future product candidates or method for manufacturing them, all of which may not be feasible on a technical or commercial basis. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our products for an adequate amount of time, and JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates for which we intend to seek approval as biologic products may face competition sooner than anticipated.

Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. We expect to seek patent term adjustments or extensions of patent terms in the United States for our licensed patents and any patents we own in the future and, if available, in other countries where that may be available when we are prosecuting patents. In the United States, the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984 permits a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the normal expiration of the patent, which is limited to the approved indication (or any additional indications approved during the period of extension). However, the applicable authorities, including the

54


Table of Contents

FDA and the USPTO in the United States, and any equivalent regulatory authority in other countries, may not agree with our assessment of whether such extensions are available, and may refuse to grant extensions to our patents, or may grant more limited extensions than we request. We may not be granted an extension because of, for example, failure to exercise due diligence during the testing phase or regulatory review process, failure to apply within applicable deadlines, failure to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents or otherwise failing to satisfy applicable requirements. If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or the term of any such extension is less than we request, our competitors may be able to take advantage of our investment in development and clinical trials by referencing our clinical and preclinical data and launch their product earlier than might otherwise be the case, which could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operation and prospects.

The Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, or BPCIA, established legal authority for the FDA to review and approve biosimilar biologics, including the possible designation of a biosimilar as "interchangeable" based on its similarity to an existing brand product. Under the BPCIA, an application for a biosimilar product cannot be approved by the FDA until 12 years after the original branded product was approved under a BLA. The law is complex and is still being interpreted and implemented by the FDA. As a result, its ultimate impact, implementation, and meaning are subject to uncertainty. While it is uncertain when such processes intended to implement BPCIA may be fully adopted by the FDA, any such processes could have a material adverse effect on the future commercial prospects for our biological products.

We intend to seek market exclusivity for our biological product candidate that is subject to its own BLA for 12 years in the United States, 10 years in Europe and other durations in other markets. However, the term of the patents that cover such product candidates may not extend beyond the applicable market exclusivity awarded by a particular country. For example, in the United States, if all of the patents that cover our particular biologic product expire before the 12-year market exclusivity expires, a third party could submit a marketing application for a biosimilar product four years after approval of our biologic product, and the FDA could immediately review the application and approve the biosimilar product for marketing 12 years after approval of our biologic. Alternatively, a third party could submit a BLA for a similar or identical product any time after approval of our biologic product, and the FDA could immediately review and approve the similar or identical product for marketing and the third party could begin marketing the similar or identical product upon expiry of all of the patents that cover our particular biologic product.

Additionally, there is a risk that this exclusivity could be shortened due to congressional action or otherwise, or that the FDA will not consider JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates to be reference products for competing products, potentially creating the opportunity for generic and biosimilar competition sooner than anticipated. The extent to which a biosimilar, once approved, will be substituted for any one of our reference products in a way that is similar to traditional generic substitution for non-biological products is not yet clear, and will depend on a number of marketplace and regulatory factors that are still developing.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and all other future product candidates throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our or our licensors' intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws and practices of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, we and our licensors may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our and our licensors' inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our and our licensors' inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products, and may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we or our licensors have patent protection but where enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products in jurisdictions where we do not have any issued patents and our patent claims or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from so competing.

55


Table of Contents

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biopharmaceuticals, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our or our licensor's patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our intellectual property and proprietary rights generally in those countries. Proceedings to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our and our licensors' patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our and our licensors' patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us or our licensors. We or our licensors may not prevail in any lawsuits that we or our licensors initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property we develop or license.

In addition, the laws of certain foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and those foreign laws may also be subject to change. For example, methods of treatment and manufacturing processes may not be patentable in certain jurisdictions, and the requirements for patentability may differ in certain countries. Furthermore, generic and/or biosimilar product manufacturers or other competitors may challenge the scope, validity and enforceability of our or our licensors' patents, requiring us or our licensors to engage in complex, lengthy and costly litigation or proceedings.

Moreover, many countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. Many countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of such patent. If we or any of our licensors is forced to grant a license to third parties with respect to any patents relevant to our business, our competitive position may be impaired and our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Generic or biosimilar product manufacturers may develop, seek approval for, and launch biosimilar versions or generic versions, respectively, of our products. The FDA has published four draft guidance documents on biosimilar product development. For the FDA to approve a biosimilar product as interchangeable with a reference product, the agency must find that the biosimilar product can be expected to produce the same clinical results as the reference product and, for products administered multiple times, the biosimilar and the reference biologic may be switched after one has been previously administered without increasing safety risks or risks of diminished efficacy relative to exclusive use of the reference biologic. If JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates are approved by the FDA, the approval of a biosimilar product to one of our products could have a material impact on our business. In particular, a biosimilar product could be significantly less costly to bring to market and priced significantly lower than our products, if approved by the FDA. See "Business—Other regulatory matters—U.S. patent-term restoration and marketing exclusivity" for a more detailed description of the BPCIA.

Obtaining and maintaining patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

The USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payments and other similar provisions during the patent application process

56


Table of Contents

and to maintain patents after they are issued. For example, periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other government fees on issued patents and patent applications often must be paid to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies over the lifetime of our licensed patents or any patents we own in the future. In certain circumstances, we rely on our licensing partners to take the necessary action to comply with these requirements with respect to our licensed intellectual property. While an unintentional lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include, but are not limited to, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. If we fail to obtain and maintain the patents and patent applications covering our products or procedures, we may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing products that are the same as or similar to JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Changes to the patent law in the United States and other jurisdictions could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates.

As is the case with other biopharmaceutical companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the biopharmaceutical industry involves both technological and legal complexity and is therefore costly, time consuming and inherently uncertain. Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States could increase the uncertainties and costs. Recent patent reform legislation in the United States and other countries, including the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, signed into law on September 16, 2011, could increase those uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted, redefine prior art and provide more efficient and cost-effective avenues for competitors to challenge the validity of patents. These include allowing third-party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by USPTO administered post-grant proceedings, including post-grant review, inter partes review, and derivation proceedings. After March 2013, under the Leahy-Smith Act, the United States transitioned to a first inventor to file system in which, assuming that the other statutory requirements are met, the first inventor to file a patent application will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether a third party was the first to invent the claimed invention. However, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations. Depending on future actions by the U.S. Congress, the U.S. courts, the USPTO and the relevant law-making bodies in other countries, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future.

57


Table of Contents

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our intellectual property, which could be expensive, time-consuming and unsuccessful and have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

Competitors may infringe our licensed patents or any patent we own in the future or misappropriate or otherwise violate our intellectual property rights. We may also be required to defend against claims of infringement and our licensed patents and any patents we own in the future may become involved in priority or other intellectual property related disputes. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of our own intellectual property rights or the proprietary rights of others. Also, third parties may initiate legal proceedings against us or our licensors to assert that we are infringing their intellectual property rights or to challenge the validity or scope of our owned or licensed intellectual property rights. These proceedings can be expensive and time consuming. Many of our current and potential competitors have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to conduct intellectual property related litigations or proceedings than we can. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property. Litigation and other intellectual property related proceedings could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources, which could harm our business and financial results. In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent owned by or licensed to us is invalid or unenforceable, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation or other intellectual property related proceeding could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable or interpreted narrowly.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments in any such proceedings. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of shares of our common stock. Any of the foregoing may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may be subject to claims by third parties asserting that our collaborators, licensors, employees or we have misappropriated their intellectual property, or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

Many of our employees, our collaborators' employees and our licensors' employees, including our senior management, are currently or previously were employed at universities or other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Some of these employees, including each member of our senior management, executed proprietary rights, non-disclosure and non-competition agreements, or similar agreements, in connection with such previous employment. Although we try to ensure that our employees do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these employees have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such individual's current or former employer. Litigation may be necessary to defend against such claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel or sustain damages. Such intellectual property rights could be awarded to a third party, and we could be required to obtain a license from such third party to

58


Table of Contents

commercialize our technology or products. Such a license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management. Any of the foregoing may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we or our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors.

We could in the future be subject to claims that we or our employees have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed alleged trade secrets or other confidential information of former employers or competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees and consultants do not use the intellectual property, proprietary information, know-how or trade secrets of others in their work for us, we may in the future be subject to claims that we caused an employee to breach the terms of his or her non-competition or non-solicitation agreement, or that we or these individuals have, inadvertently or otherwise, used or disclosed the alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information of a former employer or competitor. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and could be a distraction to management. If our defenses to these claims fail, in addition to requiring us to pay monetary damages, a court could prohibit us from using technologies or features that are essential to JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, if such technologies or features are found to incorporate or be derived from the trade secrets or other proprietary information of the former employers. An inability to incorporate such technologies or features would have a material adverse effect on our business, and may prevent us from successfully commercializing JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates. In addition, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel as a result of such claims. Moreover, any such litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire employees or consultants. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to develop and commercialize JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, which would have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Issued patents covering JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court or before the USPTO or comparable foreign authority.

If we or one of our licensing partners initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering one of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates, the defendant could counterclaim that the patent covering our product candidate is invalid or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace, and there are numerous grounds upon which a third party can assert invalidity or unenforceability of a patent. Grounds for a validity challenge could be, among other things, an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness, or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be, among other things, an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. Third parties may also raise similar claims before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, inter partes review, post-grant review, interference proceedings, derivation proceedings and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions, such as opposition proceedings. Such proceedings could result in revocation, cancellation or amendment to our patents in such a way that they no longer cover and protect JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. For example, with respect to the validity of our licensed

59


Table of Contents

patents or any patents we obtain in the future, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art of which we, our or our licensing partner's patent counsel, and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a third party were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity and/or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates. Such a loss of patent protection could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Risks related to employee matters, managing our growth and other risks related to our business

We currently have no marketing and sales organization and have no experience in marketing products. If we are unable to establish marketing and sales capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market and sell JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, we may not be able to generate product revenue.

We currently have no sales, marketing, or distribution capabilities and have no experience in marketing products. If JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any of our future product candidates receive appropriate regulatory approval, we intend to develop an in-house marketing organization and sales force, which will require significant capital expenditures, management resources and time. We will have to compete with other pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies to recruit, hire, train and retain marketing and sales personnel.

If we are unable or decide not to establish internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, we will pursue collaborative arrangements regarding the sales and marketing of our products; however, we cannot assure you that we will be able to establish or maintain such collaborative arrangements, or if we are able to do so, that they will have effective sales forces. Any revenue we receive will depend upon the efforts of such third parties, which may not be successful. We may have little or no control over the marketing and sales efforts of such third parties and our revenue from product sales may be lower than if we had commercialized JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates ourselves. We also face competition in our search for third parties to assist us with the sales and marketing efforts of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to develop in-house sales and distribution capabilities or establish or maintain relationships with third-party collaborators to commercialize any product in the United States or elsewhere.

We will need to grow the size of our organization, and we may experience difficulties in managing this growth.

At December 31, 2016, we had 85 full-time employees, including 61 employees engaged in research and development. As our development and commercialization plans and strategies develop, and as we transition into operating as a public company, we expect to need additional managerial, operational, sales, marketing, financial and other personnel. Future growth would impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including:

identifying, recruiting, integrating, maintaining and motivating additional employees;

managing our internal development efforts effectively, including the clinical and FDA review process for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, while complying with our contractual obligations to contractors and other third parties; and

60


Table of Contents

improving our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures.

Our future financial performance and our ability to commercialize JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively manage any future growth, and our management may also have to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from day-to-day activities in order to devote a substantial amount of time to managing these growth activities.

We currently rely, and for the foreseeable future will continue to rely, in substantial part on certain independent organizations, advisors and consultants to provide certain services, including substantially all aspects of marketing approval, clinical management, and manufacturing. We cannot assure you that the services of independent organizations, advisors and consultants will continue to be available to us on a timely basis when needed, or that we can find qualified replacements. In addition, if we are unable to effectively manage our outsourced activities or if the quality or accuracy of the services provided by consultants is compromised for any reason, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain marketing approval of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates or otherwise advance our business. We cannot assure you that we will be able to manage our existing consultants or find other competent outside contractors and consultants on economically reasonable terms, or at all.

If we are not able to effectively expand our organization by hiring new employees and expanding our groups of consultants and contractors, we may not be able to successfully implement the tasks necessary to further develop and commercialize JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates and, accordingly, may not achieve our research, development and commercialization goals.

We are highly dependent on our key personnel, and if we are not successful in attracting, motivating and retaining highly qualified personnel, we may not be able to successfully implement our business strategy.

Our ability to compete in the highly competitive biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries depends upon our ability to attract, motivate and retain highly qualified managerial, scientific and medical personnel. We are highly dependent on our management, particularly our chief executive officer, Richard Murray, and our scientific and medical personnel. The loss of the services of any of our executive officers, key employees, and scientific and medical advisors, and our inability to find suitable replacements, could result in delays in product development and harm our business.

We conduct our operations at our facility in Cambridge, Massachusetts, in a region that is home to many other biopharmaceutical companies and many academic and research institutions. Competition for skilled personnel is intense and the turnover rate can be high, which may limit our ability to hire and retain highly qualified personnel on acceptable terms or at all. We expect that we will need to recruit talent from outside of our region, and doing so may be costly and difficult.

To induce valuable employees to remain at our company, in addition to salary and cash incentives, we have provided restricted stock and stock option grants that vest over time. The value to employees of these equity grants that vest over time may be significantly affected by movements in our stock price that are beyond our control, and may at any time be insufficient to counteract more lucrative offers from other companies. Although we have employment agreements with our key employees, these employment agreements provide for at-will employment, which means that any of our employees could leave our employment at any time, with or without notice. We do not maintain "key man" insurance policies on the lives of all of these individuals or the lives of any of our other employees.

61


Table of Contents

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological and radioactive materials. Our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties.

Although we maintain workers' compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us in connection with our storage or disposal of biological, hazardous or radioactive materials.

Our internal computer systems, or those used by our CROs or other contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our future CROs and other contractors and consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses and unauthorized access. While we have not to our knowledge experienced any such material system failure or security breach to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our development programs and our business operations. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed or future clinical trials could result in delays in our marketing approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. Likewise, we rely on third parties for the manufacture of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates and to conduct clinical trials, and similar events relating to their computer systems could also have a material adverse effect on our business. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the further development and commercialization of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates could be delayed.

We or the third parties upon whom we depend may be adversely affected by earthquakes or other natural disasters and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster.

Earthquakes or other natural disasters could severely disrupt our operations, and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. If a natural disaster, power outage or other event occurred that prevented us from using all or a significant portion of our headquarters, that damaged critical infrastructure, such as the manufacturing facilities of our third-party contract manufacturers, or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time. The disaster recovery and business continuity plans we have in place may prove inadequate in the event of a serious disaster or similar event. We may incur substantial expenses as a result of the limited nature of our disaster recovery and business continuity plans, which, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

62


Table of Contents

Our employees, independent contractors, vendors, principal investigators, CROs and consultants may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements and insider trading.

We are exposed to the risk that our employees, independent contractors, vendors, principal investigators, CROs and consultants may engage in fraudulent conduct or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to us that violate the regulations of the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, including those laws requiring the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to such authorities; healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations in the United States and abroad; or laws that require the reporting of financial information or data accurately. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Activities subject to these laws also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials or creating fraudulent data in our preclinical studies or clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. We intend to adopt, prior to the completion of this offering, a code of conduct applicable to all of our employees, but it is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by employees and other third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. Additionally, we are subject to the risk that a person could allege such fraud or other misconduct, even if none occurred. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

If we engage in future acquisitions or strategic partnerships, this may increase our capital requirements, dilute our stockholders, cause us to incur debt or assume contingent liabilities, and subject us to other risks.

We have entered into a collaboration agreement with Celgene, and may evaluate various acquisitions and additional strategic partnerships, including licensing or acquiring complementary products, intellectual property rights, technologies, or businesses. Our relationship with Celgene and any potential acquisition or strategic partnership may entail numerous risks, including:

increased operating expenses and cash requirements;

the assumption of additional indebtedness or contingent liabilities;

the issuance of our equity securities;

assimilation of operations, intellectual property and products of an acquired company, including difficulties associated with integrating new personnel;

the diversion of our management's attention from our existing product programs and initiatives in pursuing such a strategic merger or acquisition;

63


Table of Contents

retention of key employees, the loss of key personnel, and uncertainties in our ability to maintain key business relationships;

risks and uncertainties associated with the other party to such a transaction, including the prospects of that party and their existing products or product candidates and marketing approvals; and

our inability to generate revenue from acquired technology and/or products sufficient to meet our objectives in undertaking the acquisition or even to offset the associated acquisition and maintenance costs.

In addition, if we undertake acquisitions, we may issue dilutive securities, assume or incur debt obligations, incur large one-time expenses and acquire intangible assets that could result in significant future amortization expense. Moreover, we may not be able to locate suitable acquisition opportunities and this inability could impair our ability to grow or obtain access to technology or products that may be important to the development of our business.

Unstable market and economic conditions may have serious adverse consequences on our business, financial condition and stock price.

As widely reported, global credit and financial markets have experienced extreme volatility and disruptions in the past several years, including severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, declines in consumer confidence, declines in economic growth, increases in unemployment rates and uncertainty about economic stability. We cannot assure you that further deterioration in credit and financial markets and confidence in economic conditions will not occur. Our general business strategy may be adversely affected by any such economic downturn, volatile business environment or continued unpredictable and unstable market conditions. If the current equity and credit markets deteriorate, or do not improve, it may make any necessary debt or equity financing more difficult, more costly, and more dilutive. Failure to secure any necessary financing in a timely manner and on favorable terms could have a material adverse effect on our growth strategy, financial performance and stock price and could require us to delay or abandon clinical development plans. In addition, there is a risk that one or more of our current service providers, manufacturers and other partners may not survive these difficult economic times, which could directly affect our ability to attain our operating goals on schedule and on budget.

At September 30, 2016, we had $271.4 million of cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities. While we are not aware of any downgrades, material losses, or other significant deterioration in the fair value of our cash equivalents or marketable securities since September 30, 2016, we cannot assure you that deterioration of the global credit and financial markets would not negatively impact our current portfolio of cash equivalents or marketable securities, or our ability to meet our financing objectives. Furthermore, our stock price may decline due, in part, to the volatility of the stock market and the general economic downturn.

Risks related to our common stock and this offering

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes has been limited by "ownership changes" and may be further limited.

Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, if a corporation undergoes an "ownership change" (generally defined as a greater than 50% change (by value) in the ownership of its equity over a three-year period), the corporation's ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and certain other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income may be limited. A Code Section 382 study, completed in August 2016, identified three previous ownership

64


Table of Contents

changes for purposes of Code Section 382. As a result of these ownership changes, our net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards allocable to the periods preceding each such ownership change are subject to limitations under Code Section 382. We may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of this offering or subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, some of which are outside our control. As of December 31, 2015, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $55.4 million, and our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards is limited by our previous ownership changes and the rest may become subject to limitations by "ownership changes" in the future, which could result in increased tax liability to us.

The price of our common stock may be volatile and fluctuate substantially, which could result in substantial losses for purchasers of our common stock in this offering.

Our stock price is likely to be volatile. The stock market in general and the market for biopharmaceutical companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:

the success of competitive products or technologies;

results of clinical trials of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates or those of our competitors;

regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;

developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other proprietary rights;

the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

the level of expenses related to JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates or clinical development programs;

the results of our efforts to discover, develop, acquire or in-license additional product candidates or drugs;

actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts;

variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors;

general economic, industry and market conditions; and

the other factors described in this "Risk factors" section.

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Although our common stock has been approved for listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial public offering price of

65


Table of Contents

our common stock was determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters. This initial public offering price may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. In the absence of an active trading market for our common stock, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price or at the time that they would like to sell. In addition, because an affiliate of Celgene Corporation, one of our existing stockholders, has indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of approximately $10.0 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price, the overall trading market for our shares may not be as active as it otherwise would have been.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock so any returns will be limited to the value of our stock.

We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to the appreciation of their stock.

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.

You will suffer immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the common stock you purchase in this offering. Assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, purchasers of common stock in this offering will experience immediate dilution of $9.63 per share in net tangible book value of the common stock. In addition, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will contribute 35.0% of the total amount invested by stockholders since inception but will only own 17.8% of the shares of common stock outstanding. In the past, we issued options and other securities to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent these outstanding securities are ultimately exercised, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will sustain further dilution. See "Dilution" for a more detailed description of the dilution to new investors in the offering.

We are an emerging growth company, and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements, that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the year in which we complete this offering, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which requires the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates to exceed $700.0 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

66


Table of Contents

Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we may still qualify as a "smaller reporting company" which would allow us to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. As a result, changes in rules of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or their interpretation, the adoption of new guidance or the application of existing guidance to changes in our business could significantly affect our financial position and results of operations.

Our executive officers, directors, principal stockholders and their affiliates will continue to exercise significant influence over our company after this offering, which will limit your ability to influence corporate matters and could delay or prevent a change in corporate control.

Immediately following the completion of this offering, and disregarding any shares of common stock that they purchase in this offering, the existing holdings of our executive officers, directors, principal stockholders and their affiliates, including investment funds affiliated with Third Rock Ventures and entities affiliated with Fidelity and Celgene, will represent beneficial ownership, in the aggregate, of approximately 65.3% of our outstanding common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to acquire additional common stock in this offering and assuming we issue the number of shares of common stock as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. As a result, these stockholders, if they act together, will be able to influence our management and affairs and the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and any sale, merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. These stockholders acquired their shares of common stock for substantially less than the price of the shares of common stock being acquired in this offering, and these stockholders may have interests, with respect to their common stock, that are different from those of investors in this offering and the concentration of voting power among these stockholders may have an adverse effect on the price of our common stock. In addition, this concentration of ownership might adversely affect the market price of our common stock by:

delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of us;

impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us; or

discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

See " Principal stockholders " in this prospectus for more information regarding the ownership of our outstanding common stock by our executive officers, directors, principal stockholders and their affiliates.

67


Table of Contents

We will incur significantly increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which will require, among other things, that we file with the SEC, annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently adopted by the SEC and NASDAQ to implement provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, impose significant requirements on public companies, including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. Further, in July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, was enacted. There are significant corporate governance and executive compensation-related provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act that require the SEC to adopt additional rules and regulations in these areas such as "say on pay" and proxy access. Recent legislation permits emerging growth companies to implement many of these requirements over a longer period and up to five years from the pricing of this offering. We intend to take advantage of this new legislation, but cannot guarantee that we will not be required to implement these requirements sooner than budgeted or planned and thereby incur unexpected expenses. Stockholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate.

We expect the rules and regulations applicable to public companies to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. If these requirements divert the attention of our management and personnel from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The increased costs will decrease our net income or increase our net loss, and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products or services. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the lock-up and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the market price of our common stock could decline. Based upon the number of shares of common stock, on an as-converted basis, outstanding as of December 31, 2016, upon the completion of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of 30,162,026 shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase an additional 804,000 shares. Of these shares, as of the date of this prospectus, approximately 5,360,000 shares of our common stock, or 17.8% of shares of our common stock, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market immediately following this offering, assuming that current stockholders do not purchase shares in this offering. An affiliate of Celgene Corporation, one of our existing stockholders, has indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of approximately $10.0 million

68


Table of Contents

in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters could determine to sell more, less or no shares to such stockholder, and such stockholder could determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering. The underwriting discount for any shares sold to such stockholder in the offering will be the same as the underwriting discount for the shares sold to the public. The shares purchased by such stockholder in this offering will reduce the available public float of our common shares. As a result, the purchase of common shares by such stockholder in this offering may reduce the liquidity of our common shares relative to what it would have been had these shares been purchased by other investors or not subject to lock-up agreements. The representatives of the underwriters, however, may, in their sole discretion, permit our officers, directors and other stockholders who are subject to these lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

The lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering will expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus. After the lock-up agreements expire, based upon the number of shares of common stock, on an as-converted basis, outstanding as of December 31, 2016, up to an additional 24,666,526 shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market, approximately 78.4% of which shares are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to certain limitations of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

Upon completion of this offering, 6,953,257 shares of common stock that are either subject to outstanding options, reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans or subject to outstanding warrants will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares of common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the market price of our common stock could decline.

After this offering, the holders of approximately 22,825,695 shares of our common stock, including those issuable upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to the lock-up agreements described above. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or our guidance.

Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly in the future, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. From time to time, we may enter into license or collaboration agreements with other companies that include development funding and significant upfront and milestone payments and/or royalties, which may become an important source of our revenue. Accordingly, our revenue may depend on development funding and the achievement of development and clinical milestones under current and any potential future license and collaboration agreements and sales of our products, if approved. These upfront and milestone payments may vary significantly from period to period and any such variance could cause a significant fluctuation in our operating results from one period to the next.

In addition, we measure compensation cost for stock-based awards made to employees at the grant date of the award, based on the fair value of the award as determined by our board of directors, and recognize

69


Table of Contents

the cost as an expense over the employee's requisite service period. As the variables that we use as a basis for valuing these awards change over time, including, after the closing of this offering, our underlying stock price and stock price volatility, the magnitude of the expense that we must recognize may vary significantly.

Furthermore, our operating results may fluctuate due to a variety of other factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including the following:

the timing and cost of, and level of investment in, research and development activities relating to our current and any future product candidates, which will change from time to time;

our ability to enroll patients in clinical trials and the timing of enrollment;

the cost of manufacturing our current and any future product candidates, which may vary depending on FDA guidelines and requirements, the quantity of production and the terms of our agreements with manufacturers;

expenditures that we will or may incur to acquire or develop additional product candidates and technologies;

the timing and outcomes of clinical studies for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates or competing product candidates;

competition from existing and potential future products that compete with JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, and changes in the competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors or partners;

any delays in regulatory review or approval of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any other future product candidates;

the level of demand for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, if approved, which may fluctuate significantly and be difficult to predict;

the risk/benefit profile, cost and reimbursement policies with respect to our products candidates, if approved, and existing and potential future products that compete with JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates;

our ability to commercialize JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any other future product candidates, if approved, inside and outside of the United States, either independently or working with third parties;

the success of our collaboration with Celgene and our ability to establish and maintain other collaborations, licensing or other arrangements;

our ability to adequately support future growth;

potential unforeseen business disruptions that increase our costs or expenses;

future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies; and

the changing and volatile global economic environment.

The cumulative effect of these factors could result in large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. Investors should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future

70


Table of Contents

performance. This variability and unpredictability could also result in our failing to meet the expectations of industry or financial analysts or investors for any period. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of analysts or investors or below any forecasts we may provide to the market, or if the forecasts we provide to the market are below the expectations of analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Such a stock price decline could occur even when we have met any previously publicly stated revenue and/or earnings guidance we may provide.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they publish negative evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will rely, in part, on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We may never obtain research coverage by industry or financial analysts. If no or few analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our stock would likely decrease. Even if we do obtain analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts covering our business downgrade their evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our stock, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which, in turn, could cause our stock price to decline.

We have broad discretion in how we use the proceeds of this offering and may not use these proceeds effectively, which could affect our results of operations and cause our stock price to decline.

We will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds of this offering. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to advance JTX-2011 through the completion of our multi-arm Phase I/II clinical study, to advance JTX-4014 through IND and planned clinical studies, to advance and expand our research and development pipeline, and for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which will include the hiring of additional personnel, capital expenditures, and the costs of operating as a public company. As a result, investors will be relying upon management's judgment with only limited information about our specific intentions for the use of the balance of the net proceeds of this offering. We may use the net proceeds for purposes that do not yield a significant return or any return at all for our stockholders. In addition, pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may delay or prevent an acquisition of us or a change in our management. These provisions include a classified board of directors, a prohibition on actions by written consent of our stockholders and the ability of our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock to merge or combine with us. Although we believe these provisions collectively provide for an opportunity to obtain greater value for stockholders by requiring potential acquirors to negotiate with our board of directors, they would apply even if an offer rejected by our board were considered beneficial by some stockholders. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management.

71


Table of Contents

Our bylaws designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our bylaws, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering, provide that, unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers and employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case subject to the Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this provision of our bylaws. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder's ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees even though an action, if successful, might benefit our stockholders. Stockholders who do bring a claim in the Court of Chancery could face additional litigation costs in pursuing any such claim, particularly if they do not reside in or near the State of Delaware. The Court of Chancery may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a stockholder considering an action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments or results may be more favorable to us than to our stockholders. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

72


Table of Contents

Special note regarding forward-looking statements and market data

This prospectus, including the sections entitled "Prospectus summary," "Risk factors," "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations" and "Business," contains express or implied forward-looking statements that are based on our management's belief and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements relate to future events or our future operational or financial performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

the timing, progress, and results of preclinical studies and clinical trials for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any future product candidates we may develop, including statements regarding the timing of initiation and completion of studies or trials and related preparatory work, the period during which the results of the trials will become available, and our research and development programs;

the timing, scope, or likelihood of regulatory filings and approvals, including timing of our BLA filing for, and final FDA approval of, JTX-2011 and JTX-4014;

the timing, scope, or likelihood of foreign regulatory filings and approvals;

our ability to use our Translational Science Platform to identify de novo targets for additional product candidates and to match immunotherapies to select patient subsets;

our ability to develop and advance any future product candidates into, and successfully complete, clinical studies;

our ability to develop combination therapies, whether on our own or in collaboration with Celgene and other third parties, for JTX-2011 and JTX-4014;

our expectations regarding the size of the patient populations for JTX-2011 and JTX-4014, if approved for commercial use, and any additional product candidates we may develop;

our commercialization and marketing capabilities and strategy;

the pricing and reimbursement of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any additional product candidates we may develop, if approved;

the implementation of our business model and our strategic plans for our business, JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any additional product candidates we may develop, and our technology;

the rate and degree of market acceptance and clinical utility of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any additional product candidates we may develop;

the potential benefits of and our ability to maintain our collaboration with Celgene, and establish or maintain future collaborations or strategic relationships or obtain additional funding;

our ability to retain the continued service of our key professionals and to identify, hire and retain additional qualified professionals;

73


Table of Contents

our intellectual property position, including the scope of protection we are able to establish and maintain for intellectual property rights covering JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any additional product candidates we may develop, and our ability not to infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any third-party intellectual property rights;

our competitive position, and developments and projections relating to our competitors and our industry;

our expectations related to the use of proceeds from this offering;

our estimates regarding expenses, future revenue, capital requirements and needs for additional financing;

the impact of laws and regulations; and

our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as "may," "will," "should," "expects," "intends," "plans," "anticipates," "believes," "estimates," "predicts," "potential," "continue" or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which are, in some cases, beyond our control and which could materially affect results. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those listed under "Risk factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. If one or more of these risks or uncertainties occur, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual events or results may vary significantly from those implied or projected by the forward-looking statements. No forward-looking statement is a guarantee of future performance. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from any future results expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements in this prospectus represent our views as of the date of this prospectus. We anticipate that subsequent events and developments will cause our views to change. However, while we may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, we have no current intention of doing so except to the extent required by applicable law. You should, therefore, not rely on these forward-looking statements as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the date of this prospectus.

The market data and certain other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, governmental publications, reports by market research firms or other independent sources that we believe to be reliable sources. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any third-party information presented in this prospectus, their estimates, in particular, as they relate to projections, involve numerous assumptions, are subject to risks and uncertainties, and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the section titled "Risk factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. Some data are also based on our good faith estimates.

74


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $67.8 million, or $78.3 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our net proceeds to us from this offering by $5.0 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A 1,000,000 share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our net proceeds from this offering by $13.0 million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A 1,000,000 share increase in the number of shares offered by us together with a concomitant $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase the net proceeds to us from this offering by $18.9 million after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Conversely, a 1,000,000 share decrease in the number of shares offered by us together with a concomitant $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by $17.1 million after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the offering price or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our intended uses of the net proceeds from this offering, although it may impact the amount of time prior to which we may need to seek additional capital.

We are undertaking this offering in order to access the public capital markets and to increase our liquidity. We anticipate that we will use the net proceeds received by us in this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities, as follows:

approximately $30.0 million to advance JTX-2011 through the completion of our multi-arm Phase I/II clinical trial, designed to provide safety and dosing data, and clinical proof of concept efficacy data for JTX-2011 both as a single agent and in combination with other therapies;

approximately $25.0 million to advance JTX-4014 through Investigational New Drug, or IND, enabling studies and filings, and planned initial clinical studies for development as a combination agent;

approximately $10.0 million to continue to advance and expand our Translational Science Platform, and research and development pipeline, including both internal and external costs for IND enabling studies and early discovery efforts, including our beyond T effector cell activities; and

use the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which will include hiring of additional personnel, capital expenditures and the costs of operating as a public company.

Based on our current plans, we believe our cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities, together with the net proceeds to us from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least twenty-four months.

75


Table of Contents

This expected use of the net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures and the extent of clinical development may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the progress of our development efforts, the status of and results from preclinical studies or clinical trials we may commence in the future, as well as our existing collaboration with Celgene and any other collaborations that we may enter into with third parties for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any future product candidates or business development opportunities we may engage in for our programs and any unforeseen cash needs. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering.

Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds in high-quality, investment-grade, short-term fixed income instruments, which include corporate, financial institution, federal agency or U.S. government obligations.

76


Table of Contents

Dividend policy

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on various factors, including applicable laws, our results of operations, financial condition, future prospects, then applicable contractual restrictions and any other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Investors should not purchase our common stock with the expectation of receiving cash dividends.

77


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities and capitalization as of September 30, 2016:

on an actual basis;

on a pro forma basis to give effect to:

    the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 22,283,690 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering; and

    the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation; and

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to our issuance and sale of 5,360,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read the following table together with "Selected financial data," "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,"

78


Table of Contents

"Description of capital stock," and the consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of September 30, 2016  
(in thousands, except share and per share data) (unaudited)
  Actual
  Pro forma
  Pro forma
as adjusted(1)

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities

  $ 271,395   $ 271,395   $ 339,244  

Convertible preferred stock (Series A), $0.001 par value: 47,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma or pro forma as adjusted

    47,112          

Convertible preferred stock (Series B), $0.001 par value:

                   

24,778,761 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma or pro forma as adjusted

    55,849          

Convertible preferred stock (Series B-1), $0.001 par value:

                   

10,448,100 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma or pro forma as adjusted

    36,077          

Contingently redeemable common stock

    1,640     1,640     1,640  

Stockholders' (deficit) equity:

                   

Common stock, $0.001 par value: 110,000,000 shares authorized; 2,514,448 shares issued and 2,343,971 shares outstanding, actual; 24,798,148 shares issued and 24,627,661 shares outstanding, pro forma; 160,000,000 shares authorized; 30,158,148 shares issued and 29,987,661 outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    2     24     29  

Additional paid-in capital

    3,514     138,736     206,580  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (106 )   (106 )   (106 )

Accumulated deficit

    (78,638 )   (74,844 )   (74,844 )

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (75,228 )   63,810     131,659  

Total capitalization

  $ 65,450   $ 65,450     133,299  

(1)    A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $5.0 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $13.0 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table excludes:

3,626,230 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2016, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.87 per share;

691,706 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted on October 25, 2016 and October 31, 2016, at an exercise price of $9.56 per share;

911,116 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Plan as of September 30, 2016, which will become available for issuance under our 2017 Plan;

1,510,000 additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Plan, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and

302,000 additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 ESPP, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering.

79


Table of Contents

Dilution

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) as of September 30, 2016 was $(75.2) million, or $(29.92) per share of our common stock. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) is the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities and convertible preferred stock, which is not included within our stockholders' (deficit) equity. Historical net tangible book value per share represents historical net tangible book value (deficit) divided by the number of shares of our common stock issued as of September 30, 2016.

Our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of September 30, 2016 was $63.8 million, or $2.57 per share of our common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 22,283,690 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents pro forma net tangible book value divided by the total number of shares issued as of September 30, 2016, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 22,283,690 shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering.

After giving further effect to our sale of 5,360,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2016 would have been approximately $131.7 million, or approximately $4.37 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of $1.79 to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of approximately $9.63 to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering. Dilution per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the assumed initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $ 14.00  

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of September 30, 2016

  $ (29.92 )      

Increase in price per share attributable to the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock

    32.49        

Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of September 30, 2016

  $ 2.57        

Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

    1.79        

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

    4.37        

Dilution per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

        $ 9.63  

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $0.17 per share and the dilution to new

80


Table of Contents

investors purchasing common stock in this offering by $0.83 per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us. An increase of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $0.28 and decrease the dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $0.28, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. A decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $0.56 and increase the dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $0.56, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in this offering in full at the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus and assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $4.59 per share, and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering would be $9.41 per share.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis, as of September 30, 2016, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us on an as converted to common stock basis, the total consideration paid, or to be paid, and the average price per share paid, or to be paid, by existing stockholders and by new investors in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 
   
   
  Total
consideration
   
 
 
  Shares purchased   Average
price per
share

 
 
  Number
  Percent
  Amount
  Percent
 

Existing stockholders

    24,798,148     82.2 % $ 139,339,000     65 % $ 5.62  

New Investors

    5,360,000     17.8     75,040,000     35   $ 14.00  

Total

    30,158,148     100 % $ 214,379,000     100 %      

The table above assumes no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares in this offering. If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders would be reduced to 80.1% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by new investors participating in the offering would be increased to 19.9% of the total number of shares outstanding after this offering.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors by $5.4 million and, in the case of an increase, would increase the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by 7.1 percentage points and, in the case of a decrease, would decrease the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by 7.1 percentage

81


Table of Contents

points, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors by $14.0 million and, in the case of an increase, would increase the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by 18.7 percentage points and, in the case of a decrease, would decrease the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by 18.7 percentage points, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price.

The tables above do not include:

3,626,230 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2016, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.87 per share;

691,706 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted on October 25, 2016 and October 31, 2016, at an exercise price of $9.56 per share;

911,116 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance as of September 30, 2016, under our 2013 Plan, which will become available for issuance under our 2017 Plan upon the effectiveness of our 2017 Plan;

1,510,000 additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Plan, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and

302,000 additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 ESPP, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering.

To the extent that outstanding options and warrants are exercised or shares are issued under our 2017 Plan or 2017 ESPP, you will experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities may result in further dilution to our stockholders.

82


Table of Contents

Selected financial data

You should read the following selected financial data below together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations" section of this prospectus. The selected financial data in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus. We have derived the statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. The statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2016 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial information in those statements. In the opinion of management, the unaudited data reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected in the future, and results for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2016.

 
   
   
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  Year ended December 31,  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
 
  2014
  2015
  2015
  2016
 

Statements of operations data:

                         

Revenue:

                         

Collaboration revenue

  $   $   $   $ 16,908  

Operating expenses:

                         

Research and development

  $ 11,243   $ 22,130   $ 14,794   $ 24,250  

General and administrative

    4,969     8,266     5,462     12,106  

Total operating expenses

    16,212     30,396     20,256     36,356  

Operating loss

    (16,212 )   (30,396 )   (20,256 )   (19,448 )

Other income (expense), net

    5,696     1,864     1,862     279  

Net loss

  $ (10,516 ) $ (28,532 ) $ (18,394 ) $ (19,169 )

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(1)

  $ (10.93 ) $ (23.13 ) $ (16.15 ) $ (12.85 )

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted(1)

    1,184,440     1,621,240     1,566,273     2,007,341  

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common shareholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

        $ (1.64 )       $ (0.87 )

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

          18,521,924           22,089,930  

(1)    See consolidated statements of operations and Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for further details on the calculation of net loss per share, basic and diluted, attributable to common stockholders and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts and unaudited pro forma information.

83


Table of Contents

 
  December 31,   September 30,  
(in thousands)
  2014
  2015
  2016
 

Balance sheet data:

                   

Cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities

  $ 2,338   $ 45,161   $ 271,395  

Working capital(1)

    403     38,989     83,353  

Total assets

    7,515     52,975     280,166  

Convertible preferred stock

    27,313     102,961     139,038  

Total stockholders' deficit

  $ (28,000 ) $ (58,760 ) $ (75,228 )

(1)    We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities. See our consolidated financial statements for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.

84


Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of financial condition and operating results together with the section captioned "Selected financial data" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, such as those set forth in the section of the prospectus captioned "Risk factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus, our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

Overview

We are a clinical stage immunotherapy company dedicated to transforming the treatment of cancer by developing therapies that enable the immune system to attack tumors and provide long-lasting benefits to patients. Through the use of our Translational Science Platform, we first focus on specific cell types within tumors to prioritize targets, and then identify related biomarkers designed to match the right therapy to the right patient. Our strategy is to create immunotherapies targeting a variety of the diverse cellular components of the immune system, as well as non-immune cells resident within the tumor, all of which can vary greatly among tumors within and across indications. This may provide benefit to patients with tumors across the spectrum from highly inflamed, or hot, to poorly inflamed, or cold, and especially those not well served by current therapies. We believe the early identification of potential predictive biomarkers to prospectively enrich for biomarker positive cancer patients, from across many indications, may lead to shortened development timelines for our new immunotherapies. Our approach is designed to lead to a larger effect size by first identifying and then focusing on a smaller biomarker positive study population. Through this two-pronged approach, we believe our Translational Science Platform enables us to effectively and efficiently identify and develop new cancer immunotherapies.

Our lead product candidate, JTX-2011, is a clinical stage monoclonal antibody that binds to and activates ICOS, a protein on the surface of certain T cells commonly found in many solid tumors. Our preclinical data demonstrates that JTX-2011 stimulates a significant T cell immune response against solid tumors. We submitted our Investigational New Drug Application, or IND, for JTX-2011 to the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, in July 2016 and began our JTX-2011 multi-arm Phase I/II clinical trial in patients with solid tumors in August 2016. We believe JTX-2011 has the potential to act both as a single agent and more importantly in combination with other therapies, such as anti-PD-1 antibodies, to offer treatment alternatives to patients who otherwise lack an effective response to currently approved therapies. We are also conducting IND enabling studies for JTX-4014, an anti-PD-1 antibody, that assuming continued successful development, we intend to use in future combinations with JTX-2011 as well as for use in combination with other future product candidates, as we believe combination therapy has the potential to be a mainstay of cancer immunotherapy.

We are discovering and developing immunotherapies beyond the currently approved products targeting T effector cells. To do so, we are leveraging our Translational Science Platform to systematically and comprehensively interrogate cell types within the human tumor microenvironment, or TME, to enable us to develop therapies with the potential to benefit patients with tumors across the spectrum from hot to cold. This includes focusing on adaptive and innate immune cells, such as B and T regulatory cells, and immunosuppressive macrophages, respectively. Therapies targeting these cell types and cell subsets may have the potential to complement existing approaches that focus on T effector cells and thereby benefit many patients who do not respond to the currently approved T effector cell-focused immunotherapies. In

85


Table of Contents

    addition, we are discovering and developing multiple approaches, including targeting stromal cells, with the potential to convert cold tumors to hot tumors, thereby making the tumors more amenable to immunotherapy, perhaps in combination approaches.

Immunotherapies are increasingly recognized as a critical component of cancer therapy and are beginning to fundamentally change the paradigm for treating patients. Fewer than half of all cancer patients respond to single agent immunotherapies. Combination therapies are beginning to yield greater responses than single agent therapies, yet there is still significant unmet medical need among large patient populations across most solid tumor indications. In addition, there is a significant number of patients with tumors that lack, or have low levels of, immune cell infiltrate where additional approaches may be required to fully realize the benefit of immunotherapy agents. We believe targeting novel immune mechanisms in combination with identifying and using predictive biomarkers may best address these areas of unmet need.

Our Translational Science Platform utilizes a suite of integrated technologies to comprehensively profile the cellular and molecular characteristics within thousands of human solid tumors, providing critical information about the TME that we believe will allow us to identify and guide new immunotherapies more efficiently through development. We utilize a systematic approach to match targets to defined patient populations, as well as niche indications and/or niche subsets within indications, that we believe are more likely to benefit from these therapies. Building on our biomarker-driven strategy, we aim to establish complementary diagnostics and/or companion diagnostics for each of our product candidates to identify the right patients for treatment.

Since inception, our operations have focused on organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, developing our Translational Science Platform and conducting research and preclinical studies. We do not have any products approved for sale. From inception through September 30, 2016, we have recognized a total of $16.9 million in revenue from our Celgene collaboration. We have funded our operations primarily through private placements of our convertible preferred stock. We are subject to a number of risks comparable to those of other similar companies, including dependence on key individuals; the need to develop commercially viable products; competition from other companies, many of which are larger and better capitalized; and the need to obtain adequate additional financing to fund the development of its products.

From inception through September 30, 2016, we raised an aggregate of $139.1 million of gross proceeds from sales of our convertible preferred stock, which includes $36.1 million from our sale of Series B-1 convertible preferred stock, to fund our operations. In July 2016, we entered into a Master Research and Collaboration Agreement and a Series B-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement with Celgene. Under the terms of the agreements, we received a $225.0 million upfront cash payment and $36.1 million from the sale of 10,448,100 shares of our Series B-1 convertible preferred stock. Under the agreement, we granted Celgene exclusive options to develop and commercialize our lead product candidate, JTX-2011, JTX-4014, and up to four early-stage programs consisting of targets to be selected from a pool of certain B cell, T regulatory cell and tumor-associated macrophage targets. If Celgene exercises any of its options, then Celgene will pay us an option-exercise fee, the parties will enter into a co-development and co-commercialization agreement or a license agreement that governs the development and commercialization of the applicable program, in substantially the form attached to the agreement as an exhibit, and we will then split future development and commercialization costs with Celgene in accordance with such agreement. Celgene may extend the initial four-year research term of the collaboration for up to three additional one-year periods upon payment of an extension fee for each additional year. Additionally, under the terms of the agreement, if Celgene exercises all of its options, all programs meet all milestones, including regulatory approvals in the United States and outside the United States, and Celgene extends the

86


Table of Contents

initial four year research term for three additional years, we are eligible to earn up to approximately $2.6 billion in clinical, regulatory, and/or commercialization milestone payments, option-exercise fees and research term extension fees.

The development milestones are payable on initiation of certain clinical trials and range from $32.5 million to $105.0 million, per program, with an aggregate total of $290.0 million. The regulatory approval milestones are payable upon regulatory approval in the United States and outside the United States and range from $7.5 million to $50.0 million per milestone, with an aggregate total of $700.0 million. The commercial milestones are payable upon achievement of specified aggregate product sales outside the United States for each program and range from $40.0 million to $200.0 million per milestone, with an aggregate total of $1.270 billion. We are also eligible to receive royalties on product sales outside the United States ranging from high single digit to mid-teen royalties. If Celgene elects to exercise any of the program options, Celgene will pay us an option-exercise fee of $10.0 million to $60.0 million that varies by program, with an aggregate of $182.5 million if Celgene exercises all six program options. The initial research term of the collaboration is four years, which can be extended, at Celgene's option, annually for up to three additional years for additional consideration that ranges from $30.0 million to $45.0 million per year, for an aggregate of $120.0 million if the term is extended for an additional three years.

In the future, we will continue to generate revenue from the Celgene collaboration and may generate revenue from product sales or other collaboration agreements, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements. We expect that our revenue will fluctuate from quarter to quarter and year to year as a result of the timing and amount of license fees, milestones, reimbursement of costs incurred and other payments and product sales, to the extent any are successfully commercialized. If we fail to complete the development of our product candidates in a timely manner or obtain regulatory approval for them, our ability to generate future revenue, and our results of operations and financial position, would be materially adversely affected.

Due to our significant research and development expenditures, we have generated substantial operating losses in each period since inception. We have incurred an accumulated deficit of $78.6 million through September 30, 2016. We expect to incur substantial additional losses in the future as we expand our research and development activities. We anticipate that our expenses will increase significantly in connection with our ongoing activities, as we:

Complete our multi-arm Phase I/II clinical trial with our lead product candidate, JTX-2011;

Complete our IND enabling activities for JTX-4014 and advance this program into clinical trials for use in combination with JTX-2011 and other potential product candidates;

Continue to develop and identify potential predictive biomarkers and complementary diagnostics and/or companion diagnostics for JTX-2011 and other potential product candidates;

Continue to develop and enhance our Translational Science Platform and advance our early stage pipeline of immunotherapy programs including early research activities under our Celgene collaboration into later stages of development;

Increase our headcount to support our Celgene collaboration efforts and to expand our clinical development team; and

Incur additional costs and headcount associated with operating as a public company upon the closing of this offering.

87


Table of Contents

Critical accounting policies and significant judgments and estimates

Our management's discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management's judgments and estimates.

Revenue recognition

We recognize revenue from license and collaboration agreements in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, or ASC 605. Accordingly, revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met:

Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered;

The seller's price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and

Collectability is reasonably assured.

Amounts received prior to satisfying the revenue recognition criteria are recognized as deferred revenue in our consolidated balance sheets. Amounts expected to be recognized as revenue within the 12 months following the balance sheet date are classified as deferred revenue, current portion. Amounts not expected to be recognized as revenue within the 12 months following the balance sheet date are classified as deferred revenue, net of current portion.

    Multiple element arrangements

    Determination of accounting units

When evaluating multiple element arrangements, we consider whether the deliverables under the arrangement represent separate units of accounting. This evaluation requires subjective determinations and requires management to make judgments about the individual deliverables and whether such deliverables are separable from the other aspects of the contractual relationship. In determining the units of accounting, management evaluates certain criteria, including whether the deliverables have standalone value, based on the consideration of the relevant facts and circumstances for each arrangement. The consideration received is allocated among the separate units of accounting using the relative selling price method, and the applicable revenue recognition criteria are applied to each of the separate units. Deliverables are considered separate units of accounting provided that: (i) the delivered item(s) has value to the customer on a standalone basis and (ii) if the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item(s), delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered probable and substantially in our control. In assessing whether an item has standalone value, we consider factors such as the research, manufacturing, and commercialization capabilities of the collaboration partner and

88


Table of Contents

the availability of the associated expertise in the general marketplace. In addition, we consider whether the collaboration partner can use the deliverable(s) for their intended purpose without the receipt of the remaining element(s), whether the value of the deliverable is dependent on the undelivered item(s) and whether there are other vendors that can provide the undelivered element(s).

Under multiple element arrangements, options are considered substantive if, at the inception of the arrangement, we are at risk as to whether the collaboration partner will choose to exercise the option. Factors that we consider in evaluating whether an option is substantive include the overall objective of the arrangement, the benefit the collaborator might obtain from the arrangement without exercising the option, the likelihood the option will be exercised, and the cost to exercise the option. When an option is considered substantive, we do not consider the option or item underlying the option to be a deliverable at the inception of the arrangement and the associated option fees are not included in the allocable arrangement consideration, assuming the option is not priced at a significant and incremental discount. When an option is not considered substantive, we would consider the option including other deliverables contingent upon the exercise of the option, to be a deliverable at the inception of the arrangement and a corresponding amount would be included in the allocable arrangement consideration. In addition, if the price of the option includes a significant incremental discount, the discount inherent in the option exercise price would be included as a deliverable at the inception of the arrangement.

    Allocation of arrangement considerations

Arrangement consideration that is fixed or determinable is allocated among the separate units of accounting using the relative selling price method. Then, the applicable revenue recognition criteria in ASC 605-25 are applied to each of the separate units of accounting in determining the appropriate period and pattern of recognition. We determine the selling price of a unit of accounting following the hierarchy of evidence prescribed by ASC 605-25. Accordingly, we determine the estimated selling price for units of accounting within each arrangement using vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of selling price, if available, third-party evidence, or TPE, of selling price if VSOE is not available, or best estimate of selling price, or BESP, if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. We typically use BESP to estimate the selling price, since we generally do not have VSOE or TPE of selling price for its units of accounting. Determining the BESP for a unit of accounting requires significant judgment. In developing the BESP for a unit of accounting, we consider applicable market conditions and relevant entity-specific factors, including factors that were contemplated in negotiating the agreement with the customer and estimated costs. We validate the BESP for units of accounting by evaluating whether changes in the key assumptions used to determine the BESP will have a significant effect on the allocation of arrangement consideration between multiple units of accounting.

    Patterns of recognition

We recognize arrangement consideration allocated to each unit of accounting when all of the revenue recognition criteria in ASC 605 are satisfied for that particular unit of accounting. We recognize revenue associated with substantive options upon exercise of the option if the underlying license has standalone value from the other deliverables to be provided subsequent to delivery of the license. If the license does not have standalone value, the amounts allocated to the license option will be combined with the related undelivered items as a single unit of accounting.

We recognize the revenue amounts associated with research and development services and other service related deliverables ratably over the associated period of performance. If there is no discernable pattern of performance or objectively measurable performance measures do not exist, then we recognize revenue under the arrangement on a straight-line basis over the period that we expect to complete its performance

89


Table of Contents

obligations. If the pattern of performance in which the service is provided to the customer can be determined and objectively measurable performance exists, then we recognize revenue under the arrangement using the proportional performance method. Revenue recognized is limited to the lesser of the cumulative amount of payments received and the cumulative amount of revenue earned, as determined using the straight-line method or proportional performance, as applicable, as of each reporting period.

    Recognition of milestones and royalties

At the inception of an arrangement that includes milestone payments, we evaluate whether each milestone is substantive and at risk to both parties on the basis of the contingent nature of the milestone. This evaluation includes an assessment of whether (i) the consideration is commensurate with either our performance to achieve the milestone or the enhancement of performance to achieve the milestone, (ii) the consideration relates solely to past performance and (iii) the consideration is reasonable relative to all of the deliverables and payment terms within the arrangement. We evaluate factors such as clinical, regulatory, commercial and other risks that must be overcome to achieve the respective milestone and the level of effort and investment required to achieve the respective milestone in making this assessment. There is considerable judgment involved in determining whether a milestone satisfies all of the criterial required to conclude that a milestone is substantive. In accordance with ASC Topic 605-28, Revenue Recognition— Milestone Method (ASC 605-28), clinical and regulatory milestones that are considered substantive, recognized as revenue in their entirety upon successful accomplishment of the milestone, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Milestones that are not considered substantive are recognized as revenue over the remaining period of performance, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Revenue from commercial milestones payments are recorded as revenue upon achievement of the milestone, assuming all other recognition criteria are met.

Research and development expenses

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date. This process involves reviewing open contracts and purchase orders, communicating with our personnel to identify services that have been performed on our behalf and estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of the actual cost. The majority of our service providers invoice us monthly in arrears for services performed or when contractual milestones are met. We make estimates of our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time. We periodically confirm the accuracy of our estimates with the service providers and make adjustments if necessary. The significant estimates in our accrued research and development expenses include the costs incurred for services performed by our vendors in connection with research and development activities for which we have not yet been invoiced.

We record our expenses related to research and development activities on our estimates of the services received and efforts expended pursuant to quotes and contracts with vendors that conduct research and development on our behalf. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation, vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven payment flows. There may be instances in which payments made to our vendors will exceed the level of services provided and result in a prepayment of the research and development expenses. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from our estimate, we adjust the accrual or prepaid expense accordingly. Non-refundable advance payments for goods and services that will be used in future

90


Table of Contents

research and development activities are expensed when the activity has been performed or when the goods have been received rather than when the payment is made.

Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, if our estimates of the status and timing of services performed differ from the actual status and timing of services performed, it could result in us reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period. To date, there have been no material differences between our estimates of such expenses and the amounts actually incurred.

Fair value measurements—tranche rights

Included in the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement were certain rights, which we refer to collectively as Tranche Rights, granted to the investors of Series A convertible preferred stock, or Series A convertible preferred stock, issued in February 2013, including the holders of the convertible notes who exchanged their convertible notes. The Tranche Rights obligated the investors in Series A convertible preferred stock to purchase, and us to sell, an additional 10,000,000 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock at $1.00 per share contingent upon the initiation of certain research and development programs and initiation of translational science, which we refer to as Tranche Right I. In addition, the investors were obligated to purchase, and we were obligated to sell, an additional 20,000,000 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock upon the achievement of certain research milestones, which we refer to as Tranche Right II. In addition, the Tranche Rights provided the investors with the ability to purchase these additional shares at their option at any time. The Tranche Rights were transferrable by the investors, subject to approval by the Board.

We concluded that the Tranche Rights met the definition of a freestanding financial instrument, as the Tranche Rights were legally detachable and separately exercisable from the Series A convertible preferred stock. Therefore, we allocated the net proceeds between the Tranche Rights and the Series A convertible preferred stock. Since the Series A convertible preferred stock was contingently redeemable upon the occurrence of a deemed liquidation event, the Tranche Rights are classified as an asset or liability and were initially recorded at fair value. The Tranche Rights are measured at fair value at each reporting period. Since the Tranche Rights were subject to fair value accounting, we allocated the proceeds to the Tranche Rights based on the fair value at the date of issuance with the remaining proceeds being allocated to the Series A convertible preferred stock. The estimated fair value of the Tranche Rights was determined using a probability-weighted present value model that considers the probability of closing a tranche, the estimated future value of Series A convertible preferred stock at each closing and the investment required at each closing. Future values are converted to present value using a discount rate appropriate for probability-adjusted cash flows. Changes to these valuation assumptions as well as our stock's value on the reporting dates can have a significant impact on the fair value of the Tranche Rights. The Tranche Rights were terminated with the closing of the Series A convertible preferred stock financing in April 2015.

Stock-based compensation

We measure compensation expense for restricted stock and stock options granted to our employees and directors on the date of grant and recognize the corresponding compensation expense of those awards, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. At each reporting date, we are required to evaluate whether the achievement of the performance condition is probable. Compensation expense is recorded over the appropriate service period based on our assessment of accomplishing each performance provision or the occurrence of other events that may have caused the awards to accelerate and vest. We also grant stock-based awards to certain non-employees. Compensation expense for stock-based awards granted to non-employees and directors for

91


Table of Contents

non-board-related services is accounted for based on the fair value of such services received or the equity instrument issued, whichever is more reliably measured. We have also granted restricted stock awards that vest in conjunction with certain performance conditions to certain non-employees. The fair value of the non-employee awards is subject to remeasurement at each reporting period until services required under the arrangement are completed, which is the vesting date. We estimate the fair value of the options granted using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires inputs based on certain subjective assumptions, including (a) the expected stock price volatility, (b) the calculation of expected term of the award, (c) the risk-free interest rate, and (d) expected dividends. Due to the lack of a public market for the trading of our common stock and a lack of company-specific historical and implied volatility data, we have based the estimate of expected volatility on the historical volatility of a representative group of publicly traded companies for which historical information was available. The historical volatility is calculated based on a period of time commensurate with the expected term assumption. We use the simplified method as prescribed by the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share-Based Payment, to calculate the expected term for options granted to employees and directors as we do not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term. For options granted to non-employees, we utilize the contractual term of the arrangement as the basis for the expected term assumption. The risk-free interest rate is based on a treasury instrument whose term is consistent with the expected term of the stock options. The expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero as we have never paid dividends and do not have current plans to pay any dividends on common stock.

Using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, the weighted average fair value of options granted to employees and directors during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was $0.48, $1.70 and $4.17, respectively.

The fair value of options granted to employees and directors during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the nine months ended September 30, 2016 under our 2013 Stock Option and Grant Plan, or 2013 Plan, has been calculated on the date of grant using the following weighted average assumptions:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
2014

  Year ended
December 31,
2015

  Nine months
ended
September 30,
2016

 

Risk-free interest rate

    1.9%     1.8%     1.4%  

Expected dividend yield

    0.0%     0.0%     0.0%  

Expected term (in years)

    6.1     6.1     6.1  

Expected volatility

    70.7%     67.0%     71.1%  

Using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, the weighted average fair value of options granted to non-employees during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 was $0.48 and $0.85 per share, respectively. The expense related to options granted to non-employees was $5,000 and $24,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. There were no options granted to non-employees during the nine months ended September 30, 2016.

92


Table of Contents

The fair value of each option granted to non-employees during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 under our 2013 Plan has been calculated on the date of grant using the following weighted average assumptions:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
2014

  Year ended
December 31,
2015

 

Risk-free interest rate

    2.6%     2.0%  

Expected dividend yield

    0.0%     0.0%  

Expected term (in years)

    10.0     9.8  

Expected volatility

    69.5%     68.7%  

The following table presents the grant dates, numbers of underlying shares of common stock, the per share purchase prices and exercise prices, the fair values of the underlying common stock as of the grant dates for awards granted between January 1, 2014 and January 17, 2017, along with the fair value per share utilized to calculate stock-based compensation expense:

Date of
issuance

  Type of
award

  Number of
shares

  Exercise price (options)
or purchase price
(restricted stock) of
award per share

  Fair value of
common stock per
share on grant date

  Per share
estimated fair
value of award
on grant date

 

1/28/2014

  Restricted Stock     45,663   $ 0.48   $ 0.48     0.48  

1/28/2014

  Options     105,690   $ 0.48   $ 0.48     0.31  

3/28/2014

  Options     10,840   $ 0.48   $ 0.63 (1)   0.43  

6/27/2014

  Options     65,717   $ 0.48   $ 0.63 (1)   0.48  

7/14/2014

  Options     889,837   $ 0.48   $ 0.63 (1)   0.50  

9/26/2014

  Options     51,895   $ 0.48   $ 0.70 (1)   0.48  

1/13/2015

  Options     365,941   $ 0.74   $ 1.07 (1)   0.74  

7/16/2015

  Options     535,032   $ 2.36   $ 2.36     1.41  

8/26/2015

  Options     297,351   $ 2.36   $ 2.36     1.41  

9/2/2015

  Options     2,168   $ 2.36   $ 2.36     1.45  

11/9/2015

  Options     23,170   $ 4.02   $ 4.02     2.57  

11/13/2015

  Options     295,387   $ 4.02   $ 4.02     2.52  

11/9/2015

  Restricted Stock     27,099   $ 4.02   $ 4.02     4.02  

12/9/2015

  Options     339,427   $ 4.02   $ 4.02     2.74  

3/4/2016

  Options     126,557   $ 4.06   $ 4.06     2.48  

5/10/2016

  Options     82,520   $ 4.21   $ 4.21     2.64  

5/27/2016

  Options     141,598   $ 4.21   $ 4.21     2.67  

9/19/2016

  Options     273,304   $ 8.41   $ 8.41     5.42  

9/23/2016

  Options     184,686   $ 8.41   $ 8.41     5.35  

10/25/2016

  Options     673,549   $ 9.56   $ 9.56     6.05  

10/31/2016

  Options     18,157   $ 9.56   $ 9.56     6.17  

(1)    The common stock fair value per share on grant date was adjusted in connection with a retrospective fair value assessment for financial reporting purposes, as described below.

93


Table of Contents

We recorded stock-based compensation expense for restricted stock grants and stock options as follows (in thousands):

 
  Year ended
December 31,
  Nine months
ended
September 30,
 
 
  2014
  2015
  2015
  2016
 

Total stock-compensation expense

  $ 332   $ 1,352   $ 721   $ 3,720  

In future periods, we expect stock-based compensation expense to increase, due in part to our existing unrecognized stock-based compensation expense and as we grant additional stock-based awards to continue to attract and retain our employees.

Determination of fair value of common stock on grant dates

We are a private company with no active public market for our common stock. Therefore, we have periodically determined the estimated per share fair value of our common stock at various dates using contemporaneous valuations performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , also known as the Practice Aid. Once a public trading market for our common stock has been established in connection with the completion of this offering, it will no longer be necessary for us to estimate the fair value of our common stock in connection with our accounting for stock options and restricted stock, as the fair value of our common stock will be its trading price on the NASDAQ Capital Market.

For financial reporting purposes, we performed common stock valuations, with the assistance of a third-party valuation specialist, as of February 7, 2014, June 30, 2014, November 1, 2014, December 31, 2014, March 31, 2015, April 17, 2015, September 30, 2015, December 31, 2015, January 15, 2016, March 31, 2016, June 30, 2016, and September 30, 2016 which resulted in valuations of our common stock of $0.63, $0.70, $0.74, $1.07, $1.51, $2.36, $4.02, $5.24, $4.06, $4.21, $8.41, and $9.56 per share, respectively, as of those dates. The February 7, 2014, June 30, 2014, December 31, 2014, and March 31, 2015 valuations were retrospective. The increase in the fair value of our common stock from March 31, 2016 to June 30, 2016 is primarily attributable to an increase in our estimated future value due to the Celgene Collaboration Agreement which was substantially negotiated and probable of execution as of the June 30, 2016 valuation date. In conducting the valuations, we considered all objective and subjective factors that we believed to be relevant for each valuation conducted, including our best estimate of our business condition, prospects and operating performance at each valuation date. Within the valuations performed, a range of factors, assumptions and methodologies were used.

The significant factors included:

the lack of an active public market for our common and our convertible preferred stock;

the prices of shares of our convertible preferred stock that we had sold to outside investors in arm's length transactions, and the rights, preferences and privileges of that convertible preferred stock relative to our common stock;

our results of operations, financial position and the status of our research and preclinical development efforts;

94


Table of Contents

the material risks related to our business;

our business strategy;

the market performance of publicly traded companies in the life sciences and biotechnology sectors;

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the holders of our common stock, such as an initial public offering given prevailing market conditions; and

any recent contemporaneous valuation of our common stock prepared in accordance with methodologies outlined in the Practice Aid.

Common stock valuation methods

Our contemporaneous and retrospective valuations were prepared in accordance with the guidelines in the Practice Aid, which prescribes several valuation approaches for determining the value of an enterprise, such as the cost, market and income approaches, and various methodologies for allocating the value of an enterprise to its capital structure and specifically the common stock.

Our common stock valuations as of February 7, 2014, June 30, 2014, November 1, 2014, December 31, 2014, March 31, 2015, and April 17, 2015 were prepared using the back-solve method of the option-pricing method, or OPM, which derives the implied equity value for one type of equity security from a contemporaneous transaction involving another type of security.

Our common stock valuations as of September 30, 2015, December 31, 2015, January 15, 2016 and March 31, 2016 were prepared using the hybrid method. The hybrid method is a hybrid between the probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, and OPM, estimating the probability-weighted value across multiple scenarios using the OPM to allocate equity value within at least one of those scenarios. Our hybrid model included an OPM scenario and one initial public offering, or IPO, scenario.

Our common stock valuations as of June 30, 2016 and September 30, 2016 were prepared using PWERM. Our PWERM model consisted of three scenarios; a scheduled IPO, a delayed IPO or deemed liquidation event.

Option Pricing Method

The OPM treats the rights of the holders of convertible preferred and common stock as equivalent to call options on the value of the enterprise above certain break points of value based upon the liquidation preferences of the holders of convertible preferred stock, as well as their rights to participation and conversion. Under this method, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to the stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference(s) at the time of the liquidity event. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model. This model defines securities' fair values as functions of the current fair value of a company and uses assumptions, such as the anticipated timing of a potential liquidity event, the estimated applicable risk-free rate, and the estimated volatility of the equity securities.

The OPM back-solve approach was used to estimate enterprise value under the OPM. The OPM back-solve approach uses the OPM to derive the implied equity value for one type of equity security from a contemporaneous sale transaction involving another type of our equity securities. In the OPM, the assumed volatility factor was based on the historical trading volatility of our publicly traded peer companies. At each valuation date, a determination was made by us as to the appropriate volatility to be used, considering such factors as the expected time to a liquidity event and our stage of development.

95


Table of Contents

To derive the fair value of the common stock using the OPM, the proceeds to the common stockholders were calculated based on the preferences and priorities of the convertible preferred stock and common stock. We then applied a discount for lack of marketability to the common stock to account for the lack of access to an active public market.

PWERM

Under the PWERM method the fair value of our common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of future values for our company, assuming various outcomes. The common stock value is based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns considering each of the possible outcomes available as well as the rights of each class of stock. The future value of the common stock under each outcome is discounted back to the valuation date at an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate and probability weighted to arrive at an indication of value for the common stock.

Hybrid Model

The hybrid method is a PWERM where the equity value in one of the scenarios is calculated using an OPM. In the hybrid method used by us, two types of future-event scenarios were considered: an IPO and an unspecified liquidity event. The enterprise value for the IPO scenario was determined using the guideline public company, or GPC, method under the market approach. The enterprise value for the unspecified liquidity event scenario was determined using the GPC method or the OPM backsolve method. The relative probability of each type of future-event scenario was determined based on an analysis of market conditions at the time, including then-current IPO valuations of similarly situated companies, and expectations as to the timing and likely prospects of the future-event scenarios.

In our application of the GPC method, we considered preclinical- and clinical-stage publicly traded companies that recently completed IPOs as indicators of our estimated future value in an IPO. That future value was discounted back to the valuation date at an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate. We applied a discount for lack of marketability to the common stock to account for the lack of access to an active public market.

Components of operating results

Operating expenses

Research and development

Research and development expenses represent costs incurred by us for the discovery, development, and manufacture of JTX-2011, JTX-4014, and our discovery programs and include: external research and development expenses incurred under arrangements with third parties, academic and non-profit institutions and consultants, salaries and personnel-related costs, including non-cash stock-based compensation, license fees to acquire in-process technology, and other expenses, which include direct and allocated expenses for laboratory, facilities, and other costs.

We use our employee and infrastructure resources across multiple research and development programs directed toward developing our Translational Science Platform and for identifying and developing product candidates. We manage certain activities such as contract research and manufacture of JTX-2011, JTX-4014, and our discovery programs through our third-party vendors.

At this time, we cannot reasonably estimate or know the nature, timing, and estimated costs of the efforts that will be necessary to complete the development of our product candidates. We are also unable to predict when, if ever, material net cash inflows will commence from sales of our product candidates. This

96


Table of Contents

is due to the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with developing such product candidates, including the uncertainty of:

addition and retention of key research and development personnel;

establishing an appropriate safety profile with IND-enabling toxicology studies;

the cost to acquire or make therapies to study in combination with our immunotherapies;

successful enrollment in and completion of clinical trials;

establishing agreements with third-party manufacturers for clinical supply for our clinical trials and commercial manufacturing, if our product candidates are approved;

receipt of marketing approvals from applicable regulatory authorities;

commercializing products, if and when approved, whether alone or in collaboration with others;

the cost to develop complementary diagnostics and/or companion diagnostics as needed for each of our development programs;

the costs associated with the development of any additional product candidates we acquire through third-party collaborations or identify through our Translational Science Platform;

the terms and timing of any collaboration, license or other arrangement, including the terms and timing of any milestone payments thereunder;

obtaining and maintaining patent and trade secret protection and regulatory exclusivity for our products if and when approved; and

continued acceptable safety profiles of the products following approval.

A change in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of any of our product candidates would significantly change the costs, timing and viability associated with the development of that product candidate. We plan to increase our research and development expenses for the foreseeable future as we continue the enhancement of our Translational Science Platform, begin our research collaboration with Celgene and continue to progress our pipeline. At this time, due to the inherently unpredictable nature of preclinical and clinical development and given the early stage of our programs and/or product candidates, we do not track our internal research and development expenses on a program-by-program basis as they primarily relate to personnel, early research, and consumable costs, which are deployed across multiple projects under development. Also, due to the early stage of our programs and product candidates, we cannot reasonably estimate the costs we will incur and the timelines that will be required to complete development, obtain marketing approval, and commercialize our products, if and when approved. A portion of our research and development costs are external costs, which we do track on a program-by-program basis following the program's nomination to the development candidate stage. We began incurring such external costs for JTX-2011, the first of our programs to reach the development candidate stage, in early 2015 and JTX-4014, in early 2016. Included below in our

97


Table of Contents

program costs for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and pre-development candidates are external research and development as well as external clinical and regulatory costs:

(in thousands)
  Year ended
December 31,
2015

  Nine months
ended
September 30,
2016

 

JTX-2011

  $ 4,682   $ 5,425  

JTX-4014

        714  

Pre-development candidate expenses

    1,409     1,581  

Total external research and development and clinical and regulatory costs

  $ 6,091   $ 7,720  

Research and development activities account for a significant portion of our operating expenses. We expect our research and development expenses to increase over the next several years as we continue to implement our business strategy, which includes advancing JTX-2011 through Phase I/II clinical trials, manufacturing pre-commercial clinical trial and preclinical study materials, completing IND enabling studies for JTX-4014, expanding our research and development efforts, seeking regulatory approvals for any product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials, accessing and developing additional product candidates, and costs associated with hiring additional personnel to support our research and development efforts. In addition, product candidates in later stages of clinical development generally incur higher development costs than those in earlier stages of clinical development, primarily due to the increased size and duration of later-stage clinical trials. As such, we expect our research and development expenses to increase as our product candidates advance into later stages of clinical development.

General and administrative

General and administrative expenses consist of salaries and personnel-related costs, including non-cash stock-based compensation, for our personnel in executive, legal, finance and accounting, human resources and other administrative functions, non-litigation legal costs, as well as fees paid for accounting and tax services, consulting fees, and facility costs not otherwise included in research and development expenses. Non-litigation legal costs include general corporate and patent legal fees and related costs.

We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase in the future to support our continued research and development activities and the increased costs of operating as a public company. These increases will likely include costs related to additional personnel, outside consultants, attorneys, and accountants, among other expenses.

Other income (expense), net

Other income (expense), net, consists primarily of changes in the fair value of our Series A convertible preferred stock Tranche Rights, which are described above under "Critical accounting policies and significant judgments and estimates—Fair value measurements—tranche rights" and interest and investment income on our cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities.

98


Table of Contents

Results of operations

Comparison of nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2016

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2016, along with the changes in those items in dollars:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
   
 
(in thousands)
  2015
  2016
  $ Change
 

Revenue:

                   

Collaboration revenue

  $   $ 16,908   $ 16,908  

Operating expenses:

                   

Research and development

  $ 14,794   $ 24,250   $ 9,456  

General and administrative

    5,462     12,106     6,644  

Total operating expenses

    20,256     36,356     16,100  

Other income (expense), net

    1,862     279     (1,583 )

Net loss

  $ (18,394 ) $ (19,169 ) $ (775 )

Collaboration Revenue

Collaboration revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was related to research and development services performed under the Celgene Collaboration Agreement executed in July 2016.

Research and development

Research and development expenses increased $9.5 million from $14.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 to $24.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The following table summarizes our research and development expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2016, as well as the changes to those items in dollars:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
   
 
(in thousands)
  2015
  2016
  $ Change
 

Employee compensation

  $ 4,667   $ 9,530   $ 4,863  

External research and development

    3,856     5,736     1,880  

External clinical and regulatory

        1,984     1,984  

Lab consumables

    3,670     3,484     (186 )

Consulting research

    821     846     25  

Facility costs

    1,396     1,791     395  

Other research

    384     879     495  

Total research and development expenses

  $ 14,794   $ 24,250   $ 9,456  

The increase in research and development expenses was primarily attributable to the following:

$4.9 million for increased costs related to employee compensation due to increased headcount and $1.8 million of stock compensation expense related to the achievement of milestones which triggered vesting of certain outstanding awards;

99


Table of Contents

$1.9 million for increased external research and development costs primarily related to advancing our lead program JTX-2011 through IND enabling activities, commencement of IND enabling activities related to JTX-4014, and costs associated with our early discovery programs;

$2.0 million of clinical and regulatory costs related to our JTX-2011 Phase I/II clinical trial; and

$0.4 million in increased facility costs, including rent and utilities, depreciation, and maintenance costs.

General and administrative

General and administrative expenses increased by $6.6 million from $5.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 to $12.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily attributable to the following:

$1.8 million for increased employee compensation costs due to increased headcount;

$2.0 million for legal and accounting costs associated with our prior confidential registration statements on Form S-1 filed in 2015. The initial public offering was postponed for a period significantly in excess of 90 days and as a result, the previously capitalized costs were written off to general and administrative expenses;

$1.3 million for non-litigation related legal costs and consulting fees, of which $1.0 million was related to legal costs associated with business development activities;

$0.6 million for increased consulting related to accounting, tax and external recruiting; and

$0.3 million for increased facility costs including rent and utilities, depreciation, and maintenance costs.

Other income (expense), net

Other income (expense), net, decreased $1.6 million from a net income of $1.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 to $279,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The decrease in other income (expense), net, primarily relates to the mark to market adjustments recorded on our Series A convertible preferred stock Tranche Rights which were terminated with the final closing of the Series A convertible preferred stock financing in April 2015. Other income (expense), net, for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 is primarily interest income on our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities.

Comparison of years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, along with the changes in those items in dollars:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
   
 
(in thousands)
  2014
  2015
  $ Change
 

Operating expenses:

                   

Research and development

  $ 11,243   $ 22,130   $ 10,887  

General and administrative

    4,969     8,266     3,297  

Total operating expenses

    16,212     30,396     14,184  

Other income (expense), net

    5,696     1,864     (3,832 )

Net loss

  $ (10,516 ) $ (28,532 ) $ (18,016 )

100


Table of Contents

Research and development

Research and development expenses increased $10.9 million from $11.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $22.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The following table summarizes our research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, as well as the changes to those items in dollars:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
   
 
(in thousands)
  2014
  2015
  $ Change
 

Employee compensation

  $ 3,727   $ 7,259   $ 3,532  

External research and development

    1,988     6,091     4,103  

Lab consumables

    2,885     4,972     2,087  

Consulting research

    938     1,254     316  

Facility costs

    1,170     1,953     783  

Other research

    535     601     66  

Total research and development expenses

  $ 11,243   $ 22,130   $ 10,887  

The increase in research and development expenses was primarily attributable to the following:

$3.5 million for increased costs related to employee compensation due to increased headcount and new incentive compensation plans;

$4.1 million for increased external research and development costs primarily related to advancing our lead program, JTX-2011;

$2.1 million for increased costs for lab consumables; and

$0.8 million in increased facility costs, including rent and utilities, depreciation, and maintenance costs.

General and administrative

General and administrative expenses increased by $3.3 million from $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily attributable to the following:

$1.8 million for increased employee compensation costs due to increased headcount and new incentive compensation plans;

$0.5 million for increased facility costs including rent and utilities, depreciation, and maintenance costs; and

$0.5 million for increased non-litigation related legal costs and consulting fees.

Other income (expense), net

Other income (expense), net, decreased from a net income of $5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in other income (expense), net, primarily related to the mark to market adjustments recorded on our Series A convertible preferred stock Tranche Rights in these periods.

101


Table of Contents

Liquidity and capital resources

Sources of liquidity

We have funded our operations through September 30, 2016 through proceeds from private placements of our Series A convertible preferred stock, Series B convertible preferred stock, and Series B-1 convertible preferred stock of $139.1 million, and a non-refundable upfront payment of $225.0 million received in connection with our Celgene Collaboration Agreement.

Plan of operation and future funding requirements

Our plan of operation is to continue implementing our business strategy, continue the research and development of JTX-2011 and JTX-4014, continue to expand our research pipeline and our internal research and development capabilities, including the enhancement of our Translational Science Platform.

We plan to increase our research and development expenses for the foreseeable future as we continue to advance JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and our discovery programs, conduct research under the Celgene Collaboration Agreement and continue to enhance our Translational Science Platform. At this time, due to the inherently unpredictable nature of preclinical and clinical development and given the early stage of our programs and product candidates, we cannot reasonably estimate the costs we will incur and the timelines that will be required to complete development, obtain marketing approval, and commercialize our products, if and when approved. For the same reasons, we are also unable to predict when, if ever, we will generate revenue from product sales or whether, or when, if ever, we may achieve profitability. Clinical and preclinical development timelines, the probability of success, and development costs can differ materially from expectations. In addition, we cannot forecast which products, if and when approved, may be subject to future collaborations, when such arrangements will be secured, if at all, and to what degree such arrangements would affect our development plans and capital requirements.

Due to our significant research and development expenditures, we have generated substantial operating losses in each period since inception. We have incurred an accumulated deficit of $78.6 million through September 30, 2016. We expect to incur substantial additional losses in the future as we expand our research and development activities. Based on our research and development plans, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $271.4 million, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 24 months. However, we have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be incorrect and we could exhaust our capital resources sooner than we expect.

The timing and amount of our operating expenditures will depend largely on:

the timing and progress of preclinical and clinical development activities;

the cost to access, acquire, or make therapies to study in combination with our immunotherapies;

successful enrollment in and completion of clinical trials;

the cost to develop complementary diagnostics and/or companion diagnostics as needed for each of our development programs;

our ability to establish agreements with third-party manufacturers for clinical supply for our clinical trials and, if our product candidate is approved, commercial manufacturing;

the costs associated with the development of any additional product candidates we acquire through third-party collaborations or identify through our Translational Science Platform;

102


Table of Contents

our ability to maintain our current research and development programs and enhancement of our Translational Science Platform;

addition and retention of key research and development personnel;

our efforts to enhance operational, financial and information management systems, and hire additional personnel, including personnel to support development of our product candidates;

the legal patent costs involved in prosecuting patent applications and enforcing patent claims and other intellectual property claims;

the costs and ongoing investments to in-license or acquire additional technologies, including the in-license of intellectual property related to our potential product candidates, the effectiveness of which is subject to certain conditions; and

the terms and timing of any collaboration, license or other arrangement, including the terms and timing of any milestone payments thereunder.

A change in the outcome of any of these or other variables with respect to the development of any of our product candidates could significantly change the costs and timing associated with the development of that product candidate. Furthermore, our operating plans may change in the future, and we may need additional funds to meet operational needs and capital requirements associated with such operating plans.

In addition to the variables described above, if and when any of our product candidates successfully complete development, we will incur substantial additional costs associated with regulatory filings, marketing approval, post-marketing requirements, maintaining our intellectual property rights, and regulatory protection, in addition to other costs. We cannot reasonably estimate these costs at this time.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenue, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity or debt financings and collaboration arrangements including our Celgene Collaboration Agreement. We currently have no credit facility or committed sources of capital. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the future sale of equity or debt, the ownership interests of our stockholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our existing common stockholders. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of debt securities, these securities could contain covenants that would restrict our operations. We may require additional capital beyond our currently anticipated amounts. Additional capital may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all. If we raise additional funds through collaboration arrangements in the future, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams or product candidates, or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce, or terminate development or future commercialization efforts, or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

103


Table of Contents

Historical cash flows

The following table provides information regarding our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, as well as the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2016:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
(in thousands)
  2014
  2015
  2015
  2016
 

Net cash provided by (used in):

                         

Operating activities

  $ (14,909 ) $ (25,739 ) $ (18,368 ) $ 191,561  

Investing activities

    (709 )   (2,142 )   (2,059 )   (183,528 )

Financing activities

    15,006     70,704     70,836     36,123  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $ (612 ) $ 42,823   $ 50,409   $ 44,156  

Cash used in operating activities

The cash used in operating activities resulted primarily from our net losses adjusted for non-cash charges and changes in components of working capital, which are primarily the result of increased expenses, particularly in research and development.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was $191.6 million, compared to net cash used by operating activities of $18.4 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2015. Cash provided by operating activities increased $210.0 million primarily due to the $225.0 million upfront payment received from Celgene; offset by cash used to fund operating expenses in the year.

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $25.7 million, compared to $14.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase of $10.8 million of cash used in operating activities was primarily attributable to increases in net loss of $14.4 million, when adjusted for the non-cash impact of the fair value remeasurement of the Tranche Rights.

Cash used in investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was $183.5 million, compared to $2.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The increase of $181.4 million of cash used in investing activities was primarily attributable to the purchases of marketable securities during the nine months ended September 30, 2016.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $2.1 million, compared to $0.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase of $1.4 million of cash used in investing activities was primarily attributable to purchases of laboratory equipment and leasehold improvements.

Cash provided by financing activities

Net cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was $36.1 million, compared to $70.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The decrease of $34.7 million of cash provided by financing activities was primarily attributable to the sale of the Series B convertible preferred stock for net proceeds of $55.8 million and the closing of the final two Series A convertible preferred stock financing tranches with net proceeds of $15.0 million during the year ended December 31,

104


Table of Contents

2015, as compared to the sale of the Series B-1 convertible preferred stock for net proceeds of $36.1 million in the period ended September 30, 2016.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $70.7 million compared to $15.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily attributable to the issuance of the Series B convertible preferred stock for net proceeds of $55.8 million in April 2015.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We did not have, during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules.

Contractual obligations

Our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2015 were as follows:

(in thousands)
  Total
  Less than
1 Year

  1 to 3 years
  3 to 5 years
  More than
5 years

 

Operating lease obligations(1)

  $ 4,828   $ 1,835   $ 2,993   $   $  

(1)    Represents future minimum lease payments under our non-cancellable operating office and lab space lease as of December 31, 2015.

(2)    In November 2016 we entered into a lease agreement which increased our contractual obligations by $34.3 million.

We have also entered into license and collaboration agreements with various third parties, both of which are in the normal course of business. We have not included these future payments in the table of contractual obligations above since the contracts are cancellable at any time by us, generally upon 30 to 90 days prior written notice. The payment obligations under these license and collaboration agreements are contingent upon future events such as our achievement of specified development, regulatory, and commercial milestones, or royalties on net product sales. As of September 30, 2016, the aggregate maximum amount of milestone payments we could be required to make under our then-existing license and collaboration agreements was $5.1 million and $12.5 million per product candidate, respectively. As of September 30, 2016, we were unable to estimate the timing or likelihood of achieving these milestones or generating future product sales. See Note 10 of the audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015.

JOBS Act

As an "emerging growth company," the JOBS Act allows us to delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies until such standards are made applicable to private companies. However, we have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates, particularly because our cash equivalents are in the form of a money market fund, which is primarily invested in short-term U.S. Treasury obligations.

We are not currently exposed to significant market risk related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates; however, we have contracted with and may continue to contract with foreign vendors that are located in Europe. Our operations may be subject to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates in the future.

Inflation generally affects us by increasing our cost of labor. We do not believe that inflation had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2016.

105


Table of Contents

Business

Overview

We are a clinical stage immunotherapy company dedicated to transforming the treatment of cancer by developing therapies that enable the immune system to attack tumors and provide long-lasting benefits to patients. Through the use of our Translational Science Platform, we first focus on specific cell types within tumors to prioritize targets, and then identify related biomarkers designed to match the right therapy to the right patient. Our strategy is to create immunotherapies targeting a variety of the diverse cellular components of the immune system, as well as non-immune cells resident within the tumor, all of which can vary greatly among tumors within and across indications. This may provide benefit to patients with tumors across the spectrum from highly inflamed, or hot, to poorly inflamed, or cold, and especially those not well served by current therapies. We believe the early identification of potential predictive biomarkers to prospectively enrich for biomarker positive cancer patients, from across many indications, may lead to shortened development timelines for our new immunotherapies. Our approach is designed to lead to a larger effect size by first identifying and then focusing on a smaller biomarker positive study population. Through this two-pronged approach, we believe our Translational Science Platform enables us to effectively and efficiently identify and develop new cancer immunotherapies.

Targeting T cells:     Our lead product candidate, JTX-2011, is a clinical stage monoclonal antibody that binds to and activates ICOS, a protein on the surface of certain T cells commonly found in many solid tumors. We believe our JTX-2011 antibody has a dual mechanism of action that serves to amplify an immune response in T effector cells, or "good" T cells, while preferentially reducing the number of T regulatory cells, or "bad" T cells, within a tumor. Our preclinical data demonstrates that JTX-2011 stimulates a significant T cell immune response against solid tumors. We submitted our Investigational New Drug Application, or IND, for JTX-2011 to the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, in July 2016 and began our JTX-2011 multi-arm Phase I/II clinical trial in patients with solid tumors in August 2016. We believe JTX-2011 has the potential to act both as a single agent and more importantly in combination with other therapies, such as anti-PD-1 antibodies, to offer treatment alternatives to patients who otherwise lack an effective response to currently approved therapies. We are also conducting IND enabling studies for JTX-4014, an anti-PD-1 antibody for use in future combinations with JTX-2011 as well as for use in combination with other future product candidates, as we believe combination therapy has the potential to be a mainstay of cancer immunotherapy. Safety data from our multi-arm Phase I/II JTX-2011 trial is expected in the first half of 2017, and preliminary efficacy proof of concept data is expected in the second half 2017 in both the single agent and combination setting.

Beyond T effector cells:     We are discovering and developing immunotherapies beyond the currently approved products targeting T effector cells. To do so, we are leveraging our Translational Science Platform to systematically and comprehensively interrogate cell types within the human tumor microenvironment, or TME, to enable us to develop therapies with the potential to benefit patients with tumors across the spectrum from hot to cold. This includes focusing on adaptive and innate immune cells, such as B and T regulatory cells, and immunosuppressive macrophages, respectively. Therapies targeting these cell types and cell subsets may have the potential to complement existing approaches that focus on T effector cells and thereby benefit many patients who do not respond to the currently approved T effector cell-focused immunotherapies. In addition, we are discovering and developing multiple approaches, including targeting stromal cells, with the potential to convert cold tumors to hot tumors, thereby making the tumors more amenable to immunotherapy, perhaps in combination approaches.

106


Table of Contents

Identifying potential predictive biomarkers to prioritize indications and match the right therapy to the right patients:     Early in the development process, we use our Translational Science Platform to identify potential predictive biomarkers designed to enable us to enrich for a patient population more likely to respond to our immunotherapy. In addition we can also use characteristics defined by our biomarker efforts to focus on niche indications and/or niche subsets within indications to inform our clinical strategy. By taking this biomarker-driven approach, which supports enriched-enrollment clinical trial design by stratifying patients and focusing on the biomarker positive patients whose tumors express our biomarker(s) of interest, we believe that we can more efficiently develop our cancer immunotherapies. The biomarker results, coordinated to clinical response, will determine the utility of proceeding to the use of a complementary diagnostic and/or companion diagnostic for a given therapy.

Our ability to prioritize targets and potential predictive biomarkers using our Translational Science Platform was a key component leading to our recently announced strategic collaboration with Celgene Corporation, or Celgene. This global strategic collaboration, which included a $225.0 million upfront payment and a $36.1 million equity investment, is primarily focused on co-developing and co-commercializing innovative biologic immunotherapy treatments for patients with cancer. Under the agreement, we granted Celgene exclusive options to develop and commercialize our lead product candidate, JTX-2011, and up to four early-stage programs consisting of targets to be selected from a pool of certain B cell, T regulatory cell and tumor-associated macrophage targets. Additionally, Celgene has an exclusive option to develop and commercialize our product candidate JTX-4014, which, upon exercise of such option, will be a shared program that may be used by both parties in and outside of the collaboration. Under the terms of the agreement, if Celgene exercises all of its options, all programs meet all milestones, including regulatory approvals in the United States and outside the United States, and Celgene extends the initial four year research term for three additional years, we are eligible to earn up to approximately $2.6 billion in clinical, regulatory, and/or commercialization milestone payments, option-exercise fees and research term extension fees. In addition to progressing collaboration programs, we will continue to use our Translational Science Platform to progress our own programs that are not part of the collaboration and for which we retain worldwide commercial rights.

Immunotherapies are increasingly recognized as a critical component of cancer therapy and are beginning to fundamentally change the paradigm for treating patients. Fewer than half of all cancer patients respond to single agent immunotherapies. Combination therapies are beginning to yield greater responses than single agent therapies, yet there is still significant unmet medical need among large patient populations across most solid tumor indications. In addition, there is a significant number of patients with tumors that lack, or have low levels of, immune cell infiltrate where additional approaches may be required to fully realize the benefit of immunotherapy agents. We believe targeting novel immune mechanisms in combination with identifying and using predictive biomarkers may best address these areas of unmet need.

Our Translational Science Platform utilizes a suite of integrated technologies to comprehensively profile the cellular and molecular characteristics within thousands of human solid tumors, providing critical information about the TME that we believe will allow us to identify and guide new immunotherapies more efficiently through development. We utilize a systematic approach to match targets to defined patient populations, as well as niche indications and/or niche subsets within indications, that we believe are more likely to benefit from these therapies. Building on our biomarker-driven strategy, we aim to establish complementary diagnostics and/or companion diagnostics for each of our product candidates to identify the right patients for treatment.

JTX-2011, our lead program, has shown preclinical anti-tumor effects both as a single agent and in combination with existing immunotherapies such as anti-PD-1 antibodies. Single agent efficacy in preclinical

107


Table of Contents

models is correlated with the percentage of ICOS-expressing T cells in the tumor. Using our Translational Science Platform, we have identified human cancer indications that display high percentages of ICOS-expressing T cells and ICOS-related biomarkers within the tumors. Based on this, we have prioritized certain indications including non-small cell lung cancer or NSCLC, head and neck squamous cell cancer or HNSCC, and additional niche indications for evaluation in our ongoing JTX-2011 single agent trial. Furthermore, individual patient tumors from the selected indications will be evaluated during clinical trial enrollment for ICOS and related biomarkers so that we can enrich our trials with patients who may be more likely to respond to JTX-2011. We are also using our Translational Science Platform and biomarker-driven strategy to identify additional niche indications and/or niche subsets within indications that may be particularly amenable to JTX-2011 therapy and may provide additional patient populations for evaluation in our clinical studies. In addition, because existing immunotherapies such as anti-PD-1/anti-PD-L1 antibodies may induce ICOS upregulation on T cells, we believe that in a combination setting, JTX-2011 may exert anti-tumor activity in a broader group of indications and thus provide benefit to a greater number of patients. As a result, our ongoing Phase I/II multi-arm trial will also assess the safety and efficacy of JTX-2011 in combination with the anti-PD-1 antibody, nivolumab, in patients with NSCLC, HNSCC, triple negative breast cancer, or TNBC, melanoma, stomach cancer and additional niche indications identified through our Translational Science Platform. Assuming continued successful development, our expectation is that our anti-PD-1 antibody JTX-4014, that is currently in IND-enabling studies, will be included in subsequent clinical studies.

The majority of immunotherapy discovery and development efforts have focused on T cell targeted therapies, particularly T effector cells, which have provided long-lasting benefits to some patients, but significant unmet medical need remains. As such, we have focused our early discovery efforts on interrogating multiple cell types. We believe our approach will identify novel immunotherapies that engage different elements of the immune system and stroma and can address the broader unmet medical need across solid tumor indications. Our discovery pipeline consists of multiple programs, including several that target immunosuppressive macrophages, which are highly prevalent in many solid tumor types, as well as programs aimed at converting cold tumors to hot tumors. We believe these approaches may create options for patients who are less likely to respond to currently approved therapies, as well as enhance responses in patients who have had limited response to currently approved immunotherapies.

We have assembled a highly experienced team of experts in immunotherapy to help us leverage our Translational Science Platform to drive the development of our early discovery programs and JTX-2011. Our chief executive officer, Dr. Richard Murray, our chief scientific officer, Dr. Deborah Law, and our chief technical officer, Dr. Stephen G. Farrand, each have successful track records discovering, developing, manufacturing, and commercializing drugs across a range of therapeutic areas including immunotherapy, and have played leadership roles from the preclinical stages through the Biologics License Application, or BLA, approval of the product Keytruda. Additionally, Dr. Elizabeth Trehu, our chief medical officer, has significant oncology drug development and commercialization experience. Two of our founders, Dr. James Allison and Dr. Padmanee Sharma of the University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center, were initially responsible for the translational science behind ICOS. Dr. James Allison played a fundamental role in ushering in the era of checkpoint therapy in general, including contributing to the understanding of the basic science of CTLA-4 that supported the development of Yervoy, and he was recently awarded the 2015 Lasker-DeBakey Clinical Medical Research Award. Dr. Thomas Gajewski of the University of Chicago, Dr. Drew Pardoll of Johns Hopkins University, Dr. Robert Schreiber of Washington University School of Medicine, and Dr. Louis Weiner of Georgetown University are also founders of our company.

108


Table of Contents

Immuno-oncology background

Cancer is a broad group of diseases in which normal cells are transformed into a state of rapid and uncontrolled cell growth, forming tumors. Cancer typically originates from a particular tissue in the body, such as the lung or skin, and often spreads, or metastasizes, as the disease progresses. Tumors are comprised of multiple cell types, all present to varying degrees, including cancerous cells, immune cells, and stromal cell types that collectively form the TME. The composition of the TME dictates the aggressiveness of a particular cancer, its susceptibility to treatment, and ultimately the fate of the patient.

The immune cells within the TME are now the subject of significant drug development activity. The immune system contains many different cells types that fall into two general categories, innate and adaptive. The innate immune system is a first line, ubiquitous defense aimed at combating elements which the body views as foreign. After the innate immune system is activated, its cells help to trigger an adaptive immune response that is specific to a particular antigen. The adaptive immune system is flexible and can evolve to combat multiple antigens. Importantly, it has the capacity for immune memory, or the ability of the immune system to be recalled into action if the same foreign material is reintroduced into the body in the future. The innate and adaptive components of the immune system are both essential for a productive immune response. A collection of innate and adaptive immune cell types are shown in Figure 1 below.

Figure 1: Illustration of Innate and Adaptive Immune Cell Types

GRAPHIC

Historically, cancer treatments have focused on either killing or arresting the proliferation of the tumor cells themselves. However, fundamental work pioneered by one of our founders, Dr. James Allison, led to the discovery of immune cell checkpoint therapy. Checkpoints are key immune cell mechanisms that function as either positive or negative steps to fine tune and control the immune response. In the cancer setting, tumor cells have developed strategies for hijacking these immune checkpoints, preventing an immune response to the cancer and allowing the tumor cells to proliferate without any natural interference. Checkpoint immunotherapies have been developed to overcome this by either enhancing immune cell activation (stepping on the gas of the immune system) or blocking immune cell inhibition

109


Table of Contents

(releasing the brakes on the immune system) resulting in an amplification of the anti-tumor immune response. The activation of the immune cells within a tumor leads to an anti-cancer attack and can result in a long-lasting effect as some of the immune cells become memory cells that remain primed to stimulate a response to future cancer cells.

There are currently three approved immunotherapies that target the PD-1 pathway. These include two single-agent immunotherapies that target the receptor PD-1 on certain T cells: pembrolizumab, marketed as Keytruda, and nivolumab, marketed as Opdivo. Keytruda has been approved in melanoma, NSCLC, and HNSCC settings, while Opdivo has been approved in melanoma, NSCLC, renal cell carcinoma, and classical Hodgkin lymphoma settings. Both agents have also shown clinical promise in a number of other tumor types. The third approved drug targeting this checkpoint pathway is the PD-L1 targeting antibody atezolizumab, marketed as Tecentriq, that has been approved in urothelial carcinoma. An additional single-agent immunotherapy, ipilimumab, or Yervoy, that targets a different protein receptor CTLA-4 on certain T cells, has also been approved for melanoma and is undergoing additional clinical trials. Combination therapy aimed at multiple targets has now become an important element of immunotherapy development, with the goal of creating even better long-lasting responses. For example, Opdivo plus Yervoy was recently approved as the first combination immunotherapy for use in a subpopulation of patients with melanoma.

Recent clinical data from PD-1 checkpoint inhibitor studies has highlighted the importance of a biomarker-driven patient-enrichment strategy. Keytruda is approved in a PD-L1 biomarker-high subgroup of advanced NSCLC patients as defined using a companion diagnostic as ³ 50% PD-L1 expression in tumors, and it has also received recent breakthrough designation in the first-line therapeutic setting in a subgroup of PD-L1 high NSCLC patients defined with the same companion diagnostic. In contrast, Opdivo did not use a companion diagnostic for approval in the advanced NSCLC patient population and subsequently failed to reach its primary endpoints in first-line treatment of NSCLC patients enrolled using an untested biomarker approach with a less stringent threshold, ³ 5% PD-L1 expression in tumors. We believe that the positive data in biomarker-selected patient populations validates our proposed biomarker-driven approach and highlights the importance of a parallel development path for both the biomarker and the therapeutic starting at an early stage of clinical development.

The promise of long-lasting benefit to cancer patients has led to heightened enthusiasm for these types of immunotherapy products and a further expansion of the market opportunity. The overall market for immunotherapy has expanded significantly over the past five years, with 2014 estimates for the 2020 market size ranging from $25 to $59 billion across solid and blood-based tumors.

Currently approved immunotherapies, such as the anti-PD-1 antibodies, are directed at the T effector cell arms of the adaptive immune response and are generally beneficial for cancer patients whose tumors are infiltrated with this cell type. However, many solid tumors lack high T cell infiltration in the TME yet possess other immune cell types, which could be the basis of more effective treatments for those patients.

The pattern of immune cell infiltration varies across solid tumors. Initial immunotherapy approaches did not take into account the immune cell composition of the tumor, and therefore treatments were not matched to defined patient populations, leading to response rates in a minority of patients. We believe it is important to identify tumors with certain immune cell characteristics, defined by biomarkers, to best predict which patients are most likely to benefit from a given therapy. Our Translational Science Platform has the potential to allow us to conduct a broad, systematic characterization of the different patterns of cell types within a range of solid tumor indications. We believe our platform enables identification of targets and related biomarkers linked to specific immune cell types that will allow us to identify and prioritize indications, including potential niche indications and/or niche subsets of indications, thereby

110


Table of Contents

enabling us to enroll patients in our clinical trials that may be more likely to respond to our new therapies.

Challenges in immuno-oncology

Despite the enthusiasm surrounding immunotherapies and the benefit certain cancer patients have experienced in recent years, substantial challenges remain to maximize the impact of immunotherapy in cancer. To date, identifying the most appropriate indications and most responsive patient populations for a particular immunotherapy has presented significant challenges, including the following:

Established single agent immunotherapies are only effective in a minority of patients.

The current approach to immunotherapy target prioritization is not systematic and does not leverage a complete understanding of the TME to best identify high value targets, related to certain patient populations.

The current emphasis on T effector cell-focused immunotherapy targets does not harness the entire spectrum of potential immune and non-immune cell targets within the tumor leaving fewer therapeutic options for patients whose tumors are poorly infiltrated with T cells.

Predictive biomarkers, the value and use of which are relatively new, are not uniformly used to proactively select responsive patient populations and/or preferred indications, which drives longer development timelines with higher associated costs.

Our differentiated approach to solving the challenges of immuno-oncology

Jounce was founded on the principle that an in-depth understanding and profiling of the immune system within human tumors can significantly enhance and expedite the development of impactful immunotherapies. Our multifaceted approach to profiling tumors yields a comprehensive understanding of the TME allowing us to efficiently prioritize promising cancer targets and related biomarkers. We believe our efforts allow us to prioritize indications and match the right therapy to the right patients, enabling an enriched-enrollment clinical trial design, which may result in shorter development timelines with lower associated costs. More specifically:

Our Translational Science Platform allows us to comprehensively interrogate the TME.   Our Translational Science Platform utilizes a suite of integrated technologies to comprehensively characterize the TME. We analyze thousands of human solid tumors, which provides critical information that we believe will allow us to guide immunotherapies more efficiently through development. Critical components of our approach include:

    Proprietary bioinformatics to interrogate large tumor RNA data sets. This allows us to create and distill critical information such as gene signatures and related expression patterns across multiple solid tumor types and to correlate them to the specific cell types within the TME.

    Multi-parametric immunohistochemistry, or IHC, to evaluate the level of specific proteins in tumor cells and healthy tissues.

    Isolation and characterization of the specific immune system components of tumors.

111


Table of Contents

      Tumor histoculture to provide early evidence and proof of concept of our therapeutic programs in human tumor samples with in vivo -like analysis of potential therapies using patient intact tumor tissue.

Our ability to extensively exploit and evaluate cells within the TME, including immune cells and stromal cells, allows us to prioritize targets and develop new immunotherapies targeting the spectrum of hot to cold tumors.   We systematically evaluate both adaptive and innate immune cells and stromal cells within the TME to prioritize targets that go beyond T effector cell-directed approaches. Our early discovery efforts are focused on programs targeting both adaptive immune cells including B cells and T regulatory cells, as well as innate immune cells such as immunosuppressive macrophages, which are highly prevalent in many solid tumor types. In addition, we are discovering and developing multiple approaches, including targeting stromal cells, with the potential to convert cold tumors to hot tumors, thereby making the tumors more amenable to immunotherapy, perhaps in combination approaches. We believe that targeting multiple cell types will allow us to develop therapies with the potential to benefit patients with tumors across the spectrum from hot to cold, which may enable the development of therapeutic alternatives for patients who are less likely to respond to currently approved therapies, as well as enhance responses in patients who have had limited response to currently approved immunotherapies.

Our Translational Science Platform allows us to identify potential predictive biomarkers to prioritize indications and match the right therapy to the right patient. Despite the promise of newly approved agents in immunotherapy, only a minority of patients respond. Biomarkers and complementary diagnostics and/or companion diagnostics are not uniformly used to identify responsive patient populations. Using our Translational Science Platform, we prioritize indications based on the levels of specific biomarkers that we have identified as relevant within the applicable tumor. For example, in our JTX-2011 program we identified and prioritized the cancer indications to study in our initial clinical trials based on the levels of ICOS-expressing T cells and ICOS-related biomarkers present within tumors. In addition, individual patient tumors from the selected indications will be evaluated during clinical trial enrollment for the same ICOS and related biomarkers so that we can enrich our trials with patients who may be more likely to respond to JTX-2011. Building on our biomarker-driven strategy, we aim to establish complementary diagnostics and/or companion diagnostics for each of our product candidates to identify the right patients for treatment with our products. In addition we can also use characteristics defined by our biomarker efforts to focus on niche indications and/or niche subsets within indications to inform our clinical strategy. By taking this biomarker-driven approach, we believe that we can more efficiently develop our cancer immunotherapies.

Potential for shorter development timelines and lower associated costs.   We believe that our Translational Science Platform will enable us to identify optimal immune cell and non-immune cell targets, as well as enrich patient populations most likely to respond to our therapies. Unlike most currently approved immunotherapy approaches that involve significant time and costs associated with achieving effective response rates, we believe that our approach will yield a more efficient overall development process.

112


Table of Contents

Our strategy

Our goal is to bring the right immunotherapies to the right patients to provide a long-lasting benefit that ultimately improves the patient's life. To achieve our goal, we are:

Aggressively developing our lead product candidate JTX-2011 both as a single agent and in combination with approved therapies including nivolumab in our ongoing study and, we expect, our anti-PD-1 antibody JTX-4014 in subsequent studies . We submitted our IND for JTX-2011 to the FDA in July 2016 and initiated our multi-arm Phase I/II clinical trial in solid tumors, including select cancer types, such as NSCLC and HNSCC in August 2016. We used our Translational Science Platform to identify the initial target cancer indications for this clinical trial, and continue to use our platform to inform on our clinical strategy through the identification of additional potential niche indications and/or niche subsets of indications that may be more amenable to treatment with JTX-2011. During clinical trial enrollment, we will assess, on a patient-by-patient basis, the levels of ICOS and related biomarkers to enrich for patients we believe may be more likely to respond. If our biomarker-driven strategies are successful, we aim to establish complementary diagnostics and/or companion diagnostics. We plan to pursue development of JTX-2011 both as a single agent and more importantly in combinations with other therapies to maximize its utility and value. Our initial trial focuses on combination with the anti-PD-1 antibody, nivolumab, and assuming continued successful development, we expect to include our anti-PD-1 antibody, JTX-4014, in subsequent clinical studies.

Efficiently building a broad pipeline of immunotherapies targeting defined patient populations through the use of our Translational Science Platform . We believe our platform is an efficient and productive discovery and development engine that can identify new targets across multiple cell types with the aim of creating a portfolio of novel, targeted immunotherapies. By identifying related biomarkers to prioritize indications, including potential niche indications and/or niche subsets of indications, to enable us to build a clinical population of patients who may be more likely to respond to our therapies, we believe we have the potential to shorten development timelines with lower associated costs.

Addressing the unmet medical needs of cancer patients with tumors unresponsive to T effector cell-directed therapies by emphasizing our discovery efforts on other cell types within the TME . We are looking beyond the initial immunotherapy approaches that focus on targeting T effector cells and are systematically and comprehensively interrogating cell types within the TME, including additional adaptive immune cells such as B cells and T regulatory cells, as well as innate immune cells, such as macrophages, and non-immune cells such as stromal cells. Therapies targeting macrophages may provide benefit to many patients who do not respond to currently approved T effector cell-directed immunotherapies by converting an immune inhibitory TME to an immune-enhancing TME. In addition, by targeting different immune cell types and mechanisms, macrophage targeted therapies may be able to combine with currently approved T effector cell approaches and provide potential benefit to a greater number of patients. Similarly, stromal cells often support tumor growth and influence immune cell function and may be an important avenue for the development of more effective cancer immunotherapies particularly focused on colder tumors.

Maximizing the value of our early pipeline through building and/or in-licensing new technologies and methodologies to turn cold tumors to hot tumors to make them more amenable to immunotherapy . We are also looking to address the unmet needs of the significant number of patients with tumors that are immunologically cold, having little to no immune cell infiltrate, with the aim of targeting the TME to enable immune cell infiltration. This may provide the potential to change these cold, non-responsive

113


Table of Contents

    tumors to hot tumors more amenable to immunotherapy. Such an approach may benefit from leveraging additional technologies including, but not limited to, methods of delivery of proteins to cold tumors.

Building the leading fully integrated discovery-to-commercial immuno-oncology company by delivering innovative immunotherapies to cancer patients . We believe that immunotherapy is changing the paradigm of cancer treatment. We have assembled a world-class team and have built a robust translational platform that we believe allows us to create a sustainable, novel pipeline in immunotherapy. If JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or any future product candidate we may develop is approved, we will consider marketing them in select markets to retain the greatest value for our shareholders.

Jounce's translational science platform

Our Translational Science Platform utilizes a suite of integrated technologies to comprehensively profile the cellular and molecular characteristics within thousands of human solid tumors, providing critical information on the TME that we believe will allow us to identify and guide new immunotherapies more efficiently through development. We have built a broad network of relationships with academic institutions and clinicians to access human tumor samples with well documented clinical histories. Profiling of the TME is driven by robust analytics including proprietary bioinformatics, IHC, isolation and characterization of components of tumors, and tumor histoculture. Our current development efforts are focused on both adaptive and innate components of the immune system, as well as on potential immune and non-immune cell components that may enable the conversion of cold tumors to hot tumors. Through our Translational Science Platform, samples are profiled for the composition of immune cells within the tumors, which is then correlated with biological and clinical information, such as patient outcomes. We select targets that may be relevant for drug discovery, and employ our suite of integrated assays and in vivo models to validate these programs. In parallel with our drug discovery efforts, such as generation of lead monoclonal antibodies, we use our Translational Science Platform to identify potential predictive biomarkers that may allow us to build a clinical population of patients who may be more likely to respond to our therapies. In addition characteristics that are defined by our biomarker efforts are used to identify potential niche indications and/or niche subsets of indications that may be more amenable to our therapies. This approach is evident in our current pipeline of immunotherapy product candidates and highlight the following key differentiating features of our Translational Science Platform:

Target Identification.   We are discovering and developing immunotherapies beyond the currently approved products targeting T effector cells. To do so, we are leveraging our Translational Science Platform to systematically and comprehensively interrogate cell types within the TME to enable us to develop therapies with the potential to benefit patients with tumors across the spectrum from hot to cold. This includes focusing on adaptive immune cells, such as B cells and T regulatory cells, as well as innate immune cells including immunosuppressive macrophages that may create a pro-tumor environment. Therapies targeting these cell types and cell subsets may have the potential to complement existing approaches that focus on T effector cells and thereby benefit many patients who do not respond to the currently approved T effector cell-focused immunotherapies. In addition, we are discovering and developing multiple potential approaches, including targeting stromal cells, with the potential to convert cold tumors to hot tumors, thereby making the tumors more amenable to immunotherapy, perhaps in combination approaches.

Indication Selection and Patient Enrichment.   Using our Translational Science Platform, we prioritize indications based on the levels of specific biomarkers that we have identified as relevant within the applicable tumor. For example, in our JTX-2011 program, we used both IHC and RNA profiling to evaluate the levels of ICOS and related biomarkers in over a thousand tumor samples. Indications that

114


Table of Contents

    demonstrated higher percentages of ICOS-expressing immune cells and related biomarkers were prioritized. Furthermore, individual patient tumors will be evaluated during clinical trial enrollment for ICOS and related biomarkers to build a clinical population of patients who may be more likely to respond to JTX-2011. We are also using characteristics defined from our biomarker efforts to identify niche indications and/or niche subsets of indications that may be more amenable to treatment with JTX-2011 and these data are being used to inform our clinical development strategy.

Although immuno-oncology is leading the frontier in new cancer therapies, most of the focus to date has been on T effector cells. We believe there are significant opportunities to develop immunotherapies that target other cell types within the TME to address the spectrum of hot to cold tumors, that could result in groundbreaking advances in cancer treatment. As new technologies arise, we plan to continually enhance our Translational Science Platform by looking for additional opportunities to expand our capabilities and deepen our understanding of the TME. Our ultimate goal is to use our Translational Science Platform to comprehensively interrogate the TME to enable us to bring the right therapies to the right patients.

Strategic alliance with Celgene

Overview

In July 2016, we entered into a Master Research and Collaboration Agreement with Celgene. The primary goal of the collaboration is to co-develop and co-commercialize innovative biologic immunotherapies that either activate or suppress the immune system by binding to targets identified by leveraging our Translational Science Platform. Under the agreement, we granted Celgene exclusive options to develop and commercialize our lead product candidate, JTX-2011, and up to four early-stage programs consisting of targets to be selected from a pool of certain B cell, T regulatory cell and tumor-associated macrophage targets. Additionally, Celgene has an exclusive option to develop and commercialize our product candidate JTX-4014, which, upon exercise of such option, will be a shared program that may be used by both parties in and outside of the collaboration. Prior to Celgene exercising an option for a program, we are responsible for all research and development activities for that program under the agreement during the collaboration, and subject to all costs and potential liabilities.

Advancement of biologics.     For programs that have biologics that meet mutually agreed criteria for suitability for further development, Celgene may elect that program's target (solely with respect to immune activation or immune suppression, as applicable) to be added to the pool of targets for which we may conduct further research subject to the terms of the collaboration. If we continue to conduct research and development for such programs, then such activity will be part of the collaboration. If Celgene does not elect a program that achieves such criteria, then we will retain the rights to such program's targets and biologics and Celgene will not have an option to such program.

Exercise of options and further development of programs.     Celgene may extend the initial four-year research term of the collaboration for up to three additional one-year periods upon payment of an extension fee for each additional year. Celgene may exercise its option for a program at any time until the expiration of an option term for that program. For each program, the option term ends 45 to 60 days following Celgene's receipt of a data package that includes certain information relating to the program's research and development activities. The data package for a program may be delivered to Celgene after the applicable development milestone for such program has been achieved. Depending on the program, the applicable development milestone is (1) IND acceptance, (2) availability of certain Phase Ia data, or (3) availability of certain Phase I/II data. If Celgene fails to exercise its option during the option term for a program, we will retain the rights to such program. If Celgene exercises its option for a program other

115


Table of Contents

than JTX-4014, then we will enter into a co-development and co-commercialization agreement with Celgene for such program in substantially the form attached to the agreement as an exhibit. Under the co-development and co-commercialization agreement for JTX-2011 and one additional program for which Celgene opts in that is not JTX-4014, we will be responsible for leading development and commercialization activities in the United States and Celgene will be responsible for development and commercialization activities outside the United States. For all other additional programs for which Celgene opts in, other than JTX-4014, Celgene will lead development and commercialization activities worldwide. If Celgene exercises its option for JTX-4014, we will enter into a license agreement, in substantially the form attached to the agreement as an exhibit, pursuant to which we will both be able to equally access JTX-4014 for combinations within our portfolios and with other molecules that are subject to the agreement, subject to joint governance. Once Celgene opts in with respect to a given program, Celgene and we must each use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize the corresponding product in the U.S.

Governance.     The collaboration is governed by a joint steering committee, or JSC, and a joint patent committee. The JSC may establish additional subcommittees to oversee particular projects or activities. Subject to limitations specified in the agreement, if the applicable governance committee is unable to make a decision by consensus and the parties are unable to resolve the issue through escalation to specified senior executive officers of the parties, then we generally have final decision-making authority over research and development matters for programs prior to Celgene's exercise of its option to such program. If Celgene exercises its option for a program, final decision-making authority for that program is specified in the applicable co-development and co-commercialization agreement or license agreement.

Exclusivity.     During the collaboration's research term (i.e., for four years plus up to three one-year extensions that Celgene may elect), we may not alone, or with a third party, research, develop, manufacture or commercialize a biologic that binds to a defined pool of B cell, T regulatory cell or tumor-associated macrophage targets that meet certain criteria, termed an exclusive target, and inhibit, activate or otherwise modulate the activity of such exclusive target. In addition, if Celgene exercises its option for a program within the collaboration other than JTX-4014, then until termination or expiration of the applicable co-development and co-commercialization agreement for such program, we may not directly or indirectly research, develop, manufacture or commercialize, outside of the collaboration, any biologic with specified activity against that program's collaboration target.

Financial terms.     Under the terms of the agreements, we received a $225.0 million upfront cash payment and $36.1 million from the sale of 10,448,100 shares of our Series B-1 convertible preferred stock. If Celgene exercises any of its options, then Celgene will pay us an option-exercise fee, the parties will enter into a co-development and co-commercialization agreement or a license agreement that governs the development and commercialization of the applicable program, and we will then split future development and commercialization costs with Celgene in accordance with such agreement. Additionally, under the terms of the agreement, if Celgene exercises all of its options, all programs meet all milestones, including regulatory approvals in the United States and outside the United States, and Celgene extends the initial four year research term for three additional years, we are eligible to earn up to approximately $2.6 billion in clinical, regulatory, and/or commercialization milestone payments, option-exercise fees and research term extension fees.

The development milestones are payable on initiation of certain clinical trials and range from $32.5 million to $105.0 million, per program, with an aggregate total of $290.0 million. The regulatory approval milestones are payable upon regulatory approval in the United States and outside the United States and range from $7.5 million to $50.0 million per milestone, with an aggregate total of $700.0 million. The commercial milestones are payable upon achievement of specified aggregate product sales outside the

116


Table of Contents

United States for each program and range from $40.0 million to $200.0 million per milestone, with an aggregate total of $1.270 billion. We are also eligible to receive royalties on product sales outside the United States ranging from high single digit to mid-teen royalties.

Profit sharing, cost sharing and commercialization rights for products.     If Celgene exercises its option for a program, then we will share with Celgene the U.S. profits or losses on such collaboration program as follows:

We will retain 60 percent of the U.S. operating profits or losses arising from commercialization of JTX-2011, with 40 percent allocated to Celgene.

We will retain 25 percent of the U.S. operating profits or losses arising from commercialization of the first program, other than JTX-2011 or JTX-4014, for which an IND application is filed under the collaboration, with 75 percent allocated to Celgene. Celgene has a one-time right to substitute and swap the economics and governance of this program with that of another program for which it exercises an option (other than JTX-2011 and JTX-4014).

We and Celgene will equally share U.S. operating profits or losses arising from commercialization of up to three additional programs (other than JTX-2011 or JTX-4014).

We and Celgene will share all development costs, other than for JTX-4014, in accordance with the applicable co-development and co-commercialization agreement.

If Celgene exercises its option for a program other than JTX-4014, we will enter into a co-development and co-commercialization agreement, pursuant to which Celgene will have the exclusive right to develop and commercialize the products arising out of such collaboration program outside of the United States, and we will be eligible to receive tiered royalties ranging from a high single digit to mid-teen percentage rate on net product sales outside of the United States. Under each co-development and co-commercialization agreement, we will also have the right to opt out of profit sharing and instead receive milestones and royalties.

Furthermore, if Celgene exercises its option for JTX-4014, we will enter into a license agreement, pursuant to which Celgene and we will each have equal rights to develop and commercialize JTX-4014 in combination with other proprietary molecules in their or our respective pipelines or in combination with products arising out of collaboration programs. Subject to terms specified in the license agreement for JTX-4014, the party owning the proprietary molecule that is combined with JTX-4014, if such molecule does not arise from a collaboration program with Celgene, will be solely responsible for all development and commercialization costs related to such combination. If JTX-4014 is combined with a product arising from a collaboration program, then the parties will share costs and, if co-packaged or co-formulated, profits or losses in accordance with the co-development and co-commercialization agreement for such other product.

Intellectual Property.     We and Celgene will jointly own any intellectual property that is generated or invented by both parties pursuant to the activities conducted under the collaboration agreement. If Celgene exercises its option for a program, each party will also grant the other party exclusive or co-exclusive licenses, with rights to grant sublicenses, under certain of each party's intellectual property rights, determined by the nature of the program and the licensed territory.

Termination.     At any point during the collaboration agreement, including during the research, development and clinical trial process, or during the term of the applicable co-development and co-commercialization or license agreement, respectively, Celgene can terminate the applicable agreement with us in its entirety, or with respect to any program under the collaboration agreement, upon 120 days' notice and can terminate

117


Table of Contents

the entire agreement with us in connection with a material breach of the agreement by us that remains uncured for 90 days.

Our product pipeline

We are developing a pipeline of immunotherapies that we believe will provide a meaningful and long-lasting benefit to cancer patients. We plan to develop each of these as a single agent and in combination with other therapies, as applicable. The following table depicts our current pipeline:

GRAPHIC

Lead program JTX-2011: an anti-ICOS monoclonal antibody immunotherapy

Overview

Our lead product candidate, JTX-2011 is in clinical development. The IND was submitted to the FDA in July 2016 and the multi-arm Phase I/II clinical trial was initiated in August 2016.

JTX-2011 is a monoclonal antibody that binds to and activates ICOS, a protein on the surface of certain T cells. We believe our JTX-2011 antibody has a dual mechanism of action that serves to amplify an immune response in T effector cells, or "good" T cells, while preferentially reducing the number of T regulatory cells, or "bad" T cells, within a tumor. JTX-2011 has shown preclinical anti-tumor effects both as a single agent and in combination with existing immunotherapies such as anti-PD-1 antibodies. Informed by our preclinical studies, we are developing JTX-2011 to treat solid tumors as a single agent and in combination with other therapies. Based on our biomarker-driven efforts our initial monotherapy efforts will focus on certain indications that appear to have greater numbers of ICOS-expressing T cells within the tumor; therefore patients with NSCLC and HNSCC, as well as additional indications identified through our

118


Table of Contents

Translational Science Platform, are expected to be enrolled in the single agent therapy expansion arms of the trial.

Because existing immunotherapies such as anti-PD-1/anti-PD-L1 antibodies may induce ICOS upregulation on T cells, we believe that in a combination setting, JTX-2011 may exert anti-tumor activity in a broader group of indications and thus provide benefit to a greater number of patients; therefore patients with NSCLC, HNSCC, triple-negative breast cancer, or TNBC, melanoma, and stomach cancer, as well as additional indications identified through our Translational Science Platform, are expected to be enrolled in the expansion arms of the combination therapy with the approved anti-PD-1 antibody, nivolumab.

Clinical study design

The first-in-human JTX-2011 Phase I/II study, which we refer to as ICONIC, is an open label, dose escalation and expansion clinical study of JTX-2011 alone or in combination with a fixed dose of nivolumab in subjects with advanced solid tumors. It is designed to assess safety and tolerability and determine the maximum tolerated dose, or MTD, and recommended Phase II dose as well as to evaluate preliminary efficacy. The four-part adaptive design is posted on ClinicalTrials.gov (NCT02904226) and includes Parts A, B, C and D and is expected to enroll greater than 200 patients if all cohorts are advanced. Parts A and B comprise the Phase I portion of the study and are designed to provide safety, PK and PD data in both the monotherapy (Part A) and combination therapy (Part B) settings with data expected to be submitted for presentation at medical meetings in the first half of 2017. If the Phase I study achieves its objectives of safety, and dose selection based on PK and PD, JTX-2011 will then advance to Phase II, where expansion cohorts, Parts C (monotherapy) and D (combination therapy), are anticipated to provide preliminary proof of concept efficacy data which is expected to be submitted for presentation at medical meetings in the second half of 2017.

Monotherapy setting (Parts A and C):

Part A is comprised of escalating doses of JTX-2011 administered intravenously, or IV, once every twenty-one days in consecutive cohorts. Additional safety, pharmacokinetic, or PK, and pharmacodynamics, or PD, Part A patient, or AP, expansion cohorts are expected to be enrolled at each of two or more dose levels. Archival tumor tissue will be collected on all dose escalation subjects for retrospective assessment of ICOS and PD-L1 expression and fresh tumor biopsies will be collected on all subjects in the AP cohorts.

Part C will include at least three dose expansion cohorts in the indications listed below at a dose level determined from safety and PK/PD data in Part A:

C1: HNSCC that has progressed on or after a prior PD-1 checkpoint inhibitor

C2: NSCLC that has progressed on or after a prior PD-1 checkpoint inhibitor

C3: any solid tumor type other than NSCLC and HNSCC

New cohorts based on emerging science

We intend to stratify subjects in Part C expansion cohorts based on ICOS expression in archival tumor, with ICOS levels confirmed on a fresh pre-treatment biopsy. At least ten subjects with high (2+ or 3+) ICOS expression will be enrolled in each twenty subject cohort to explore the potential correlation between pre-treatment ICOS expression and efficacy. Additional potential predictive biomarkers, including an ICOS gene signature, will also be evaluated.

119


Table of Contents

Combination setting (Parts B and D):

Part B is comprised of escalating doses of JTX-2011 in combination with the anti-PD-1 antibody nivolumab with both agents administered IV once every twenty-one days, in consecutive cohorts. Additional safety/PK/PD Part B patient, or BP, cohorts are expected to be enrolled at each of two or more dose levels. Archival tumor tissue will be collected on all dose escalation subjects for retrospective assessment of ICOS and PD-L1 expression and fresh tumor biopsies will be collected on all subjects in the BP cohorts.

Part D will include at least five dose expansion cohorts in the indications listed below of JTX-2011 in combination with nivolumab at a JTX-2011 dose level determined from safety and PK/PD data in Part B:

D1: HNSCC that has progressed on or after a prior PD-1 checkpoint inhibitor

D2: NSCLC that has progressed on or after a prior PD-1 checkpoint inhibitor

D3: TNBC

D4: melanoma that has progressed on or after a prior PD-1 checkpoint inhibitor

D5: gastric cancer

New cohorts based on emerging science

We intend to stratify subjects in Part D expansion cohorts based on ICOS expression in archival tumor, with ICOS levels confirmed on a fresh pre-treatment biopsy. At least ten subjects with high (2+ or 3+) ICOS expression will be enrolled in each fifteen subject cohort to explore the potential correlation between pre-treatment ICOS expression and efficacy. Additional potential predictive biomarkers, including an ICOS gene signature, will also be evaluated.

Additional cohorts may be added to Parts C and D based on the outcome of ongoing investigations. A signal in any cohort will lead to further expansion for more robust assessment of efficacy and for planning for pivotal trials.

Although our initial study focuses on the combination of JTX-2011 with an anti-PD-1 antibody, the ability of agents, including anti-PD-1/anti-PD-L1 and anti-CTLA-4 antibodies, and cancer vaccines such as GVAX, PROSTVAC, and Mammaglobin-A, to induce ICOS upregulation on T cells highlights the potential combinability of JTX-2011 with these immune therapies. We envision this inducible nature of ICOS to be a cornerstone of our strategy in combination trials.

Timing of clinical results

Safety data from both the single agent (Part A) and the combination therapy (Part B) is expected in the first half of 2017. Preliminary efficacy proof of concept data in both the single agent (Part C) and the combination therapy (Part D) is expected in the second half of 2017.

Scientific background and supporting preclinical data

ICOS, the I nducible T cell CO-S timulator, is the target of JTX-2011. ICOS is a member of the CD28 family of cell surface proteins, a family that includes PD-1, the target of Keytruda and Opdivo, and CTLA-4, the target of Yervoy. ICOS is upregulated on T effector cells when they become activated, such as following recognition of a tumor antigen, and the resulting signaling through ICOS works to amplify an immune response. ICOS is therefore viewed as an activating receptor on T cells and, as such, agents that can stimulate ICOS would be anticipated to show anti-tumor activity.

120


Table of Contents

The potential importance of ICOS in the tumor setting is supported by key clinical observations. In human studies aimed at understanding changes in the immune system following exposure to an immunotherapy drug, ICOS was the protein showing the most significant change. In melanoma patients, the observed upregulation of ICOS and its prolonged expression on the surface of CD4+ T cells was associated with response to the dosed drug. These data led to the concept that ICOS stimulatory activity on T cells was beneficial in treating solid tumors. We believe this type of clinically derived information serves as an important factor in distinguishing and prioritizing targets suitable for immunotherapy development.

We believe our JTX-2011 antibody has a dual mechanism of action that serves to amplify an immune response in T effector cells, or "good" T cells, while preferentially reducing the number of T regulatory cells, or "bad" T cells, within a tumor. Our preclinical data demonstrates that JTX-2011 acts as an agonist to stimulate primed ICOS-expressing CD4+ T effector cells to provide an amplification of the desired anti-tumor immune response. In addition, our preclinical data also suggest that JTX-2011 can reduce the number of T regulatory cells to further enhance an anti-tumor immune response by removing cells that naturally act to dampen and control immune responses. This preferential reduction of T regulatory cells has been observed in both in vitro assays using human T cells as well as in mouse tumor models. In the in vitro assays, JTX-2011 depletes human T regulatory cells but not T effector cells. Similarly, in the mouse models, there is a reduction in the number of T regulatory cells, specifically within the tumor, but no reduction in the number of T effector cells or other cells are observed. Additional data from preclinical studies using mouse tumor models support the use of JTX-2011 both as a single agent and in combination with other therapies.

Biomarker-driven indication prioritization and patient enrichment strategy for JTX-2011

Preclinical evidence supports the view that tumors with a greater percentage of ICOS-expressing T cells are the best tumor candidates for JTX-2011. Based on this information, we believe that it is important to use our biomarkers to enroll patients in our clinical trials who are potentially more likely to respond to JTX-2011. This may allow for a more focused program with the potential to more rapidly and more efficiently develop JTX-2011. Implementation of our Translational Science Platform early in the ICOS program enabled the identification and development of ICOS-related biomarker assays, including an ICOS gene signature assay that is designed to determine RNA levels of related biomarkers, an IHC assay that is designed to detect ICOS protein, and a potential pharmacodynamic biomarker assay.

For example, in our IHC assay, over a thousand tumor samples were evaluated (approximately one hundred tumors were analyzed per indication with the exception of melanoma, for which approximately fifty tumors were analyzed). Using the IHC assay, the level of ICOS protein expression can be classified by a 0, 1+, 2+, 3+ scoring system that indicates increasing percentages of ICOS-expressing cells within the tumor sample. A spectrum of ICOS expression could be seen across individual samples within a given indication. This has allowed us to prioritize certain indications with higher percentages of ICOS-expressing immune cells, including NSCLC and HNSCC, as illustrated in Figures 2A and 2B below. These two indications were also prioritized based on RNA profiling of several thousand additional tumor samples. Our biomarker assay used for patient enrichment will be performed at central laboratories certified by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments to allow us to efficiently focus our clinical trials on patients who may be more likely to respond to JTX-2011, which would correspond to patients with tumors with higher ICOS levels, as exemplified by the boxed samples in Figure 2B. Building on our biomarker-driven strategy, we aim to establish complementary diagnostics and/or companion diagnostics for each of our product candidates to identify the right patients for treatment with our products. Our ability to prioritize indications by determining ICOS protein expression levels is shown in Figures 2A and 2B below.

121


Table of Contents

Figure 2A: Distribution of ICOS expression across multiple human tumor indications

GRAPHIC

Figure 2B: Distribution of ICOS expression in selected indications in human tumor samples

GRAPHIC

First in human dose selection for JTX-2011

JTX-2011 is fully reactive to human, cynomolgus monkey, rat and mouse ICOS. Notably, the potency of JTX-2011 in pharmacologically relevant cellular assays is comparable across all four species, and the relative expression of ICOS on immune cell subsets is comparable across species. This degree of comparability provides a high level of confidence that modeling across species can be used to accurately predict human dose projections. A sophisticated PK model was developed to enable human dose projections using data from cynomolgus monkey and rat PK studies. Based on the preponderance of data, we believe that the starting dose used in our Phase I/II study is close to the minimally anticipated biological effect level based on our human T cell in vitro assays.

The use of our Translational Science Platform and biomarker-driven strategy to 1) identify and prioritize indications and 2) enrich for patients more likely to respond to treatment with JTX-2011 coupled with 3) our preclinical modeling to support a biologically active initial dose in humans enables an adaptive first in human clinical trial that progresses through Phase I dose escalation to Phase II-like efficacy assessment

122


Table of Contents

in the intended registration patient population. Our approach has the potential to eliminate a significant portion of the traditional path to pivotal registration trials, and may therefore lead to shortened development timelines and lower associated costs. We are also using our Translational Science Platform and biomarker-driven strategy to identify and prioritize additional niche indications and/or niche subsets within indications that may be particularly amenable to JTX-2011 therapy and may provide additional patient populations for evaluation in our clinical studies.

Preclinical safety studies

JTX-2011 recognizes and activates ICOS across multiple species, including rats and monkeys, which therefore are considered appropriate species to test the safety of JTX-2011. The potential toxicity and toxicokinetics of JTX-2011 were evaluated in non-GLP and GLP toxicology studies conducted in rats and cynomolgus monkeys. Based on the results from the toxicology studies, the nonclinical safety assessment program supported the administration of JTX-2011 as an IV infusion in our clinical trial.

Evaluation of JTX-2011 in preclinical tumor models

ICOS-targeted monotherapy activity

In addition to binding to human ICOS in vitro , JTX-2011 also demonstrated binding to and co-stimulation of mouse, rat, and monkey ICOS allowing us to assess our antibody broadly in preclinical settings, including mouse tumor models. The mouse studies used a version of JTX-2011, or mouse JTX-2011, that has exactly the same binding regions as JTX-2011 but with a mouse constant region rather than a human constant region. This antibody was used in order to minimize any immunogenicity caused by administering an antibody with a human constant region to fully immune competent mice. Mouse JTX-2011 showed significant anti-tumor activity as a single agent in multiple mouse tumor models as illustrated in Figure 3 below. Seven of the ten mice implanted with Sa1/N tumors, and six of the ten mice implanted with B16-SIY tumors, were cured by treatment with mouse JTX-2011. The single agent activity of mouse JTX-2011 in preclinical tumor models correlates with the percentage of ICOS-expressing T cells within the tumor, thus providing supporting data for our biomarker-driven patient enrichment strategy.

123


Table of Contents

Figure 3: Mouse JTX-2011 anti-tumor activity as a single agent in tumor models

GRAPHIC

Long-term immunity effect

In addition, mouse JTX-2011 showed a long-lasting anti-tumor activity in a tumor re-challenge model. In this model, mice were implanted with Sa1/N tumors and when the tumors had reached a tumor size of 150mm 3 , mouse JTX-2011 was administered at a low (0.25mg/kg) single or double dose. The seven mice that showed complete tumor regression, and thus were cured for purposes of the study, were rested for 10 weeks and then re-challenged with the same tumor without additional mouse JTX-2011 treatment. In contrast to control animals, no tumor growth was observed in the mice that had previously shown complete tumor regression with JTX-2011 (as shown in Figure 4 below). These data demonstrate that mice previously cured of tumors through treatment with mouse JTX-2011 rejected subsequent assault by the same tumor cells.

124


Table of Contents

Figure 4: Anti-ICOS tumor reduction and long-term immunity in mice

GRAPHIC

Enhanced activity in combination

For combination approaches, data from preclinical mouse models support the proposed initial clinical combination of JTX-2011 with an anti-PD-1/anti-PD-L1 antibody. As demonstrated in Figure 5 below, an anti-ICOS antibody, the parental antibody of JTX-2011, was combined with anti-PD-1 antibody. In this model, mice bearing CT26 tumors were treated with either an anti-ICOS or an anti-PD-1 antibody as a single agent or in combination with antibodies being dosed on days 3, 6, 9, and 12 after tumor inoculation. The greatest anti-tumor activity was observed when these antibodies were used in combination, and this activity was significantly enhanced compared to either antibody alone. The average tumor volume of the 10 animals in each group, as well as the tumor growth curves for each animal, demonstrates that eighty percent of the animals treated with the combination of anti-PD-1 and anti-ICOS antibodies showed complete tumor regression.

125


Table of Contents

Figure 5: Greater anti-tumor activity with the combination of anti-ICOS plus anti-PD-1 antibody

GRAPHIC

JTX-4014: An anti-PD-1 antibody for combination therapy

Combination therapy aimed at multiple targets has now become an important element of immunotherapy development efforts with the goal of creating even better, long-lasting responses. PD-1 checkpoint inhibitors are anticipated to play a key role in combination therapies. For this reason we are developing our own anti-PD-1 antibody, JTX-4014.

JTX-4014 is a fully human, hinge-stabilized IgG4 monoclonal antibody that is specifically designed to bind to PD-1, but not to closely-related family members, and block the interaction of PD-1 with its ligands, PD-L1 and PD-L2. Through blockade of this pathway, JTX-4014 blocks an inhibitory signal on PD-1-expressing T effector cells thereby "releasing the brakes" on the immune system, providing potential anti-tumor benefit. JTX-4014 is currently in IND-enabling studies and, assuming continued successful development, JTX-4014 will be evaluated initially in a safety study as a monotherapy prior to moving into the combination setting as we intend to use it in combination with our JTX-2011 development program as well as for use in combination with potential future product candidates.

Beyond T effector cell discovery programs

We believe that the ability to target different cell types within the TME beyond the T effector cells that are the focus of currently approved immunotherapies, including T regulatory cells, B cells, as well as innate immune cells and non-immune cells including stromal cells, may allow us to 1) pursue tumor types not currently served by therapies which target the T effector arm of the adaptive immune system, as well as 2) potentially convert the TME from an immunosuppressive environment to an immune activating environment and 3) potentially convert cold tumors to hot. We believe our differentiated approach to understanding and comprehensively interrogating cell types of the TME positions us to fully exploit the

126


Table of Contents

promise of immunotherapy in cancer. Our current discovery efforts are focused on interrogating multiple cell types including macrophages, an innate immune cell, where there is evidence of the relationship of immunosuppressive macrophages to poor patient prognosis as described below.

Targeting the adaptive immune system: A proven approach benefiting a subset of patients

Most first generation immunotherapy treatments have focused on components of the adaptive arm of the immune system, targeting T effector cells either to "release the brakes" on the immune system through the blocking of inhibitory receptors on T cell checkpoints (such as PD-1 and CTLA-4) or to "step on the gas" activating receptors on T cells, such as our anti-ICOS program JTX-2011. This approach has successfully led to the approved medicines Yervoy, Keytruda, Opdivo and Tecentriq. However, only a minority of patients respond to these treatments as single agents. We believe there are multiple factors that contribute to the lack of response, such as insufficient numbers of T cells in the tumors. Other cell types, particularly those associated with the innate arm of the immune system such as macrophages, may also contribute to a diminished immune response.

Our assessment of the immune cell profile of many tumors through our Translational Science Platform suggests that tumors can be broadly categorized into the four categories described below:

1.
Highly infiltrated by adaptive immune cells: T effector cell high and immunosuppressive macrophage low. T cell-directed immunotherapies such as anti-PD-1/anti-PD-L1 antibodies appear to induce responses in this type of TME.

2.
Highly infiltrated by both adaptive and innate immune cells: T effector cell high and immunosuppressive macrophage cell high. T cell-directed immunotherapies such as PD-1 checkpoint inhibitors appear to induce responses in this type of TME and may derive additional benefit from suppressive macrophage-directed therapies.

3.
Highly infiltrated by innate immune cells: T effector cell low and immunosuppressive macrophage high. Therapeutic responses of T cell-directed therapies are less prevalent, therefore an agent that targets macrophages, and is capable of converting the immunosuppressive TME, to an immune active TME could enable T cell-directed immunotherapies to work.

4.
Poorly infiltrated: T effector cell low and immunosuppressive macrophage low. These cold tumor types may require additional approaches targeting other cell types within the TME such as stromal cells or other approaches that enable the infiltration of immune cells into the TME.

We believe that there is an increasing unmet medical need moving from category 1 to 4.

127


Table of Contents

Figure 6: Characterization of human tumors by immune profile

GRAPHIC

Recently approved anti-PD-1 immunotherapies tend to be most effective in targeting highly T cell infiltrated tumors. As demonstrated through our Translational Science Platform, we used RNA profiling to assess the immune composition of approximately 300 melanoma patient samples to correlate patient outcome with key aspects of immune cell infiltrate of the TME. As shown in Figure 7 below, patients with tumors high in T effector cells and low in macrophages (tumor category 1 above) had the best outcome and, in contrast, those patients with tumors high in macrophages and low in T effector cells (tumor category 3 above) had the worst outcome. We believe that targeting immune cells beyond T cells presents a compelling opportunity to engage key immune cell targets to elicit anti-tumor effects and may have a meaningful impact on patients' lives. With evidence of the relationship of immunosuppressive macrophages to poor patient prognosis, we have prioritized our initial discovery efforts on developing novel immunotherapy agents targeting this innate immune cell type. However we are also using our unbiased bioinformatics approach to identify and prioritize targets on additional cellular components of the adaptive immune system, T regulatory cells and B cells, both cell types that have been implicated in influencing anti-tumor immune responses.

128


Table of Contents

Figure 7: Survival outcome in melanoma patients associated with types of immune cell within tumors

GRAPHIC

Targeting the cells of the TME: a potential to expand the utility of cancer immunotherapies

Our Translational Science Platform enables us to take an unbiased, bioinformatics-based approach to focus on a particular cell type within human tumor samples. In so doing, we can use our Translational Science Platform to identify potential targets on specific cell subsets within a tumor. Using this approach, we have identified targets on the immunosuppressive M2 macrophages that, when treated with specific monoclonal antibodies, may be able to influence the composition of macrophages within the TME, converting them from immune-suppressing M2 to immune-enhancing M1 macrophages. We believe that by targeting these innate immune cells we may be able to 1) pursue tumor types not currently served by therapies which target adaptive immune cells, as well as 2) potentially convert the TME from an immunosuppressive environment to an immune-enhancing environment.

To explore these cell types and identify targets, a proprietary gene signature specific for macrophages within human tumors was generated. We then used the macrophage RNA signature to identify other expressed sequences from tumors that correlated highly with the signature (i.e., indistinguishable from the signature based on a correlation value). We then evaluated those sequences for predicted protein structures that would be on the cell surface, and therefore amenable to monoclonal antibody targeting, and that also contained protein motifs suggestive of potential involvement in inhibitory/immunosuppressive signaling to the macrophage. This discovery paradigm, illustrated in Figure 8 below, resulted in the prioritization of ten molecules to pursue as potential macrophage immunotherapy targets.

129


Table of Contents

Figure 8: Use of translational science platform to identify potential targets capable of converting immunosuppressive macrophages to immune-enhancing macrophages

GRAPHIC

We have analyzed these targets and have identified a novel, previously unrecognized protein-to-protein binding interaction between two of the targets, TIM3 and LILRB2. Based on initial data using monoclonal antibodies that we created to both targets, the LILRB2 target is the focus of our drug discovery efforts related to this novel interacting pair. The antibody candidates to LILRB2 were assessed in preclinical studies using human monocytes isolated from peripheral blood which were placed under specific conditions that resulted in an M2-like immunosuppressive state. We then treated these M2-like macrophages with our antibodies to LILRB2 and the levels of cytokines were measured in order to evaluate if pro-inflammatory cytokines which are not present in the immunosuppressive state are produced after the binding of our antibodies. We observed that, in contrast to control antibodies, Jounce anti-LILRB2 antibodies reproducibly promoted the production of pro-inflammatory cytokines, such as TNF- a and IL-1 b , and reduced the production of anti-inflammatory cytokines such as CCL2 and IL-10, illustrating the intended effect of conversion to an immune-enhancing macrophage. This panel of LILRB2 antibodies is currently undergoing our selection and optimization process prior to selection of a final development candidate.

In addition to using the immunosuppressive macrophage signature to identify potential targets of interest, we have also used it to identify particular patient populations that are enriched for tumors high in

130


Table of Contents

immunosuppressive macrophages and low in T cell content, a characteristic of tumors with poor outcomes. We believe that these tumor types may provide an opportunity for our anti-LILRB2 antibody in a tumor that would be expected to be less responsive to PD-1 checkpoint inhibitors.

Antibodies to additional targets, identified using our macrophage-specific approach, are also being generated and screened for their potential as cancer immunotherapies. We are also leveraging our Translational Science Platform to systematically and comprehensively interrogate cell types within the TME to enable us to develop therapies with the potential to benefit patients with tumors across the spectrum of tumors from hot to cold. This includes focusing on adaptive immune cells in addition to the immunosuppressive macrophages that may create a pro-tumor environment, such as B cells and T regulatory cells. We believe therapies targeting these cell types and cell subsets could complement existing approaches that focus on T effector cells and thereby benefit many patients who do not respond to the currently approved T effector cell-focused immunotherapies. We are also discovering and developing multiple approaches, including targeting stromal cells, with the aim of converting cold tumors to hot tumors, thereby making the tumors more amenable to immunotherapy, perhaps in combination approaches.

Manufacturing

We rely on and will continue to rely on our contract manufacturing organizations, or CMOs, for both drug substance and drug product. While we do not plan to develop our own full-scale manufacturing capabilities, we may consider establishing a small, flexible approach for supporting preclinical IND enabling studies and early clinical studies. As of now, all of our manufacturing is outsourced to well-established third-party manufacturers. We have entered into a long-term contract with a CMO for our JTX-2011 clinical trials and plan to enter into additional contracts with this or other manufacturers for additional supply.

For our outsourcing approach and during the course of preclinical development, we transfer the production process to CMOs. The technology transfer agreement generally obligates the CMO to, among other things, develop a production cell line, establish master and working cell banks, develop and qualify upstream and downstream processes, develop drug product process, and develop suitable analytical methods for test and release as well as stability testing. We receive material from our CMOs for preclinical testing. We receive clinical supply material manufactured in compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practice, or cGMP, and we conduct audits before and during the cooperation with a CMO, to ensure compliance with the mutually agreed process descriptions and to cGMP regulations.

Competition

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, and the immuno-oncology subsector, are characterized by rapid evolution of technologies, fierce competition and strong defense of intellectual property. While we believe that our product candidate, discovery programs, technology, knowledge, experience, and scientific resources provide us with competitive advantages, we face competition from major pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions, governmental agencies and public and private research institutions, among others.

Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with currently approved therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future. Key product features that would affect our ability to effectively compete with other therapeutics include the efficacy, safety and convenience of our products and the ease of use and effectiveness of any complementary diagnostics and/or companion diagnostics. Our competitors fall primarily into the following groups of treatment:

Traditional cancer therapies, including chemotherapy;

131


Table of Contents

Approved immunotherapy antibodies, anti-CTLA 4 (Yervoy, marketed by Bristol Myers Squibb Company) and anti-PD-1/anti-PD-L1 antibodies (Opdivo, Keytruda and Tecentriq, marketed by Bristol Myers Squibb Company, Merck & Co., and Genentech, Inc., respectively);

Anti-PD-L1/anti-PD-L1 immunotherapy antibodies in clinical trials, including those being developed by Merck KGaA and Pfizer, Inc. (avelumab in Phase III), MedImmune, Inc. (durvalumab in Phase III), MedImmune, Inc. (MEDI0680 in Phase I), Incyte (SHR-1210 in Phase I), Bristol-Myers Squibb Company (BMS-936559 in Phase I), Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc./Sanofi (REGN2810 in Phase I), Tesaro, Inc. (TSR-042 in Phase I), and Novartis AG (PDR-001 in Phase I/II);

An anti-ICOS program (GSK 3359609) in Phase I clinical trials, being developed by GlaxoSmithKline plc, for which patient enrollment began in the second quarter of 2016;

Other agonist immunotherapy antibodies in clinical development, including: anti-GITR antibodies being developed by Merck & Co., Inc. (MK-1248 and MK-4166 in Phase I), Leap Therapeutics, Inc. (TRX518 in Phase I), Bristol-Myers Squibb Company (BMS-986156 in Phase I), MedImmune, Inc. (MEDI1873 in Phase I), Amgen Inc. (AMG 228 in Phase I), Novartis AG (GWN323 in Phase I) and Agenus, Inc./Incyte Corporation (INCAGN01876 in Phase I); anti-CD137 antibodies being developed by Pfizer, Inc. (utomilumab in Phase I) and Bristol-Myers Squibb Company (urelumab in Phase II); anti-OX40 antibodies being developed by MedImmune, Inc. (MEDI6469 in Phase I), Pfizer (PF-04518600 in Phase I), Bristol-Myers Squibb Company (BMS-986178 in Phase I/II), Genentech, Inc. (MOXR0916 in Phase I) and GlaxoSmithKline plc (GSK 3174998 in Phase I); and an anti-CD27 antibody being developed by Celldex Therapeutics, Inc. (varlilumab in Phase I/II); and

Therapies targeting macrophages, including: antagonists of CSF1R being developed by Plexxikon Inc. (PLX3397 in Phase III) and anti-CSF1R antibody being developed by Five Prime Therapeutics, Inc. and Bristol-Myers Squibb Company (FPA008 in Phase I), Roche Holding AG (RO5509554 in Phase I), and Eli Lily & Co. (IMC-CS4 in Phase I); and an anti-M-CSF antibody being developed by Pfizer, Inc. (PD-0360324 in Phase I); antagonists of CD47 being developed by Forty Seven, Inc. (CAMELLIA in Phase I), Celgene (CC-90002 in Phase I), and Trillium Therapeutics, Inc. (TTI-621 in Phase I).

The availability of reimbursement from government and other third-party payors will also significantly affect the pricing and competitiveness of our products. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market.

Many of the companies against which we may compete have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs.

Intellectual property

Our intellectual property is critical to our business and we strive to protect it, including by obtaining and maintaining patent protection in the United States and internationally for our product candidates, novel biological discoveries, including new targets and applications, and other inventions that are important to our business. For our product candidates, generally we intend to first pursue patent protection covering both compositions of matter and methods of use. As we continue the development of our product

132


Table of Contents

candidates, we intend to identify additional means of obtaining patent protection that would potentially enhance commercial success, including through additional methods of use and biomarker and complementary diagnostic and/or companion diagnostic related claims.

The patent positions of biotechnology companies like ours are generally uncertain and involve complex legal, scientific and factual questions. In addition, the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted after issuance. Consequently, we may not obtain or maintain adequate patent protection for any of our product candidates. As of January 17, 2017, with respect to JTX-2011, we own 3 pending U.S. provisional patent applications, 1 pending U.S. non-provisional application, 5 pending foreign patent applications, and 2 pending PCT patent applications within two patent families that cover compositions of matter and methods of use and ICOS related biomarkers, and we do not own any issued patents. As of January 17, 2017 with respect to JTX-4014, we own 1 pending U.S. provisional patent application that covers compositions of matter and methods of use, and we do not own any non-provisional applications or issued patents. We cannot predict whether the patent applications we pursue will issue as patents in any particular jurisdiction or whether the claims of any issued patents will provide any proprietary protection from competitors. Even if our pending patent applications are granted as issued patents, those patents, as well as any patents we license from third parties, may be challenged, circumvented or invalidated by third parties.

In addition, we exclusively in-licensed a patent portfolio from Sloan Kettering Institute for Cancer Research, Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center and Memorial Hospital for Cancer, or MSK, and University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center, or MD Anderson, consisting of two issued U.S. patents, one issued Japanese patent, one issued Chinese patent, one issued Australian patent, one pending U.S. patent application, and five pending foreign patent applications. This licensed patent portfolio covers methods related to the use of an ICOS agonist in combination with blocking agents of certain T cell inhibitory receptors. The issued patents and the pending patent applications (if issued) licensed from MSK and MD Anderson, if the appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity or other governmental fees are paid, are expected to expire in 2030, excluding any additional term for patent term adjustments or patent term extensions.

The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term of the patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we file, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest date of filing a non-provisional patent application. In the United States, the patent term of a patent that covers an FDA-approved drug may also be eligible for patent term extension, which permits patent term restoration as compensation for the patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. The Hatch-Waxman Act permits a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the expiration of the patent. The length of the patent term extension is related to the length of time the drug is under regulatory review. Patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval and only one patent applicable to an approved drug may be extended. Similar provisions are available in Europe and other foreign jurisdictions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved drug. In the future, if and when our products receive FDA approval, we expect to apply for patent term extensions on patents covering those products. We plan to seek patent term extensions to any of our issued patents in any jurisdiction where these are available, however there is no guarantee that the applicable authorities, including the FDA in the United States, will agree with our assessment of whether such extensions should be granted, and if granted, the length of such extensions.

133


Table of Contents

We also rely on unpatented know how, inventions and other proprietary information relating to JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and our other future product candidates. We seek to protect and maintain the confidentiality of proprietary information to protect aspects of our business that are not amenable to, or that we do not consider appropriate for, patent protection. Although we take steps to protect our proprietary information and trade secrets, including through contractual means with our employees and consultants, third parties may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and techniques or otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or disclose our technology. Thus, we may not be able to meaningfully protect our trade secrets. It is our policy to require our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of employment or consulting relationships with us. These agreements provide that all confidential information concerning our business or financial affairs developed or made known to the individual during the course of the individual's relationship with us is to be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties except in specific circumstances. Our agreements with employees also provide that all inventions conceived by the employee in the course of employment with us or from the employee's use of our confidential information are our exclusive property. However, such confidentiality agreements and invention assignment agreements can be breached and we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach. For a more comprehensive discussion of the risks related to our intellectual property, please see "Risk factors—Risks related to intellectual property."

Exclusive License Agreement with Sloan Kettering Institute for Cancer Research, Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, and Memorial Hospital for Cancer and Allied Diseases

In September 2015, we amended and restated an exclusive license agreement from December 2013 with Sloan Kettering Institute for Cancer Research, Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center and Memorial Hospital for Cancer and Allied Diseases, or MSK. Pursuant to this amended and restated license agreement, MSK and The University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center, or MD Anderson, granted to us a worldwide exclusive license under certain patents to manufacture, develop and commercialize certain products and services, including those products for which the use in combination with another product for the treatment of any disease is covered by such patents (including, potentially, JTX-2011), and to practice certain methods covered by the patents.

Under the license agreement, we are obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to commercialize at least one licensed product or licensed service as defined in the license agreement. We also are required to achieve the following developmental milestones by the end of 2019: achievement of initial efficacy of proof of concept, identification of a development candidate, and filing of an IND application with the FDA. As of September 30, 2016, we have achieved all of these milestones.

In connection with the license agreement, we issued to MSK and MD Anderson an aggregate of 60,974 shares of our common stock. We also paid an upfront license fee of $30,000 to MSK and MD Anderson. Commencing on the third anniversary of the effective date of the amended and restated license agreement, we must pay an annual maintenance fee ranging in the mid-four figures to the mid-five figures. The annual maintenance fee is fully credited against the royalty payments for the same year or any subsequent year or any other amount due under the license agreement. We are obligated to pay the MSK milestone payments of up to $3,475,000 for the first and second licensed products to achieve certain development and marketing approval milestones, including up to $2,725,000 for the first licensed product to achieve such developmental and marketing approval milestones. On a country-by-country basis and licensed product-by-licensed product or licensed service-by-licensed service basis, we are also obligated to pay the MSK a low single-digit percentage royalty on net sales of licensed products or licensed services, to the extent used in combination with another product for the treatment of any disease covered by the

134


Table of Contents

applicable patents, until the earlier of the expiration of the last valid patent claim covering such licensed product or licensed service in such country or twelve years after the first commercial sale of such licensed product or licensed service in such country. If we sublicense our rights under our license agreement with MSK, we would be obligated to pay the MSK a low double-digit percentage royalty of the total gross proceeds we receive in consideration of the grant of the sublicense, excluding royalties, research and development funding, payments for equity or debt securities and certain other expenses we have incurred that are reimbursed by the sublicensee.

Unless terminated earlier, the license agreement expires on the date that we no longer have any royalty payment obligations under the license agreement. We may terminate the license agreement for convenience in its entirety upon 30 days' prior written notice to MSK and MD Anderson. Either party may terminate the license agreement in its entirety in the event of an uncured material breach or the bankruptcy, insolvency, dissolution or winding up of the other party which is not dismissed or cured within a set period of time. If we terminate the license agreement because of MSK's and MD Anderson's uncured breach or insolvency, we will retain a non-exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable, fully paid-up, royalty-free worldwide license to the licensed patents. Upon expiration of our obligation to pay royalties for a licensed product or service in a country, our license to the licensed patents for such licensed product or service will become exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable, fully paid-up and royalty-free in such country.

Government regulation

Government authorities in the United States at the federal, state and local level and in other countries regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, approval, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, promotion, advertising, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, marketing and export and import of drug and biological products, such as JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any future product candidates. Generally, before a new drug or biologic can be marketed, considerable data demonstrating its quality, safety and efficacy must be obtained, organized into a format specific for each regulatory authority, submitted for review and approved by the regulatory authority.

U.S. drug development

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and its implementation regulations and biologics under the FDCA, the Public Health Service Act, or PHSA, and their implementing regulations. Both drugs and biologics also are subject to other federal, state and local statutes and regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or post-market may subject an applicant to administrative or judicial sanctions. These sanctions could include, among other actions, the FDA's refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, a clinical hold, untitled or warning letters, product recalls or market withdrawals, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement and civil or criminal penalties. Any agency or judicial enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us.

135


Table of Contents

JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any future product candidates must be approved by the FDA through either a New Drug Application, or NDA, or BLA, process before they may be legally marketed in the United States. The process generally involves the following:

Completion of extensive preclinical studies in accordance with applicable regulations, including studies conducted in accordance with good laboratory practice, or GLP, requirements;

Submission to the FDA of an IND application, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

Approval by an independent institutional review board, or IRB, or ethics committee at each clinical trial site before each trial may be initiated;

Performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with applicable IND regulations, good clinical practice, or GCP, requirements and other clinical trial-related regulations to establish the safety and efficacy of the investigational product for each proposed indication;

Submission to the FDA of an NDA or BLA;

A determination by the FDA within 60 days of its receipt of an NDA or BLA to accept the filing for review;

Satisfactory completion of a FDA pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities where the drug or biologic will be produced to assess compliance with cGMP requirements to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug or biologic's identity, strength, quality and purity;

Potential FDA audit of the preclinical and/or clinical trial sites that generated the data in support of the NDA or BLA; and

FDA review and approval of the NDA or BLA, including consideration of the views of any FDA advisory committee, prior to any commercial marketing or sale of the drug or biologic in the United States.

The preclinical and clinical testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and we cannot be certain that any approvals for JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any future product candidates will be granted on a timely basis, or at all. The data required to support an NDA or BLA are generated in two distinct developmental stages: preclinical and clinical. The preclinical developmental stage generally involves laboratory evaluations of drug chemistry, formulation and stability, as well as studies to evaluate toxicity in animals, which support subsequent clinical testing. The sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical studies, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and a proposed clinical protocol, to the FDA as part of the IND. An IND is a request for authorization from the FDA to administer an investigational product to humans, and must become effective before human clinical trials may begin.

The clinical stage of development involves the administration of the investigational product to healthy volunteers or patients under the supervision of qualified investigators, generally physicians not employed by or under the trial sponsor's control, in accordance with GCP requirements, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent for their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the clinical trial, dosing procedures, subject selection and exclusion criteria and the parameters to be used to monitor subject safety and assess efficacy. Each protocol, and any subsequent amendments to the protocol,

136


Table of Contents

must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. Furthermore, each clinical trial must be reviewed and approved by an IRB for each institution at which the clinical trial will be conducted to ensure that the risks to individuals participating in the clinical trials are minimized and are reasonable in relation to anticipated benefits. The IRB also approves the informed consent form that must be provided to each clinical trial subject or his or her legal representative, and must monitor the clinical trial until completed. There also are requirements governing the reporting of ongoing clinical trials and completed clinical trial results to public registries.

A sponsor who wishes to conduct a clinical trial outside of the United States may, but need not, obtain FDA authorization to conduct the clinical trial under an IND. If a foreign clinical trial is not conducted under an IND, the sponsor may submit data from the clinical trial to the FDA in support of an NDA or BLA. The FDA will accept a well-designed and well-conducted foreign clinical study not conducted under an IND if the study was conducted in accordance with GCP requirements, and the FDA is able to validate the data through an onsite inspection if deemed necessary.

Preclinical studies and IND

Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry and formulation, as well as in vitro and animal studies to assess the potential for adverse events and in some cases to establish a rationale for therapeutic use. The conduct of preclinical studies is subject to federal regulations and requirements, including GLP regulations for safety/toxicology studies. An IND sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and plans for clinical studies, among other things, to the FDA as part of an IND. Some long-term preclinical testing, such as animal tests of reproductive adverse events and carcinogenicity, may continue after the IND is submitted. An IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time, the FDA raises concerns or questions related to one or more proposed clinical trials and places the trial on clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. As a result, submission of an IND may not result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to commence.

Clinical trials

Clinical trials generally are conducted in three sequential phases, known as Phase I, Phase II and Phase III, and may overlap.

Phase I clinical trials generally involve a small number of healthy volunteers or disease-affected patients who are initially exposed to a single dose and then multiple doses of the product candidate. The primary purpose of these clinical trials is to assess the metabolism, pharmacologic action, side effect tolerability and safety of the drug.

Phase II clinical trials involve studies in disease-affected patients to determine the dose required to produce the desired benefits. At the same time, safety and further pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic information is collected, possible adverse effects and safety risks are identified and a preliminary evaluation of efficacy is conducted.

Phase III clinical trials generally involve a large number of patients at multiple sites and are designed to provide the data necessary to demonstrate the effectiveness of the product for its intended use, its safety in use and to establish the overall benefit/risk relationship of the product and provide an adequate basis for product approval. These trials may include comparisons with placebo and/or other

137


Table of Contents

    comparator treatments. The duration of treatment is often extended to mimic the actual use of a product during marketing.

Post-approval trials, sometimes referred to as Phase IV clinical trials, may be conducted after initial marketing approval. These trials are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the intended therapeutic indication. In certain instances, the FDA may mandate the performance of Phase IV clinical trials as a condition of approval of an NDA or BLA.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials, among other information, must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and written IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and the investigators for serious and unexpected suspected adverse events, findings from other studies suggesting a significant risk to humans exposed to the drug, findings from animal or in vitro testing that suggest a significant risk for human subjects and any clinically important increase in the rate of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure.

Phase I, Phase II and Phase III clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, if at all. The FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB's requirements or if the drug or biologic has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients. Additionally, some clinical trials are overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the clinical trial sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee. This group provides authorization for whether a trial may move forward at designated check points based on access to certain data from the trial. Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal studies and also must develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the drug or biologic as well as finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product and, among other things, companies must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any future product candidates do not undergo unacceptable deterioration over their shelf life.

NDA/BLA and FDA review process

Following completion of the clinical trials, data are analyzed to assess whether the investigational product is safe and effective for the proposed indicated use or uses. The results of preclinical studies and clinical trials are then submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA or BLA, along with proposed labeling, chemistry and manufacturing information to ensure product quality and other relevant data. In short, the NDA or BLA is a request for approval to market the drug or biologic for one or more specified indications and must contain proof of safety and efficacy for a drug or safety, purity and potency for a biologic. The application may include both negative and ambiguous results of preclinical studies and clinical trials, as well as positive findings. Data may come from company-sponsored clinical trials intended to test the safety and efficacy of a product's use or from a number of alternative sources, including studies initiated by investigators. To support marketing approval, the data submitted must be sufficient in quality and quantity to establish the safety and efficacy of the investigational product to the satisfaction of FDA. FDA approval of an NDA or BLA must be obtained before a drug or biologic may be marketed in the United States.

Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, as amended, each NDA or BLA must be accompanied by a user fee. FDA adjusts the PDUFA user fees on an annual basis. According to the FDA's fee schedule,

138


Table of Contents

effective through September 30, 2016, the user fee for an application requiring clinical data, such as an NDA or BLA, is $2,380,100. PDUFA also imposes an annual product fee for human drugs and biologics (approximately $97,750) and an annual establishment fee (approximately $0.58 million) on facilities used to manufacture prescription drugs and biologics. Fee waivers or reductions are available in certain circumstances, including a waiver of the application fee for the first application filed by a small business. Additionally, no user fees are assessed on NDAs or BLAs for products designated as orphan drugs, unless the product also includes a non-orphan indication.

The FDA reviews all submitted NDAs and BLAs before it accepts them for filing, and may request additional information rather than accepting the NDA or BLA for filing. The FDA must make a decision on accepting an NDA or BLA for filing within 60 days of receipt. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth review of the NDA or BLA. Under the goals and policies agreed to by the FDA under PDUFA, the FDA has ten months, from the filing date, in which to complete its initial review of a new molecular-entity NDA or original BLA and respond to the applicant, and six months from the filing date of a new molecular-entity NDA or original BLA designated for priority review. The FDA does not always meet its PDUFA goal dates for standard and priority NDAs or BLAs, and the review process is often extended by FDA requests for additional information or clarification.

Before approving an NDA or BLA, the FDA will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facilities for the new product to determine whether they comply with cGMP requirements. The FDA will not approve the product unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. The FDA also may audit data from clinical trials to ensure compliance with GCP requirements. Additionally, the FDA may refer applications for novel drug products or drug products which present difficult questions of safety or efficacy to an advisory committee, typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts, for review, evaluation and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions, if any. The FDA is not bound by recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations when making decisions on approval. The FDA likely will reanalyze the clinical trial data, which could result in extensive discussions between the FDA and the applicant during the review process. After the FDA evaluates an NDA or BLA, it will issue an approval letter or a Complete Response Letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A Complete Response Letter indicates that the review cycle of the application is complete and the application will not be approved in its present form. A Complete Response Letter usually describes all of the specific deficiencies in the NDA or BLA identified by the FDA. The Complete Response Letter may require additional clinical data, additional pivotal Phase III clinical trial(s) and/or other significant and time-consuming requirements related to clinical trials, preclinical studies or manufacturing. If a Complete Response Letter is issued, the applicant may either resubmit the NDA or BLA, addressing all of the deficiencies identified in the letter, or withdraw the application. Even if such data and information are submitted, the FDA may decide that the NDA or BLA does not satisfy the criteria for approval. Data obtained from clinical trials are not always conclusive and the FDA may interpret data differently than we interpret the same data.

Orphan drug designation

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug or biological product intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or more than 200,000 individuals in the United States and for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making the product available in the United States for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product.

139


Table of Contents

Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting an NDA or BLA. After the FDA grants orphan drug designation, the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in or shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process.

If a product that has orphan designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan drug exclusivity, which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same drug for the same indication for seven years from the date of such approval, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan exclusivity by means of greater effectiveness, greater safety or providing a major contribution to patient care or in instances of drug supply issues. Competitors, however, may receive approval of either a different product for the same indication or the same product for a different indication but that could be used off-label in the orphan indication. Orphan drug exclusivity also could block the approval of one of our products for seven years if a competitor obtains approval before we do for the same product, as defined by the FDA, for the same indication we are seeking approval, or if JTX-2011 is determined to be contained within the scope of the competitor's product for the same indication or disease. If one of our products designated as an orphan drug receives marketing approval for an indication broader than that which is designated, it may not be entitled to orphan drug exclusivity. Orphan drug status in the European Union has similar, but not identical, requirements and benefits.

Expedited development and review programs

The FDA has a fast track program that is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for reviewing new drugs and biologics that meet certain criteria. Specifically, new drugs and biologics are eligible for fast track designation if they are intended to treat a serious or life threatening condition and preclinical or clinical data demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the condition. Fast track designation applies to both the product and the specific indication for which it is being studied. The sponsor can request the FDA to designate the product for fast track status any time before receiving NDA or BLA approval, but ideally no later than the pre-NDA or pre-BLA meeting.

Any product submitted to the FDA for marketing, including under a fast track program, may be eligible for other types of FDA programs intended to expedite development and review, such as priority review and accelerated approval. Any product is eligible for priority review if it treats a serious or life-threatening condition and, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety and effectiveness compared to available therapies.

The FDA will attempt to direct additional resources to the evaluation of an application for a new drug or biologic designated for priority review in an effort to facilitate the review. A product may also be eligible for accelerated approval, if it treats a serious or life-threatening condition and generally provides a meaningful advantage over available therapies. In addition, it must demonstrate an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, or IMM, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on IMM or other clinical benefit. As a condition of approval, the FDA may require that a sponsor of a drug or biologic receiving accelerated approval perform adequate and well-controlled post-marketing clinical trials. If the FDA concludes that a drug or biologic shown to be effective can be safely used only if distribution or use is restricted, it will require such post-marketing restrictions, as it deems necessary to assure safe use of the product.

Additionally, a drug or biologic may be eligible for designation as a breakthrough therapy if the product is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs or biologics, to treat a serious or

140


Table of Contents

life-threatening condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product may demonstrate substantial improvement over currently approved therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints. The benefits of breakthrough therapy designation include the same benefits as fast track designation, plus intensive guidance from the FDA to ensure an efficient drug development program. Fast track designation, priority review, accelerated approval and breakthrough therapy designation do not change the standards for approval, but may expedite the development or approval process.

Pediatric information

Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act, or PREA, an NDA or BLA or supplement to a NDA or BLA must contain data to assess the safety and efficacy of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The FDA may grant deferrals for submission of pediatric data or full or partial waivers. The Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA, amended the FDCA to require that a sponsor who is planning to submit a marketing application for a drug that includes a new active ingredient, new indication, new dosage form, new dosing regimen or new route of administration submit an initial Pediatric Study Plan, or PSP, within 60 days of an end-of-Phase II meeting or, if there is no such meeting, as early as practicable before the initiation of the Phase III or Phase II/III study. The initial PSP must include an outline of the pediatric study or studies that the sponsor plans to conduct, including study objectives and design, age groups, relevant endpoints and statistical approach, or a justification for not including such detailed information, and any request for a deferral of pediatric assessments or a full or partial waiver of the requirement to provide data from pediatric studies along with supporting information. The FDA and the sponsor must reach an agreement on the PSP. A sponsor can submit amendments to an agreed-upon initial PSP at any time if changes to the pediatric plan need to be considered based on data collected from preclinical studies, early phase clinical trials and/or other clinical development programs.

Post-marketing requirements

Following approval of a new product, the manufacturer and the approved product are subject to continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, monitoring and record-keeping activities, reporting of adverse experiences, complying with promotion and advertising requirements, which include restrictions on promoting drugs for unapproved uses or patient populations (known as "off-label use") and limitations on industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities. Although physicians may prescribe legally available drugs for off-label uses, manufacturers may not market or promote such uses. Prescription drug promotional materials must be submitted to the FDA in conjunction with their first use. Further, if there are any modifications to the drug or biologic, including changes in indications, labeling or manufacturing processes or facilities, the applicant may be required to submit and obtain FDA approval of a new NDA/BLA or NDA/BLA supplement, which may require the development of additional data or preclinical studies and clinical trials.

The FDA may also place other conditions on approvals including the requirement for a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, to assure the safe use of the product. If the FDA concludes a REMS is needed, the sponsor of the NDA or BLA must submit a proposed REMS. The FDA will not approve the NDA or BLA without an approved REMS, if required. A REMS could include medication guides, physician communication plans or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. Any of these limitations on approval or marketing could restrict the commercial promotion, distribution, prescription or dispensing of products. Product approvals may be withdrawn for non-compliance with regulatory standards or if problems occur following initial marketing.

141


Table of Contents

FDA regulations require that products be manufactured in specific approved facilities and in accordance with cGMP regulations. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the production of clinical and commercial quantities of our products in accordance with cGMP regulations. These manufacturers must comply with cGMP regulations that require, among other things, quality control and quality assurance, the maintenance of records and documentation and the obligation to investigate and correct any deviations from cGMP. Manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs or biologics are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMP requirements and other laws. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance. The discovery of violative conditions, including failure to conform to cGMP regulations, could result in enforcement actions, and the discovery of problems with a product after approval may result in restrictions on a product, manufacturer or holder of an approved NDA or BLA, including recall.

Companion diagnostics and complementary diagnostics

We believe that the success of our product candidates may depend, in part, on the development and commercialization of either a companion diagnostic or complementary diagnostic. Companion diagnostics and complementary diagnostics can identify patients who are most likely to benefit from a particular therapeutic product; identify patients likely to be at increased risk for serious side effects as a result of treatment with a particular therapeutic product; or monitor response to treatment with a particular therapeutic product for the purpose of adjusting treatment to achieve improved safety or effectiveness. Companion diagnostics and complementary diagnostics are regulated as medical devices by the FDA and, as such, require either clearance or approval prior to commercialization. The level of risk combined with available controls to mitigate risk determines whether a companion diagnostic device requires Premarket Approval Application, or PMA, approval or is cleared through the 510(k) premarket notification process. For a novel therapeutic product for which a companion diagnostic device is essential for the safe and effective use of the product, the companion diagnostic device should be developed and approved or 510(k)-cleared contemporaneously with the therapeutic. The use of the companion diagnostic device will be stipulated in the labeling of the therapeutic product. This is also true for a complementary diagnostic, although it is not a prerequisite for receiving the therapeutic.

Other regulatory matters

Manufacturing, sales, promotion and other activities following product approval are also subject to regulation by numerous regulatory authorities in the United States in addition to the FDA, including the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, other divisions of the Department of Health and Human Services, the Department of Justice, the Drug Enforcement Administration, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Federal Trade Commission, the Occupational Safety & Health Administration, the Environmental Protection Agency and state and local governments.

For example, in the United States, sales, marketing and scientific and educational programs also must comply with state and federal fraud and abuse laws. These laws include the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which makes it illegal for any person, including a prescription drug manufacturer (or a party acting on its behalf), to knowingly and willfully solicit, receive, offer or pay any remuneration that is intended to induce or reward referrals, including the purchase, recommendation, order or prescription of a particular drug, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. Violations of this law are punishable by up to five years in prison, criminal fines, administrative civil money penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. In addition, the Patient Protection and

142


Table of Contents

Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively the Affordable Care Act, among other things, amends the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and criminal healthcare fraud statutes created by the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA. A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. Moreover, the Affordable Care Act provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act.

Although we would not submit claims directly to payors, manufacturers also can be held liable under the federal False Claims Act, which prohibits anyone from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, for payment to federal programs (including Medicare and Medicaid) claims for items or services, including drugs or biologics, that are false or fraudulent, claims for items or services not provided as claimed or claims for medically unnecessary items or services. The government may deem manufacturers to have "caused" the submission of false or fraudulent claims by, for example, providing inaccurate billing or coding information to customers or promoting a product off-label. In addition, our future activities relating to the reporting of wholesaler or estimated retail prices for our products, the reporting of prices used to calculate Medicaid rebate information and other information affecting federal, state and third-party reimbursement for our products, and the sale and marketing of our product and any future product candidates, are subject to scrutiny under this law. Penalties for a False Claims Act violation include three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties of between $5,500 and $11,000 for each separate false claim, the potential for exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs and the potential implication of various federal criminal statutes.

Pricing and rebate programs must comply with the Medicaid rebate requirements of the U.S. Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990 and more recent requirements in the Affordable Care Act. If products are made available to authorized users of the Federal Supply Schedule of the General Services Administration, additional laws and requirements apply. Products must meet applicable child-resistant packaging requirements under the U.S. Poison Prevention Packaging Act. Manufacturing, sales, promotion and other activities also are potentially subject to federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws.

The distribution of pharmaceutical products is subject to additional requirements and regulations, including extensive record-keeping, licensing, storage and security requirements intended to prevent the unauthorized sale of pharmaceutical products.

The failure to comply with any of these laws or regulatory requirements subjects firms to possible legal or regulatory action. Depending on the circumstances, failure to meet applicable regulatory requirements can result in criminal prosecution, fines or other penalties, injunctions, requests for recall, seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, denial or withdrawal of product approvals or refusal to allow a firm to enter into supply contracts, including government contracts. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management's attention from the operation of our business. Prohibitions or restrictions on sales or withdrawal of future products marketed by us could materially affect our business in an adverse way.

Changes in regulations, statutes or the interpretation of existing regulations could impact our business in the future by requiring, for example: (i) changes to our manufacturing arrangements; (ii) additions or modifications to product labeling; (iii) the recall or discontinuation of our products; or (iv) additional record-keeping requirements. If any such changes were to be imposed, they could adversely affect the operation of our business.

143


Table of Contents

U.S. patent-term restoration and marketing exclusivity

Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of FDA approval of JTX-2011, JTX-4014 and any future product candidates, some of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, commonly referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit restoration of the patent term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during product development and FDA regulatory review process. Patent-term restoration, however, cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the product's approval date. The patent-term restoration period is generally one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of an NDA or BLA plus the time between the submission date of an NDA or BLA and the approval of that application, except that the review period is reduced by any time during which the applicant failed to exercise due diligence. Only one patent applicable to an approved drug is eligible for the extension and the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent. The U.S. PTO, in consultation with the FDA, reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration. In the future, we may apply for restoration of patent term for our currently owned or licensed patents to add patent life beyond its current expiration date, depending on the expected length of the clinical trials and other factors involved in the filing of the relevant NDA or BLA.

Market exclusivity provisions under the FDCA also can delay the submission or the approval of certain applications. The FDCA provides a five-year period of non-patent marketing exclusivity within the United States to the first applicant to gain approval of a NDA for a new chemical entity. A drug is a new chemical entity if the FDA has not previously approved any other new drug containing the same active moiety, which is the molecule or ion responsible for the action of the drug substance. During the exclusivity period, the FDA may not accept for review an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA, or a 505(b)(2) NDA submitted by another company for another version of such drug where the applicant does not own or have a legal right of reference to all the data required for approval. However, an application may be submitted after four years if it contains a certification of patent invalidity or non-infringement. The FDCA also provides three years of marketing exclusivity for a NDA, 505(b)(2) NDA or supplement to an existing NDA if new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability studies, that were conducted or sponsored by the applicant are deemed by the FDA to be essential to the approval of the application, for example, new indications, dosages or strengths of an existing drug. This three-year exclusivity covers only the conditions of use associated with the new clinical investigations and does not prohibit the FDA from approving ANDAs for drugs containing the original active agent. Five-year and three-year exclusivity will not delay the submission or approval of a full NDA. However, an applicant submitting a full NDA would be required to conduct or obtain a right of reference to all of the preclinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.

An abbreviated approval pathway for biological products shown to be similar to, or interchangeable with, an FDA-licensed reference biological product was created by the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, or BPCI Act, as part of the Affordable Care Act. This amendment to the PHSA, in part, attempts to minimize duplicative testing. Biosimilarity, which requires that the biological product be highly similar to the reference product notwithstanding minor differences in clinically inactive components and that there be no clinically meaningful differences between the product and the reference product in terms of safety, purity and potency, can be shown through analytical studies, animal studies and a clinical trial or trials. Interchangeability requires that a biological product be biosimilar to the reference product and that the product can be expected to produce the same clinical results as the reference product in any given patient and, for products administered multiple times to an individual, that the product and the reference product may be alternated or switched after one has been previously administered without increasing

144


Table of Contents

safety risks or risks of diminished efficacy relative to exclusive use of the reference biological product without such alternation or switch. Complexities associated with the larger, and often more complex, structure of biological products as compared to small molecule drugs, as well as the processes by which such products are manufactured, pose significant hurdles to implementation that are still being worked out by the FDA.

A reference biological product is granted twelve years of data exclusivity from the time of first licensure of the product, and the FDA will not accept an application for a biosimilar or interchangeable product based on the reference biological product until four years after the date of first licensure of the reference product. "First licensure" typically means the initial date the particular product at issue was licensed in the United States. Date of first licensure does not include the date of licensure of (and a new period of exclusivity is not available for) a biological product if the licensure is for a supplement for the biological product or for a subsequent application by the same sponsor or manufacturer of the biological product (or licensor, predecessor in interest, or other related entity) for a change (not including a modification to the structure of the biological product) that results in a new indication, route of administration, dosing schedule, dosage form, delivery system, delivery device or strength, or for a modification to the structure of the biological product that does not result in a change in safety, purity, or potency. Therefore, one must determine whether a new product includes a modification to the structure of a previously licensed product that results in a change in safety, purity, or potency to assess whether the licensure of the new product is a first licensure that triggers its own period of exclusivity. Whether a subsequent application, if approved, warrants exclusivity as the "first licensure" of a biological product is determined on a case-by-case basis with data submitted by the sponsor.

Pediatric exclusivity is another type of regulatory market exclusivity in the United States. Pediatric exclusivity, if granted, adds six months to existing regulatory exclusivity periods. This six-month exclusivity, which attaches to both the twelve-year and four-year exclusivity periods for reference biologics, may be granted based on the voluntary completion of a pediatric trial in accordance with an FDA-issued "Written Request" for such a trial. Furthermore, a biological product seeking licensure as biosimilar to or interchangeable with a reference product indicated for a rare disease or condition and granted seven years of orphan drug exclusivity may not be licensed by the FDA for the protected orphan indication until after the expiration of the seven-year orphan drug exclusivity period or the 12-year reference product exclusivity, whichever is later.

European Union drug development

In the European Union, our future products also may be subject to extensive regulatory requirements. As in the United States, medicinal products can be marketed only if a marketing authorization from the competent regulatory agencies has been obtained.

Similar to the United States, the various phases of preclinical and clinical research in the European Union are subject to significant regulatory controls. Although the EU Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC has sought to harmonize the EU clinical trials regulatory framework, setting out common rules for the control and authorization of clinical trials in the EU, the EU Member States have transposed and applied the provisions of the Directive differently. This has led to significant variations in the member state regimes. Under the current regime, before a clinical trial can be initiated it must be approved in each of the EU countries where the trial is to be conducted by two distinct bodies: the National Competent Authority, or NCA, and one or more Ethics Committees, or ECs. Under the current regime all suspected unexpected serious adverse reactions to the investigated drug that occur during the clinical trial have to be reported to the NCA and ECs of the Member State where they occurred.

145


Table of Contents

The EU clinical trials legislation currently is undergoing a transition process mainly aimed at harmonizing and streamlining clinical-trial authorization, simplifying adverse-event reporting procedures, improving the supervision of clinical trials and increasing their transparency. Recently enacted Clinical Trials Regulation EU No 536/2014 ensures that the rules for conducting clinical trials in the EU will be identical, but will not be effective until May 28, 2016. In the meantime, Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC continues to govern all clinical trials performed in the EU.

European Union drug review and approval

In the European Economic Area, or EEA, which is comprised of the 27 Member States of the European Union (including Norway and excluding Croatia), Iceland and Liechtenstein, medicinal products can only be commercialized after obtaining a Marketing Authorization, or MA. There are two types of marketing authorizations.

The Community MA is issued by the European Commission through the Centralized Procedure, based on the opinion of the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or CHMP, of the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, and is valid throughout the entire territory of the EEA. The Centralized Procedure is mandatory for certain types of products, such as biotechnology medicinal products, orphan medicinal products, advanced-therapy medicines such as gene-therapy, somatic cell-therapy or tissue-engineered medicines and medicinal products containing a new active substance indicated for the treatment of HIV, AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, auto-immune and other immune dysfunctions and viral diseases. The Centralized Procedure is optional for products containing a new active substance not yet authorized in the EEA, or for products that constitute a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or which are in the interest of public health in the EU.

National MAs, which are issued by the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA and only cover their respective territory, are available for products not falling within the mandatory scope of the Centralized Procedure. Where a product has already been authorized for marketing in a Member State of the EEA, this National MA can be recognized in another Member States through the Mutual Recognition Procedure. If the product has not received a National MA in any Member State at the time of application, it can be approved simultaneously in various Member States through the Decentralized Procedure. Under the Decentralized Procedure an identical dossier is submitted to the competent authorities of each of the Member States in which the MA is sought, one of which is selected by the applicant as the Reference Member State, or RMS. The competent authority of the RMS prepares a draft assessment report, a draft summary of the product characteristics, or SPC, and a draft of the labeling and package leaflet, which are sent to the other Member States (referred to as the Member States Concerned) for their approval. If the Member States Concerned raise no objections, based on a potential serious risk to public health, to the assessment, SPC, labeling, or packaging proposed by the RMS, the product is subsequently granted a national MA in all the Member States (i.e., in the RMS and the Member States Concerned).

Under the above described procedures, before granting the MA, the EMA or the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA make an assessment of the risk-benefit balance of the product on the basis of scientific criteria concerning its quality, safety and efficacy.

European Union new chemical entity exclusivity

In the European Union, new chemical entities, sometimes referred to as new active substances, qualify for eight years of data exclusivity upon marketing authorization and an additional two years of market exclusivity. The data exclusivity, if granted, prevents regulatory authorities in the European Union from

146


Table of Contents

referencing the innovator's data to assess a generic application for eight years, after which generic marketing authorization can be submitted, and the innovator's data may be referenced, but not approved for two years. The overall ten-year period will be extended to a maximum of 11 years if, during the first eight years of those ten years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to their authorization, are determined to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with currently approved therapies.

European Union orphan designation and exclusivity

In the European Union, the EMA's Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products grants orphan drug designation to promote the development of products that are intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of life-threatening or chronically debilitating conditions affecting not more than 5 in 10,000 persons in the European Union community (or where it is unlikely that the development of the medicine would generate sufficient return to justify the investment) and for which no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention or treatment has been authorized (or, if a method exists, the product would be a significant benefit to those affected).

In the European Union, orphan drug designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as reduction of fees or fee waivers and ten years of market exclusivity is granted following medicinal product approval. This period may be reduced to six years if the orphan drug designation criteria are no longer met, including where it is shown that the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify maintenance of market exclusivity. Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting an application for marketing approval. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process.

Rest of the world regulation

For other countries outside of the European Union and the United States, such as countries in Eastern Europe, Latin America or Asia, the requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country. Additionally, the clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with GCP requirements and the applicable regulatory requirements and the ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.

If we fail to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, we may be subject to, among other things, fines, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

Reimbursement

Sales of our products will depend, in part, on the extent to which our products will be covered by third-party payors, such as government health programs, commercial insurance and managed healthcare organizations. In the United States no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for drug or biological products exists. Accordingly, decisions regarding the extent of coverage and amount of reimbursement to be provided for any of our products will be made on a payor-by-payor basis. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained.

The United States government, state legislatures and foreign governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost containment programs to limit the growth of government-paid health care costs, including price-controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic

147


Table of Contents

products for branded prescription drugs. For example, the Affordable Care Act contains provisions that may reduce the profitability of drug products through increased rebates for drugs reimbursed by Medicaid programs, extension of Medicaid rebates to Medicaid managed care plans, mandatory discounts for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries and annual fees based on pharmaceutical companies' share of sales to federal health care programs. Adoption of general controls and measures, coupled with the tightening of restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could limit payments for pharmaceutical drugs.

The Medicaid Drug Rebate Program requires pharmaceutical manufacturers to enter into and have in effect a national rebate agreement with the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services as a condition for states to receive federal matching funds for the manufacturer's outpatient drugs furnished to Medicaid patients. The Affordable Care Act made several changes to the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, including increasing pharmaceutical manufacturers' rebate liability by raising the minimum basic Medicaid rebate on most branded prescription drugs from 15.1% of average manufacturer price, or AMP, to 23.1% of AMP and adding a new rebate calculation for "line extensions" (i.e., new formulations, such as extended release formulations) of solid oral dosage forms of branded products, as well as potentially impacting their rebate liability by modifying the statutory definition of AMP. The Affordable Care Act also expanded the universe of Medicaid utilization subject to drug rebates by requiring pharmaceutical manufacturers to pay rebates on Medicaid managed care utilization and by enlarging the population potentially eligible for Medicaid drug benefits. The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, have proposed to expand Medicaid rebate liability to the territories of the United States as well.

The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or the MMA, established the Medicare Part D program to provide a voluntary prescription drug benefit to Medicare beneficiaries. Under Part D, Medicare beneficiaries may enroll in prescription drug plans offered by private entities that provide coverage of outpatient prescription drugs. Unlike Medicare Part A and B, Part D coverage is not standardized. While all Medicare drug plans must give at least a standard level of coverage set by Medicare, Part D prescription drug plan sponsors are not required to pay for all covered Part D drugs, and each drug plan can develop its own drug formulary that identifies which drugs it will cover and at what tier or level. However, Part D prescription drug formularies must include drugs within each therapeutic category and class of covered Part D drugs, though not necessarily all the drugs in each category or class. Any formulary used by a Part D prescription drug plan must be developed and reviewed by a pharmacy and therapeutic committee. Government payment for some of the costs of prescription drugs may increase demand for products for which we receive marketing approval. However, any negotiated prices for our products covered by a Part D prescription drug plan likely will be lower than the prices we might otherwise obtain. Moreover, while the MMA applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own payment rates. Any reduction in payment that results from the MMA may result in a similar reduction in payments from non-governmental payors.

For a drug product to receive federal reimbursement under the Medicaid or Medicare Part B programs or to be sold directly to U.S. government agencies, the manufacturer must extend discounts to entities eligible to participate in the 340B drug pricing program. The required 340B discount on a given product is calculated based on the AMP and Medicaid rebate amounts reported by the manufacturer. As of 2010, the Affordable Care Act expanded the types of entities eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing, although, under the current state of the law, with the exception of children's hospitals, these newly eligible entities will not be eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing on orphan drugs. In addition, as 340B drug pricing

148


Table of Contents

is determined based on AMP and Medicaid rebate data, the revisions to the Medicaid rebate formula and AMP definition described above could cause the required 340B discount to increase.

As noted above, the marketability of any products for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale may suffer if the government and third-party payors fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement. An increasing emphasis on cost containment measures in the United States has increased and we expect will continue to increase the pressure on pharmaceutical pricing. Coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which we receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

In addition, in most foreign countries, the proposed pricing for a drug must be approved before it may be lawfully marketed. The requirements governing drug pricing and reimbursement vary widely from country to country. For example, the European Union provides options for its member states to restrict the range of medicinal products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. A member state may approve a specific price for the medicinal product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the medicinal product on the market. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our products. Historically, products launched in the European Union do not follow price structures of the United States and generally prices tend to be significantly lower.

Employees

As of December 31, 2016, we had 85 full-time employees. 32 of our employees have Ph.D. or M.D. degrees and 61 of our employees are engaged in research and development activities. None of our employees are represented by labor unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

We lease a facility containing our research and development, laboratory and office space, which consists of approximately 17,807 square feet located at 1030 Massachusetts Avenue, Cambridge, Massachusetts. Our lease expires in October 2018. We sublease an additional 11,980 square feet of research and development, laboratory and office space in the same building. Our sublease expires in March 2018. In November 2016, the Company entered a lease agreement for approximately 51,000 square feet of research and development, laboratory and office space located at 780 Memorial Drive, Cambridge, Massachusetts. This facility will be the Company's new corporate headquarters. Our lease expires on March 31, 2025.

Legal Proceedings

We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings.

149


Table of Contents

Management

Executive officers and directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors, including their ages as of December 31, 2016:

Name
  Age
  Position(s)

Executive Officers:

       

Richard Murray, Ph.D. 

  57   President, chief executive officer and director

Kim C. Drapkin, CPA

  48   Treasurer and chief financial officer

Elizabeth G. Trehu, M.D. 

  56   Chief medical officer

Significant Employees:

 

 

 

 

Anna L. Barry, Ph.D., Esq. 

  46   Secretary and senior vice president of legal

Deborah Law, D. Phil. 

  51   Chief scientific officer

Stephen G. Farrand, Ph.D. 

  59   Chief technical officer

Non-Management Directors:

 

 

 

 

Perry A. Karsen(1)(2)(3)

  61   Chairman of the board

Barbara Duncan(1)(3)

  52   Director

Cary G. Pfeffer, M.D.(2)(3)

  54   Director

J. Duncan Higgons(1)(2)

  61   Director

Robert Kamen, Ph.D. 

  72   Director

Robert Tepper, M.D. 

  61   Director

(1)    Member of the audit committee.

(2)    Member of the compensation committee.

(3)    Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Richard Murray, Ph.D. , has served as our president, chief executive officer and a director on our board of directors since July 2014. Prior to joining Jounce, Dr. Murray served as senior vice president of biologics and vaccines research and development at Merck & Co. from 2009 to 2014, where he had responsibilities for the advancement of biologics and vaccines, including Merck's cancer immunotherapy pipeline. From 2008 to 2009, Dr. Murray served as an advisor to venture capital and life science investors. From 2003 to 2008, he served in a variety of roles at PDL Biopharma Inc., or PDL, initially as vice president of research to executive vice president and chief scientific officer. He also served as a director of PDL from 2007 to 2008. Earlier in his career, Dr. Murray was a co-founder and served as vice president of research at Eos Biotechnology, Inc. from 1998 to 2003. Dr. Murray holds a Ph.D. in microbiology and immunology from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and a B.S. in microbiology from the University of Massachusetts, Amherst.

Kim C. Drapkin, CPA , has served as our chief financial officer since August, 2015, and our treasurer since February 2013. From 2009 to 2015, Ms. Drapkin was the owner of KCD Financial LLC, through which she served as our interim chief financial officer from 2012 to August 2015, and consulted for numerous biotechnology companies. Previously, Ms. Drapkin served as the chief financial officer of Predix Pharmaceuticals holdings, Inc., or Predix, from 2005 to 2006, and, after Predix was acquired by EPIX Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or EPIX, as chief financial officer of EPIX from 2006 to 2009. Earlier in her career, from 1995 to 2005, Ms. Drapkin served in a variety of roles at Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc., including

150


Table of Contents

as director of finance. Ms. Drapkin began her career at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and holds a B.S. in accounting from Babson College.

Elizabeth G. Trehu, M.D. , joined Jounce as our chief medical officer in November 2015. Prior to joining Jounce, Dr. Trehu served as the chief medical officer of Promedior, Inc. from 2012 to 2015. Previously, Dr. Trehu served as vice president, product development and medical affairs for Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from 2010 to 2012. Earlier in her career, Dr. Trehu served in a variety of roles for Genzyme Corporation, including as the vice president and general manager, hematology from 2009 to 2010, vice president and general manager of Clolar from 2008 to 2009 and vice president, global medical affairs of Genzyme Oncology from 2006 to 2008. Previously, Dr. Trehu served from 2002 to 2006 in a variety of positions at Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc., including as vice president of oncology global medical affairs in 2006. Dr. Trehu holds an M.D. from the New York University School of Medicine and an A.B. in English from Princeton University.

Anna L. Barry , Ph.D., Esq. , has served as our senior vice president of legal since December 2015, and as secretary since December 2014. Previously, Dr. Barry served as our vice president of legal affairs from 2014 to 2015. Prior to joining Jounce, Dr. Barry served as senior intellectual property counsel of Five Prime Therapeutics, Inc. from 2011 to 2014. Previously, Dr. Barry served as patent counsel and senior patent counsel of Genentech, Inc. from 2006 to 2011. Dr. Barry began her career at Heller Ehrman LLP. Dr. Barry holds a J.D. from Vanderbilt University Law School, an M.S. and a Ph.D. in biophysical chemistry from Yale University and a B.S. in chemistry from Georgia Institute of Technology.

Deborah Law, D. Phil. , has served as our chief scientific officer since January 2015. Prior to joining Jounce, Dr. Law served as the vice president of immunology, oncology and immunomodulators at Merck & Co., Inc. from 2013 to 2014 and the vice president of biologics discovery from 2010 to 2013. Earlier in her career, Dr. Law served as the chief scientific officer of Ablynx NV from 2009 to 2010. Previously, Dr. Law served in a number of roles at PDL Biopharma, Inc., including vice president of research from 2006 to 2009, senior director of target validation from 2005 to 2006 and director of target validation from 2003 to 2005. Dr. Law received her D. Phil. in immunology from Oxford University, and holds a B.Sc. in immunology from University of Glasgow.

Stephen G. Farrand, Ph.D., has served as our chief technical officer since September 2016. Prior to joining Jounce, Dr. Farrand served as the senior vice president of global manufacturing for NantKwest, Inc. from 2015 to 2016. From 2009 to 2015, Dr. Farrand served as vice president bioprocess development of Merck & Co. From 1999 to 2009, Dr. Farrand served in a number of roles for Schering-Plough Corporation, including vice president global biological and sterile product development. Dr. Farrand received his Ph.D.in biochemistry and microbiology from the University of Leicester, and holds a B.Sc. in microbiology from the University of Bath.

Perry A. Karsen , has served as a director on our board of directors since January 2016, and as the chairman of our board of directors since April 2016. Mr. Karsen is a venture partner with Third Rock Ventures, LLC, which he joined in 2016. Previously, Mr. Karsen was the chief executive officer of the Celgene Cellular Therapeutics division of Celgene Corporation, or Celgene, from 2013 until his retirement in 2015. Mr. Karsen served as executive vice president and chief operations officer of Celgene from 2010 to 2013, and as senior vice president and head of worldwide business development of Celgene from 2004 to 2009. Mr. Karsen was chief executive officer of Pearl Therapeutics Inc., from 2009 to 2010. Earlier in his career, Mr. Karsen held executive positions at Human Genome Sciences, Inc., Bristol-Myers Squibb Co., Genentech, Inc. and Abbott Laboratories. He is a member of the boards of directors of publicly traded life sciences companies Intellia Therapeutics, Inc. where he serves as chairman of the board, OncoMed

151


Table of Contents

Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Voyager Therapeutics, Inc. Mr. Karsen received a Masters of Management from Northwestern University's Kellogg Graduate School of Management, a Masters of Arts in Teaching of Biology from Duke University and a B.S. in Biological Sciences from the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign. We believe Mr. Karsen is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his executive leadership experience, experience as an executive pharmaceutical companies and membership on boards of directors of other public companies.

Barbara Duncan has served as a director on our board of directors since May 2016. Ms. Duncan served as the chief financial officer of Intercept Pharmaceuticals Inc. from 2009 to 2016 and as treasurer from 2010 to 2016. From 2001 to 2009, Ms. Duncan served as chief financial officer and then chief executive officer at DOV Pharmaceutical, Inc. Previously, Ms. Duncan served as a vice president of Lehman Brothers Inc. in its corporate finance division from 1998 to 2001. She serves on the board of directors of Adaptimmune Therapeutics plc, Medgenics, Inc. and the boards of directors of other private companies. Ms. Duncan holds an M.B.A. from the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania and a B.S. degree from Louisiana State University. We believe Ms. Duncan is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of her experience in the biopharmaceutical industry, her experience in the financial sector and membership on boards of directors of other public and private companies.

Cary G. Pfeffer, M.D. , has served as a director on our board of directors since February 2013. Previously, Dr. Pfeffer served as the chairman of our board from 2014 to 2016, and as our interim chief executive officer from 2013 to 2014. Dr. Pfeffer is a partner at Third Rock Ventures, LLC, which he joined in 2007. Dr. Pfeffer was the interim chief executive officer of Neon Therapeutics, Inc. from 2015 to 2016. Dr. Pfeffer served at Biogen Inc. from 1992 to 2002 in a variety of domestic and international executive management roles. Dr. Pfeffer serves on the boards of directors for Ablexis, LLC, Edimer Pharmaceuticals, Inc., and Neon Therapeutics, Inc. where he serves as chairman of the board. Dr. Pfeffer received an M.B.A. from the Wharton School, an M.D. from the University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine and a B.A. in biochemistry from Columbia University. We believe that Dr. Pfeffer is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience in the venture capital industry, life sciences industry, membership of various other boards of directors, his prior service as our president and chief executive officer, and his leadership and management experience.

J. Duncan Higgons has served as a director on our board of directors since November 2015. Mr. Higgons recently served as chief operating officer of Agios Therapeutics, Inc., or Agios, from 2009 to 2016. Prior to joining Agios, Mr. Higgons served as executive vice-president, and interim president and chief executive officer at Archemix Corporation, or Archemix, from 2006 to 2009. Prior to Archemix, Mr. Higgons served as the chief commercial officer at TransForm Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a privately-held biotechnology company, which was acquired by Johnson & Johnson Company. Mr. Higgons holds a B.Sc. in Mathematics from King's College University of London and an M.Sc. in Economics from London Business School. We believe that Mr. Higgons is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his leadership and management experience.

Robert Kamen, Ph.D. , has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2013. Dr. Kamen also served as our interim chief technology officer from 2013 to 2015. Dr. Kamen is an entrepreneur in residence at Third Rock Ventures, LLC, which he joined in 2010. From 2005 to 2010, Dr. Kamen served as the chairman of BioAssets Development Corporation. From 2002 to 2008, Dr. Kamen served as executive-in-residence at Oxford Bioscience Partners. From 2001 to 2002 he served as president of Abbot Laboratories' Abbot Bioresearch Center and as a member of the Abbot Pharma Executive Management Committee. From 1991 to 2001, he served as the president of BASF Bioresearch Corporation. Dr. Kamen serves on the boards of directors for numerous companies, including BioAssets Development

152


Table of Contents

Corporation, Inc., EpimAb Biotherapeutics, Inc., Harbour Antibodies BV, Lycera Corporation, Opsonic Therapeutics Inc. and Neon Therapeutics, Inc. Dr. Kamen holds a Ph.D. in biochemistry and molecular biology from Harvard University and a B.S. in biophysics from Amherst College. We believe that Dr. Kamen is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience in the venture capital and life sciences industries, membership of various other boards of directors, and his leadership and management experience.

Robert Tepper, M.D. , has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2013. Previously, Dr. Tepper served as our interim chief scientific officer from 2013 to 2015. Since 2007, Dr. Tepper has served as a partner at Third Rock Ventures, LLC, which he co-founded in 2007. Since 2014, Dr. Tepper is currently the interim chief scientific officer of Neon Therapeutics, Inc. Prior to joining Third Rock Ventures, LLC, Dr. Tepper held multiple positions at Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc., including service as president of research and development from 2002 to 2007, executive vice president of discovery from 2001 to 2002 and chief scientific officer from 1999 to 2002. Dr. Tepper serves on the boards of directors for numerous companies, including Alcresta, Inc., Allena Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Constellation Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Kala Pharmaceuticals, Inc., and Neon Therapeutics, Inc. Previously, Dr. Tepper served on the boards of Bluebird Bio, Inc. and Alnara Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dr. Tepper received an M.D. from Harvard Medical School and an A.B. in biochemistry from Princeton University. We believe that Dr. Tepper is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in the venture capital industry, particularly with biotech and pharmaceutical companies, combined with his experience building and operating research and development operations, on the boards of public and private life sciences companies and as faculty and advisory board members of several healthcare institutions.

Composition of our board of directors

As of December 31, 2016, our board of directors consisted of seven members, each of whom are members pursuant to the board composition provisions of our certificate of incorporation and agreements with our stockholders, which agreements are described under "Certain relationships and related party transactions." These board composition provisions will terminate upon the completion of this offering. Upon the termination of these provisions, there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our nominating and corporate governance committee and our board of directors may therefore consider a broad range of factors relating to the qualifications and background of nominees, which may include diversity, which is not only limited to race, gender or national origin. We have no formal policy regarding board diversity. Our nominating and corporate governance committee's and our board of directors' priority in selecting board members is identification of persons who will further the interests of our stockholders through his or her established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to the collaborative culture among board members, knowledge of our business, understanding of the competitive landscape and professional and personal experiences and expertise relevant to our growth strategy. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors, and that any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

153


Table of Contents

Director independence

Our board of directors has determined that all members of the board of directors, except Richard Murray, Ph.D., Cary G. Pfeffer, M.D., Robert Kamen, Ph.D. and Robert Tepper, M.D., are independent directors, including for purposes of NASDAQ and the SEC. In making such independence determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances that our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director. In considering the independence of the directors listed above, our board of directors considered the association of our directors with the holders of more than 5% of our common stock. Upon the completion of this offering, we expect that the composition and functioning of our board of directors and each of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of NASDAQ and the rules and regulations of the SEC. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Under the rules of NASDAQ, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company's audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees must be independent. We intend to rely on the phase-in rules of NASDAQ with respect to the independence of the audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate governance committees. In accordance with these phase-in provisions, our audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate governance committees will have at least one independent member by the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, at least two independent members within 90 days of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and all members will be independent within one year of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Staggered board

In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, our board of directors will be divided into three staggered classes of directors and each will be assigned to one of the three classes. At each annual meeting of the stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of the same class whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the years 2018 for Class I directors, 2019 for Class II directors and 2020 for Class III directors.

Our Class I directors will be J. Duncan Higgons and Robert Tepper, M.D.;

Our Class II directors will be Barbara Duncan and Robert Kamen, Ph.D.; and

Our Class III directors will be Cary G. Pfeffer, M.D., Perry A. Karsen and Richard Murray, Ph.D.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part provide that the number of our directors shall be fixed from time to time by a resolution of the majority of our board of directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent stockholder efforts to effect a change of our management or a change in control.

154


Table of Contents

Board leadership structure and board's role in risk oversight

Currently, the role of chairman of the board is separated from the role of chief executive officer, and we plan to keep these roles separated following the completion of this offering. We believe that separating these positions allows our chief executive officer to focus on our day-to-day business, while allowing the chairman of the board to lead the board of directors in its fundamental role of providing advice to and independent oversight of management. Our board of directors recognizes the time, effort and energy that the chief executive officer is required to devote to his position in the current business environment, as well as the commitment required to serve as our chairman, particularly as the board of directors' oversight responsibilities continue to grow. While our amended and restated bylaws and corporate governance guidelines do not require that our chairman and chief executive officer positions be separate, our board of directors believes that having separate positions is the appropriate leadership structure for us at this time and demonstrates our commitment to good corporate governance.

Risk is inherent with every business, and how well a business manages risk can ultimately determine its success. We face a number of risks, including risks relating to our financial condition, development and commercialization activities, operations, strategic direction and intellectual property as more fully discussed under "Risk factors" in this prospectus. Management is responsible for the day-to-day management of risks we face, while our board of directors, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. In its risk oversight role, our board of directors has the responsibility to satisfy itself that the risk management processes designed and implemented by management are adequate and functioning as designed.

The role of the board of directors in overseeing the management of our risks is conducted primarily through committees of the board of directors, as disclosed in the descriptions of each of the committees below and in the charters of each of the committees. The full board of directors (or the appropriate board committee in the case of risks that are under the purview of a particular committee) discusses with management our major risk exposures, their potential impact on us, and the steps we take to manage them. When a board committee is responsible for evaluating and overseeing the management of a particular risk or risks, the chairman of the relevant committee reports on the discussion to the full board of directors during the committee reports portion of the next board meeting. This enables the board of directors and its committees to coordinate the risk oversight role, particularly with respect to risk interrelationships.

Committees of our board of directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will operate pursuant to a charter to be adopted by our board of directors and will be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, the composition and functioning of all of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, NASDAQ and the SEC rules and regulations.

Audit committee

Barbara Duncan, J. Duncan Higgons and Perry A. Karsen will serve on the audit committee, which will be chaired by Ms. Duncan. Our board of directors has determined that Ms. Duncan, Mr. Higgons and Mr. Karsen are "independent" for audit committee purposes as that term is defined in the rules of the SEC and the applicable NASDAQ rules, and each has sufficient knowledge in financial and auditing matters to

155


Table of Contents

serve on the audit committee. Our board of directors has designated Ms. Duncan as an "audit committee financial expert," as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC. The audit committee's responsibilities include:

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

reviewing the overall audit plan with our independent registered public accounting firm and members of management responsible for preparing our financial statements;

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;

coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

recommending based upon the audit committee's review and discussions with management and our independent registered public accounting firm whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;

monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;

preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual proxy statement;

reviewing all related person transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and

reviewing quarterly earnings releases.

Compensation committee

J. Duncan Higgons, Perry A. Karsen and Cary G. Pfeffer, M.D. will serve on the compensation committee, which will be chaired by Mr. Higgons. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the compensation committee is "independent" as defined in the applicable NASDAQ rules. The compensation committee's responsibilities include:

annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer;

evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and determining the compensation of our chief executive officer;

reviewing and approving the compensation of our other executive officers;

reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation, philosophy and policy;

156


Table of Contents

overseeing and administering our compensation and similar plans;

evaluating and assessing potential and current compensation advisors in accordance with the independence standards identified in the applicable NASDAQ rules;

retaining and approving the compensation of any compensation advisors;

reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors about our policies and procedures for the grant of equity-based awards;

evaluating and making recommendations to the board of directors about director compensation;

preparing the compensation committee report required by SEC rules, if and when required, to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

reviewing and approving the retention or termination of any consulting firm or outside advisor to assist in the evaluation of compensation matters.

Nominating and corporate governance committee

Perry A. Karsen, Cary G. Pfeffer, M.D. and Barbara Duncan will serve on the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be chaired by Mr. Karsen. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the nominating and corporate governance committee is "independent" as defined in the applicable NASDAQ rules. The nominating and corporate governance committee's responsibilities include:

developing and recommending to the board of directors criteria for board and committee membership;

establishing procedures for identifying and evaluating board of director candidates, including nominees recommended by stockholders;

reviewing the size and composition of the board of directors to ensure that it is composed of members containing the appropriate skills and expertise to advise us;

identifying individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors;

recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board's committees;

developing and recommending to the board of directors a code of business conduct and ethics and a set of corporate governance guidelines; and

overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management.

Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

None of the members of our compensation committee has at any time during the prior three years been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

157


Table of Contents

Corporate governance

Prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we will adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a current copy of the code will be posted on the Corporate Governance section of our website, which is located at http://jouncetx.com. If we make any substantive amendments to, or grant any waivers from, the code of business conduct and ethics for any officer or director, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a current report on Form 8-K. We do not incorporate the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus.

158


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

Executive compensation overview

Historically, our executive compensation program has reflected our growth and development-oriented corporate culture. To date, the compensation of our president and chief executive officer and our other executive officers identified in the 2016 Summary Compensation Table below, who we refer to as the named executive officers, has consisted of a combination of base salary, bonuses and long-term incentive compensation in the form of stock options. Our named executive officers, like all full-time employees, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare benefit plans. As we transition from a private company to a publicly traded company, we will evaluate our compensation values and philosophy and compensation plans and arrangements as circumstances require. At a minimum, we expect to review executive compensation annually with input from a compensation consultant. As part of this review process, we expect the board of directors and the compensation committee to apply our values and philosophy, while considering the compensation levels needed to ensure our executive compensation program remains competitive. We will also review whether we are meeting our retention objectives and the potential cost of replacing a key employee.

2016 Summary compensation table

The following table presents information regarding the total compensation awarded to, earned by, and paid to our named executive officers for services rendered to us in all capacities for the years indicated.

 
  Year
  Salary
($)

  Bonus
($)

  Option
awards
($)(1)

  All other
compensation
($)

  Total
($)

 

Richard Murray, Ph.D.,

    2016     445,500     196,100 (2)   1,105,289     258 (3)   1,747,147  

president and chief executive officer

    2015     432,500     319,700 (4)   383,279     114 (3)   1,135,593  

Kim C. Drapkin, CPA,

   
2016
   
303,500
   
105,200

(2)
 
466,455
   
90

(3)
 
875,245
 

treasurer and chief financial officer

                                     

Elizabeth G. Trehu, M.D.,

   
2016
   
370,000
   
164,000

(2)
 
302,652
   
258

(3)
 
836,910
 

chief medical officer

    2015     59,058 (5)   100,000 (6)   672,537         831,595  

(1)    Amounts reflect the grant date fair value of option awards in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board, Accounting Standards Codification 718, or ASC 718. Such grant-date fair value does not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service-vesting conditions. For information regarding assumptions underlying the valuation of option awards, see Note 11 to our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016. These amounts do not correspond to the actual value that may be recognized by the named executive officers upon vesting of the applicable awards.

(2)    The amounts reported represent bonuses based upon the achievement of company and individual performance objectives for the year ended December 31, 2016, which are anticipated to be paid in February 2017. For Ms. Drapkin, the amount also includes a discretionary bonus of $2,961, which was paid in November 2016.

(3)    The amounts reported represent life insurance premiums paid by us.

(4)   The amounts reported represent bonuses based upon the achievement of company and individual performance objectives for the year ended December 31, 2015, which were paid in February 2016.

(5)    Dr. Trehu joined us in November 2015. Her annualized base salary for 2015 was $370,000.

(6)   The amount reported represents a sign-on bonus, which was paid in 2015 pursuant to the terms of Dr. Trehu's employment agreement.

Employment arrangements with our named executive officers

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our named executive officers. Except as noted below, these employment agreements provide for "at will" employment.

159


Table of Contents

Dr. Richard Murray

Dr. Murray's current base salary is $500,000, which is subject to review and adjustment, and he is be eligible to earn an annual cash incentive bonus targeted at 50% of his base salary. Dr. Murray is also eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans available to our employees, subject to the terms of those plans.

Dr. Murray's employment agreement provides that, in the event that his employment is terminated by us for any reason other than for "cause," death or "disability" or by Dr. Murray for "good reason" (each as defined in his employment agreement), subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement and release, he will be entitled to receive (i) an amount equal to the sum of (A) 12 months of his then current base salary plus (B) a pro-rated portion of his target bonus, payable in substantially equal monthly installments over 12 months commencing within 60 days of the date of termination, and (ii) if Dr. Murray is participating in our group health plan immediately prior to his termination, a monthly cash payment until the earlier of 12 months following termination or the end of Dr. Murray's COBRA health continuation period in an amount equal to the amount of the monthly employer contribution that we would have made to provide health insurance to Dr. Murray had he remained employed with us. In lieu of the payments and benefits described above, in the event that Dr. Murray's employment is terminated by us for any reason other than for cause, death or disability or Dr. Murray resigns for good reason, in either case within 12 months following a "sale event" (as defined in his employment agreement), subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement and release, he will be entitled to receive (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to the sum of (A) 18 months of his then current base salary (or his base salary in effect immediately prior to the sale event, if higher) plus (B) a bonus calculated by multiplying Dr. Murray's target bonus percentage by 18 months of his base salary, (ii) if Dr. Murray is participating in our group health plan immediately prior to his termination, a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that we would have made to provide health insurance to him had he remained employed with us for 18 months following his date of termination and (iii) full acceleration of all time-based equity awards held by Dr. Murray.

In addition, Dr. Murray has entered into a non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality and assignment agreement that contains, among other things, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions that apply during the term of Dr. Murray's employment and for 12 months thereafter.

Kim C. Drapkin

Ms. Drapkin's current base salary is $325,000, which is subject to review and adjustment, and she is be eligible to earn an annual cash incentive bonus targeted at 35% of her base salary. Ms. Drapkin is also eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans available to our employees, subject to the terms of those plans.

Ms. Drapkin's employment agreement provides that, in the event that her employment is terminated by us for any reason other than for "cause," death or "disability" (each as defined in her employment agreement), subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement and release, she will be entitled to receive (i) an amount equal to nine months of base salary, payable in substantially equal installments over nine months following the date of termination, and (ii) if Ms. Drapkin is participating in our group health plan immediately prior to her termination, a monthly cash payment until the earlier of nine months following termination or the end of Ms. Drapkin's COBRA health continuation period in an amount equal to the amount of the monthly employer contribution that we would have made to provide health insurance to Ms. Drapkin had she remained employed with us. In lieu of the payments and benefits described above, in the event that Ms. Drapkin's employment is terminated by us for any reason other

160


Table of Contents

than for cause, death or disability or Ms. Drapkin resigns for "good reason" (as defined in her employment agreement), in either case within 12 months following a "sale event" (as defined in her employment agreement), subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement and release, she will be entitled to receive (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to the sum of (A) 12 months of her then current base salary (or her base salary in effect immediately prior to the sale event, if higher) plus (B) her target bonus, (ii) if Ms. Drapkin is participating in our group health plan immediately prior to her termination, a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the amount of the monthly employer contribution that we would have made to provide health insurance to her had she remained employed with us for 12 months following her date of termination and (iii) full acceleration of all time-based equity awards held by Ms. Drapkin.

In addition, Ms. Drapkin has entered into a non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality and assignment agreement that contains, among other things, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions that apply during the term of Ms. Drapkin's employment and for 12 months thereafter.

Dr. Elizabeth G. Trehu

Dr. Trehu's current base salary is $385,200, which is subject to review and adjustment, and she is be eligible to earn an annual cash incentive bonus targeted at 35% of her base salary. Dr. Trehu is also eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans available to our employees, subject to the terms of those plans. Pursuant to the terms of her employment agreement, Dr. Trehu's employment agreement provides that, in the event that her employment is terminated by us for any reason other than "cause," death or "disability" (each as defined in her employment agreement), subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement and release, she will be entitled to receive (i) an amount equal to nine months of base salary, payable in substantially equal installments over nine months following the date of termination, and (ii) if Dr. Trehu is participating in our group health plan immediately prior to her termination, a monthly cash payment until the earlier of nine months following termination or the end of Dr. Trehu's COBRA health continuation period in an amount equal to the amount of the monthly employer contribution that we would have made to provide health insurance to Dr. Trehu had she remained employed with us. In lieu of the payments and benefits described above, in the event that Dr. Trehu's employment is terminated by us for any reason other than cause, death or disability or Dr. Trehu resigns for "good reason" (as defined in her employment agreement), in either case within 12 months following a "sale event" (as defined in her employment agreement), subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement and release, she will be entitled to receive (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to the sum of (A) 12 months of her then current base salary (or her base salary in effect immediately prior to the sale event, if higher) plus (B) her target bonus, (ii) if Dr. Trehu is participating in our group health plan immediately prior to her termination, a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the amount of the monthly employer contribution that we would have made to provide health insurance to her had she remained employed with us for 12 months following her date of termination and (iii) full acceleration of all time-based equity awards held by Dr. Trehu.

In addition, Dr. Trehu has entered into a non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality and assignment agreement that contains, among other things, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions that apply during the term of Dr. Trehu's employment and for 12 months thereafter.

161


Table of Contents

Outstanding equity awards at 2016 fiscal year-end

The following table sets forth information concerning outstanding equity awards held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2016. All equity awards set forth in the table below were granted under our 2013 Stock Option and Grant Plan, or the 2013 Plan.

 
  Option awards   Stock awards  
Name
  Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable

  Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable

  Option
exercise
price
($)

  Option
expiration
date

  Number of
shares that
have not
vested
(#)

  Market value of
shares or units of
stock that
have not
vested
($)(1)

 

Richard Murray, Ph.D. 

    537,609     352,226 (1)   0.48     6/26/2024          

    51,860     114,093 (2)   2.36     7/15/2025          

    13,550     40,650 (3)   4.02     12/8/2025          

        182,926 (4)   9.56     10/24/2026          

Kim C. Drapkin, CPA

   
6,775
   

(5)
 
0.48
   
1/27/2024
   
   
 

    6,775     (6)   0.74     1/12/2025          

    70,692     155,522 (7)   2.36     8/25/2025          

    2,032     6,097 (4)   4.02     12/8/2025          

        77,235 (4)   9.56     10/24/2026          

Elizabeth G. Trehu, M.D. 

   
62,837
   
188,512

(8)
 
4.02
   
11/12/2025
   
   
 

    3,387     10,162 (4)   4.02     12/8/2025          

        50,135 (4)   9.56     10/24/2026              

(1)    The shares underlying this stock option vest as follows: 25% of the shares vested on July 14, 2015 and the remainder of the shares vest in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter.

(2)    The shares underlying this option vest in equal quarterly installments over four years from July 1, 2015.

(3)    The shares underlying this option vest in equal quarterly installments over four years from December 9, 2015.

(4)   The shares underlying these options vest in equal quarterly installments over four years from the grant date.

(5)    The shares underlying these options vest in equal monthly installments over one year from October 9, 2013.

(6)   The shares underlying these options vest in equal monthly installments over one year from October 9, 2014.

(7)    The shares underlying this option vest as follows: 25% of the shares vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant and the remainder of the shares vest in 12 equal quarterly installments thereafter.

(8)   The shares underlying this option vest as follows: 25% of the shares vest on the first anniversary of November 3, 2015 and the remainder of the shares vest in 12 equal quarterly installments thereafter.

Compensation risk assessment

We believe that although a portion of the compensation provided to our executive officers and other employees is performance-based, our executive compensation program does not encourage excessive or unnecessary risk taking. This is primarily due to the fact that our compensation programs are designed to encourage our executive officers and other employees to remain focused on both short-term and long-term strategic goals, in particular in connection with our pay-for-performance compensation philosophy. As a result, we do not believe that our compensation programs are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

162


Table of Contents

Employee benefit and equity compensation plans

2017 Stock option and incentive plan

Our 2017 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or our 2017 Plan, was adopted by our board of directors in January 2017, approved by our stockholders in January 2017 and will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. Our 2017 Plan will replace our 2013 Plan as our board of directors has determined not to make additional awards under that plan following the consummation of our initial public offering. Our 2017 Plan allows the compensation committee to make equity-based incentive awards to our officers, employees, directors and other key persons (including consultants).

We have initially reserved 1,510,000 shares of our common stock, or the Initial Limit, for the issuance of awards under our 2017 Plan, plus the shares of common stock remaining available for issuance under our 2013 Plan. This limit is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization. Our 2017 Plan provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance thereunder will automatically increase on January 1, 2018 and each January 1 thereafter by 4% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31 or such lesser number of shares determined by the compensation committee, or the Annual Increase.

The shares we issue under our 2017 Plan will be authorized but unissued shares or shares that we reacquire. The shares of common stock underlying any awards that are forfeited, cancelled, held back upon exercise or settlement of an award to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of stock, expire or are otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) under our 2017 Plan and our 2013 Plan will be added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under our 2017 Plan.

Stock options and stock appreciation rights with respect to no more than 1,510,000 shares of common stock may be granted to any one individual in any one calendar year. The maximum number of shares that may be issued as incentive stock options may not exceed 1,510,000 shares, cumulatively increased on January 1, 2018 and on each January 1 thereafter by the lesser of the Annual Increase, or 1,510,000 shares. The grant date fair value of all awards made under our 2017 Plan and all other cash compensation paid by us to any non-employee director in any calendar year shall not exceed $1,000,000.

Our 2017 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of our 2017 Plan. Persons eligible to participate in our 2017 Plan will be those full or part-time officers, employees, non-employee directors, and other key persons (including consultants) as selected from time to time by our compensation committee in its discretion.

Our 2017 Plan permits the granting of both options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and options that do not so qualify. The option exercise price of each option will be determined by our compensation committee but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of each option will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised.

163


Table of Contents

Our compensation committee may award stock appreciation rights subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. Stock appreciation rights entitle the recipient to shares of common stock equal to the value of the appreciation in our stock price over the exercise price. The exercise price may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of each stock appreciation right will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each stock appreciation right may be exercised.

Our compensation committee may award restricted shares of common stock and restricted stock units to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment with us through a specified vesting period. Our compensation committee may also grant shares of common stock that are free from any restrictions under our 2017 Plan. Unrestricted stock may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or for other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant.

Our compensation committee may grant performance share awards to participants that entitle the recipient to receive awards of common stock upon the achievement of certain performance goals and such other conditions as our compensation committee may determine. Our compensation committee may grant dividend equivalent rights to participants that entitle the recipient to receive credits for dividends that would be paid if the recipient had held a specified number of shares of common stock.

Our compensation committee may grant cash bonuses under our 2017 Plan to participants, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals.

Our compensation committee may grant awards of restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance share awards or cash-based awards under our 2017 Plan that are intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code. Such awards will only vest or become payable upon the attainment of performance goals that are established by our compensation committee and related to one or more performance criteria. The performance criteria that could be used with respect to any such awards include: total stockholder return, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization), changes in the market price of our common stock, economic value-added, funds from operations or similar measure, sales or revenue, development, clinical, regulatory or commercial milestones, acquisitions or strategic transactions, including licenses, collaborations, joint ventures, or promotion arrangements, operating income (loss), cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), return on capital, assets, equity, or investment, return on sales, gross or net profit levels, productivity, expense, margins, operating efficiency, customer satisfaction, working capital, earnings (loss) per share of our common stock, sales or market shares and number of customers, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group. From and after the time that we become subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, the maximum award that is intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code that may be made to certain of our officers during any one calendar year period is 948,500 shares of common stock with respect to a share-based award and $2,500,000 with respect to a cash-based award.

Our 2017 Plan provides that upon the effectiveness of a "sale event," as defined in our 2017 Plan, an acquirer or successor entity may assume, continue or substitute outstanding awards under our 2017 Plan. To the extent that awards granted under our 2017 Plan are not assumed or continued or substituted by the successor entity, except as may be otherwise provided in the relevant award certificate, all awards with

164


Table of Contents

time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective time of the sale event, and all awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and nonforfeitable in connection with a sale event in the compensation committee's discretion or to the extent specified in the relevant award certificate. Upon the effective time of the sale event, all outstanding awards granted under our 2017 Plan shall terminate. In the event of such termination, individuals holding options and stock appreciation rights will be permitted to exercise such options and stock appreciation rights (to the extent exercisable) within a specified period of time prior to the sale event. In addition, in connection with the termination of our 2017 Plan upon a sale event, we may make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to participants holding vested and exercisable options and stock appreciation rights equal to the difference between the per share cash consideration payable to stockholders in the sale event and the exercise price of the options or stock appreciation rights and we may make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to participants holding other vested awards.

Our board of directors may amend or discontinue our 2017 Plan and our compensation committee may amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or any other lawful purpose, but no such action may adversely affect rights under an award without the holder's consent. Certain amendments to our 2017 Plan require the approval of our stockholders.

No awards may be granted under our 2017 Plan after the date that is ten years from the effective date of our 2017 Plan. No awards under our 2017 Plan have been made prior to the date hereof.

2013 Stock option and grant plan

Our 2013 Plan was approved by our board of directors and our stockholders on February 6, 2013 and was most recently amended in September 2016. Under our 2013 Plan, we have reserved for issuance an aggregate of 5,141,257 shares of our common stock, which number is subject to adjustment in the event of a reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split or other similar change in our capital stock.

The shares we issue under our 2013 Plan are authorized but unissued shares or shares we reacquire. The shares of common stock underlying any awards that are forfeited, cancelled, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of common stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) under our 2013 Plan are currently added to the shares of common stock available for issuance under our 2013 Plan. Following this offering, such shares will be added to the shares available under our 2017 Plan.

Our board of directors has acted as administrator of our 2013 Plan. The administrator has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of our 2013 Plan. Persons eligible to participate in our 2013 Plan are our full or part-time officers, employees, directors, consultants and other key persons as selected from time to time by the administrator in its discretion.

Our 2013 Plan permits the granting of (1) options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and (2) options that do not so qualify. The option exercise price of each option is determined by the administrator but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The term of each option is fixed by the administrator and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. The administrator determines at what time or times each option may be exercised. In addition, our 2013 Plan permits the granting of restricted shares of common stock, restricted stock units and unrestricted stock.

165


Table of Contents

Our 2013 Plan provides that upon the occurrence of a "sale event," as defined in our 2013 Plan, all outstanding stock options will terminate at the effective time of such sale event, unless the parties to the sale event agree that such awards will be assumed or continued by the successor entity. In the event of a termination of our 2013 Plan and all options issued thereunder in connection with a sale event, optionees will be provided an opportunity to exercise options that are then exercisable or will become exercisable as of the effective time of the sale event prior to the consummation of the sale event. In addition, we have the right to provide for cash payment to holders of options, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount per share equal to the difference between the value of the consideration payable per share of common stock in the sale event and the per share exercise price of such options. In the event of and subject to the consummation of a sale event, restricted stock and restricted stock units (other than those becoming vested as a result of the sale event) will be forfeited immediately prior to the effective time of a sale event unless such awards are assumed or continued by the successor entity. In the event that shares of restricted stock are forfeited in connection with a sale event, such shares of restricted stock shall be repurchased at a price per share equal to the lower of the original per share purchase price and the fair market value of such shares. We have the right to provide for cash payment to holders of restricted stock or restricted stock units, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount per share equal to the value of the consideration payable per share of common stock in the sale event.

No awards may be granted under our 2013 Plan after the date that is ten years from the date our 2013 Plan was adopted by the board of directors. Our board of directors has determined not to make any further awards under our 2013 Plan following the closing of this offering.

2017 Employee stock purchase plan

Our 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or our ESPP, was adopted by our board of directors in January 2017, approved by our stockholders in January 2017 and will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. Our ESPP initially reserves and authorizes the issuance of up to a total of 302,000 shares of common stock to participating employees. Our ESPP provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance will automatically increase on each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2018 and ending on January 1, 2027, by the lesser of (i) 603,000 shares of common stock, (ii) 1% of the outstanding shares of common stock on the immediately preceding December 31 or (iii) such lesser number of shares as determined by the administrator of our ESPP. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.

All employees whose customary employment is for more than 20 hours a week are eligible to participate in our ESPP. Any employee who owns five percent or more of the voting power or value of our shares of common stock is not eligible to purchase shares under our ESPP.

We will make one or more offerings each year to our employees to purchase shares under our ESPP. Offerings will usually begin on each May 1 and November 1 and will continue for six-month periods, referred to as offering periods. Each eligible employee may elect to participate in any offering by submitting an enrollment form at least 15 days before the relevant offering date.

Each employee who is a participant in our ESPP may purchase shares by authorizing payroll deductions of up to 15% of his or her eligible compensation during an offering period. Unless the participating employee has previously withdrawn from the offering, his or her accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares of common stock on the last business day of the offering period at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the shares on the first business day or the last business day of the offering period, whichever is lower, provided that no more than 1,335 shares of common stock may be purchased

166


Table of Contents

by any one employee during each offering period. Under applicable tax rules, an employee may purchase no more than $25,000 worth of shares of common stock, valued at the start of the purchase period, under our ESPP in any calendar year.

The accumulated payroll deductions of any employee who is not a participant on the last day of an offering period will be refunded. An employee's rights under our ESPP terminate upon voluntary withdrawal from the plan or when the employee ceases employment with us for any reason.

Our ESPP may be terminated or amended by our board of directors at any time. An amendment that increases the number of shares of common stock authorized under our ESPP and certain other amendments require the approval of our stockholders.

Senior executive incentive bonus plan

In December 2016, our board of directors adopted the Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan, or the Bonus Plan. Our Bonus Plan provides for bonus payments based upon the attainment of performance targets established by our compensation committee. The payment targets will be related to financial and operational measures or objectives with respect to our company, or the Corporate Performance Goals, as well as individual performance objectives.

Our compensation committee may select Corporate Performance Goals from among the following: cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); revenue; corporate revenue; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); changes in the market price of our common stock; economic value-added; development, clinical, regulatory or commercial milestones; acquisitions or strategic transactions; operating income (loss); return on capital, assets, equity, or investment; stockholder returns; return on sales; gross or net profit levels; productivity; expense efficiency; margins; operating efficiency; customer satisfaction; working capital; earnings (loss) per share of our common stock; bookings, new bookings or renewals; sales or market shares; number of customers; number of new customers or customer references; operating income and/or net annual recurring revenue, any of which may be measured in absolute terms, as compared to any incremental increase, in terms of growth, as compared to results of a peer group, against the market as a whole, compared to applicable market indices and/or measured on a pre-tax or post-tax basis.

Each executive officer who is selected to participate in our Bonus Plan will have a target bonus opportunity set for each performance period. The bonus formulas will be adopted in each performance period by the compensation committee and communicated to each executive. The Corporate Performance Goals will be measured at the end of each performance period after our financial reports have been published. If the Corporate Performance Goals and individual performance objectives are met, payments will be made as soon as practicable following the end of each performance period. Subject to the rights contained in any agreement between the executive officer and us, an executive officer must be employed by us on the bonus payment date to be eligible to receive a bonus payment. Our Bonus Plan also permits the compensation committee to approve additional bonuses to executive officers in its sole discretion.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-advantaged basis. All participants' interests in their contributions are 100% vested when contributed. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant's individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants' directions. The retirement plan is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code.

167


Table of Contents

Director compensation

The following table presents the total compensation for each person who served as a non-employee member of our board of directors and received compensation for such service during the year ended December 31, 2016. Other than as set forth in the table and described more fully below, we did not pay any compensation, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to any of the non-employee members of our board of directors in 2016. We reimburse non-employee members of our board of directors for reasonable travel expenses. Richard Murray, our president and chief executive officer, did not receive any compensation for his service as a member of our board of directors during 2016. Dr. Murray's compensation for service as an employee for fiscal year 2016 is presented above in the "2016 Summary compensation table."

Name
  Fees earned or paid
in cash ($)

  Option awards ($)
  Total ($)
 

Robert Kamen, Ph.D.(1)

    20,000     65,521     85,521  

J. Duncan Higgons(2)

    25,000     65,521     90,521  

Perry A. Karsen

    35,000     286,068     321,068  

Barbara Duncan

    16,667     199,468     216,135  

(1)    Pursuant to a letter agreement with us, Dr. Kamen is paid an annual cash retainer of $20,000 for his service on the board of directors. As of December 31, 2016, Dr. Kamen held an option to purchase 10,840 shares of our common stock, no portion of which was vested as of such date, and 3,387 unvested shares of restricted stock.

(2)    Pursuant to a letter agreement with us, Mr. Higgons is paid an annual cash retainer of $25,000 for his service on the board of directors. As of December 31, 2016, Mr. Higgons held options to purchase 34,010 shares of our common stock, 5,792 shares of which were vested as of such date, and 20,325 unvested shares of restricted stock.

(3)    Pursuant to a letter agreement with us, Mr. Karsen is paid an annual retainer of $35,000 for his service on the board of directors. Mr. Karsen joined the board of directors in January 2016. As of December 31, 2016, Mr. Karsen held options to purchase 92,140 shares of our common stock, 14,227 of which shares were vested as of such date.

(4)   Pursuant to a letter agreement with us, Ms. Duncan is paid an annual retainer of $25,000 for her service on the board of directors. Ms. Duncan joined the board of directors in May 2016. As of December 31, 2016, Ms. Duncan held options to purchase 61,111 shares of our common stock, 6,283 of which shares were vested as of such date.

168


Table of Contents

Non-employee director compensation policy

Our board of directors has adopted a non-employee director compensation policy, effective as of the completion of this offering, that is designed to enable us to attract and retain, on a long-term basis, highly qualified non-employee directors. Under the policy, each director who is not an employee will be paid cash compensation from and after the completion of this offering, as set forth below:

 
  Annual
Retainer

 

Board of Directors:

       

All non-employee members

  $ 35,000  

Non-executive chairperson

  $ 30,000  

Audit Committee:

       

Members

  $ 7,500  

Additional retainer for chair

  $ 7,500  

Compensation Committee:

       

Members

  $ 5,000  

Additional retainer for chair

  $ 5,000  

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee:

       

Members

  $ 4,000  

Additional retainer for chair

  $ 4,000  

Upon the earlier of the effective date of this offering or his or her election to the board of directors, each non-employee director will receive an initial, one-time equity award of options to purchase 27,100 shares of our common stock, which will vest in equal quarterly installments over three years, subject to continued service as a member of the board of directors. In addition, each continuing non-employee member of the board will receive, at the time of the Company's annual meeting, an annual equity grant of options to purchase 13,550 shares of our common stock, which will vest in in full upon the earlier of the first anniversary of the date of grant or the date of the next annual meeting of the Company's stockholders, subject to continued service as a member of the board of directors through such date. Each of the foregoing grants will vest in full upon the death or disability of the applicable director or upon a change in control of the Company. In addition, any stock options awarded to non-employee directors pursuant to the non-employee director compensation policy will be exercisable until the earlier of one year following the termination of the director's service on the board of directors or the original expiration date of the option.

169


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

Other than the compensation agreements and other arrangements described under "Executive compensation", "Director compensation" and "Non-employee director compensation" in this prospectus and the transactions described below, since January 1, 2014, there has not been and there is not currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were, or will be, a party in which the amount involved exceeded, or will exceed, $120,000 and in which any director, executive officer, holder of five percent or more of any class of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of, or entities affiliated with, any of the foregoing persons, had, or will have, a direct or indirect material interest.

Private placements of securities

Series A convertible preferred stock financing

On February 6, 2013, we entered into an initial stock purchase agreement, which provided for the sale of our Series A convertible preferred stock to certain investors. Through a series of subsequent closings from April 5, 2013 to April 1, 2015, we sold 47 million shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock to Third Rock Ventures II, L.P. and Third Rock Ventures III, L.P at a price of $1.00 per share. Dr. Pfeffer and Dr. Tepper, members of our board of directors, are partners at Third Rock Ventures, LLC, which is an entity affiliated with Third Rock Ventures II, L.P. and Third Rock Ventures III, L.P.

Agreements with stockholders

Investors' rights agreement

In connection with the Series B convertible preferred stock financing, on April 17, 2015, we entered into the Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, or the Investors Rights Agreement, with the holders of our Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock. We amended the Investors Rights Agreement in connection with the Series B-1 convertible preferred stock financing, on August 1, 2016. This agreement provides these holders with certain rights relating to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see the section titled "Description of capital stock—Registration rights."

This agreement also establishes certain "information and observer" rights and rights of first offer, and sets forth certain covenants relating to insurance, employee agreements, employee stock, indemnification, and related matters. On the closing of this offering certain indemnification provisions will continue, and all other provisions relating to these rights and covenants will terminate.

Stockholders agreement

In connection with the Series B convertible preferred stock financing, on April 17, 2015, we entered into the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, or the Stockholders Agreement, with the holders of our Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock and certain key holders of our common stock. We amended the Stockholders Agreement on May 10, 2016, and again in connection with the Series B-1 convertible preferred stock financing, on August 1, 2016. On the closing of this offering, all provisions of this agreement will terminate. All of our current directors were elected pursuant to the terms of this agreement. For more information, see "Management—Composition of our board of directors."

Management and consulting services

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the nine months ended September 30, 2016, we incurred consulting fees to Third Rock Ventures, LLC, or TRV, in the amounts of $0.5 million,

170


Table of Contents

$0.1 million, and $17,000, respectively. TRV is a management company that is party to a services agreement with Third Rock Ventures, L.P., the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our voting securities. Dr. Pfeffer, Dr. Tepper and Dr. Kamen are members of our board of directors, and Dr. Pfeffer and Dr. Tepper are partners at TRV, Dr. Tepper is a partner at TRV and Dr. Kamen is an entrepreneur-in-residence at TRV. These consulting fees were paid to TRV in amounts mutually agreed upon in advance by us and TRV in consideration of certain strategic and ordinary course business operations consulting services provided to us on an as-needed basis, from time to time and at our request, by individuals related to TRV, including Dr. Pfeffer, and Dr. Kamen but not including Dr. Tepper. Such fees were payable pursuant to invoices submitted to us by TRV from time to time. None of these consulting fees were paid directly or indirectly to Dr. Pfeffer, Dr. Tepper or Dr. Kamen. The consulting fees paid to TRV did not exceed 5% of the consolidated gross revenue of TRV during any of these fiscal years.

Indemnification agreements

We have entered into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. These agreements will, among other things, require us to indemnify these individuals for certain expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts reasonably incurred by such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our right, on account of any services undertaken by such person on behalf of our company or that person's status as a member of our board of directors to the maximum extent allowed under Delaware law.

Policies for approval of related party transactions

Our board of directors reviews and approves transactions with directors, officers and holders of five percent or more of our voting securities and their affiliates, each a related party. Prior to this offering, the material facts as to the related party's relationship or interest in the transaction are disclosed to our board of directors prior to their consideration of such transaction, and the transaction is not considered approved by our board of directors unless a majority of the directors who are not interested in the transaction approve the transaction. Further, when stockholders are entitled to vote on a transaction with a related party, the material facts of the related party's relationship or interest in the transaction are disclosed to the stockholders, who must approve the transaction in good faith.

In connection with this offering, we adopted a written related party transactions policy that such transactions must be approved by our audit committee or another independent body of our board of directors.

Participation in this offering

An affiliate of Celgene Corporation, one of our existing stockholders, has indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of approximately $10.0 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters could determine to sell more, less or no shares to such stockholder, and such stockholder could determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering. The underwriting discount for any shares sold to such stockholder in the offering will be the same as the underwriting discount for the shares sold to the public.

171


Table of Contents

Principal stockholders

The following table sets forth certain information known to us regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock as of December 31, 2016, as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us in this offering, for:

each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of our capital stock;

each of our named executive officers;

each of our directors; and

all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

The following table does not reflect any shares of common stock that may be purchased pursuant to our directed share program described under "Underwriting—Directed share program."

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than 5,360,000 shares in this offering, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional 804,000 shares at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

An affiliate of Celgene Corporation, one of our existing stockholders, has indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of approximately $10.0 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters could determine to sell more, less or no shares to this stockholder, and such existing stockholder could determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering. The underwriting discount for any shares sold to such existing stockholder in the offering will be the same as the underwriting discount for the shares sold to the public. The information set forth below does not reflect any potential purchases in this offering by such existing stockholder.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Under those rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual or entity has sole or shared voting power or investment power. Except as noted by footnote, and subject to community property laws where applicable, we believe, based on the information provided to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all common stock shown as beneficially owned by them.

The percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering in the table below is based on 24,802,026 shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding as of December 31, 2016, and the percentage of beneficial ownership at this offering in the table below is based on 30,162,026 shares of common stock assumed to be outstanding after the closing of the offering. The information in the table below assumes no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares. Options to purchase shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2016 are deemed to be beneficially owned by

172


Table of Contents

the persons holding these options for the purpose of computing percentage ownership of that person, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing any other person's ownership percentage.

 
  Shares beneficially
owned prior to offering
  Shares
beneficially
owned after
offering
 
Name and address of beneficial owner(1)
  Number
  Percentage
  Percentage
 

5% Stockholders:

                   

Entities affiliated with Third Rock Ventures(2)

    13,279,129     53.5%     44.0%  

Entities affiliated with Fidelity Investments(3)

    2,997,816     12.1%     9.9%  

Celgene Switzerland LLC(4)

    2,831,463     11.4%     9.4%  

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

                   

Richard Murray, Ph.D.(5)

    661,901     2.6%     2.1%  

Kim C. Drapkin, CPA(6)

    112,014     *     *  

Elizabeth G. Trehu, M.D.(7)

    85,066     *     *  

Barbara Duncan(8)

    10,102     *     *  

Cary G. Pfeffer, M.D. 

        *     *  

Perry A. Karsen(9)

    19,986     *     *  

J. Duncan Higgons(10)

    28,242     *     *  

Robert Kamen, Ph.D.(11)

    95,527     *     *  

Robert Tepper, M.D.(2)(12)

    13,279,129     53.5%     44.0%  

All executive officers and directors as a group (9 persons)

    14,291,967     55.6%     46.0%  

*    Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent.

(1)  Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each beneficial owner is c/o Jounce Therapeutics, Inc., 1030 Massachusetts Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02138.

(2)  Consists of: (i) 9,688,344 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series A convertible preferred stock held by Third Rock Ventures II, L.P., or TRV II LP; (ii) 542,005 shares of common stock held by TRV II LP; and (iii) 3,048,780 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series A convertible preferred stock held by Third Rock Ventures III, L.P., or TRV III LP. Each of Third Rock Ventures II GP, LP, or TRV II GP, the general partner of TRV II LP, Third Rock Ventures GP II, LLC, or TRV II LLC, the general partner of TRV II GP, and Mark Levin, Kevin Starr and Dr. Tepper, the managers of TRV II LLC, may be deemed to share voting and investment power over the shares held of record by TRV II LP. Each of Third Rock Ventures III GP, LP, or TRV III GP, the general partner of TRV III LP, and Third Rock Ventures GP III, LLC, TRV III LLC, the general partner of TRV III GP, and Mark Levin, Kevin Starr and Dr. Tepper, the managers of TRV III LLC, may be deemed to share voting and investment power over the shares held of record by TRV III LP. The address for each of TRV II LP and TRV III LP is 29 Newbury Street, Suite 401, Boston, MA 02116.

(3)  Consists of: (i) 1,966,877 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock held by Fidelity Select Portfolios: Biotechnology Portfolio, or Fidelity Select Portfolios; (ii) 431,376 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock held by Fidelity Advisor Series VII: Fidelity Advisor Biotechnology Fund, or Fidelity Advisor Series VII; and (iii) 599,563 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock held by Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity OTC Portfolio, or Fidelity Securities Fund. These accounts are managed by direct or indirect subsidiaries of FMR LLC. Edward C. Johnson 3d is a Director and the Chairman of FMR LLC and Abigail P. Johnson is a Director, the Vice Chairman and the President of FMR LLC. Members of the family of Edward C. Johnson 3d, including Abigail P. Johnson, are the predominant owners, directly or through trusts, of Series B voting common shares of FMR LLC, representing 49% of the voting power of FMR LLC. The Johnson family group and all other Series B shareholders have entered into a shareholders' voting agreement under which all Series B voting common shares will be voted in accordance with the majority vote of Series B voting common shares. Accordingly,

173


Table of Contents

through their ownership of voting common shares and the execution of the shareholders' voting agreement, members of the Johnson family may be deemed, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, to form a controlling group with respect to FMR LLC. Neither FMR LLC nor Edward C. Johnson 3d nor Abigail P. Johnson has the sole power to vote or direct the voting of the shares owned directly by the various investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act, or Fidelity Funds, advised by Fidelity Management & Research Company, or FMR Co, a wholly owned subsidiary of FMR LLC, which power resides with the Fidelity Funds' Boards of Trustees. Fidelity Management & Research Company carries out the voting of the shares under written guidelines established by the Fidelity Funds' Boards of Trustees. The address for Fidelity Select Portfolios is Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., 525 Washington Blvd., Jersey City, NJ 07310, Attn: Michael Lerman, 15th Floor, Corporate Actions, the address for Fidelity Advisor Series VII is State Street Bank & Trust, PO Box 5756, Boston, Massachusetts 02206, Attn: Bangle & Co fbo Fidelity Advisor Series VII: Fidelity Advisor Biotechnology Fund, and the address for Fidelity Securities Fund is The Northern Trust Company, Attn: Trade Securities Processing, C-1N, 801 South Canal Street, Chicago, IL 60607, Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity OTC Portfolio, Reference account #26-68304.

(4) Consists of 2,831,463 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B-1 convertible preferred stock held by Celgene Switzerland LLC. The sole member of Celgene Switzerland LLC is Celgene Switzerland S.A., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Celgene Corporation. The address of Celgene Switzerland LLC is AON House, 30 Woodbourne Ave, Pembroke, HM 08, Bermuda.

(5)  Consists of options to purchase 661,901 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2016.

(6) Includes: (i) 6,775 shares of restricted stock; and (ii) options to purchase 105,239 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2016.

(7)  Consists of options to purchase 85,066 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2016.

(8) Consists of options to purchase 10,102 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2016.

(9) Consists of options to purchase 19,986 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2016.

(10)  Includes: (i) 20,325 shares of restricted stock; and (ii) options to purchase 7,917 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2016.

(11) Includes: (i) 60,975 shares of restricted stock, held by Dr. Kamen as an individual; (ii) 33,875 shares of common stock, held by The Robert Kamen 2012 Irrevocable Trust, of which Dr. Kamen serves as the trustee; and (iii) options to purchase 677 shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2016.

(12) Dr. Tepper is affiliated with TRV II LP and TRV III LP. Each of TRV II GP, the general partner of TRV II LP, and TRV II LLC, the general partner of TRV II GP, and Mark Levin, Kevin Starr and Dr. Tepper, the managers of TRV II LLC, may be deemed to have voting and investment power over the shares held of record by TRV II LP. Each of TRV III GP, the general partner of TRV III LP, and TRV III LLC, the general partner of TRV III GP, and Mark Levin, Kevin Starr and Dr. Tepper, the managers of TRV III LLC, may be deemed to have voting and investment power over the shares held of record by TRV III LP. No stockholder, director, officer, manager, member or employee of TRV II GP, TRV III GP, TRV II LLC or TRV III LLC has beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any shares held by TRV II LP or TRV III LP.

174


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be effective upon the closing of this offering and amended and restated bylaws, which will be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The descriptions of the common stock and convertible preferred stock give effect to changes to our capital structure that will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering. We refer in this section to our fourth amended and restated certificate of incorporation as our certificate of incorporation, and we refer to our amended and restated bylaws as our bylaws.

General

Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 160,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, all of which shares of preferred stock will be undesignated.

As of December 31, 2016, 24,802,026 shares of our common stock were outstanding and held by 64 stockholders of record. This amount assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering. In addition, as of December 31, 2016, we had outstanding options to purchase 4,289,693 shares of our common stock under our 2013 Stock Option and Grant Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $3.95 per share, 1,238,263 of which were exercisable.

Common stock

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. The holders of our common stock do not have any cumulative voting rights. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any outstanding convertible preferred stock. Our common stock has no preemptive rights, conversion rights or other subscription rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions.

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities and any liquidation preference of any outstanding convertible preferred stock. The shares to be issued by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred stock

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock will be converted into shares of our common stock. Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting, or the designation of, such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon our liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or

175


Table of Contents

preventing a change in control of our company or other corporate action. Immediately after consummation of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of 22,825,695 shares of our common stock, including those issuable upon the conversion of convertible preferred stock, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these securities under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of an investors' rights agreement between us and certain holders of our common stock, Series A convertible preferred stock and Series B convertible preferred stock. The investors' rights agreement includes demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights. All fees, costs and expenses of underwritten registrations under these agreements will be borne by us and all selling expenses, including underwriting discounts and selling commissions, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered.

Demand registration rights

Beginning six months after the completion of this offering, the holders of 22,825,695 shares of our common stock, including those issuable upon the conversion of shares of our convertible preferred stock, are entitled to demand registration rights. Under the terms of the investors' rights agreement, we will be required, upon the written request of holders of at least 25% of the securities eligible for registration then outstanding and that have an aggregate amount of at least $10 million, to file a registration statement and use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of such shares. We are required to effect only two registrations pursuant to this provision of the investors' rights agreement.

Short-form registration rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of 22,825,695 shares of our common stock, including those issuable upon the conversion of shares of our convertible preferred stock are also entitled to short-form registration rights. Pursuant to the investor rights agreement, if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, upon the written request of at least 25% of the securities eligible for registration then outstanding and that have an aggregate amount of at least $1 million, we will be required to file a registration statement and use commercially reasonable efforts to effect a registration of such shares. We are required to effect only two registrations in any 12-month period pursuant to this provision of the investors' rights agreement.

Piggyback registration rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of 22,825,695 shares of our common stock, including those issuable upon the conversion of shares of our convertible preferred stock, are entitled to piggyback registration rights. If we register any of our securities either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of these shares are entitled to include their shares in the registration. Subject to certain exceptions contained in the investors' rights agreement, we and the underwriters may limit the number of shares included in the underwritten offering to the number of shares which we and the underwriters determine in our sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering. In accordance with the terms of the investors' rights agreement, we have received a waiver of these piggyback registration rights with respect to the registration for this offering. We must pay all expenses, except for underwriting discounts, selling commissions, any applicable stock transfer taxes, and fees and

176


Table of Contents

disbursements of security holders' counsel, incurred in connection with the exercise of piggyback registration rights.

Indemnification

Our investor rights agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, under which we are obligated to indemnify holders of registrable securities in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to us, and they are obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions attributable to them.

Expiration of registration rights

The demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights granted under the investor rights agreement will terminate on the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering.

Anti-takeover effects of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws include a number of provisions that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing another party from acquiring control of us and encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. These provisions include the items described below.

Board composition and filling vacancies

Our certificate of incorporation provides for the division of our board of directors into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, with one class being elected each year. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that directors may be removed only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% or more of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office even if less than a quorum. The classification of directors, together with the limitations on removal of directors and treatment of vacancies, has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors.

No written consent of stockholders

Our certificate of incorporation provides that all stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. This limit may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions and would prevent the amendment of our bylaws or removal of directors by our stockholders without holding a meeting of stockholders.

Meetings of stockholders

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that only a majority of the members of our board of directors then in office may call special meetings of stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.

177


Table of Contents

Advance notice requirements

Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. Our bylaws specify the requirements as to form and content of all stockholders' notices. These requirements may preclude stockholders from bringing matters before the stockholders at an annual or special meeting.

Amendment to certificate of incorporation and bylaws

Any amendment of our certificate of incorporation must first be approved by a majority of our board of directors, and if required by law or our certificate of incorporation, must thereafter be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment and a majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, except that the amendment of the provisions relating to stockholder action, board composition, limitation of liability and the amendment of our bylaws and certificate of incorporation must be approved by not less than 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class. Our bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in the bylaws; and may also be amended by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, or, if our board of directors recommends that the stockholders approve the amendment, by the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, in each case voting together as a single class.

Undesignated preferred stock

Our certificate of incorporation will provide for 5,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock may enable our board of directors to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of our stockholders, our board of directors could cause shares of preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our certificate of incorporation grants our board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us.

Exclusive jurisdiction for certain actions

Our bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers and employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case subject to

178


Table of Contents

the Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. The enforceability of similar exclusive forum provisions in other companies' bylaws has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could rule that this provision in our bylaws is inapplicable or unenforceable.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:

before the stockholder became interested, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder; or

at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

any sale, transfer, lease, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

179


Table of Contents

Exchange listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the trading symbol "JNCE".

Transfer agent and registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar's address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021.

180


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our shares. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2016, upon the completion of this offering, 30,162,026 shares of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. Of the outstanding shares, all of the shares sold in this offering (other than any shares sold pursuant to our directed share program, which are subject to lock-up agreements) will be freely tradable, except that any shares, including shares sold to an entity affiliated with an existing shareholder that may purchase shares in this offering, held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below.

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

1% of the number of shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately 301,620 shares immediately after this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2016; or

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers or directors who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as

181


Table of Contents

described below and under "Underwriting" included elsewhere in this prospectus and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Lock-up agreements

All of our directors and executive officers and certain holders of our shares, who collectively held substantially all of the shares of common stock, have signed a lock-up agreement which prevents them from selling any of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock for a period of not less than 180 days from the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of the representatives, subject to certain exceptions. See "Underwriting."

Registration rights

Upon completion of this offering, certain holders of our securities will be entitled to various rights with respect to registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. See "Description of capital stock—Registration rights" for additional information.

Equity incentive plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register our shares issued or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. The first such registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the lock-up restrictions described above. As of December 31, 2016, we estimate that such registration statement on Form S-8 will cover approximately 6,953,257 shares.

182


Table of Contents

Certain material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations to non-U.S. holders

The following is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax considerations to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of common stock pursuant to this offering. This summary deals only with common stock held as a capital asset (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code) by a holder and does not discuss the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to a holder that is subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including, but not limited to: a foreign government or governmental entity; a dealer in securities or currencies; a financial institution; a regulated investment company; a real estate investment trust; a tax-exempt organization; an insurance company; a person holding common stock as part of a hedging, integrated, conversion or straddle transaction or a person deemed to sell common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code; a trader in securities that has elected the mark-to-market method of accounting; an entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes or owners of such entity or arrangement; a person that received such common stock in connection with the performance of services; a pension fund or retirement account; a "controlled foreign corporation"; a "passive foreign investment company"; a corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax; or a former citizen or long-term resident of the United States.

This summary is based upon provisions of the Code, applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, published rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, or may be subject to differing interpretations, which could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income tax, does not deal with all tax considerations that may be relevant to stockholders in light of their personal circumstances and does not address the Medicare tax imposed on certain investment income or any state, local, foreign, gift, estate (except to a limited extent below) or alternative minimum tax considerations.

For purposes of this discussion, a "U.S. holder" is a beneficial owner of common stock that is: an individual citizen or resident of the United States; a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

For purposes of this discussion a "non-U.S. holder" is a beneficial owner of common stock that is neither a U.S. holder nor a partnership (or any other entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If a partnership (or an entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partner of a partnership holding common stock is urged to consult its own tax advisors.

183


Table of Contents

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THEIR PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IN LIGHT OF THEIR SPECIFIC SITUATIONS, AS WELL AS THE TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS (INCLUDING THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE AND GIFT TAX LAWS).

Distributions on our common stock

Distributions with respect to our common stock, if any, generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any portion of a distribution in excess of current or accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital and will first be applied to reduce the holder's tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any remaining amount will then be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of the common stock and will be treated as described under the section titled "Certain material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations to non-U.S. holders—Disposition of our common stock" below.

Distributions treated as dividends, if any, that are paid to a non-U.S. holder with respect to shares of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of the gross amount of the dividends unless the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States. If a non-U.S. holder is engaged in a trade or business in the United States and dividends with respect to the common stock are effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business, then the non-U.S. holder will generally be exempt from the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax, provided certain certification requirements are satisfied. To claim the exemption from withholding with respect to any such effectively connected income, the non-U.S. holder must generally furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form). However, in this case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on those dividends on a net income basis at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. To the extent provided in an applicable income tax treaty, such dividends may be exempt from such net income taxes (and instead subject to withholding tax) if such dividends are not attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base. Any effectively connected income received by a foreign corporation may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted under the Code. A non-U.S. holder of shares of common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an exemption or reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable treaty must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or applicable successor form) certifying such holder's qualification for the exemption or reduced rate. If a non-U.S. holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, it may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

Disposition of our common stock

Non-U.S. holders may recognize gain upon the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of our common stock. Such gain generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless: (i) the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base

184


Table of Contents

maintained by the non-U.S. holder); (ii) the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) we are or have been a "U.S. real property holding corporation" for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding the date of disposition or the holder's holding period for our common stock, unless our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and the non-U.S. holder held no more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. We believe that we are not and we do not anticipate becoming a "U.S. real property holding corporation" for U.S. federal income tax purposes. No assurance can be provided that our common stock will remain regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above.

If a non-U.S. holder is an individual described in clause (i) of the preceding paragraph, the non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal individual income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. If the non-U.S. holder is an individual described in clause (ii) of the preceding paragraph, the non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses even though the non-U.S. holder is not considered a resident of the United States, provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. If a non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation that falls under clause (i) of the preceding paragraph, it will be subject to tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal corporate income tax rates in the same manner as if it were a resident of the United States and, in addition, the non-U.S. holder may be subject to the branch profits tax at a rate equal to 30% (or lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of its effectively connected earnings and profits.

U.S. federal estate tax

Shares of our common stock that are owned or treated as owned at the time of death by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States, as specifically defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, are considered U.S. situs assets and will be included in the individual's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes. Such shares, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise.

Information reporting and backup withholding tax

We must generally report to our non-U.S. holders and the IRS the amount of dividends paid during each calendar year and the amount of any tax withheld. All distributions to holders of common stock are subject to any applicable withholding. Information reporting requirements may apply even if no withholding was required because the distributions were effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a United States trade or business or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Under U.S. federal income tax law, interest, dividends and other reportable payments may, under certain circumstances, be subject to "backup withholding" at the then applicable rate. Backup withholding, however, generally will not apply to distributions to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock, provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid applicable IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual

185


Table of Contents

knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient. Backup withholding is not an additional tax but can be credited against a non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax, and may be refunded to the extent it results in an overpayment of tax and the appropriate information is timely supplied to the IRS.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, imposes withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to "foreign financial institutions" (as specially defined under these rules to include many entities that may not typically be thought of as financial institutions) and certain other non-U.S. entities if certification, information reporting and other specified requirements are not met. FATCA imposes a 30% withholding tax on "withholdable payments" if they are paid to a foreign financial institution or to a foreign nonfinancial entity, unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations and other specified requirements are satisfied or (ii) the foreign nonfinancial entity either certifies it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner and other specified requirements are satisfied. "Withholdable payments" will include dividends on our common stock and any gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock. If the payee is a foreign financial institution, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements. Under final U.S. Treasury Regulations and current IRS guidance, any withholding on payments of gross proceeds from the sale or disposition of our common stock will only apply to payments made on or after December 31, 2018. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding this legislation.

186


Table of Contents

Underwriting

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC is acting as book-running manager of the offering and as representative of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

Name
  Number of
shares

 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

       

Cowen and Company, LLC

       

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

       

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

       

Total

    5,360,000  

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $              per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $              per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

An affiliate of Celgene Corporation, one of our existing stockholders, has indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of approximately $10.0 million of shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to this stockholder, and such stockholder could determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to 804,000 additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this over-allotment option. If any shares are purchased with this over-allotment option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $               per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the

187


Table of Contents

underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

 
  Without
over-allotment
exercise

  With full
over-allotment
exercise

 

Per Share

  $     $    

Total

  $     $    

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $1.9 million. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to the clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority up to $45,000.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC on a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing (other than filings on Form S-8 relating to equity compensation plans described in this prospectus), or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of shares of our common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, including:

(A)
the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering;

(B)
any shares of our common stock issued equity compensation plans described in this prospectus;

(C)
upon exercise of any warrant or the conversion of our convertible preferred stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus provided that the recipient execute a lock-up agreement for the remainder of the 180-day period referred to above;

(D)
up to 5% of our outstanding securities issued by us in connection with mergers, acquisitions or commercial or strategic transactions provided that the recipient execute a lockup agreement for the remainder of the 180-day period referred to above; or

(E)
the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 (or equivalent form) relating to an equity compensation plan or agreement described in this prospectus.

Our directors and executive officers, and certain of our stockholders and optionholders, representing 99.5% in the aggregate of our outstanding common stock, have entered into lock-up agreements with the

188


Table of Contents

underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, stockholders and optionholders in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, in each case subject to certain exceptions, including:

(A)
any shares of our common stock sold by such directors, executive officers, stockholders and optionholders in this offering;

(B)
transactions relating to shares of common stock or other securities that such directors, executive officers, stockholders and optionholders may purchase in this offering (provided that such person is not one of our officers or directors) or in open market transactions during the 180-day period referred to above;

(C)
the exercise, including by "net" exercise, of any options or warrants to acquire shares of common stock or the conversion of any convertible security into common stock described in this prospectus, or issued pursuant to an equity compensation plan described in this prospectus;

(D)
the sale or transfer to us of such number of shares of common stock acquired by such directors, executive officers, stockholders and optionholders in connection with the exercise of such options or warrants on a "net" exercise basis described in clause (C) above;

(E)
the sale or transfer to us of such number of shares of common stock necessary to generate only such amount of cash needed for the payment of taxes (including estimated taxes) due as a result of the exercise of such options or warrant described in clause (C) above;

(F)
transfers of shares of common stock as a bona fide gift or gifts pursuant to a negotiated divorce settlement;

(G)
transfers pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order;

(H)
distributions or transfers of shares of common stock or other securities to subsidiaries, limited or general partners, members, stockholders or affiliates of, or any investment fund or other entity that controls or manages, such directors, executive officers, stockholders and optionholders;

(I)
distributions or transfers of shares of common stock or other securities to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by such directors, executive officers, stockholders and optionholders, or if such person is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (a "Mutual Fund"), pursuant to a merger or reorganization with or into

189


Table of Contents

    another Mutual Fund that shares the same investment adviser registered pursuant to the requirements of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended;

(J)
transfers of shares of common stock or other securities to an immediate family member, trusts for the direct or indirect benefit of such directors, executive officers, stockholders and optionholders or the immediate family members of such person or any of their successors upon death, or any partnerships or limited liability company, the partners or members of which consist of or are for the direct or indirect benefit of such person and/or immediate family members or other dependent of such person;

(K)
transfers of shares of our common stock or other securities by will or other testamentary document or intestate succession to the legal representatives, heirs, beneficiaries or a members of the immediate family of such directors, executive officers, stockholders and optionholders in a transaction not involving a disposition for value; and

(L)
conversion of convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock in connection with the consummation of this offering, it being understood that any such shares of common stock received by such directors, executive officers, stockholders and optionholders upon such conversion will be subject to the restrictions of this lock-up agreement;

provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (F), (H), (I), (J) and (K), each donee, distributee or transferee will execute and deliver to the underwriters a lock-up agreement; and provided, further, that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (B) through (F) and clauses (H) through (J), no filing under the Exchange Act or other public announcement reporting a reduction in the beneficial ownership will be required or will be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution (other than a filing on a Form 5 of 13F filing made after the expiration of the 180-day period referred to above and any required Schedule 13G (or 13G/A)). For purposes of the lock-up agreements, "immediate family" means any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin.

The lock-up agreements will not apply to the establishment of a trading plan by such directors, executive officers, stockholders and optionholders pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the 180-day period referred to above and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or is voluntarily made by or on behalf of such directors, executive officers, stockholders and optionholders or us regarding such plan.

The lock-up agreements will not apply to any transfers, sales, tenders or other dispositions of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other similar transaction made to or involving all holders of the common stock or such other securities pursuant to a change of control of our ownership (including, without limitation, the entry into any lock-up, voting or similar agreement pursuant to which such directors, executive officers, stockholders and optionholders may agree to transfer, sell, tender or otherwise dispose of common stock or other such securities in favor of any such transaction); provided that if such tender offer, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other similar transaction is not completed, any common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock subject to this lock-up agreement shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this lock-up agreement.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

190


Table of Contents

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol "JNCE."

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be "covered" shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters' over-allotment option referred to above, or may be "naked" shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act of 1933, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NASDAQ Capital Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

an assessment of our management;

our prospects for future earnings;

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

191


Table of Contents

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares to be sold in this offering to our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. The underwriters will receive the same underwriting discount on any shares purchased pursuant to this program as they will on any other shares sold to the public in this offering. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus. All shares purchased through the directed share program will be subject to the same 180-day lock-up period described above. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with the directed share program.

Selling restrictions

General

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

United Kingdom

This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the "Order") or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

European economic area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a "Relevant Member State"), from and including the date on which the European Union Prospectus Directive (the "EU Prospectus Directive") was implemented in that Relevant Member State (the "Relevant Implementation Date") an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to

192


Table of Contents

the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of securities described in this prospectus may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the EU Prospectus Directive;

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the EU Prospectus Directive); or

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the EU Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of securities described in this prospectus shall result in a requirement for the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the EU Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of securities to the public" in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression "EU Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and any amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State, and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong

193


Table of Contents

Kong), or (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the "SFA"), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term, as used in this prospectus means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Other relationships

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have

194


Table of Contents

received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

Legal matters

The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Certain legal matters related to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York.

Experts

The consolidated financial statements of Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. at December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years then ended included in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

Where you can find more information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (File Number 333-215372) under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock we are offering by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. For further information pertaining to us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement and to its exhibits. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document.

Upon the completion of the offering, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC's website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facility at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. We also maintain a website at http://jouncetx.com. We do not incorporate the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus. Upon completion of the offering, you may access, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendment to those reported filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC.

You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

195


Table of Contents

Index to consolidated financial statements

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

    F-2  

Consolidated balance sheets

    F-3  

Consolidated statements of operations

    F-4  

Consolidated statement of comprehensive loss

    F-5  

Consolidated statements of convertible preferred stock, contingently redeemable common stock and stockholders' (deficit) equity

    F-6  

Consolidated statements of cash flows

    F-7  

Notes to consolidated financial statements

    F-8  

F-1


Table of Contents


Report of independent registered public accounting firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Jounce Therapeutics, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock, contingently redeemable common stock and stockholders' (deficit) equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. at December 31, 2014 and 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

                                                                                                                     /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
March 8, 2016, except for Note 1 and Note 16a
as to which the date is November 17, 2016,
and Note 16b as to which the date is January 17, 2017

F-2


Table of Contents

Jounce Therapeutics, Inc.
Consolidated balance sheets
(amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
  December 31,    
  Pro forma
September 30,
2016

 
 
  September 30,
2016

 
 
  2014
  2015
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Assets

                         

Current assets:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 2,338   $ 45,161   $ 89,317   $ 89,317  

Short-term investments

            78,556     78,556  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    527     550     2,140     2,140  

Total current assets

    2,865     45,711     170,013     170,013  

Property and equipment, net

    4,339     5,093     5,152     5,152  

Long-term investments

            103,522     103,522  

Other non-current assets               

    311     2,171     1,479     1,479  

Total assets               

  $ 7,515   $ 52,975   $ 280,166   $ 280,166  

Liabilities, convertible preferred stock, contingently redeemable common stock and stockholders' (deficit) equity

                         

Current liabilities:

                         

Accounts payable

  $ 753   $ 2,618   $ 1,887   $ 1,887  

Accrued expenses

    1,051     3,387     3,144     3,144  

Deferred rent and lease incentive, current

    641     672     707     707  

Deferred revenue, current—related party

            80,878     80,878  

Other current liabilities               

    17     45     44     44  

Total current liabilities

    2,462     6,722     86,660     86,660  

Deferred rent and lease incentive, net of current portion

   
1,961
   
1,308
   
778
   
778
 

Deferred revenue, net of current portion—related party

            127,214     127,214  

Other non-current liabilities

    43     89     64     64  

Preferred stock tranche liability

    3,584              

Total liabilities

  $ 8,050   $ 8,119   $ 214,716   $ 214,716  

Commitments and contingencies (see note 12)

                         

Convertible preferred stock (Series A), $0.001 par value:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

47,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2014 and 2015, and September 30, 2016 (unaudited), 32,000,000, 47,000,000 and 47,000,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2015, and at September 30, 2016 (unaudited), respectively; aggregate liquidation preference of $53,573 and $56,388 at December 31, 2015, and at September 30, 2016 (unaudited), respectively; no shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2016, pro forma (unaudited)

    27,313     47,112     47,112      

Convertible preferred stock (Series B), $0.001 par value:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

No shares authorized, issued or outstanding at December 31, 2014, and 24,778,761 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and at September 30, 2016 (unaudited); aggregate liquidation preference of $59,165 and $62,504 at December 31, 2015, and at September 30, 2016 (unaudited), respectively; no shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2016 pro forma (unaudited)

        55,849     55,849      

Convertible preferred stock (Series B-1), $0.001 par value:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

No shares authorized, issued or outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2015, and 10,448,100 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at September 30, 2016 (unaudited); aggregate liquidation preference of $36,630 at September 30, 2016 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2016 pro forma (unaudited)

            36,077      

Contingently redeemable common stock

   
152
   
655
   
1,640
   
1,640
 

Stockholders' (deficit) equity:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Common stock, $0.001 par value: 65,000,000, 94,000,000, and 110,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2014 and 2015, and at September 30, 2016 (unaudited), respectively; 2,572,582, 2,580,970, and 2,514,448 shares issued at December 31, 2014 and 2015, and at September 30, 2016 (unaudited), respectively; 1,414,051, 1,832,922, and 2,343,971 shares outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2015, and at September 30, 2016 (unaudited), respectively; 24,798,148 shares issued and 24,627,661 shares outstanding at September 30, 2016, pro forma (unaudited)

    2     2     2     24  

Additional paid-in capital

    3     707     3,514     138,736  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

            (106 )   (106 )

Accumulated deficit

    (28,005 )   (59,469 )   (78,638 )   (74,844 )

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

  $ (28,000 ) $ (58,760 ) $ (75,228 ) $ 63,810  

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock, contingently redeemable common stock and stockholders' (deficit) equity

  $ 7,515   $ 52,975   $ 280,166   $ 280,166  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

Jounce Therapeutics, Inc.
Consolidated statements of operations
(amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
  Year ended December 31,   Nine months ended September 30,  
 
  2014
  2015
  2015
  2016
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Revenue:

                         

Collaboration revenue—related party

  $   $   $   $ 16,908  

Operating expenses:

                         

Research and development

  $ 11,243   $ 22,130   $ 14,794   $ 24,250  

General and administrative

    4,969     8,266     5,462     12,106  

Total operating expenses

    16,212     30,396     20,256     36,356  

Operating loss

    (16,212 )   (30,396 )   (20,256 )   (19,448 )

Other income (expense), net:

                         

Other income (expense), net          

    185     5     3     279  

Other financing income, net

    5,511     1,859     1,859      

Total other income (expense), net

    5,696     1,864     1,862     279  

Net loss

    (10,516 )   (28,532 )   (18,394 )   (19,169 )

Reconciliation of net loss to net loss attributable to common stockholders:

                         

Net loss

    (10,516 )   (28,532 )   (18,394 )   (19,169 )

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value

    (2,434 )   (1,011 )   (1,011 )    

Loss on extinguishment of convertible preferred stock

        (2,079 )   (2,079 )    

Accrued dividends on Series A convertible preferred stock

        (2,716 )   (1,768 )   (2,815 )

Accrued dividends on Series B convertible preferred stock

        (3,165 )   (2,041 )   (3,339 )

Accrued dividends on Series B-1 convertible preferred stock

                (480 )

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (12,950 ) $ (37,503 ) $ (25,293 ) $ (25,803 )

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ (10.93 ) $ (23.13 ) $ (16.15 ) $ (12.85 )

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    1,184,440     1,621,240     1,566,273     2,007,341  

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

        $ (1.64 )       $ (0.87 )

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)

          18,521,924           22,089,930  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

Jounce Therapeutics, Inc.
Consolidated statements of comprehensive loss
(amounts in thousands)

 
  Year ended
December 31,
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2014
  2015
  2015
  2016
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Net loss

  $ (10,516 ) $ (28,532 ) $ (18,394 ) $ (19,169 )

Other comprehensive loss:

                         

Unrealized losses from available-for-sale securities, net of tax of $0                        

                (106 )

Comprehensive loss

  $ (10,516 ) $ (28,532 ) $ (18,394 ) $ (19,275 )

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

Jounce Therapeutics, Inc.
Consolidated statements of convertible preferred stock, contingently redeemable common stock and stockholders' (deficit) equity
(amounts in thousands except share data)

 
  Series A
convertible
preferred
stock
  Series B
convertible
preferred
stock
  Series B-1
convertible
preferred
stock
  Contingently
redeemable
common
stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 


  Common
stock
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Additional
paid-in
capital

  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss

   
  Total
stockholders'
(deficit)
equity

 
 
  Accumulated
deficit

 
 
  Shares
  Amount
  Shares
  Amount
  Shares
  Amount
  Amount
   
  Shares
  Amount
 

Balance at December 31, 2013

    17,000,000     $ 12,599         $          —         $         —     $      47         710,366     $  1     $          2     $     —     $ (15,314 )   $  (15,311 )

Issuance of common stock

                 —                             60,974         29             29  

Issuances of Series A convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $16

    15,000,000      14,984                                                  

Reclassification of tranche rights upon issuance of preferred stock

          (2,704 )                                                

Vesting of restricted common stock

                 —                             642,711     1     4             5  

Stock-based compensation expense

                 —                     105                 227             227  

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value

           2,434                                     (259 )       (2,175 )   (2,434 )

Net loss

                 —                                             (10,516 )   (10,516 )

Balance at December 31, 2014

    32,000,000     $ 27,313         $          —         $         —     $   152         1,414,051     $  2     $           3     $     —     $(28,005 )   $(28,000 )

Issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $16

    15,000,000      14,984                                                —              

Reclassification of tranche rights upon issuance of preferred stock

           1,725                                                  

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $151

                 —     24,778,761     55,849                                          

Exercises of common stock options

                 —                             6,422         3             3  

Vesting of restricted common stock

                 —                             412,449         10             10  

Stock-based compensation expense

                 —                     503                 849             849  

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value

           1,011                                     (158 )       (853 )   (1,011 )

Extinguishment of Series A convertible preferred stock

           2,079                                             (2,079 )   (2,079 )

Net loss

                 —                                             (28,532 )   (28,532 )

Balance at December 31, 2015

    47,000,000     $ 47,112     24,778,761     $ 55,849             $   655         1,832,922     $  2     $       707     $     —     $(59,469 )   $(58,760 )

Exercises of common stock options (unaudited)

                 —                             49,420         46             46  

Issuance of Series B-1 convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $74 (unaudited)

                    10,448,100     36,077                                    

Vesting of restricted common stock (unaudited)

                 —                             461,629         26             26  

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

                 —                     985                 2,735             2,735  

Other comprehensive loss (unaudited)

                 —                                         (106 )       (106 )

Net loss (unaudited)

                                                    (19,169 )   (19,169 )

Balance at September 30, 2016 (unaudited)

    47,000,000     $ 47,112     24,778,761     $ 55,849     10,448,100     $ 36,077     $1,640         2,343,971     $  2     $     3,514     $(106 )   $(78,638 )   $ (75,228 )

Conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock (unaudited)

    (47,000,000 )   (47,112 )   (24,778,761 )   (55,849 )   (10,448,100 )   (36,077 )           22,283,690     22     135,222         3,794     139,038  

Pro forma balance at September 30, 2016 (unaudited)

        $        —         $        —         $         —     $1,640         24,627,661     $24     $138,736     $(106 )   $(74,844 )   $  63,810  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents

Jounce Therapeutics, Inc.
Consolidated statements of cash flows
(amounts in thousands)

 
  Year ended
December 31,
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2014
  2015
  2015
  2016
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Cash flow from operating activities:

                         

Net loss

  $ (10,516 ) $ (28,532 ) $ (18,394 ) $ (19,169 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

                         

Stock-based compensation expense

    332     1,352     721     3,720  

Depreciation

    1,106     1,470     1,036     1,399  

Net amortization of premiums and discounts on investments

                90  

Change in other financing income (expense), net

    (5,511 )   (1,859 )   (1,859 )    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                         

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (217 )   (23 )   (214 )   (1,590 )

Other non-current assets

    1     (99 )   (109 )   812  

Accounts payable

    (301 )   673     (101 )   (935 )

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    810     1,929     1,021     (363 )

Deferred revenue—related party

                208,092  

Other non-current liabilities

        (28 )   (7 )    

Deferred rent

    (613 )   (622 )   (462 )   (495 )

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    (14,909 )   (25,739 )   (18,368 )   191,561  

Cash flow from investing activities:

                         

Purchase of marketable securities

                (182,274 )

Purchases of property and equipment

    (699 )   (2,202 )   (2,059 )   (1,254 )

Change in restricted cash

    (10 )   60          

Net cash used in investing activities

    (709 )   (2,142 )   (2,059 )   (183,528 )

Cash flow from financing activities:

                         

Proceeds from the issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock and Tranche Rights, net of issuance costs

    14,984     14,984     14,984      

Proceeds from the issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

        55,849     55,849      

Proceeds from the issuance of Series B-1 convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

                36,077  

Proceeds from the issuance of common stock and restricted stock

    22     112     3     46  

Cash paid for issuance costs

        (241 )        

Net cash provided by financing activities           

    15,006     70,704     70,836     36,123  

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (612 )   42,823     50,409     44,156  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    2,950     2,338     2,338     45,161  

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 2,338   $ 45,161   $ 52,747   $ 89,317  

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activities:

                         

Accretion of convertible preferred stock to redemption value

  $ 2,434   $ 1,011   $ 1,011   $  

Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable

  $ 21   $ 22   $ 151   $ 204  

Reclassification of preferred stock tranche asset upon settlement

  $ 2,704   $   $   $  

Reclassification of preferred stock tranche liability upon settlement

  $   $ 1,725   $ 1,725   $  

Issuance costs in accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $   $ 1,580   $ 138   $ 120  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents

Notes to consolidated financial statements
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

1.     Organization and basis of presentation

Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. (the "Company") is a clinical stage immunotherapy company dedicated to transforming the treatment of cancer by developing therapies that enable the immune system to attack tumors and bring long-lasting benefits to patients. The Company is subject to a number of risks similar to those of other development stage immunotherapy companies, including dependence on key individuals; the need to develop commercially viable products; competition from other companies, many of which are larger and better capitalized; and the need to obtain adequate additional financing to fund the development of its products.

In July 2016, the Company entered into a Master Research and Collaboration Agreement (the "Celgene Collaboration Agreement") and a Series B-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement with Celgene Corporation ("Celgene"). Under the Celgene Collaboration Agreement, the Company received a non-refundable upfront payment of $225.0 million. Under the Series B-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, Celgene purchased 10,448,100 shares of Series B-1 convertible preferred stock ("Series B-1 preferred stock") for $36.1 million (Note 3).

The Company had cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities of $271.4 million at September 30, 2016, which will enable the Company to fund its operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 24 months. The Company expects to finance its future cash needs through a combination of equity or debt financings and collaboration arrangements including its Celgene Collaboration Agreement.

Basis of presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"). Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative United States generally accepted accounting principles as found in the Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") and Accounting Standards Updates ("ASU") of the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB").

2.     Significant accounting policies

The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed in preparation of these financial statements.

Principles of consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Jounce Mass Securities, Inc., which was established in July 2016. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. On an ongoing basis, the Company's management evaluates its estimates which include, but are not limited to, estimates related to accrued expenses, fair value of common stock, valuation of Tranche Rights, stock-based compensation and income taxes. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and other market specific or other relevant assumptions it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-8


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

The Company utilizes significant estimates and assumptions in determining the fair value of its common stock. The Company determined the estimated fair value of its common stock based on a number of objective and subjective factors, including external market conditions affecting the biotechnology industry sector and the prices at which the Company sold shares of convertible preferred stock, the superior rights and preferences of securities senior to the Company's common stock at the time. The Company utilized valuation methodologies in accordance with the framework of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or AICPA, Audit and Accounting Practice Aid Series: Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , or the AICPA Practice Aid, to estimate the fair value of its common stock. The methodologies included the Option Pricing Method, or OPM, utilizing the Backsolve Method (a form of the market approach defined in the AICPA Practice Aid), hybrid method which is a Probability Weighted Expected Method, or PWERM, where the equity value in one of the scenarios is calculated using an OPM and another is an IPO and a PWERM scenario consisting of three scenarios: a scheduled IPO, a delayed IPO or deemed liquidation event. This valuation methodology includes estimates and assumptions that require the Company's judgment. Significant changes to the key assumptions used in the valuations could result in different fair values of common stock at each valuation date.

Unaudited interim financial information

The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2016, the consolidated statements of operations, consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, and consolidated statements of cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2016, and the consolidated statement of convertible preferred stock, contingently redeemable common stock and stockholders' (deficit) equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, are unaudited. The interim unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual audited consolidated financial statements; and in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of the Company's financial position as of September 30, 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2016. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes related to the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 are unaudited. The results for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2016, any other interim periods, or any future year or period.

Unaudited pro forma information

The accompanying unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2016 has been prepared to give effect to the automatic conversion of all shares of preferred stock outstanding as of September 30, 2016 into 22,283,690 shares of common stock as if the proposed initial public offering had occurred on September 30, 2016. In the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders has been prepared to give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock as if the proposed initial public offering had occurred on the later of the beginning of the reporting period or the issuance date of the preferred stock. Accordingly, the unaudited pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders used in the calculation of unaudited basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders does not include the effects of the accretion of issuance costs, discounts and accruing dividends on preferred stock or the Tranche Rights mark to market adjustments.

F-9


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

Revenue recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from license and collaboration agreements in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition (ASC 605). Accordingly, revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met:

Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;
Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered;
The seller's price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and
Collectability is reasonably assured.

Amounts received prior to satisfying the revenue recognition criteria are recognized as deferred revenue in the Company's consolidated balance sheets. Amounts expected to be recognized as revenue within the 12 months following the balance sheet date are classified as deferred revenue, current portion. Amounts not expected to be recognized as revenue within the 12 months following the balance sheet date are classified as deferred revenue, net of current portion.

    Multiple element arrangements

    Determination of accounting of units

When evaluating multiple element arrangements, the Company considers whether the deliverables under the arrangement represent separate units of accounting. This evaluation requires subjective determinations and requires management to make judgments about the individual deliverables and whether such deliverables are separable from the other aspects of the contractual relationship. In determining the units of accounting, management evaluates certain criteria, including whether the deliverables have standalone value, based on the consideration of the relevant facts and circumstances for each arrangement. The consideration received is allocated among the separate units of accounting using the relative selling price method, and the applicable revenue recognition criteria are applied to each of the separate units. Deliverables are considered separate units of accounting provided that: (i) the delivered item(s) has value to the customer on a standalone basis and (ii) if the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item(s), delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered probable and substantially in the control of the Company. In assessing whether an item has standalone value, the Company considers factors such as the research, manufacturing and commercialization capabilities of the collaboration partner and the availability of the associated expertise in the general marketplace. In addition, the Company considers whether the collaboration partner can use the deliverable(s) for their intended purpose without the receipt of the remaining element(s), whether the value of the deliverable is dependent on the undelivered item(s) and whether there are other vendors that can provide the undelivered element(s).

Under multiple element arrangements, options are considered substantive if, at the inception of the arrangement, the Company is at risk as to whether the collaboration partner will choose to exercise the option. Factors that the Company considers in evaluating whether an option is substantive include the overall objective of the arrangement, the benefit the collaborator might obtain from the arrangement without exercising the option, the likelihood the option will be exercised, and the cost to exercise the option. When an option is considered substantive, the Company does not consider the option or item

F-10


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

underlying the option to be a deliverable at the inception of the arrangement and the associated option fees are not included in the allocable arrangement consideration, assuming the option is not priced at a significant and incremental discount. When an option is not considered substantive, the Company would consider the option, including other deliverables contingent upon the exercise of the option, to be a deliverable at the inception of the arrangement and a corresponding amount would be included in the allocable arrangement consideration. In addition, if the price of the option includes a significant incremental discount, the discount inherent in the option price would be included as a deliverable at the inception of the arrangement.

    Allocation of arrangement considerations

Arrangement consideration that is fixed or determinable is allocated among the separate units of accounting using the relative selling price method. Then, the applicable revenue recognition criteria in ASC 605-25 are applied to each of the separate units of accounting in determining the appropriate period and pattern of recognition. The Company determines the selling price of a unit of accounting following the hierarchy of evidence prescribed by ASC 605-25. Accordingly, the Company determines the estimated selling price for units of accounting within each arrangement using vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of selling price, if available, third-party evidence (TPE) of selling price if VSOE is not available, or best estimate of selling price (BESP) if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. The Company typically uses BESP to estimate the selling price, since it generally does not have VSOE or TPE of selling price for its units of accounting. Determining the BESP for a unit of accounting requires significant judgment. In developing the BESP for a unit of accounting, the Company considers applicable market conditions and relevant entity-specific factors, including factors that were contemplated in negotiating the agreement with the customer and estimated costs. The Company validates the BESP for units of accounting by evaluating whether changes in the key assumptions used to determine the BESP will have a significant effect on the allocation of arrangement consideration between multiple units of accounting.

    Patterns of recognition

The Company recognizes arrangement consideration allocated to each unit of accounting when all of the revenue recognition criteria in ASC 605 are satisfied for that particular unit of accounting. The Company recognizes revenue associated with substantive options upon exercise of the option if the underlying license has standalone value from the other deliverables to be provided subsequent to delivery of the license. If the license does not have standalone value, the amounts allocated to the license option will be combined with the related undelivered items as a single unit of accounting.

The Company recognizes the revenue amounts associated with research and development services and other service related deliverables ratably over the associated period of performance. If there is no discernable pattern of performance or objectively measurable performance measures do not exist, then the Company recognizes revenue under the arrangement on a straight-line basis over the period the Company is expected to complete its performance obligations. If the pattern of performance in which the service is provided to the customer can be determined and objectively measurable performance exists, then the Company recognizes revenue under the arrangement using the proportional performance method. Revenue recognized is limited to the lesser of the cumulative amount of payments received and the cumulative

F-11


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

amount of revenue earned, as determined using the straight-line method or proportional performance, as applicable, as of each reporting period.

    Recognition of milestones and royalties

At the inception of an arrangement that includes milestone payments, the Company evaluates whether each milestone is substantive and at risk to both parties on the basis of the contingent nature of the milestone. This evaluation includes an assessment of whether (i) the consideration is commensurate with either the Company's performance to achieve the milestone or the enhancement of performance to achieve the milestone, (ii) the consideration relates solely to past performance and (iii) the consideration is reasonable relative to all of the deliverables and payment terms within the arrangement. The Company evaluates factors such as clinical, regulatory, commercial and other risks that must be overcome to achieve the respective milestone and the level of effort and investment required to achieve the respective milestone in making this assessment. There is considerable judgment involved in determining whether a milestone satisfies all of the criterial required to conclude that a milestone is substantive. In accordance with ASC Topic 605-28, Revenue Recognition—Milestone Method (ASC 605-28), clinical and regulatory milestones that are considered substantive, recognized as revenue in their entirety upon successful accomplishment of the milestone, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Milestones that are not considered substantive are recognized as revenue over the remaining period of performance, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Revenue from commercial milestones payments are recorded as revenue upon achievement of the milestone, assuming all other recognition criteria are met.

Fair value of financial instruments

ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement ("ASC 820"), establishes a fair value hierarchy for instruments measured at fair value that distinguishes between assumptions based on market data (observable inputs) and the Company's own assumptions (unobservable inputs). Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company's assumptions about the inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, and are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

ASC 820 identifies fair value as the exchange price, or exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As a basis for considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, ASC 820 establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between the following:

Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs that reflect the Company's own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Financial assets and liabilities

F-12


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

    are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

To the extent that the valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. A financial instrument's level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their fair values, due to their short-term nature.

Cash equivalents

Cash equivalents are highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into cash with original maturities of three months or less when purchased. These assets include an investment in a money market fund that invests in U.S. Treasury obligations.

Marketable securities

Short-term investments consist of investments with original maturities greater than ninety days and less than one year from the balance sheet date. Long-term investments consist of investments with maturities of greater than one year that are not expected to be used to fund current operations. The Company classifies all of its investments as available-for-sale securities. Accordingly, these investments are recorded at fair value, which is based on quoted market prices. Realized gains and losses, amortization and accretion of discounts and premiums are included in other income (expense).

Restricted cash

Restricted cash is recorded in other non-current assets as of December 31, 2015 and September 30, 2016 and includes amounts held as a security deposit in the form of a letter of credit for the Company's leased facility.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment consists of laboratory equipment, furniture and fixtures, computer equipment, and leasehold improvements and is recorded at cost. The Company capitalizes equipment that is acquired for research and development activities and that has alternate future use. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are recorded to expense as incurred, whereas major betterments are capitalized as additions to property and equipment. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of their useful life or the term of the lease. Depreciation is calculated over the estimated useful lives of the assets using the straight-line method.

Deferred initial public offering costs

The Company capitalizes deferred initial public offering costs, which primarily consist of direct, incremental legal and accounting fees relating to the Company's initial public offering or IPO, within other non-current

F-13


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

assets. The deferred IPO costs will be offset against IPO proceeds upon the consummation of an offering. The Company had capitalized $2.0 million of deferred initial offering costs related to prior registration statements confidentially submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission in 2015. In the second quarter of 2016, the Company wrote off these deferred initial offering costs to general and administrative expenses because the offering was postponed significantly in excess of 90 days. As a result, the costs were not deemed realizable as the Company expects to incur similar costs in connection with its current planned IPO.

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Company reviews its property and equipment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of certain assets might not be recoverable and recognizes an impairment loss when it is probable that an asset's realizable value is less than the carrying value. To date, no such impairment losses have been recorded.

Research and development

Expenditures relating to research and development are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenses consist of both internal and external costs such as employee compensation, consultant costs, external research, fees paid to clinical research organizations and other third parties associated with clinical trials, license fees and facilities costs associated with the development of the Company's immunotherapy pipeline and building of its Transformational Science Platform.

Intellectual property costs

The Company expenses costs associated with intellectual property related matters as incurred and classifies such costs as general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Stock-based compensation expense

The Company expenses the fair value of employee stock awards over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. Compensation cost for stock awards issued to employees is measured using the grant date fair value of the award, net of estimated forfeitures, and is adjusted annually to reflect actual forfeitures. Grants of stock awards to non-employees are required to be recognized as expense in the consolidated statements of operations based on their vesting date fair values. Non-employee stock-based awards are revalued at each period to reflect the current fair value of such awards. Stock-based compensation is recognized on a straight-line basis.

The Company uses intrinsic value, which is based on the value of its common stock less any purchase price, to determine the fair value of restricted stock awards. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model which requires inputs based on certain subjective assumptions. Expected volatility is calculated based on reported volatility data for a representative group of publicly traded companies for which historical information was available. The historical volatility is calculated based on a period of time commensurate with the expected term assumptions. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant commensurate with the expected term assumption. The Company uses the simplified method, under

F-14


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

which the expected term is presumed to be the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The Company utilizes this method due to lack of historical exercise data and the plain nature of its stock based awards. The Company uses the remaining contractual term for the expected life of non-employee awards. The expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero as the Company has never paid dividends and has no current plans to pay any dividends on common stock.

The Company records the expense for stock-based compensation awards subject to performance-based milestone vesting over the remaining service period when management determines that achievement of the milestone is probable. Management evaluates when the achievement of a performance-based milestone is probable based on the expected satisfaction of the performance conditions as of the reporting date.

The amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized during a period is based on the value of the portion of the awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The term "forfeitures" is distinct from "cancellations" or "expirations" and represents only the unvested portion of the surrendered option. The Company evaluates its forfeiture rate annually. Ultimately, the actual expense recognized over the vesting period will be for those awards that vest.

Income taxes

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company's financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of the assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance against deferred tax assets is recorded if, based on the weight of the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions using a more-likely-than-not threshold for recognizing and resolving uncertain tax positions. The evaluation of uncertain tax positions is based on factors, including, but not limited to, changes in the law, the measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in tax returns, the effective settlement of matters subject to audit, new audit activity, and changes in facts or circumstances related to a tax position. The Company evaluates its tax positions on an annual basis.

Comprehensive loss

Comprehensive loss is the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. The Company's only element of other comprehensive loss in all periods presented was unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities.

Net loss per share

Basic net loss per common share is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, without consideration for potentially dilutive securities. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares and potentially dilutive securities outstanding for the period determined using the treasury-stock and if-converted methods.

F-15


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

For purposes of the diluted net loss per share calculation, preferred stock, unvested restricted common stock and stock options are considered to be potentially dilutive securities, but are excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share because their effect would be anti-dilutive and therefore, basic and diluted net loss per share were the same for all periods presented.

The following table sets forth the outstanding potentially dilutive securities that have been excluded in the calculation of diluted net loss per share because to do so would be anti-dilutive (in common stock equivalent shares):

    As of December 31,     As of September 30,  

    2014     2015     2015     2016  

Series A convertible preferred stock

    8,672,084     12,737,124     12,737,124     12,737,124  

Series B convertible preferred stock

        6,715,103     6,715,103     6,715,103  

Series B-1 preferred stock

                2,831,463  

Outstanding stock options

    1,123,960     2,959,922     2,305,086     3,626,230  

Unvested restricted common stock

    1,158,518     748,033     852,141     170,469  

Total

    10,954,562     23,160,182     22,609,454     26,080,389  

Pro forma net loss per share

The unaudited pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders used in the calculation of unaudited basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders does not include the effects of the accretion of issuance costs, discounts, and accruing dividends on the preferred stock because it assumes that the conversion of the preferred stock into common stock occurred on the later of January 1, 2015 or the issuance date of the preferred stock for the year ended December, 31 2015, and on the later of January 1, 2016 or the issuance date of the preferred stock for the nine months ended September 30, 2016.

F-16


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

The following table summarizes the Company's unaudited pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 
  Year ended
December 31,
2015

  Nine months
ended
September 30,
2016

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (37,503 ) $ (25,803 )

Add:

             

Changes in fair value of preferred stock tranche liability

    (1,859 )    

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value(1)

    1,011      

Accrued dividends on Series A convertible preferred stock(2)

    2,716     2,815  

Accrued dividends on Series B convertible preferred stock(3)

    3,165     3,339  

Accrued dividends on Series B-1 preferred stock(4)

        480  

Loss on extinguishment of Series A convertible preferred stock          

    2,079      

Pro forma net loss

  $ (30,391 ) $ (19,169 )

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    1,621,240     2,007,341  

Add:

             

Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed conversion of preferred stock

    16,900,684     20,082,589  

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

    18,521,924     22,089,930  

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

  $ (1.64 ) $ (0.87 )

(1)    Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value included the discount, issuance costs and accruing dividends prior to the extinguishment of the Series A convertible preferred stock, while it was redeemable at a fixed date.

(2)    Represents accruing dividends, which have not been recorded as either (i) the initial carrying value of the Series A convertible preferred stock exceeded the redemption value or (ii) upon extinguishment of the Series A convertible preferred stock in April 2015, the preferred stock became contingently redeemable.

(3)    Represents accruing dividends on the Series B convertible preferred stock, which is contingently redeemable.

(4)   Represents accruing dividends on the Series B-1 preferred stock, which is contingently redeemable.

Concentrations of credit risk and off-balance sheet risk

The Company has no significant off-balance-sheet risk such as foreign exchange contracts, option contracts, or other foreign hedging arrangements. Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk primarily consist of cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents in an institutional money market fund.

Segment information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision-maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company and the Company's chief operating decision-maker, the Company's chief executive officer, views the Company's operations and manages its business as a single operating segment, which is the business of discovering and developing cancer immunotherapies.

F-17


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

New accounting pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605-25, Multiple-Element Arrangements and most industry-specific guidance. The new standard requires that an entity recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The update also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. This new guidance will be effective for annual reporting periods (including interim reporting periods within those years) beginning January 1, 2018. Early adoption in 2017 is permitted. Companies have the option of applying this new guidance retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying this update recognized at the date of initial application. The Company is in the process of evaluating the new guidance and determining the expected effects of the adoption of this standard on its financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15 Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern , which requires management to assess an entity's ability to continue as a going concern every reporting period, and provide certain disclosures if management has substantial doubt about the entity's ability to operate as a going concern, or an express statement if not, by incorporating and expanding upon certain principles that are currently in U.S. auditing standards. This guidance is effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. The Company does not expect the new guidance to have a significant impact on its financial statement disclosures.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases , ("ASU 2016-02"), which requires a lessee to recognize assets and liabilities on the balance sheet for operating leases and changes many key definitions, including the definition of a lease. The new standard includes a short-term lease exception for leases with a term of 12 months or less, as part of which a lessee can make an accounting policy election not to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. Lessees will continue to differentiate between finance leases (previously referred to as capital leases) and operating leases using classification criteria that are substantially similar to the previous guidance. The new standard will be effective beginning January 1, 2019, and early adoption is permitted for public entities. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact ASU 2016-02 may have on its financial position and results of operations.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation , which amends ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. The new standard identifies areas for simplification involving several aspects of accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, an option to recognize gross stock compensation expense with actual forfeitures recognized as they occur, as well as certain classifications on the consolidated statements of cash flows. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods (including interim reporting periods within those years) beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. A company that elects early adoption must adopt all of the amendments in the same period. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact that ASU 2016-09 may have on the Company's financial statements.

F-18


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

3.     Celgene Collaboration Agreement

In July 2016, the Company entered into a Master Research and Collaboration Agreement with Celgene Corporation ("Celgene") (the "Celgene Collaboration Agreement"). The primary goal of the collaboration is to co-develop and co-commercialize innovative biologic immunotherapies that either activate or suppress the immune system by binding to targets identified by leveraging the Company's Translational Science Platform. Under the Celgene Collaboration Agreement, the Company granted Celgene exclusive options to develop and commercialize the Company's lead product candidate, JTX-2011, and up to four early-stage programs (referred to as "Lead and Other Programs"), consisting of targets to be selected from a pool of certain B cell, T regulatory cell and tumor-associated macrophage targets. Additionally, Celgene has an exclusive option to develop and commercialize the Company's product candidate JTX-4014, which, upon exercise of such option, will be a shared program that may be used by both parties in and outside of the collaboration. Prior to Celgene exercising any of its options, the Company is responsible for all research and development activities under the Celgene Collaboration Agreement.

The Company received a non-refundable upfront cash payment of $225.0 million and $36.1 million from the sale of 10,448,100 shares of Series B-1 preferred stock upon execution of the Celgene Collaboration Agreement and Series B-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement. If Celgene elects to exercise any of the program options, Celgene will pay the Company an option-exercise fee of $10.0 million to $60.0 million that varies by program, with an aggregate of $182.5 million if Celgene exercises all six program options. The initial research term of the collaboration is four years, which can be extended, at Celgene's option, annually for up to three additional years for additional consideration that ranges from $30.0 million to $45.0 million per year, for an aggregate of $120.0 million if the term is extended for an additional three years.

Worldwide development cost and U.S. operating profit and loss sharing

Upon the exercise of each program option, the parties will enter into a co-development and co-commercialization agreement ("Co-Co Agreements") or, in the case of JTX-4014, a license agreement ("JTX-4014 License Agreement") that governs the development and commercialization of the applicable program. Although the agreements will not be executed unless and until Celgene exercises an option, the parties have agreed to the terms of the Co-Co Agreements and the JTX-4014 License Agreement as part of the Celgene Collaboration Agreement.

Under the Co-Co Agreements and the JTX-4014 License Agreement, the Company will share with Celgene the U.S. profits or losses and development costs on such collaboration program as follows:

The Company will retain 60 percent of the U.S. operating profits or losses arising from commercialization of JTX-2011, with 40 percent allocated to Celgene.

The Company will retain 25 percent of the U.S. operating profits or losses arising from commercialization of the first program (the "Lead Program"), other than JTX-2011 or JTX-4014, for which an IND application is filed under the collaboration, with 75 percent allocated to Celgene. Celgene has a one-time right to substitute and swap the economics and governance of this program with that of another program for which it exercises an option (other than JTX-2011 and JTX-4014).

F-19


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

The Company and Celgene will equally share U.S. operating profits or losses arising from commercialization of up to three additional programs (other than JTX-2011, JTX-4014 or the Lead Program) (the "Other Programs").

The Company and Celgene will share all development costs, other than for JTX-4014, in accordance with the applicable Co-Co Agreements, of which Celgene's portion of the costs range from 67 percent to 85 percent.

If Celgene exercises its option for a program other than JTX-4014, the Company will enter into a Co-Co Agreement, pursuant to which Celgene will have the exclusive right to develop and commercialize the products arising out of such collaboration program outside of the United States, and the Company will be eligible to receive tiered royalties ranging from a high single digit to mid-teen percentage rate on net product sales outside of the United States. Under each Co-Co Agreement, the Company will also have the right to opt out of profit sharing and instead receive milestones and royalties.

Furthermore, if Celgene exercises its option for JTX-4014, the Company will enter into the JTX-4014 License Agreement, pursuant to which Celgene and the Company will each have equal rights to develop and commercialize JTX-4014 in combination with other proprietary molecules in their or the Company's respective pipelines or in combination with products arising out of collaboration programs. Subject to terms specified in the license agreement for JTX-4014, the party owning the proprietary molecule that is combined with JTX-4014, if such molecule does not arise from a collaboration program with Celgene, will be solely responsible for all development and commercialization costs related to such combination. If JTX-4014 is combined with a product arising from a collaboration program, then the parties will share costs and, if co-packaged or co-formulated, profits or losses in accordance with the Co-Co Agreements for such other product.

Milestones and royalties

Under the Co-Co Agreements and the JTX-4014 License Agreement, Celgene is required to pay the Company for specified development, regulatory and commercial milestones, if achieved, up to approximately $2.3 billion, across all collaboration programs. The development milestones are payable on initiation of certain clinical trials and range from $32.5 million to $105.0 million, per program, with an aggregate total of $290.0 million. The regulatory approval milestones are payable upon regulatory approval in the United States and outside the United States and range from $7.5 million to $50.0 million per milestone, with an aggregate total of $700.0 million. The commercial milestones are payable upon achievement of specified aggregate product sales outside the United States for each program and range from $40.0 million to $200.0 million per milestone, with an aggregate total of $1.270 billion. The Company is also eligible to receive royalties on product sales outside the United States ranging from high single digit to mid-teen royalties.

Exercise of options

Celgene may exercise its option for a program at any time until the expiration of an option term for that program. For each program, the option term ends 45 to 60 days following Celgene's receipt of a data package that includes certain information relating to the program's research and development activities. The data package for a program may be delivered to Celgene after the applicable development milestone for such program has been achieved. Depending on the program, the applicable development milestone is (1) IND acceptance, (2) availability of certain Phase Ia data, or (3) availability of certain Phase I/II data. If

F-20


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

Celgene fails to exercise its option during the option term for a program, the Company will retain the rights to such program. If Celgene exercises its option for a program other than JTX-4014, then the Company will enter into a Co-Co Agreement with Celgene for such program in substantially the form attached to the agreement as an exhibit. Under the co-development and co-commercialization agreement for JTX-2011 and one additional program for which Celgene opts in that is not JTX-4014, the Company will be responsible for leading development and commercialization activities in the United States and Celgene will be responsible for development and commercialization activities outside the United States. For all other additional programs for which Celgene opts in, other than JTX-4014, Celgene will lead development and commercialization activities worldwide. If Celgene exercises its option for JTX-4014, the Company and Celgene will enter into a license agreement, in substantially the form attached to the agreement as an exhibit, pursuant to which the Company and Celgene will both be able to equally access JTX-4014 for combinations within each other's portfolios and with other molecules that are subject to the agreement, subject to joint governance. Once Celgene opts in with respect to a given program, Celgene and the Company must each use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize the corresponding product in the U.S.

Termination

At any point during the Celgene Collaboration Agreement, including during the research, development and clinical trial process, or during the term of the applicable co-development and co-commercialization or license agreement, respectively, Celgene can terminate the applicable agreement with the Company in its entirety, or with respect to any program under the Celgene Collaboration Agreement, upon 120 days' notice and can terminate the entire agreement with the Company in connection with a material breach of the agreement by the Company that remains uncured for 90 days.

Exclusivity

During the Celgene Collaboration Agreement's research term (i.e., for four years plus up to three one-year extensions that Celgene may elect), the Company may not alone, or with a third party, research, develop, manufacture or commercialize a biologic that binds to a defined pool of B cell, T regulatory cell or tumor-associated macrophage targets that meet certain criteria, termed an exclusive target, and inhibit, activate or otherwise modulate the activity of such exclusive target. In addition, if Celgene exercises its option for a program within the Celgene Collaboration Agreement, other than JTX-4014, then until termination or expiration of the applicable Co-Co Agreement for such program, the Company may not directly or indirectly research, develop, manufacture or commercialize, outside of the Celgene Collaboration Agreement, any biologic with specified activity against that program's collaboration target.

Accounting analysis

The Celgene Collaboration Agreement includes six deliverables: (i) research and development services for the product candidate, JTX-2011 ("JTX-2011 Research Services") (ii) research and development services for the product candidate, JTX-4014 ("JTX-4014 Research Services") (iii) research and development services associated with the Lead Program and Other Programs ("Lead and Other Program Research Services"), (iv) research and development services associated with target screening ("Target Screening Services"), (v) non-transferable, sub-licensable and non-exclusive licenses to use the Company's intellectual property and collaboration intellectual property to conduct research activities, on a program by program basis ("Research Licenses"), and (vi) participation in the joint steering committee ("JSC").

F-21


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

The six program options are considered substantive as the Company is at risk with regard to whether Celgene will exercise the options as a result of the significant uncertainties related to drug discovery, research, and development as all options are for targets that have significant development risk. Additionally, there is also significant uncertainty regarding Celgene's exercise of the option for JTX-4014, although not a novel immunotherapy agent, it has significant development risk associated with the Company's ability to advance its development in a commercially viable manner in a short time frame. The research term extensions are also considered substantive options based upon the risk that Celgene will exercise the research term extension. In addition, there are substantial option exercise payments payable by Celgene upon exercise of each option that are not priced at a significant and incremental discount. Accordingly, the substantive options are not considered deliverables at the inception of the arrangement and the associated option exercise payments are not included in allocable arrangement consideration. The Company has also determined that any obligations which are contingent upon the exercise of a substantive option are not considered deliverables at the outset of the arrangement.

The Target Screening Services and participation in the JSC deliverables each have standalone value from the other undelivered elements and therefore are separate units of accounting. The Company determined that the research licenses for the JTX-2011 and JTX-4014 programs do not have value to Celgene on a standalone basis primarily as a result of the fact that the research licenses allow Celgene to evaluate the results of the research and development services performed by the Company and the right to perform its duties under the agreement, but do not provide Celgene with any commercialization rights. Therefore, the research licenses do not have value to Celgene without the performance of the JTX-2011 Research Services and JTX-4014 Research Services and therefore are not separable from the JTX-2011 Research Services and JTX-4014 Research Services. The JTX-2011 Research Services are separate and distinct from the JTX-4014 Research Services, and therefore, the research license and the JTX-2011 Research Services are a separate combined unit of accounting and the research license and the JTX-4014 Research Services are a separate combined unit of accounting. The Lead and Other Programs Research Services deliverable does not include separate and distinct services and Celgene can use the Lead and Other Programs Services for its intended purpose without receipt of the research licenses that could be delivered for the Lead and Other Programs. The Lead and Other Programs Research Services therefore have been combined with the licenses that could be delivered for the Lead and Other Programs, which have an insignificant value, as a separate combined unit of accounting.

The allocable arrangement consideration consists of the upfront fee of $225.0 million. Celgene also purchased 10,448,100 shares of Series B-1 convertible preferred stock for gross proceeds of $36.1 million. The Company determined the shares of Series B-1 convertible preferred stock were sold at fair value. Therefore, the proceeds from the issuance of Series B-1 convertible preferred stock did not impact the arrangement consideration to be allocated to the units of accounting. The Company has allocated the allocable arrangement consideration based on the relative selling price of each unit of accounting. For all units of accounting, the Company determined the selling price using the best estimate of selling price, or BESP. The Company determined the BESP based on internal estimates of the costs to perform the services, including expected internal and external costs for services and supplies, adjusted to reflect a reasonable profit margin. The total cost of the research and development services reflects the nature of the services to be performed the Company's best estimate of the length of time required to perform the services. The Company determined that the BESP of the participation in the JSC was insignificant and therefore no consideration was allocated to this unit of accounting. Similarly, given the limited use of the research

F-22


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

licenses, which is only required in the event Celgene performs research activities under the Celgene Collaboration Agreement which is not expected to be significant, the Company determined the estimated selling price for the research licenses were also insignificant. Therefore, the total allocable arrangement consideration has been allocated to the JTX-2011 Research Services, the JTX-4014 Research Services, the Lead and Other Program Services and the Target Screening Services.

The Company is recognizing the consideration allocated to each unit of accounting on a straight-line basis, as there is no discernable pattern or objective measure of performance of the services, over the estimated performance period. The estimated performance period reflects the Company's estimate of the period over which it will perform the separate and distinct research and development services to deliver a pre-defined data package to Celgene for each program subject to an option. The performance periods for each unit of accounting range from twelve months to four years.

The Company evaluated the milestones in the Celgene Collaboration Agreement, the Co-Co agreements, and the JTX-4014 License Agreement to determine if they are substantive. In evaluating if a milestone is substantive, the Company assesses whether: (i) the consideration is commensurate with either the Company's performance to achieve the milestone or the enhancement of the value of the delivered item(s) as a result of a specific outcome resulting from the Company performance to achieve the milestone, (ii) the consideration relates solely to past performance and (iii) the consideration is reasonable relative to all of the deliverables and payment terms within the arrangement. All development and regulatory milestones in the Celgene Collaboration Agreement, the Co-Co agreements, and the JTX-4014 License Agreement are considered substantive on the basis of the contingent nature of the milestone, specifically reviewing factors such as the scientific, clinical, regulatory, and other risks that must be overcome to achieve the milestone as well as the level of effort and investment required. Accordingly, such amounts will be recognized in the period in which the associated milestone is achieved, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. All commercial milestones will be accounted for in the same manner as royalties and recorded as revenue upon achievement of the milestone, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, under the Celgene Collaboration Agreement, the Company recognized $16.9 million of the $225.0 million upfront payment as revenue during the period. As of September 30, 2016, the Company has $208.1 million of deferred revenue, which is classified as either current or net of current portion in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets based on the period over which the services are expected to be performed.

4.    Fair value measurements

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 were as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
2014

  Quoted prices
in active
markets for
identical assets
(level 1)

  Significant
other
observable
inputs
(level 2)

  Significant
unobservable
inputs
(level 3)

 

Assets

                         

Money market funds, included in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 2,452   $ 2,452   $   $  

Liabilities

                         

Preferred stock tranche liability

  $ 3,584   $   $   $ 3,584  

F-23


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

For the year ended December 31, 2014 and through the final closing date in April 2015, the Company estimated the fair value of the preferred stock Tranche Liability at the time of issuance and subsequently remeasured it using a probability-weighted present value model that considered the probability of closing each tranche (varying from 60% to 100% based on the milestone and measurement date), and the estimated future value of Series A convertible preferred stock at closing (varying from $1.01 to $1.88 based on the expected tranche closing date). The Company converted future values to present value using a discount rate (16.8%) appropriate for probability adjusted cash flows. The estimates are based, in part, on subjective assumptions. Changes to these assumptions can have a significant impact on the fair value of the preferred stock tranche liability.

As of April 2015, the preferred stock tranche liability was reclassified to convertible preferred stock and, as such, no preferred stock tranche asset or liability was outstanding subsequent to April 2015.

Assets measured at fair value as of December 31, 2015 were as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
2015

  Quoted prices
in active
markets for
identical assets
(level 1)

  Significant
other
observable
inputs
(level 2)

  Significant
unobservable
inputs
(level 3)

 

Assets

                         

Money market funds, included in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 45,161   $ 45,161   $   $  

Assets measured at fair value as of September 30, 2016 were as follows (in thousands):

 
  September 30,
2016

  Quoted prices
in active
markets for
identical assets
(level 1)

  Significant
other
observable
inputs
(level 2)

  Significant
unobservable
inputs
(level 3)

 

Assets

                         

Money market funds, included in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 89,317   $ 89,317   $   $  

Marketable securities:

                         

Corporate debt securities

    97,614         97,614      

U.S. Treasuries

    84,464     84,464          

  $ 271,395   $ 173,781   $ 97,614   $  

F-24


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

The following table provides a reconciliation of all assets and liabilities measured at fair value using Level 3 significant unobservable inputs (in thousands):

 
  Preferred stock
tranche asset

  Preferred stock
tranche liability

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 1,438   $ (7,829 )

Changes in fair value

    1,266     4,245  

Reclassification to preferred stock

    (2,704 )    

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $   $ (3,584 )

Changes in fair value

        1,859  

Reclassification to preferred stock

        1,725  

Balance at December 31, 2015

  $   $  

5.     Marketable securities

The fair value of available-for-sale marketable securities by type of security was as follows (in thousands):

 
  September 30, 2016  
 
  Amortized cost
  Unrealized gains
  Unrealized losses
  Fair value
 

Cash equivalents and short-term investments:

                         

Money market funds, included in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 89,317   $   $   $ 89,317  

Corporate debt securities

    78,590     1     (35 )   78,556  

U.S. Treasuries

                 

Total cash equivalents and short-term investments

    167,907     1     (35 )   167,873  

Long-term investments:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Corporate debt securities

    19,104         (46 )   19,058  

U.S. Treasuries

    84,490     2     (28 )   84,464  

Total long-term investments

    103,594     2     (74 )   103,522  

Total marketable securities

  $ 271,501   $ 3   $ (109 ) $ 271,395  

At September 30, 2016, short-term investments mature within twelve months and our long-term investments mature within one to two years.

F-25


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

6.     Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
  As of
September 30,

 
 
  2014
  2015
  2016
 

Prepaid expenses

  $ 281   $ 545   $ 1,507  

Interest receivable on marketable securities

            633  

Other current assets

    246     5      

Total prepaids and other current assets

  $ 527   $ 550   $ 2,140  

7.     Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment and related accumulated depreciation are as follows (in thousands):

 
   
  As of
December 31,
   
 
 
  Estimated
useful life
in years

  As of
September 30,

 
 
  2014
  2015
  2016
 

Laboratory equipment

  5   $ 2,187   $ 3,487   $ 4,872  

Furniture and office equipment

  4     107     226     226  

Computer equipment

  3     109     236     309  

Leasehold improvements

  Shorter of lease term or asset life     3,325     3,997     3,997  

        5,728     7,946     9,404  

Less: accumulated depreciation

        (1,389 )   (2,853 )   (4,252 )

Property and equipment, net

      $ 4,339   $ 5,093   $ 5,152  

Depreciation expense was $1.1 million, $1.5 million, $1.0 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

8.     Accrued expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
  As of
September 30,

 
 
  2014
  2015
  2016
 

Employee compensation and benefits

  $ 557   $ 1,792   $ 1,609  

External research and professional services

    443     1,438     1,239  

Lab consumables and other

    51     157     296  

Total accrued expenses

  $ 1,051   $ 3,387   $ 3,144  

F-26


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

9.     Convertible preferred stock

The Company's Series A, Series B, and Series B-1 convertible preferred stock, together referred to as "preferred stock," has been classified as temporary equity on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets in accordance with authoritative guidance for the classification and measurement of redeemable securities as the preferred stock is redeemable upon the occurrence of a deemed liquidation event.

Series A preferred stock

At September 30, 2016, 47,000,000 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock ("Series A preferred stock") were authorized, issued and outstanding. These shares were issued at various closing dates between 2013 and 2015 for $1.00 per share. The shares were issued in exchange for cash proceeds of $44.6 million, net of issuance costs of $0.1 million and the exchange of approximately $2.3 million in outstanding convertible promissory notes, including accrued interest.

Tranche rights issued with Series A preferred stock

Included in the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement were Tranche Rights. The Tranche Rights obligated the investors in Series A preferred stock to purchase, and the Company to sell, an additional 10,000,000 shares of Series A preferred stock at $1.00 per share contingent upon the initiation of certain research and development programs and initiation of translational science ("Tranche Right I"). In addition, the investors were obligated to purchase, and the Company was obligated to sell, an additional 20,000,000 shares of Series A preferred stock upon developing product candidates and achieving certain clinical milestones ("Tranche Right II"). In addition, the Tranche Rights provided the investors with the ability to purchase these additional shares at their option at any time. The Tranche Rights were transferable by the investors, subject to approval by the Board.

The Company concluded that the Tranche Rights met the definition of a freestanding financial instrument, as the Tranche Rights were legally detachable and separately exercisable from the Series A preferred stock. Therefore, the Company allocated the net proceeds between the Tranche Rights and the Series A preferred stock. Since the Series A preferred stock was contingently redeemable upon the occurrence of a deemed liquidation event, the Tranche Rights are classified as an asset or liability under ASC Topic 480 Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity and are initially recorded at fair value. The Tranche Rights were measured at fair value at each reporting period. Since the Tranche Rights were subject to fair value accounting, the Company allocated the proceeds to the Tranche Rights based on the fair value at the date of issuance with the remaining proceeds being allocated to the Series A preferred stock. The estimated fair value of the Tranche Rights was determined using a probability-weighted present value model that considers the probability of closing a tranche, the estimated future value of Series A preferred stock at each closing and the investment required at each closing. Future values were converted to present value using a discount rate appropriate for probability-adjusted cash flows.

F-27


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

The following table summarizes the initial value of the Tranche Rights included in the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (in thousands):

 
  Fair value of
tranche right
asset (liability)

 

Tranche Right I

  $ 1,229  

Tranche Right II

    (6,484 )

Total value of Tranche Rights

  $ (5,255 )

Tranche Right I was initially recorded as an asset of $1.2 million as the purchase price of the additional shares was greater than the estimated value of the Series A preferred stock at the expected settlement date. Conversely, Tranche Right II was initially recorded as a liability of $6.5 million as the purchase price of the additional shares was less than the estimated price of the Series A preferred stock at the expected settlement date.

In February 2014, the Company amended the Tranche Rights, which changed the amount and timing of the subsequent closings related to Tranche Right I and Tranche Right II. The shares associated with Tranche Right I were increased by 5,000,000 to 15,000,000 and the shares associated with Tranche Right II were decreased by 5,000,000 to 15,000,000 while the purchase price per share remained unchanged at $1.00. Additionally, upon the achievement of the specified milestones, Tranche Right I and Tranche Right II would each be closed in two separate transactions whereby 50% of the commitment would be closed upon the achievement of the milestones and the remaining 50% commitment would be closed within six months of achieving the milestones. As a result of these modified Tranche Rights, the Company recognized income of $3.4 million related to the mark to market adjustment at the time of the amendment.

The Company issued 15,000,000 additional shares under Tranche Right I, in two separate closings during the year ended December 31, 2014 with total proceeds of $15.0 million, net of issuance costs. Prior to each closing, any changes in the value of Tranche Right I were recorded as other financing expense. The fair value of the portion of the Tranche Right I settled at each closing was reclassified to Series A preferred stock. The Company recognized income of $1.3 million, inclusive of the February 2014 amendment's impact of $1.3 million, related to the mark to market of Tranche Right I during the year ended December 31, 2014, which is included in other financing income. The Company recognized income of $4.2 million, inclusive of the February 2014 amendment's impact of $2.1 million, related to the mark-to-market of Tranche Right II during the year ended December 31, 2014, which is included in other financing income.

In January and April 2015, Tranche Right II was settled in two separate closings, prior to achieving the contingent milestones. The Company recognized income of $1.9 million related to the mark to market of Tranche Right II during the period ended December 31, 2015, which is included in other financing income. The fair value of the Tranche Right II settled at closing was reclassified to Series A preferred stock. The initial carrying amount of the Series A preferred stock issued upon the closing of Tranche Right II amounted to approximately $16.7 million which exceeds the redemption value of $15.0 million; therefore, the carrying value is not being subsequently adjusted until such time as the redemption value exceeds the initial carrying amount.

F-28


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

Series A preferred stock extinguishment

In April 2015, in connection with the issuance of the Series B convertible preferred stock ("Series B preferred stock"), the rights and preferences of the Series A preferred stock were modified and resulted in two primary changes. First, the right at the election of the holder to redeem the Series A preferred stock beginning in February 2020 was removed and the right to participate in liquidating distributions with the common stock holders on a pro rata basis was also removed. The removal of these two features resulted in a fundamental change to the nature of the preferred shares. As a result, the Company recognized a loss on extinguishment of the Series A preferred stock in the amount of $2.1 million, which caused the Series A preferred stock's carrying value to equal its fair value of $47.1 million after the modification. As the amended Series A preferred stock is no longer redeemable at the option of the holder in February 2020, and is only contingently redeemable upon the occurrence of a deemed liquidation event, the Company will not subsequently adjust the carrying value of the Series A preferred stock until such time that it is probable that the Series A preferred stock will be redeemed.

Series B preferred stock

At September 30, 2016, 24,778,761 shares of Series B preferred stock were authorized, issued and outstanding. These shares were issued for $2.26 per share. This issuance resulted in cash proceeds of $55.8 million, net of issuance costs of $0.2 million.

Series B-1 preferred stock

At September 30, 2016, 10,448,100 shares of Series B-1 preferred stock were authorized, issued and outstanding. These shares were issued for $3.46 per share. This issuance resulted in cash proceeds of $36.1 million, net of issuance costs of $0.1 million.

Preferred stock

The rights, preferences, and privileges of the preferred stock at September 30, 2016 are listed below:

Conversion

Shares of preferred stock are convertible into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock as determined by dividing the original issuance price by the conversion price at the time in effect. The original conversion price is $1.00 for Series A preferred stock, $2.26 for Series B preferred stock, and $3.46 for Series B-1 preferred stock and the post-split conversion price is $3.69 for Series A preferred stock, $8.3394 for Series B preferred stock, and $12.7674 for Series B-1 preferred stock. Shares of preferred stock are subject to adjustments to reflect the issuance of common stock, options, warrants, or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase common stock for a consideration per share, less than the conversion price then in effect and subsequent stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, or recapitalizations.

Conversion is at the option of the Series A, Series B, and Series B-1 preferred stockholders, although conversion is automatic upon the earlier of the consummation of an underwritten public offering resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of at least $35 million or, separately for each class of preferred stock, the vote or written consent of the majority of the then outstanding shares of preferred stock. Additionally, shares of Series B-1 preferred stock shall automatically convert upon the vote or written consent of the majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock and Series B preferred stock, each voting as a separate class.

F-29


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

Dividends

Holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive, before any cash is paid out or set aside for any common stock, dividends at $0.08, $0.18, and $0.28 per share for Series A, Series B, and Series B-1 preferred stock, respectively, subject to adjustment for stock splits; stock dividends; or, in certain circumstances, the sale of common stock at a price below the original issue price of the preferred stock. The dividends are cumulative, and are payable only when and if declared by the board of directors of the Company. No dividends have been declared since inception. Aggregate cumulative dividends at September 30, 2016 were $16.4 million.

Liquidation preference

Holders of the Series B and Series B-1 preferred stock have preference, on a pari passu basis, in the event of a liquidation, dissolution, sale, or winding up of the Company equal to the greater of original issue price per share, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends whether or not declared, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon or such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series B and Series B-1 preferred stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation. Thereafter, the holders of Series A preferred stock shall have preference equal to the greater of original issue price per share, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends whether or not declared, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon or such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series A preferred stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation.

If the assets of the Company are insufficient to pay the Series A, Series B, and Series B-1 preferred stock preferential amounts the remaining assets shall be distributed ratably among such holders in proportion to their aggregate liquidation preference amounts.

Redemption

As of September 30, 2016, the preferred stock is only redeemable upon the occurrence of a contingent deemed liquidation event, which includes a merger with a change in ownership of more than 50%, or a sale of substantially all of the assets. Prior to being modified in April 2015, the Series A preferred stock was redeemable beginning in February 2020, at the option of the holder.

Voting rights

Holders of the preferred stock are entitled to vote as a single class with the holders of common stock and shall have one vote for each equivalent common share into which the preferred stock is convertible. A majority vote of the preferred stockholders is required in order to amend the certificate of incorporation or bylaws; reclassify common stock or establish another class of stock; create or authorize additional shares of preferred stock; effect a sale, liquidation, or merger of the Company; repurchase or redeem any capital stock; or engage in any action that would adversely affect the holders of the preferred stock.

The Company assessed the Series A, Series B, and Series B-1 preferred stock for any beneficial conversion features or embedded derivatives, including the conversion option that may require bifurcation from the Series A, Series B or Series B-1 preferred stock and receive separate accounting treatment. The Company concluded that none of the features required bifurcation as a derivative liability.

F-30


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

10.   Stockholder's deficit

Common stock

The holders of the Company's common stock are entitled to receive dividends if and when declared by the Company's Board of Directors. Dividends to the holders of common stock may be declared and paid only after all accrued unpaid preferred stock dividends have been paid according to their respective terms.

Liquidation

After payments of their respective liquidation preferences to the holders of shares of Series A, Series B, and Series B-1 preferred stock, the holders of shares of common stock are entitled to the Company's remaining assets available for distribution to its stockholders in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the business or upon occurrence of a deemed liquidation event.

Shares reserved for future issuance

The Company has reserved the following shares of common stock for the potential conversion of outstanding preferred stock:

 
  As of December 31,   As of
September 30,
2016

 
 
  2014
  2015
 

Shares reserved for Series A preferred stock outstanding

    8,672,084     12,737,124     12,737,124  

Shares reserved for future issuances of Series A preferred stock

    4,065,040          

Shares reserved for Series B preferred stock outstanding

        6,715,103     6,715,103  

Shares reserved for Series B-1 preferred stock outstanding

            2,831,463  

Shares reserved for vesting of restricted stock awards under the founder agreements

    851,963     567,408     96,542  

Shares reserved for vesting of restricted stock awards under the 2013 Stock Option and Grant Plan

    306,549     180,626     73,927  

Shares reserved for exercises of outstanding stock options issued under the 2013 Stock Option and Grant Plan

    1,123,960     2,959,922     3,626,230  

Shares reserved for issuances under the 2013 Stock Option and Grant Plan

    334,586     141,862     911,116  

Shares reserved for issuance under collaboration agreements

    20,325          

    15,374,507     23,302,045     26,991,505  

11.   Stock-based compensation

2013 Stock option and grant plan

In February 2013, the Company adopted the Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. 2013 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the "2013 Plan"), as amended and restated, under which it may grant restricted stock awards, incentive stock options ("ISOs") and non-statutory stock options to purchase up to 7,500,000 shares of common stock to eligible employees, officers, directors, and consultants.

F-31


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

In January 2015, the Company amended the 2013 Plan to allow for the issuance of up to 2,086,720 shares of common stock. In April 2015, the Company amended the 2013 Plan to allow for the issuance of up to 3,277,668 shares of common stock. In July 2015, the Company amended the 2013 Plan to allow for the issuance of up to 3,684,172 shares of common stock. In March 2016, the Company amended the 2013 Plan to allow for the issuance of up to 4,111,445 shares of common stock.

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company issued restricted stock and stock option awards under the 2013 Plan. During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, the Company issued only stock options under the 2013 plan.

The terms of restricted stock and stock option awards agreements, including vesting requirements, are determined by the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of the 2013 Plan. Options and restricted stock awards granted by the Company to employees and directors generally vest ratably over four years. Awards granted to new employees vest ratably over four years with 25% vesting on the first anniversary of employment and the remaining 75% vesting ratably, on a quarterly or monthly basis, over the remaining three years. Awards granted to non-employees generally vest monthly over one year.

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company issued 40,650 and 27,099 shares of restricted common stock at an original purchase price of $0.48 and $4.02 per share, respectively, under the 2013 Plan to employees and directors. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company issued 5,013 shares of restricted common stock at an original purchase price of $0.48 under the 2013 Plan to non-employees. No restricted common stock awards were issued during the nine months ended September 30, 2016. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company granted 1,873,380 stock options to employees and directors and 12,195 stock options to non-employees. During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, the Company issued 808,665 stock options to employees and directors and no stock options to non-employees. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015, and as of September 30, 2016, there were 334,586, 141,862, and 911,116 shares available for future issuance under the 2013 Plan, respectively.

The restricted common shares issued under the terms of the 2013 Plan allows the Company, at its discretion, to repurchase unvested shares at the initial purchase price if the employees or non-employees terminate their service relationship with the Company. The shares are recorded in stockholders' (deficit) equity as they vest.

Founder awards

From December 2012 to February 2013, the Company issued 1,395,659 shares of restricted common stock to non-employee founders (the "Founders"). The shares were issued under the terms of the respective restricted stock agreements and allow the Company, at its discretion, to repurchase unvested shares if the Founders terminate their relationship with the Company. Of the total restricted shares awarded to the Founders, 1,043,357 shares generally vest over one to four years, based on each Founder's continued service relationship with the Company in varying capacity as advisors, as prescribed by the grantee's individual restricted stock purchase agreements. The remaining 352,302 of the shares issued begin vesting upon the determination by the board of directors of a Founder's achievement of certain performance objectives, as set forth in the agreements. When and if the performance criteria are satisfied, the full

F-32


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

amount of the restricted shares shall vest irrespective of the continuation of the Founder's future service relationship with the Company.

These performance criteria are linked to certain milestones specific to the Company's research and development goals, including but not limited to preclinical and clinical development milestones related to the Company's product candidates. Stock-based compensation expense associated with these performance-based awards is recognized when the achievement of the performance condition is considered probable, based on management's judgment.

In March 2014, December 2015, and September 2016, certain performance conditions were achieved and the associated stock-based compensation expense for the vested shares was recognized in 2014 for 40,650 shares, 2015 for 40,650 shares, and 2016 for 216,802 shares. At September 30, 2016, all performance-based awards were vested and therefore there are no awards outstanding that have performance conditions. In addition, restricted stock awards granted to two non-employee Founders contain options that enable the Founders to sell their vested shares back to the Company at fair value upon both i) the termination of the consulting agreement between the Founder and the Company for any reason and ii) the determination by the Founder's employer that the ownership of the restricted stock is in violation of the employer's conflict of interest policy. As such, the occurrence of these events is outside of the Founders' and the Company's control. Under the classification guidance of ASC 718 and ASC 480, the restricted stock awards are classified as temporary equity. Further in accordance with the measurement guidance in ASC 480, the restricted stock awards are not remeasured until such time as the contingent events become probable. As such, these awards are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet as contingently redeemable common stock, residing in temporary equity. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and September 30, 2016, $0.2 million, $0.7 million, and $1.6 million was recorded in temporary equity related to these awards, respectively.

Stock-based compensation expense

The total compensation cost recognized in the consolidated statements of operations associated with all stock-based compensation awards granted by the Company is as follows (in thousands):

 
  Year ended
December 31,
  Nine months
ended September 30,
 
 
  2014
  2015
  2015
  2016
 

Research and development

  $ 252   $ 269   $ 555   $ 3,269  

General and administrative

    80     1,083     166     451  

Total stock-compensation expense

  $ 332   $ 1,352   $ 721   $ 3,720  

F-33


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

Restricted stock

A summary of the status of and changes in unvested restricted stock as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, and as of September 30, 2016, is presented below:

 
  Shares
  Weighted
average
grant date
fair value
per share

 

Unvested restricted common stock as of December 31, 2014

    1,158,518   $ 0.33  

Issued

    27,099   $ 4.02  

Vested

    (412,449 ) $ 0.33  

Repurchased

    (25,135 ) $ 0.37  

Unvested restricted common stock as of December 31, 2015

    748,033   $ 0.41  

Issued

         

Vested

    (461,629 ) $ 0.29  

Repurchased

    (115,935 ) $ 0.37  

Unvested restricted common stock as of September 30, 2016

    170,469   $ 0.80  

The expense related to awards granted to employees and non-employees was $46,000 and $213,000, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2014. The expense related to awards granted to employees and non-employees was $40,000 and $907,000, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015. The expense related to awards granted to employees and non-employees was $22,000 and $2.9 million, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2016.

As of September 30, 2016, the Company had unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to its unvested restricted stock awards of $0.8 million, which is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted average vesting period of 0.3 years.

The aggregate fair value of restricted stock awards that vested during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the nine months ended September 30, 2016, based on estimated fair values of the stock underlying the restricted stock awards on the day of vesting, was $0.4 million, $1.1 million, and $3.2 million, respectively.

F-34


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

Stock options

A summary of the status of, and changes in, stock options for the year and nine months ended December 31, 2015 and September 30, 2016, respectively, was as follows:

 
  Options
  Weighted
average
exercise
price

  Remaining
contractual
life
(in years)

  Aggregate
intrinsic
value
(in thousands)

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

    1,123,960   $ 0.48     9.5   $ 664  

Granted

    1,858,476   $ 2.62              

Exercised

    (6,422 ) $ 0.52              

Cancelled or forfeited

    (16,092 ) $ 0.66              

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

    2,959,922   $ 1.83     9.2   $ 10,097  

Granted

    808,665   $ 6.57              

Exercised

    (49,420 ) $ 0.95              

Cancelled or forfeited

    (92,937 ) $ 2.76              

Outstanding at September 30, 2016

    3,626,230   $ 2.87              

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2015

    2,959,922   $ 1.83     9.2   $ 10,097  

Exercisable at December 31, 2015

    463,226   $ 0.59     8.5   $ 2,154  

Vested and expected to vest at September 30, 2016

    3,626,230   $ 2.87     8.7   $ 24,237  

Exercisable at September 30, 2016

    998,095   $ 1.17     8.2   $ 8,367  

Using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, the weighted average fair value of options granted to employees and directors during the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the nine months ended September 30, 2016 was $0.48, $1.70, and $4.18 per share, respectively. The expense related to awards granted to employees was $0.4 million, $0.2 million, and $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2016, respectively. The intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $10,000 and $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, respectively.

The fair value of options granted to employees and directors during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the nine months ended September 30, 2016 under the 2013 Plan has been calculated on the date of grant using the following weighted average assumptions:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
   
 
 
  Nine months
ended
September 30, 2016

 
 
  2014
  2015
 

Risk-free interest rate

    1.9%     1.8%     1.4%  

Expected dividend yield

    0.0%     0.0%     0.0%  

Expected term (in years)

    6.1     6.1     6.1  

Expected volatility

    70.7%     67.0%     71.1%  

F-35


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

Using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, the weighted average fair value of options granted to non-employees during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 was $0.48 and $0.85 per share, respectively. The expense related to options granted to non-employees was $5,000 and $24,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. There were no options granted to non-employees during the nine months ended September 30, 2016.

The fair value of options granted to non-employees during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 under the 2013 Plan has been calculated on the date of grant using the following weighted average assumptions:

 
  Year ended,
December 31,
 
 
  2014
  2015
 

Risk-free interest rate

    2.6%     2.0%  

Expected dividend yield

    0.0%     0.0%  

Expected term (in years)

    10.0     9.8  

Expected volatility

    69.5%     68.7%  

As of September 30, 2016, the Company had unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to its unvested stock options of $5.6 million, which is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted average vesting period of 3.3 years.

12.   Commitments and contingencies

Operating lease

The Company leases its corporate headquarters under an operating lease that expires on October 15, 2018. The Company has the option to extend the term of the lease for an additional three-year period, at the market rate, by giving the landlord written notice of its election to exercise the extension at least nine months prior to the original expiration of the lease term. The Company is recording rent expense on a straight-line basis through the end of the lease term and has recorded deferred rent on the consolidated balance sheets, accordingly. The lease provided the Company with a tenant improvement allowance of up to $2.8 million. The Company incurred $3.3 million of improvements in the year ended December 31, 2013, which were recorded as leasehold improvements. The Company recorded the tenant improvement allowance incurred as a deferred lease incentive and has amortized the deferred lease incentive through a reduction of rent expense ratably over the lease term. The lease agreement required the Company to pay a security deposit of $0.3 million, which is recorded as restricted cash in other non-current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

In March 2015, the Company entered into a three year sublease agreement to lease lab and office facilities at the same location as its corporate headquarters. Under the lease, the Company was required to provide the landlord with a $0.2 million deposit, of which $0.1 million is non-refundable at the end of the lease term provided that the lease is not terminated before it expires. The $0.1 million was recorded as prepaid rent at inception of the lease and is being amortized through rent expense over the term of the lease. The balance of the lease deposit is recorded in current and other non-current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

F-36


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

The Company recorded rent expense, inclusive of lease incentives, of $0.3 million, $0.9 million, $0.7 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, and nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

The minimum aggregate future lease commitments at December 31, 2015, are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Total
minimum
lease
payments

 

2016

  $ 1,835  

2017

    1,888  

2018

    1,105  

  $ 4,828  

(1)    In November 2016 we entered into a lease agreement which increased the Company's contractual obligations by $34.3 million.

License and other collaboration agreements

The Company has entered into various license agreements for certain technology. The Company is obligated to pay annual maintenance payments from zero to $60,000 per year to certain of the licensors, which will be recognized as research and development expense. As of September 30, 2016, the Company could be required to make clinical development, and regulatory milestones of up to $5.1 million and low single-digit royalty payments to licensors based on the net sales of the licensed products. As of September 30, 2016, the Company has incurred $225,000 in milestone payments under these agreements. In addition, two agreements included the issuance of 30,487 shares of common stock to each licensor, which was valued at approximately $29,000. The Company may cancel these agreements at any time by providing 30 to 90 days' notice to the other party and all payments not previously due are no longer owed.

The Company has entered into collaboration agreements with various third parties for research services and access to proprietary technology platforms. Under the terms of one of the collaboration agreements, the Company is required to provide research funding on a per full-time-employee equivalent basis for services received, which is recognized as research and development expense. The Company could be required to make technical, clinical development, and regulatory milestones of up to $12.5 million per product, as well as low single-digit royalty payments paid as a percentage of net sales on a product by product basis. To date no milestone payments or royalties have been incurred under the agreement.

13.   401(k) Savings plan

The Company has a defined-contribution savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the "401(k) Plan"). The 401(k) Plan covers all employees who meet defined minimum age and service requirements, and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pretax basis. As currently established, the Company is not required to make and has not made any contributions to the 401(k) Plan to date.

F-37


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

14.   Income taxes

A reconciliation of the expected income tax (benefit) computed using the federal statutory income tax rate to the Company's effective income tax rate is as follows:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
  2014
  2015

Income tax computed at federal statutory tax rate

  34.0%   34.0%

State taxes, net of federal benefit

  7.8%   5.3%

General business credit carryovers

  6.3%   4.5%

Non-deductible income (expense)

  16.7%   0.7%

Change in valuation allowance

  (64.3)%   (44.5)%

Other

  (0.5)%   —%

  —%   —%

The principal components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following at December 31, 2014 and 2015 (in thousands):

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014
  2015
 

Deferred tax assets:

             

Net operating loss carryforwards

  $ 10,846   $ 21,711  

Tax credit carryforwards

    966     2,243  

Deferred lease incentive

    745     551  

Deferred rent

    277     227  

Intangibles

    40     89  

Accrued expenses and other

    216     678  

Stock-based compensation

    3     56  

Total deferred tax assets

    13,093     25,555  

Less valuation allowance

    (12,294 )   (24,979 )

Net deferred tax assets

    799     576  

Deferred tax liabilities—depreciation

    (799 )   (576 )

Net deferred taxes

  $   $  

The Company has incurred net operating losses ("NOL") since inception. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company had federal NOL carryforwards of $27.7 million and $55.4 million, respectively, and state NOL carryforwards of $27.3 million and $54.5 million, respectively, which expire beginning in 2032 through 2034. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company had federal research and development tax credit carryforwards of $0.7 million and $1.6 million, respectively, which expire beginning in 2032 through 2034. In addition, as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company had state research and development tax credit carryforwards of $0.4 million and $0.9 million, respectively, which expire beginning in 2027 through 2029. The Company does not have any NOL carryforwards associated with deductible stock option exercises as of December 31, 2014 and 2015.

F-38


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

Management has evaluated the positive and negative evidence bearing upon the realizability of its deferred tax assets, which principally comprise NOL carryforwards, tax credit carryforwards, deferred lease incentives and deferred rent. Management has determined that it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize the benefits of its federal and state deferred tax assets, and as a result, a valuation allowance of $12.3 million, and $25.0 million has been established at December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. The change in the valuation allowance was $6.8 million and $12.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, was primarily due to the additional operating loss.

At December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits. The Company has not as yet conducted a study of its research and development credit carryforwards. This study may result in an adjustment to the Company's research and development credit carryforwards; however, until a study is completed and any adjustment is known, no amounts are being presented as an uncertain tax position. A full valuation allowance has been provided against the Company's research and development credits, and if an adjustment is required, this adjustment would be offset by an adjustment to the valuation allowance. Thus, there would be no impact to the consolidated statements of operations if an adjustment were required.

Interest and penalty charges, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits would be classified as income tax expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company has no accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions. Since the Company is in a loss carryforward position, it is generally subject to examination by the U.S. federal, state, and local income tax authorities for all tax years in which a loss carryforward is available.

Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards are subject to review and possible adjustment by the Internal Revenue Service and may become subject to an annual limitation in the event of certain cumulative changes in the ownership interest of significant shareholders over a three-year period in excess of 50% as defined under Sections 382 and 383 in the Internal Revenue Code. This could limit the amount of tax attributes that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income or tax liabilities. The amount of the annual limitation is determined based on the Company's value immediately prior to the ownership change. An Internal Revenue Code Section 382 study, completed in August 2016, identified three previous ownership changes for purposes of Internal Revenue Code Section 382. As a result of these ownership changes, the Company's net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards allocable to the periods preceding each such ownership change are subject to limitations under Internal Revenue Code Section 382. Subsequent ownership changes may further affect the limitation in future years.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17 Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes (Topic 740), which requires that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as non-current in the consolidated balance sheets. This update is effective for financial statement periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Company early adopted ASU 2015-17 in the fourth quarter of 2015. The Company has applied the new standard on a prospective basis, therefore, prior periods were not retrospectively adjusted.

15.   Related-party transactions

Since March 2012, the Company has received consulting and management services from one of its investors, Third Rock Ventures LLP ("Third Rock Ventures"). The Company incurred expenses of

F-39


Table of Contents


Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)
(information as of September 30, 2016 and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

$0.5 million, $0.1 million, $0.1 million, and $17,000, for services from Third Rock Ventures during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, and nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2016, respectively. Of amounts due to Third Rock Ventures for management fees, $21,000, $5,000, $12,000, and $2,000 were included in accounts payable and accrued expenses at December 31, 2014 and 2015, and nine months ended September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2016, respectively.

16.   Subsequent events

(a)

In November 2016, the Company entered into an operating lease agreement to occupy 51,000 square feet of laboratory and office space in Cambridge, Massachusetts. The lease term began on November 1, 2016 and extends to March 31, 2025. Total estimated base rent payments over the term of the lease are approximately $34.3 million. The Company will also pay its proportional share of operating expenses and tax obligations. The Company provided the landlord with a security deposit in the form of a letter of credit in the amount of $1.3 million. The Company will receive up to $0.5 million from the landlord for tenant improvements to the premises.

(b)

In connection with preparing for its initial public offering, on January 13, 2017 the Company's board of directors and stockholders approved amendments to the Company's certificate of incorporation. Pursuant to these amendments:

a 1-for-3.69 reverse stock split of the Company's common stock was effected and the conversion price for each series of preferred stock was adjusted, effective as of January 13, 2017;

and the authorized number of shares of common stock was increased to 160,000,000, to be effective as of the effectiveness of this registration statement.

All share and per share amounts in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been retroactively adjusted for all periods presented to give effect to the reverse stock split, including reclassifying an amount equal to the reduction in par value of common stock to additional paid-in capital.

The Company's board of directors adopted and the Company's stockholders approved the 2017 stock incentive plan ("2017 Plan"), which will become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company's initial public offering. The 2017 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights and other stock-based awards. The Company's employees, officers, directors and consultants and advisors are eligible to receive awards under the 2017 Plan.

The Company's board of directors adopted and the Company's stockholders approved the 2017 employee stock purchase plan, which will become effective upon the closing of the Company's IPO.

F-40


Table of Contents

 

5,360,000 Shares

Jounce Therapeutics, Inc.

Common Stock

LOGO



 
   
J.P. Morgan   Cowen and Company

Wells Fargo Securities
Baird

Through and including                                             , 2017 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

Part II
Information not required in prospectus

Item 13.    Other expenses of issuance and distribution.

The following table sets forth the fees and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the registration of the common stock hereunder. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee.

 
  Amount to be paid
 

SEC registration fee

  $ 8,693  

FINRA filing fee

    9,750  

The NASDAQ Capital Market listing fee

    150,000  

Printing and mailing

    202,000  

Legal fees and expenses

    782,813  

Accounting fees and expenses

    780,000  

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

    5,000  

Miscellaneous

     

Total

  $ 1,938,256  

Item 14.    Indemnification of directors and officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, authorizes a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities arising out of actions, suits and proceedings to which they are made or threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that they have served or are currently serving as a director or officer to a corporation. The indemnity may cover expenses (including attorneys' fees) judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the director or officer in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding if the director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner the director or officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the director or officer's conduct was unlawful. Section 145 permits corporations to pay expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by directors and officers in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in Section 145. In addition, Section 145 provides that a corporation has the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of its directors and officers against any liability asserted against them and incurred by them in their capacity as a director or officer, or arising out of their status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the director or officer against such liability under Section 145.

We have adopted provisions in our certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the closing of this offering and bylaws to be in effect upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists or may in the future be amended. Consequently, a director will not

II-1


Table of Contents

be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock purchases, redemptions or other distributions; or

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not alter director liability under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission.

In addition, our bylaws provide that:

we will indemnify our directors, officers and, in the discretion of our board of directors, certain employees to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists or may in the future be amended; and

we will advance reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees, to our directors and, in the discretion of our board of directors, to our officers and certain employees, in connection with legal proceedings relating to their service for or on behalf of us, subject to limited exceptions.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and intend to enter into such agreements with certain of our executive officers. These agreements provide that we will indemnify each of our directors, certain of our executive officers and, at times, their affiliates to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. We will advance expenses, including attorneys' fees (but excluding judgments, fines and settlement amounts), to each indemnified director, executive officer or affiliate in connection with any proceeding in which indemnification is available and we will indemnify our directors and officers for any action or proceeding arising out of that person's services as a director or officer brought on behalf of us or in furtherance of our rights. Additionally, certain of our directors or officers may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance provided by their affiliates or other third parties, which indemnification relates to and might apply to the same proceedings arising out of such director's or officer's services as a director referenced herein. Nonetheless, we have agreed in the indemnification agreements that our obligations to those same directors or officers are primary and any obligation of such affiliates or other third parties to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the expenses or liabilities incurred by those directors are secondary.

We also maintain general liability insurance which covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of us and our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 15.    Recent sales of unregistered securities.

In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

1.     In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 4,482,826 shares of our common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $0.48 to $9.56 per share, to employees, directors, and consultants pursuant to our 2013 Plan.

2.     In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have issued an aggregate of 61,643 shares of common stock to employees, directors, and consultants for cash consideration in the aggregate amount of $54,824.73 upon the exercise of stock options.

3.     In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have issued an aggregate of 72,763 shares of restricted common stock to employees, directors and consultants for consideration in the aggregate amount of $130,905.00. We have repurchased 170,032 shares of such shares for an aggregate of $627.44.

4.     In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have issued an aggregate of 60,974 shares of common stock pursuant to license agreements.

5.     Between February 6, 2013 and April 1, 2015, we issued and sold to investors an aggregate of 47,000,000 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock, for aggregate consideration of approximately $47.0 million.

6.     On April 17, 2015, we issued and sold to investors an aggregate of 24,778,761 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock, for aggregate consideration of approximately $56.0 million.

7.     On August 1, 2016, we issued and sold to an investor 10,448,100 shares of our Series B-1 convertible preferred stock, for aggregate consideration of approximately $36.1 million.

We deemed the grants and exercises of stock options described in paragraphs (1), (2) and (3) above as exempt pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or in reliance on Rule 701 of the Securities Act as offers and sales of securities under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation in compliance with Rule 701. Each of the recipients of securities in any transaction exempt from registration either received or had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.

We deemed the offer, sale and issuance of the securities described in paragraphs (4), (5), (6) and (7) above to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act, in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, including Regulation D and Rule 506 promulgated thereunder, regarding transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. All purchasers of securities in transactions exempt from registration pursuant to Regulation D represented to us that they were accredited investors and were acquiring the shares for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof and that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. The purchasers received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration statement or an available exemption from such registration.

All certificates representing the securities issued in the transactions described in this Item 15 included appropriate legends setting forth that the securities had not been offered or sold pursuant to a registration

II-3


Table of Contents

statement and describing the applicable restrictions on transfer of the securities. There were no underwriters employed in connection with any of the transactions set forth in this Item 15.

Item 16.    Exhibits and financial statement schedules.

(a)    Exhibits:

The exhibits to the registration statement are listed in the Exhibit Index to this registration statement and are incorporated herein by reference.

(b)   Financial Statements Schedules:

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(a)    The Registrant will provide to the underwriter at the closing as specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from a form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(c)    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(d)   If the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or

II-4


Table of Contents

made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(e)    For the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

    i.      Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

    ii.     Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

    iii.    The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

    iv.    Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

II-5


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Cambridge, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on the 17th day of January 2017.

    JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ RICHARD MURRAY

Richard Murray, Ph.D.
President and chief executive officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement and Power of Attorney has been signed by the following person in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Name
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ RICHARD MURRAY

Richard Murray, Ph.D.
  President, chief executive officer and director
(principal executive officer)
  January 17, 2017

/s/ KIM C. DRAPKIN

Kim C. Drapkin, CPA

 

Treasurer and chief financial officer
(principal financial and accounting officer)

 

January 17, 2017

*

Perry A. Karsen

 

Chairman of the board of directors

 

January 17, 2017

*

Barbara Duncan

 

Director

 

January 17, 2017

*

Cary G. Pfeffer, M.D.

 

Director

 

January 17, 2017

*

J. Duncan Higgons

 

Director

 

January 17, 2017

*

Robert Kamen, Ph.D.

 

Director

 

January 17, 2017

*

Robert Tepper, M.D.

 

Director

 

January 17, 2017

 

* By:   /s/ RICHARD MURRAY

Richard Murray
Attorney in Fact
       

Table of Contents

Exhibit index

Exhibit
no.

  Exhibit index
    1.1 ** Form of Underwriting Agreement
    3.1   Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
    3.2   Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (to be effective upon completion of this offering)
    3.3 ** Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
    3.4 ** Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (to be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part)
    4.1 ** Specimen Common Stock Certificate
    4.2 ** Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, dated April 17, 2015 as amended
    5.1   Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP
  10.1 # 2017 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and forms of award agreements thereunder
  10.2 **# 2013 Stock Option and Grant Plan and forms of award agreements thereunder
  10.3 # 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
  10.4 # Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Richard Murray and the Registrant, dated January 6, 2017
  10.5 # Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Kim Drapkin and the Registrant, dated January 6, 2017
  10.6 # Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Elizabeth Trehu and the Registrant, dated January 6, 2017
  10.7 ** Lease between HCP/LFREP Ventures I, LLC and the Registrant, dated March 28, 2013
  10.8 ** Sublease between Manus BioSythesis, Inc. and the Registrant, dated May 11, 2015
  10.9 ** Amended and Restated Exclusive License Agreement between Sloan Kettering Institute for Cancer Research, Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center and Memorial Hospital for Cancer and the Registrant, dated September 28, 2015
  10.10 ** Master Research and Collaboration Agreement between Celgene Corporation, Celgene Rivot LLC and the Registrant, dated July 18, 2016
  10.11 ** Lease Agreement between ARE-770/784/790 Memorial Drive, LLC and the Registrant, dated November 1, 2016
  10.12 **# Form of Director Indemnification Agreement
  10.13 # Form of Officer Indemnification Agreement
  10.14 # Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan
  21.1 ** List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
  23.2   Consent of Goodwin Procter LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  24.1 ** Power of Attorney (included on the signature page hereto)

**     Previously filed.

†      Application has been made to the Securities and Exchange Commission for confidential treatment of certain provisions. Omitted material for which confidential treatment has been requested has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

#      Indicates a management contract or any compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.




Exhibit 3.1

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

 

Jounce Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”),

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

1.                                                 That the name of this corporation is Jounce Therapeutics, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on March 22, 2012 under the name Jounce Therapeutics, Inc.  That the Certificate of Incorporation was amended on December 3, 2012, was amended and restated on February 6, 2013 and was further amended and restated on April 17, 2015.

 

2.                                                 That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

 

RESOLVED , that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

FIRST : The name of this corporation is Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

SECOND:   The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.  The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

THIRD :  The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

 

FOURTH : (i) The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 105,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), and 82,226,861 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).

 



 

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

 

A.                                     COMMON STOCK

 

1.                                       General .  The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein.

 

2.                                       Voting .  The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings); provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law.  The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

 

B.                                     PREFERRED STOCK

 

Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of such series to consist of such number of shares and to have such terms, rights, powers and preferences, and the qualifications and limitations with respect thereto, as stated or expressed herein.

 

47,000,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ,” 24,778,761 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ” and 10,448,100 shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series B-1 Preferred Stock ” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Series B-1 Preferred Stock are a separate and distinct series of capital stock from the other series of Preferred Stock, including, the Series B Preferred Stock.  Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” or “Subsections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article Fourth.

 

1.             Dividends .  From and after the date of the issuance of any shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, dividends at the rate per annum of $0.28 per share shall accrue on such shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend,

 

2



 

stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B-1 Preferred Stock) (the “ Series B-1 Accruing Dividends ”). From and after the date of the issuance of any shares of Series B Preferred Stock, dividends at the rate per annum of $0.18 per share shall accrue on such shares of Series B Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock) (the “ Series B Accruing Dividends ”).  From and after the date of the issuance of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, dividends at the rate per annum of $0.08 per share shall accrue on such shares of Series A Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock) (the “ Series A Accruing Dividends ” and together with the Series B-1 Accruing Dividends and Series B Accruing Dividends, the “ Accruing Dividends ”).  Accruing Dividends shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared, and shall be cumulative; provided however , that except as set forth in the following sentence of this Section 1 or in Subsection 2.1 or Subsection 2.3.2(c) , such Accruing Dividends shall be payable only when, as, and if declared by the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “ Board of Directors ”), and the Corporation shall be under no obligation to pay such Accruing Dividends.  The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock (collectively, the “ Series B/B-1 Preferred Stock ”) then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, on a pari passu basis, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series B/B1 Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to the greater of (i) the amount of the aggregate Accruing Dividends then accrued on such share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, and not previously paid and (ii) (A) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (B) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series B-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, determined by (1) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (2) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Series B Original Issue Price (as defined below) or Series B-1 Original Issue Price (as defined below), as applicable; provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-1 Preferred Stock dividend.  The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of

 

3



 

the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Certificate of Incorporation) the Corporation shall have paid in full all dividends payable to the Series B/B-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence.  Thereafter, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to the greater of (i) the amount of the aggregate Accruing Dividends then accrued on such share of Series A Preferred Stock and not previously paid and (ii) (A) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Series A Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (B) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Series A Preferred Stock determined by (1) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (2) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Series A Original Issue Price (as defined below); provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Series A Preferred Stock dividend.  The “ Series A Original Issue Price ” shall mean $1.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock. The “ Series B Original Issue Price ” shall mean $2.26 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock. The “ Series B-1 Original Issue Price ” shall mean $3.46 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B-1 Preferred Stock. The “ Original Issue Price ” shall mean the Series A Original Issue Price, the Series B Original Issue Price or the Series B-1 Original Issue Price, as applicable.

 

2.                                       Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales .

 

2.1                                Preferential Payments to Holders of Preferred Stock .

 

2.1.1       In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), the holders of shares of Series B/B-1 Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, on a pari passu basis, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, (i) in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, the greater of (A) an amount per share equal to the Series B Original Issue Price, plus any Accruing Dividends

 

4



 

accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (B) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series B Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series B Liquidation Amount ”) and (ii) in the case of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, the greater of (A) an amount per share equal to the Series B-1 Original Issue Price, plus any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (B) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series B-1 Liquidation Amount ”). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series B/B-1 Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1.1 , the holders of shares of Series B/B-1 Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

 

2.1.2       In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series B/B-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2.1.1 , the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, the greater of (i) an amount per share equal to the Series A Original Issue Price, plus any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (ii)  such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series A Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series A Liquidation Amoun t”).  If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series B/B-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2.1.1 , the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1.2 , the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

 

2.2          Payments to Holders of Common Stock .  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares

 

5



 

of Preferred Stock pursuant to Sections 2.1.1 and 2.1.2 above, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of shares of Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder.

 

2.3          Deemed Liquidation Events .

 

2.3.1       Definition .  Each of the following events shall be considered a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ” unless the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B/B-1 Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, and at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such event:

 

(a)                                  a merger or consolidation in which

 

(i)                                      the Corporation is a constituent party or

 

(ii)                                   a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation,

 

except (A) any such merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the domicile of the Corporation or (B) any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation; or

 

(b)           the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

 

2.3.2       Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event; Redemption

 

(a)           The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Section 2.3.1(a)(i)  above unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction (the “ Merger Agreement ”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 2.1 and 2.2 above.

 

(b)           In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Section 2.3.1(a)(ii)  or 2.3.1(b)  above, if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the

 

6



 

Corporation under the General Corporation Law within ninety (90) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the Corporation shall send a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the ninetieth (90 th ) day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (ii)  to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock, and (ii) if the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B/B-1 Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, and at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors (the “ Net Proceeds ”)), to the extent legally available therefor, on the one hundred fiftieth (150 th ) day after such Deemed Liquidation Event, to redeem all outstanding shares Series B-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Series B-1 Liquidation Amount, Series B Liquidation Amount and the Series A Liquidation Amount, respectively.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Net Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, or if the Corporation does not have sufficient lawfully available funds to effect such redemption, the Corporation shall first redeem all shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, on a pari passu basis, at a price per share equal to the Series B-1 Liquidation Amount and Series B Liquidation Amount, respectively.  In the event of a redemption pursuant to this Section 2.3.2(b) , if the Net Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Series B/B-1 Preferred Stock, or if the Corporation does not have sufficient lawfully available funds to effect such redemption, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Series B/B-1 Preferred Stock, on a pari passu basis, to the fullest extent of such Net Proceeds or such lawfully available funds, as the case may be, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor. If, after the redemption in full of the Series B/B-1 Preferred Stock, the remaining Net Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or if the Corporation does not have sufficient lawfully available funds to effect such redemption, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Series A Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Net Proceeds or such lawfully available funds, as the case may be, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor.  Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Section 2.3.2(b) , the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event or in the ordinary course of business.

 

(c)           The Preferred Stock shall otherwise not be redeemable.

 

2.3.3       Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed .  The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger,

 

7



 

consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity.  If the amount deemed paid or distributed under this Section 2.3 is made in property other than in cash, the value of such distribution shall be the fair market value of such property, determined as follows:

 

(a)                                  For securities not subject to investment letters or other similar restrictions on free marketability,

 

(i)                                      if traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or market over the 30-period ending three (3) days prior to the closing of such transaction;

 

(ii)                                   if actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the 30-day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing of such transaction; or

 

(iii)                                if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

(b)           The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letters or other similar restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall take into account an appropriate discount (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) from the market value as determined pursuant to clause (a) above so as to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof.

 

2.3.4       Allocation of Escrow or Contingent Payments .  In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i) , if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “ Additional Consideration ”), the Merger Agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “ Initial Consideration ”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction.  For the purposes of this Subsection 2.2.4 , consideration placed into escrow or retained as holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations or otherwise subject to contingencies in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.

 

3.                                       Voting .

 

3.1                                General .  On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written

 

8



 

consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter.  Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class.

 

3.2          Election of Directors .  The holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation (the “ Series A Directors ”).  Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentence may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders.  The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Preferred Stock), exclusively and voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation.  At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director.  A vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Section 3.2 .

 

3.3          Preferred Stock Protective Provisions .  At any time when any shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) together as a single class (the “ Required Holders ”), and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect:

 

(a)           liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any merger or consolidation or any other Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent to any of the foregoing;

 

(b)           amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation;

 

(c)           create or authorize the creation of or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on parity with any existing series of Preferred Stock, or increase the authorized number of shares of any existing series of Preferred Stock or of any additional class or series of capital stock unless it ranks junior to any existing series of Preferred Stock;

 

9



 

(d)           reclassify, alter or amend any existing security that is junior to or on parity with any existing series of Preferred Stock, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or on parity with any existing series of Preferred Stock;

 

(e)           purchase or redeem or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock prior to any existing series of Preferred Stock, other than stock repurchased from former employees or consultants in connection with the cessation of their employment/services, at the lower of fair market value or cost;

 

(f)            create or authorize the creation of any debt security other than equipment leases or bank lines of credit unless such debt security has received the prior approval of the Board of Directors, including the approval of both Series A Directors;

 

(g)           increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors; or

 

(h)           create or hold capital stock in any subsidiary that is not a wholly-owned subsidiary or dispose of any subsidiary stock or all or substantially all of any subsidiary assets.

 

3.4          Series B-1 Preferred Stock Protective Provisions .  At any time when any shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect:

 

(a)           alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock in a manner that is adverse to the Series B-1 Preferred Stock (a “ Series B-1 Diminution ”); provided , that the creation or issuance of a new series of Preferred Stock that is senior to, or pari passu with, the Series B-1 Preferred Stock in connection with a bona fide equity financing shall not, in and of itself, constitute a Series B-1 Diminution;

 

(b)           purchase or redeem any shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock except as expressly contemplated under, and in accordance with the terms of, this Certificate of Incorporation;

 

(c)           purchase or redeem or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of Common Stock and/or Series A Preferred Stock, other than (i) stock repurchased from former employees or consultants in connection with the cessation of their employment/services, at the lower of fair market value or cost or (ii) payments of dividends as expressly contemplated under, and in accordance with the terms of, this Certificate of Incorporation;

 

10


 

(d)                                      change the par value of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock; or

 

(e)                                       increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock.

 

3.5                                Series B Preferred Stock Protective Provisions .  At any time when any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect:

 

(a)                                      alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock in a manner that is adverse to the Series B Preferred Stock (a “ Series B Diminution ”); provided , that the creation or issuance of a new series of Preferred Stock that is senior to, or pari passu with, the Series B Preferred Stock in connection with a bona fide equity financing shall not, in and of itself, constitute a Series B Diminution;

 

(b)                                      purchase or redeem any shares of Series B Preferred Stock except as expressly contemplated under, and in accordance with the terms of, this Certificate of Incorporation;

 

(c)                                       purchase or redeem or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of Common Stock and/or Series A Preferred Stock, other than (i) stock repurchased from former employees or consultants in connection with the cessation of their employment/services, at the lower of fair market value or cost or (ii) payments of dividends as expressly contemplated under, and in accordance with the terms of, this Certificate of Incorporation;

 

(d)                                      change the par value of the Series B Preferred Stock; or

 

(e)                                       increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

 

3.6                                Series A Preferred Stock Protective Provisions .  At any time when any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect:

 

11



 

(a)           alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock in a manner that is adverse to the Series A Preferred Stock (a “ Series A Diminution ”); provided , that the creation or issuance of a new series of Preferred Stock that is senior to, or pari passu with, the Series A Preferred Stock in connection with a bona fide equity financing shall not, in and of itself, constitute a Series A Diminution;

 

(b)           purchase or redeem any shares of Series A Preferred Stock except as expressly contemplated under, and in accordance with the terms of, this Certificate of Incorporation;

 

(c)           purchase or redeem or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of Common Stock and/or Series B/B-1 Preferred Stock, other than (i) stock repurchased from former employees or consultants in connection with the cessation of their employment/services, at the lower of fair market value or cost or (ii) payments of dividends as expressly contemplated under, and in accordance with the terms of, this Certificate of Incorporation;

 

(d)           change the par value of the Series A Preferred Stock; or

 

(e)           increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

4.                                       Optional Conversion .

 

The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

 

4.1                                Right to Convert .

 

4.1.1                      Conversion Ratio .  Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series A Original Issue Price by the Series A Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion, the Series B Original Issue Price by the Series B Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion or the Series B-1 Original Issue Price by the Series B-1 Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion, respectively.  The “ Series A Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to $1.00.  The “ Series B Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to $2.26.  The “ Series B-1 Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to $3.46.  The “ Conversion Price ” means the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price or the Series B-1 Conversion Price, as applicable. Such initial Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price or Series B-1 Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

 

4.1.2                      Termination of Conversion Rights .  In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion

 

12



 

Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

 

4.2                                Fractional Shares .  No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock.  In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.  Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

 

4.3                                Mechanics of Conversion.

 

4.3.1                      Notice of Conversion .  In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of the Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent.  Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued.  If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing.  The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice shall be the time of conversion (the “ Conversion Time ”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date.  The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, (i) issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and, a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, (ii) pay in cash such amount as provided in Section 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (iii) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.

 

4.3.2                      Reservation of Shares .  The Corporation shall at all times when the Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to

 

13



 

effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation.  Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the applicable Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the applicable Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Price.

 

4.3.3       Effect of Conversion .  All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefore, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided in Section 4.2 and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon.  Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

4.3.4       No Further Adjustment .  Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the applicable Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

 

4.3.5       Taxes .  The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4 .  The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

 

4.4          Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues .

 

4.4.1       Special Definitions .  For purposes of this Article Fourth, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)           “ Option ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

 

14



 

(b)           “ Series B-1 Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series B-1 Preferred Stock was issued.

 

(c)           “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

 

(d)           “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Series B-1 Original Issue Date, other than (1) the following shares of Common Stock and (2) shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively “ Exempted Securities ”):

 

(i)            shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on, or upon the conversion of, Preferred Stock, and shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

 

(ii)           shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Sections 4.5 4.6 , 4.7 or 4.8 below, and shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

 

(iii)          shares of Common Stock or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors, including both Series A Directors, and shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the exercise or conversion of such Options; or

 

(iv)          shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the Board of Directors, including both Series A Directors, and shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

4.4.2       No Adjustment of Conversion Price .  No adjustment in the Series A Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock. No adjustment in the Series B Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of

 

15



 

the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.  No adjustment in the Series B-1 Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

 

4.4.3       Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

 

(a)           If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series B-1 Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

 

(b)           If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.4 below, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or if any other adjustment is made pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the applicable Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b)  shall have the effect of increasing the applicable Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the applicable Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

 

(c)           If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price pursuant to

 

16



 

the terms of Section 4.4.4 below (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section 4.4.5 hereof) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the  applicable Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series B-1 Original Issue Date), are revised after the Series B-1 Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Section 4.4.3(a)  above) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

 

(d)           Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.4 below, the applicable Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

 

(e)           If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price provided for in this Section 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Section 4.4.3 ).  If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Section 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

 

4.4.4       Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock . In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Series B-1 Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 4.4.3 ), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then such Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price

 

17



 

(calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

CP 2  = CP 1  *  (A + B) ¸ (A + C).

 

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)           “CP 2 ” shall mean the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

 

(b)           “CP 1 ” shall mean the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

 

(c)           “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

 

(d)           “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1  (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and

 

(e)           “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

 

4.4.5       Determination of Consideration .  For purposes of this Section 4.4 , the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

 

(a)           Cash and Property :  Such consideration shall:

 

(i)            insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

(ii)           insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including both Series A Directors; and

 

(iii)          in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i)  and (ii)  above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including both Series A Directors.

 

18



 

(b)           Options and Convertible Securities .  The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4.4.3 , relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing

 

(i)            the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

(ii)           the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

4.4.6       Multiple Closing Dates .  In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4.4.4 above then, upon the final such issuance, such Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

 

4.5          Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations .  If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series B-1 Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.  If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series B-1 Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.  Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

 

4.6          Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions .  In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series B-1 Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of

 

19



 

Common Stock, then and in each such event the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying such Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

 

(1)                                  the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

 

(2)                                  the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, such Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter such Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of the applicable class of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

 

4.7          Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions .  In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series B-1 Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of the applicable class of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

 

4.8          Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc .  Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3 , if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Sections 4.4 , 4.6 or 4.7 ), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Preferred Stock, shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number

 

20


 

of shares of the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of one share of such Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including both Series A Directors, shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of such Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the applicable Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of such Preferred Stock.

 

4.9                                Certificate as to Adjustments .  Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4 , the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than fifteen (15) days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of the applicable Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which such Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.  The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than fifteen (15) days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the applicable Conversion Price then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of the applicable Preferred Stock.

 

4.10                         Notice of Record Date .  In the event:

 

(a)                                  the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

 

(b)                                  of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

 

(c)                                   of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

 

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities

 

21



 

or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock.  Such notice shall be sent at least 10 days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

 

5.                                       Mandatory Conversion .

 

5.1                                Trigger Events .  The Series A Preferred Stock shall automatically convert into Common Stock, at the then effective Conversion Price, upon the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class.  The Series B Preferred Stock shall automatically convert into Common Stock, at the then effective Conversion Price, upon the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock.  The Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall automatically convert into Common Stock, at the then effective Conversion Price, upon the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of either (i) the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock or (ii) the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, and the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class. The Preferred Stock shall automatically convert into Common Stock, at the then effective Conversion Price, upon the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act” ), provided that such offering results in at least $35 million of gross proceeds to the Corporation and following such offering such shares are listed on a NASDAQ exchange or the New York Stock Exchange (such an event a “ QPO ”) (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “ Mandatory Conversion Time ”). All such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.

 

5.2                                Procedural Requirements .  All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5 .  Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time.  Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of such shares of Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 5 .  At the Mandatory Conversion Time, all outstanding such shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of Common Stock, which shall be deemed to be outstanding of record, and all rights with respect to the Preferred Stock so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for

 

22



 

in the last sentence of this Section 5.2 .  If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing.  As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for such Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with cash as provided in Section 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of such Preferred Stock converted.

 

5.3                                Effect of Mandatory Conversion .  All shares of Preferred Stock shall, from and after the Mandatory Conversion Time, if applicable to such series of Preferred Stock no longer be deemed to be outstanding and, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates for such shares on or prior to such time, all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor and to receive payment of any dividends accrued and declared but unpaid thereon. Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

6.                                       Reserved .

 

7.                                       Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares .  Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred.  Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption.

 

8.                                       Waiver .  Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series A Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series A Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series B Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series B Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series B-1 Preferred Stock only by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock then outstanding. Subject to the foregoing and Sections 3.4, 3.5 and 3.6, any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the Required Holders.

 

23



 

9.                                       Notices .  Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

 

FIFTH :  Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

SIXTH :  Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

SEVENTH :  Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

EIGHTH :  Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide.  The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

NINTH :  To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.  If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

 

TENTH :  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.

 

Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

24



 

ELEVENTH :  The Corporation renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity.  An “ Excluded Opportunity ” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and/or Series B-1 Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Covered Persons ”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

 

*     *     *

 

3:   That the foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

 

4 :  That this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

25



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 1st day of August, 2016.

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Murray

 

 

Name: Richard Murray

 

 

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 


 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 


 

Pursuant to Sections 228 and 242

of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

 


 

Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”), does hereby certify:

 

1.                                       Pursuant to Section 242 of the General Corporation Law, this Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation (this “ Amendment ”) amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Certificate ”).

 

2.                                       This Amendment has been approved and duly adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors and written consent of the stockholders has been given in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law, and the provisions of the Certificate.

 

3.                                       The first sentence of Article FOURTH shall be deleted and replaced in its entirety by the following:

 

(i) The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 110,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), and 82,226,861 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).

 

* - * - * - *

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned authorized officer of the Corporation, has executed this Certificate of Amendment to the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as of  September 23, 2016.

 

 

JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

/s/ Richard Murray

 

Name: Richard Murray

 

Title:President and Chief Executive Officer

 


 

SECOND CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), does hereby certify:

 

1.                                       Pursuant to Section 242 of the DGCL, this Second Certificate of Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation amends the provisions of the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended (the “ Certificate ”).

 

2.                                       Pursuant to Section 228(a) of the DGCL, the holders of outstanding shares of the Corporation, having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such actions at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, consented to the adoption of the amendments without a meeting, without a vote and without prior notice and that written notice of the taking of such actions is being given in accordance with Section 228(e) of the DGCL.

 

3.                                       The Certificate is hereby amended as follows:

 

A.                                     The first paragraph of Article Fourth of the Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth below:

 

“FOURTH: Effective immediately upon the filing of this Certificate of Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Effective Time ”), every 3.69 shares of Common Stock then issued and outstanding or held in the treasury of the Corporation immediately prior to the Effective Time shall automatically be combined into one (1) share of Common Stock, without any further action by the holders of such shares (the “ Reverse Stock Split ”). The Reverse Stock Split will be effected on a certificate by certificate basis. No fractional shares shall be issued in connection with the Reverse Stock Split. In lieu of any fractional shares to which a holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

 

The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 110,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“ Common Stock ”), and 82,226,861 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share ( “ Preferred Stock ”).”

 

B.                                     The first paragraph of Section B.4.1.1 of Article IV of the Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth below:

 



 

Conversion Ratio .  Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing (i) the Series A Original Issue Price by the Series A Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion, the Series B Original Issue Price by the Series B Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion or the Series B-1 Original Issue Price by the Series B-1 Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion, respectively.  Upon the Effective Time, after taking into account the Reverse Stock Split, the “ Series A Conversion Price ” shall be as of January 13, 2016 equal to $3.69.  The “ Series B Conversion Price ” shall be as of January 13, 2016 equal to $8.3394.  The “ Series B-1 Conversion Price ” shall be as of January 13, 2016 equal to $12.7674.  All references to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price and the Series B-1 Conversion Price herein shall mean the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price or the Series B-1 Conversion Price as so adjusted. The “ Conversion Price ” means the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price or the Series B-1 Conversion Price, as applicable. Such as-adjusted Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price or Series B-1 Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to further adjustment as provided below..”

 

* - * - * - *

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned authorized officer of the Corporation, has executed this Second Certificate of Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as of January 13, 2017.

 

 

JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Richard Murray

 

 

Richard Murray

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 




Exhibit 3.2

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

Jounce Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies as follows:

 

1.                                       The name of the Corporation is Jounce Therapeutics, Inc.  The date of the filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was March 22, 2012 (the “Original Certificate”).

 

2.                                       This Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate”) amends, restates and integrates the provisions of the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on August 1, 2016 and subsequently amended on September 23, 2016 (as amended, the “Amended and Restated Certificate”), and was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

 

3.                                       The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to provide as herein set forth in full.

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of the Corporation is Jounce Therapeutics, Inc.

 

ARTICLE II

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801.  The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

 



 

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

 

The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is One Hundred Sixty-Five Million (165,000,000) shares, of which (i) One Hundred Sixty Million (160,000,000) shares shall be a class designated as common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), and (ii) Five Million (5,000,000) shares shall be a class designated as undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Undesignated Preferred Stock”).

 

Except as otherwise provided in any certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of the class of Common Stock or Undesignated Preferred Stock may from time to time be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of such class outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

 

The powers, preferences and rights of, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions upon, each class or series of stock shall be determined in accordance with, or as set forth below in, this Article IV.

 

A.  COMMON STOCK

 

Subject to all the rights, powers and preferences of the Undesignated Preferred Stock and except as provided by law or in this Certificate (or in any certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock):

 

(a)                                  the holders of the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors of the Corporation (the “Directors”) and on all other matters requiring stockholder action, each outstanding share entitling the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote; provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate (or on any amendment to a certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock) that alters or changes the powers, preferences, rights or other terms of one or more outstanding series of Undesignated Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series of Undesignated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, on such amendment pursuant to this Certificate (or pursuant to a certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL;

 

(b)                                  dividends may be declared and paid or set apart for payment upon the Common Stock out of any assets or funds of the Corporation legally available for the payment of dividends, but only when and as declared by the Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof; and

 

2



 

(c)                                   upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the net assets of the Corporation shall be distributed pro rata to the holders of the Common Stock.

 

B.  UNDESIGNATED PREFERRED STOCK

 

The Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof is expressly authorized, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to provide by resolution or resolutions for, out of the unissued shares of Undesignated Preferred Stock, the issuance of the shares of Undesignated Preferred Stock in one or more series of such stock, and by filing a certificate of designations pursuant to applicable law of the State of Delaware, to establish or change from time to time the number of shares of each such series, and to fix the designations, powers, including voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of each series and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof.

 

ARTICLE V

 

STOCKHOLDER ACTION

 

1.                                       Action without Meeting .  Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken or effected by a written consent of stockholders in lieu thereof.

 

2.                                       Special Meetings .  Except as otherwise required by statute and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, and special meetings of stockholders may not be called by any other person or persons.  Only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

DIRECTORS

 

1.                                       General .  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.

 

2.                                       Election of Directors .  Election of Directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws of the Corporation (the “By-laws”) shall so provide.

 

3



 

3.                                       Number of Directors; Term of Office .  The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely and exclusively by resolution duly adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors.  The Directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, shall be classified, with respect to the term for which they severally hold office, into three classes.  The initial Class I Directors of the Corporation shall be Duncan Higgons and Robert Tepper; the initial Class II Directors of the Corporation shall be Barbara Duncan and Robert Kamen; and the initial Class III Directors of the Corporation shall be Cary Pfeffer, Perry Karsen and Richard Murray. The initial Class I Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018, the initial Class II Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2019, and the initial Class III Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2020.  At each annual meeting of stockholders, Directors elected to succeed those Directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Directors elected to each class shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation, death or removal.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever, pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of this Certificate, the holders of any one or more series of Undesignated Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a series or together with holders of other such series, to elect Directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Certificate and any certificate of designations applicable to such series.

 

4.                                       Vacancies .  Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect Directors and to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors relating thereto, any and all vacancies in the Board of Directors, however occurring, including, without limitation, by reason of an increase in the size of the Board of Directors, or the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of a Director, shall be filled solely and exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders.  Any Director appointed in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of Directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such Director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation, death or removal.  Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect Directors, when the number of Directors is increased or decreased, the Board of Directors shall, subject to Article VI.3 hereof, determine the class or classes to which the increased or decreased number of Directors shall be apportioned; provided , however , that no decrease in the number of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director.  In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, shall exercise the powers of the full Board of Directors until the vacancy is filled.

 

5.                                       Removal .  Subject to the rights, if any, of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect Directors and to remove any Director whom the holders of any such series have

 

4



 

the right to elect, any Director (including persons elected by Directors to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors) may be removed from office (i) only with cause and (ii) only by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% or more of the outstanding shares of capital stock then entitled to vote at an election of Directors.  At least forty-five (45) days prior to any annual or special meeting of stockholders at which it is proposed that any Director be removed from office, written notice of such proposed removal and the alleged grounds thereof shall be sent to the Director whose removal will be considered at the meeting.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

A Director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director, except for liability (a) for any breach of the Director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the DGCL or (d) for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit.  If the DGCL is amended after the effective date of this Certificate to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of Directors, then the liability of a Director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

 

Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article VII by either of (i) the stockholders of the Corporation or (ii) an amendment to the DGCL, shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring before such amendment, repeal or modification of a person serving as a Director at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS

 

1.                                       Amendment by Directors .  Except as otherwise provided by law, the By-laws of the Corporation may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office.

 

2.                                       Amendment by Stockholders .  The By-laws of the Corporation may be amended or repealed at any annual meeting of stockholders, or special meeting of stockholders called for such purpose, by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class; provided , however , that if the Board of Directors recommends that stockholders approve such amendment or repeal at such meeting of stockholders, such amendment or repeal shall only require the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class.

 

5



 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal this Certificate in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and this Certificate, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.  Whenever any vote of the holders of capital stock of the Corporation is required to amend or repeal any provision of this Certificate, and in addition to any other vote of holders of capital stock that is required by this Certificate or by law, such amendment or repeal shall require the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, and the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders called expressly for such purpose; provided , however , that the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, and the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII or Article IX of this Certificate.

 

6



 

THIS FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION is executed as of this      day of           , 2017.

 

 

JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 




Exhibit 5.1

 

January 17, 2017

 

Jounce Therapeutics, Inc.

1030 Massachusetts Avenue

Cambridge, MA 02138

 

Re:

 

Securities Registered under Registration Statement on Form S-1

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to you in connection with your filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-215372) (as amended or supplemented, the “Registration Statement”) pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), relating to the registration of the offering by Jounce Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) of up to 6,164,000 shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, including Shares purchasable by the underwriters upon their exercise of an over-allotment option granted to the underwriters by the Company. The Shares are being sold to the several underwriters named in, and pursuant to, an underwriting agreement among the Company and such underwriters (the “Underwriting Agreement”).

 

We have reviewed such documents and made such examination of law as we have deemed appropriate to give the opinions set forth below.  We have relied, without independent verification, on certificates of public officials and, as to matters of fact material to the opinions set forth below, on certificates of officers of the Company.

 

The opinion set forth below is limited to the Delaware General Corporation Law (which includes reported judicial decisions interpreting the Delaware General Corporation Law).

 

Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Shares have been duly authorized and, upon issuance and delivery against payment therefor in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

We hereby consent to the inclusion of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the references to our firm under the caption “Legal matters” in the Registration Statement.  In giving our consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

/s/ Goodwin Procter LLP

 

 

 

GOODWIN PROCTER LLP

 




Exhibit 10.1

 

JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

2017 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

SECTION 1.    GENERAL PURPOSE OF THE PLAN; DEFINITIONS

 

The name of the plan is the Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. 2017 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).  The purpose of the Plan is to encourage and enable the officers, employees, Non-Employee Directors and Consultants of Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company largely depends for the successful conduct of its businesses to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company.

 

The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

 

Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Administrator ” means either the Board or the compensation committee of the Board or a similar committee performing the functions of the compensation committee and which is comprised of not less than two Non-Employee Directors who are independent.

 

Affiliate of any person means a person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the first mentioned person.  A person shall be deemed to control another person if such first person possesses directly or indirectly the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of the second person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Award ” or “ Awards ,” except where referring to a particular category of grant under the Plan, shall include Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Units, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Cash-Based Awards, Performance Share Awards and Dividend Equivalent Rights.

 

Award Certificate ” means a written or electronic document setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under the Plan.  Each Award Certificate is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Cash-Based Award ” means an Award entitling the recipient to receive a cash-denominated payment.

 

Unless otherwise provided in an employment agreement between the Company or a Subsidiary and the grantee, “ Cause ” shall have the meaning as set forth in the Award Certificate(s).  In the case that any Award Certificate does not contain a definition of “Cause,” it shall mean a determination by the Administrator that the grantee shall be dismissed as a result of (i) any material breach by the grantee of any agreement between the grantee and the Company;

 



 

(ii) the conviction of, indictment for or plea of nolo contendere by the grantee to a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude; or (iii) any material misconduct or willful and deliberate non-performance (other than by reason of disability) by the grantee of the grantee’s duties to the Company.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor Code, and related rules, regulations and interpretations.

 

Consultant ” means any natural person that provides bona fide services to the Company, and such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

 

Covered Employee ” means an employee who is a “Covered Employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

Dividend Equivalent Right ” means an Award entitling the grantee to receive credits based on cash dividends that would have been paid on the shares of Stock specified in the Dividend Equivalent Right (or other award to which it relates) if such shares had been issued to and held by the grantee.

 

Effective Date ” means the date on which the Plan becomes effective as set forth in Section 21.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Fair Market Value ” of the Stock on any given date means the fair market value of the Stock as of the closing market value; provided, however, that if the Stock is admitted to quotation on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“ NASDAQ ”), NASDAQ Global Market or another national securities exchange, the determination shall be made by reference to market quotations.  If there are no market quotations for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there are market quotations; provided further, however, that if the date for which Fair Market Value is determined is the first day when trading prices for the Stock are reported on a national securities exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the “Price to the Public” (or equivalent) set forth on the cover page for the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

 

Unless otherwise provided in an employment agreement between the Company or a Subsidiary and the grantee, Good Reason ” shall have the meaning as set forth in the Award Certificate(s).  In the case that any Award Certificate does not contain a definition of “Good Reason,” it shall mean (i) a material diminution in the grantee’s base salary except for across-the-board salary reductions similarly affecting all or substantially all similarly situated employees of the Company or (ii) a change of more than 50 miles in the geographic location at which the grantee provides services to the Company, so long as the grantee provides at least ninety (90) days notice to the Company following the initial occurrence of any such event and the Company fails to cure such event within thirty (30) days thereafter.

 

2



 

Incentive Stock Option ” means any Stock Option designated and qualified as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

 

Initial Public Offering ” means the first underwritten, firm commitment public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, or such other event as a result of or following which the Stock shall be publicly held.

 

Non-Employee Director ” means a member of the Board who is not also an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

 

Option ” or “ Stock Option ” means any option to purchase shares of Stock granted pursuant to Section 5.

 

Performance-Based Award ” means any Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Share Award or Cash-Based Award granted to a Covered Employee that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Performance Criteria ” means the criteria that the Administrator selects for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for an individual for a Performance Cycle.  The Performance Criteria (which shall be applicable to the organizational level specified by the Administrator, including, but not limited to, the Company or a unit, division, group, or Subsidiary of the Company) that will be used to establish Performance Goals are limited to the following:  total shareholder return, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization), changes in the market price of the Stock, economic value-added, funds from operations or similar measure, sales or revenue, developmental, clinical or regulatory milestones, acquisitions or strategic transactions, including licenses, collaborations, joint ventures, or promotion arrangements, operating income (loss), cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), return on capital, assets, equity, or investment, return on sales, gross or net profit levels, productivity, expense, margins, operating efficiency, customer satisfaction, working capital, earnings (loss) per share of Stock, sales or market shares and number of customers, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group.  The Committee may appropriately adjust any evaluation performance under a Performance Criterion to exclude any of the following events that occur during a Performance Cycle: (i) asset write-downs or impairments, (ii) litigation or claim judgments or settlements, (iii) the effect of changes in tax law, accounting principles or other such laws or provisions affecting reporting results, (iv) accruals for reorganizations and restructuring programs, and (v) any item of an unusual nature or of a type that indicates infrequency of occurrence, or both, including those described in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s authoritative guidance and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition of operations appearing the Company’s annual report to stockholders for the applicable year.

 

3



 

Performance Cycle ” means one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Administrator may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Criteria will be measured for the purpose of determining a grantee’s right to and the payment of a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Share Award or Cash-Based Award, the vesting and/or payment of which is subject to the attainment of one or more Performance Goals.  Each such period shall not be less than 12 months.

 

Performance Goals ” means, for a Performance Cycle, the specific goals established in writing by the Administrator for a Performance Cycle based upon the Performance Criteria.

 

Performance Share Award ” means an Award entitling the recipient to acquire shares of Stock upon the attainment of specified performance goals.

 

Restricted Shares means the shares of Stock underlying a Restricted Stock Award that remain subject to a risk of forfeiture or the Company’s right of repurchase.

 

Restricted Stock Award ” means an Award of Restricted Shares subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant.

 

Restricted Stock Units ” means an Award of stock units subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant.

 

Sale Event ” means (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power and outstanding stock immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power and outstanding stock or other equity interests of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iii) the sale of all of the Stock of the Company to an unrelated person, entity or group thereof acting in concert, or (iv) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or any successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction other than as a result of the acquisition of securities directly from the Company.

 

Sale Price ” means the value as determined by the Administrator of the consideration payable, or otherwise to be received by stockholders, per share of Stock pursuant to a Sale Event.

 

Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

Stock ” means the Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company, subject to adjustments pursuant to Section 3.

 

Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award entitling the recipient to receive shares of Stock having a value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the Stock Appreciation Right multiplied by the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised.

 

4



 

Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in which the Company has at least a 50 percent interest, either directly or indirectly.

 

Ten Percent Owner ” means an employee who owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10 percent of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation.

 

Unrestricted Stock Award ” means an Award of shares of Stock free of any restrictions.

 

SECTION 2.    ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN; ADMINISTRATOR AUTHORITY TO SELECT GRANTEES AND DETERMINE AWARDS

 

(a)                                      Administration of Plan .  The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator.

 

(b)                                      Powers of Administrator .  The Administrator shall have the power and authority to grant Awards consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the power and authority:

 

(i)                                      to select the individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;

 

(ii)                                   to determine the time or times of grant, and the extent, if any, of Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Cash-Based Awards, Performance Share Awards and Dividend Equivalent Rights, or any combination of the foregoing, granted to any one or more grantees;

 

(iii)                                to determine the number of shares of Stock to be covered by any Award;

 

(iv)                               to determine and modify from time to time the terms and conditions, including restrictions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award, which terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees, and to approve the forms of Award Certificates;

 

(v)                                  to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of all or any portion of any Award;

 

(vi)                               subject to the provisions of Section 5(c), to extend at any time the period in which Stock Options may be exercised; and

 

(vii)                            at any time to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award (including related written instruments); to make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; to decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

 

All decisions and interpretations of the Administrator shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and Plan grantees.

 

5



 

(c)                                       Delegation of Authority to Grant Awards .  Subject to applicable law, the Administrator, in its discretion, may delegate to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company all or part of the Administrator’s authority and duties with respect to the granting of Awards to individuals who are (i) not subject to the reporting and other provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and (ii) not Covered Employees.  Any such delegation by the Administrator shall include a limitation as to the amount of Stock underlying Awards that may be granted during the period of the delegation and shall contain guidelines as to the determination of the exercise price and the vesting criteria.  The Administrator may revoke or amend the terms of a delegation at any time but such action shall not invalidate any prior actions of the Administrator’s delegate or delegates that were consistent with the terms of the Plan.

 

(d)                                      Award Certificate .  Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Certificates that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award which may include, without limitation, the term of an Award and the provisions applicable in the event employment or service terminates.

 

(e)                                       Indemnification .  Neither the Board nor the Administrator, nor any member of either or any delegate thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and the members of the Board and the Administrator (and any delegate thereof) shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under the Company’s articles or bylaws or any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time and/or any indemnification agreement between such individual and the Company.

 

(f)                                        Foreign Award Recipients .  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate or have employees or other individuals eligible for Awards, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to:  (i) determine which Subsidiaries shall be covered by the Plan; (ii) determine which individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (iii) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws; (iv) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent the Administrator determines such actions to be necessary or advisable (and such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to this Plan as appendices); provided, however, that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in Section 3(a) hereof; and (v) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that the Administrator determines to be necessary or advisable to obtain approval or comply with any local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Exchange Act or any other applicable United States securities law, the Code, or any other applicable United States governing statute or law.

 

6



 

SECTION 3.    STOCK ISSUABLE UNDER THE PLAN; MERGERS; SUBSTITUTION

 

(a)                                      Stock Issuable .  The maximum number of shares of Stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be the sum of 1,510,000 shares, plus the shares of Stock remaining available for issuance under the Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. 2013 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “2013 Plan”) as of the Effective Date (the “Initial Limit”), subject to adjustment as provided in this Section 3, plus on January 1, 2018 and each January 1 thereafter, the number of shares of Stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be cumulatively increased by four percent of the number of shares of Stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31 or such lesser number of shares determined by the Administrator (the “Annual Increase”).   For purposes of this limitation, the shares of Stock underlying any Awards that are forfeited, canceled, held back upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated under this Plan or the 2013 Plan (other than by exercise) shall be added back to the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan.  In the event the Company repurchases shares of Stock on the open market, such shares shall not be added to the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan.  Subject to such overall limitations, (a) the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued in the form of Incentive Stock Options shall not exceed the Initial Limit cumulatively increased on January 1, 2018 and on each January 1 thereafter by the lesser of the Annual Increase for such year or 1,510,000 shares of Stock and (b) shares of Stock may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award; provided, however, that Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights with respect to no more than 1,510,000 shares of Stock may be granted to any one individual grantee during any one calendar year period.  The shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares of Stock or shares of Stock reacquired by the Company.

 

(b)                                      Maximum Awards to Non-Employee Directors .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, the value of all Awards awarded under this Plan and all other cash compensation paid by the Company to any Non-Employee Director in any calendar year shall not exceed $1,000,000.  For the purpose of this limitation, the value of any Award shall be its grant date fair value, as determined in accordance with ASC 718 or successor provision but excluding the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting provisions.

 

(c)                                       Changes in Stock .  Subject to Section 3(c) hereof, if, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Company’s capital stock, the outstanding shares of Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such shares of Stock or other securities, or, if, as a result of any merger or consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the outstanding shares of Stock are converted into or exchanged for securities of the Company or any successor entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof), the Administrator shall make an appropriate or proportionate adjustment in (i) the maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, including the maximum number of shares that may be issued in the form of Incentive Stock Options, (ii) the number of Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights that can be granted to any one individual grantee and the

 

7



 

maximum number of shares that may be granted under a Performance-Based Award, (iii) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding Awards under the Plan, (iv) the repurchase price, if any, per share subject to each outstanding Restricted Stock Award, and (v) the exercise price for each share subject to any then outstanding Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights under the Plan, without changing the aggregate exercise price (i.e., the exercise price multiplied by the number of Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights) as to which such Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights remain exercisable.  The Administrator shall also make equitable or proportionate adjustments in the number of shares subject to outstanding Awards and the exercise price and the terms of outstanding Awards to take into consideration cash dividends paid other than in the ordinary course or any other extraordinary corporate event.  The adjustment by the Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive.  No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued under the Plan resulting from any such adjustment, but the Administrator in its discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional shares.

 

(d)                                      Mergers and Other Transactions .  In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, the parties thereto may cause the assumption or continuation of Awards theretofore granted by the successor entity, or the substitution of such Awards with new Awards of the successor entity or parent thereof, with appropriate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares and, if appropriate, the per share exercise prices, as such parties shall agree.  To the extent the parties to such Sale Event do not provide for the assumption, continuation or substitution of Awards, upon the effective time of the Sale Event, the Plan and all outstanding Awards granted hereunder shall terminate.  In such case, except as may be otherwise provided in the relevant Award Certificate, all Awards with time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective time of the Sale Event, and all Awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and nonforfeitable in connection with a Sale Event in the Administrator’s discretion or to the extent specified in the relevant Award Certificate. In the event of such termination, (i) the Company shall have the option (in its sole discretion) to make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to the grantees holding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the difference between (A) the Sale Price multiplied by the number of shares of Stock subject to outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (to the extent then exercisable  at prices not in excess of the Sale Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights; or (ii) each grantee shall be permitted, within a specified period of time prior to the consummation of the Sale Event as determined by the Administrator, to exercise all outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (to the extent then exercisable) held by such grantee. The Company shall also have the option (in its sole discretion) to make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to the grantees holding other Awards in an amount equal to the Sale Price multiplied by the number of vested shares of Stock under such Awards.

 

SECTION 4.    ELIGIBILITY

 

Grantees under the Plan will be such full or part-time officers and other employees, Non-Employee Directors and Consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries as are selected from time to time by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

8


 

SECTION 5.    STOCK OPTIONS

 

(a)                                      Award of Stock Options .  The Administrator may grant Stock Options under the Plan.  Any Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be in such form as the Administrator may from time to time approve.

 

Stock Options granted under the Plan may be either Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options.  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or any Subsidiary that is a “subsidiary corporation” within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code.  To the extent that any Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it shall be deemed a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

Stock Options granted pursuant to this Section 5 shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator shall deem desirable.  If the Administrator so determines, Stock Options may be granted in lieu of cash compensation at the optionee’s election, subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator may establish.

 

(b)                                      Exercise Price .  The exercise price per share for the Stock covered by a Stock Option granted pursuant to this Section 5 shall be determined by the Administrator at the time of grant but shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the option price of such Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value on the grant date.

 

(c)                                       Option Term .  The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Administrator, but no Stock Option shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date the Stock Option is granted.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the term of such Stock Option shall be no more than five years from the date of grant.

 

(d)                                      Exercisability; Rights of a Stockholder .  Stock Options shall become exercisable at such time or times, whether or not in installments, as shall be determined by the Administrator at or after the grant date.  The Administrator may at any time accelerate the exercisability of all or any portion of any Stock Option.  An optionee shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to shares acquired upon the exercise of a Stock Option and not as to unexercised Stock Options.

 

(e)                                       Method of Exercise .  Stock Options may be exercised in whole or in part, by giving written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company, specifying the number of shares to be purchased.  Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the following methods except to the extent otherwise provided in the Option Award Certificate:

 

(i)                                      In cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator;

 

(ii)                                   Through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership following such procedures as the Company may prescribe) of shares of Stock that are not then subject to

 

9



 

restrictions under any Company plan.  Such surrendered shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date;

 

(iii)                                By the optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company for the purchase price; provided that in the event the optionee chooses to pay the purchase price as so provided, the optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Company shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or

 

(iv)                               With respect to Stock Options that are not Incentive Stock Options, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price.

 

Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.  The transfer to the optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the shares of Stock to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of a Stock Option will be contingent upon receipt from the optionee (or a purchaser acting in his stead in accordance with the provisions of the Stock Option) by the Company of the full purchase price for such shares and the fulfillment of any other requirements contained in the Option Award Certificate or applicable provisions of laws (including the satisfaction of any withholding taxes that the Company is obligated to withhold with respect to the optionee).  In the event an optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned shares of Stock through the attestation method, the number of shares of Stock transferred to the optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the number of attested shares.  In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the exercise of Stock Options, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless exercise of Stock Options may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.

 

(f)                                        Annual Limit on Incentive Stock Options .  To the extent required for “incentive stock option” treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options granted under this Plan and any other plan of the Company or its parent and subsidiary corporations become exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000.  To the extent that any Stock Option exceeds this limit, it shall constitute a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

SECTION 6.    STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

 

(a)                                      Award of Stock Appreciation Rights .  The Administrator may grant Stock Appreciation Rights under the Plan.  A Stock Appreciation Right is an Award entitling the recipient to receive shares of Stock having a value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the Stock Appreciation Right multiplied by the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised.

 

10



 

(b)                                      Exercise Price of Stock Appreciation Rights .  The exercise price of a Stock Appreciation Right shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of grant.

 

(c)                                       Grant and Exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights .  Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted by the Administrator independently of any Stock Option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan.

 

(d)                                      Terms and Conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights .  Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined from time to time by the Administrator.  The term of a Stock Appreciation Right may not exceed ten years.

 

SECTION 7.    RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

 

(a)                                      Nature of Restricted Stock Awards .  The Administrator may grant Restricted Stock Awards under the Plan.  A Restricted Stock Award is any Award of Restricted Shares subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant.  Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other service relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives.  The terms and conditions of each such Award shall be determined by the Administrator, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.

 

(b)                                      Rights as a Stockholder .  Upon the grant of the Restricted Stock Award and payment of any applicable purchase price, a grantee shall have the rights of a stockholder with respect to the voting of the Restricted Shares and receipt of dividends; provided that if the lapse of restrictions with respect to the Restricted Stock Award is tied to the attainment of performance goals, any dividends paid by the Company during the performance period shall accrue and shall not be paid to the grantee until and to the extent the performance goals are met with respect to the Restricted Stock Award.  Unless the Administrator shall otherwise determine, (i) uncertificated Restricted Shares shall be accompanied by a notation on the records of the Company or the transfer agent to the effect that they are subject to forfeiture until such Restricted Shares are vested as provided in Section 7(d) below, and (ii) certificated Restricted Shares shall remain in the possession of the Company until such Restricted Shares are vested as provided in Section 7(d) below, and the grantee shall be required, as a condition of the grant, to deliver to the Company such instruments of transfer as the Administrator may prescribe.

 

(c)                                       Restrictions .  Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as specifically provided herein or in the Restricted Stock Award Certificate.  Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 18 below, in writing after the Award is issued, if a grantee’s employment (or other service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason, any Restricted Shares that have not vested at the time of termination shall automatically and without any requirement of notice to such grantee from or other action by or on behalf of, the Company be deemed to have been reacquired by the Company at its original purchase price (if any) from such grantee or such grantee’s legal representative simultaneously with such termination of employment (or other service relationship), and

 

11



 

thereafter shall cease to represent any ownership of the Company by the grantee or rights of the grantee as a stockholder.  Following such deemed reacquisition of Restricted Shares that are represented by physical certificates, a grantee shall surrender such certificates to the Company upon request without consideration.

 

(d)                                      Vesting of Restricted Shares .  The Administrator at the time of grant shall specify the date or dates and/or the attainment of pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions on which the non-transferability of the Restricted Shares and the Company’s right of repurchase or forfeiture shall lapse.  Subsequent to such date or dates and/or the attainment of such pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions, the shares on which all restrictions have lapsed shall no longer be Restricted Shares and shall be deemed “vested.”

 

SECTION 8.    RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

 

(a)                                      Nature of Restricted Stock Units .   The Administrator may grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan.  A Restricted Stock Unit is an Award of stock units that may be settled in shares of Stock upon the satisfaction of such restrictions and conditions at the time of grant.  Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other service relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives.  The terms and conditions of each such Award shall be determined by the Administrator, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.  Except in the case of Restricted Stock Units with a deferred settlement date that complies with Section 409A, at the end of the vesting period, the Restricted Stock Units, to the extent vested, shall be settled in the form of shares of Stock.  Restricted Stock Units with deferred settlement dates are subject to Section 409A and shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion in order to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

(b)                                      Election to Receive Restricted Stock Units in Lieu of Compensation .  The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, permit a grantee to elect to receive a portion of future cash compensation otherwise due to such grantee in the form of an award of Restricted Stock Units.  Any such election shall be made in writing and shall be delivered to the Company no later than the date specified by the Administrator and in accordance with Section 409A and such other rules and procedures established by the Administrator.  Any such future cash compensation that the grantee elects to defer shall be converted to a fixed number of Restricted Stock Units based on the Fair Market Value of Stock on the date the compensation would otherwise have been paid to the grantee if such payment had not been deferred as provided herein.  The Administrator shall have the sole right to determine whether and under what circumstances to permit such elections and to impose such limitations and other terms and conditions thereon as the Administrator deems appropriate.  Any Restricted Stock Units that are elected to be received in lieu of cash compensation shall be fully vested, unless otherwise provided in the Award Certificate.

 

(c)                                       Rights as a Stockholder .  A grantee shall have the rights as a stockholder only as to shares of Stock acquired by the grantee upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units; provided, however, that the grantee may be credited with Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the

 

12



 

stock units underlying his Restricted Stock Units, subject to the provisions of Section 11 and such terms and conditions as the Administrator may determine.

 

(d)                                      Termination .  Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 18 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s right in all Restricted Stock Units that have not vested shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason.

 

SECTION 9.    UNRESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

 

Grant or Sale of Unrestricted Stock .  The Administrator may grant (or sell at par value or such higher purchase price determined by the Administrator) an Unrestricted Stock Award under the Plan.  An Unrestricted Stock Award is an Award pursuant to which the grantee may receive shares of Stock free of any restrictions under the Plan.  Unrestricted Stock Awards may be granted in respect of past services or other valid consideration, or in lieu of cash compensation due to such grantee.

 

SECTION 10.    CASH-BASED AWARDS

 

Grant of Cash-Based Awards .  The Administrator may grant Cash-Based Awards under the Plan.  A Cash-Based Award is an Award that entitles the grantee to a payment in cash upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals.  The Administrator shall determine the maximum duration of the Cash-Based Award, the amount of cash to which the Cash-Based Award pertains, the conditions upon which the Cash-Based Award shall become vested or payable, and such other provisions as the Administrator shall determine.  Each Cash-Based Award shall specify a cash-denominated payment amount, formula or payment ranges as determined by the Administrator.  Payment, if any, with respect to a Cash-Based Award shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Award and may be made in cash.

 

SECTION 11.    PERFORMANCE SHARE AWARDS

 

(a)                                      Nature of Performance Share Awards .  The Administrator may grant Performance Share Awards under the Plan.  A Performance Share Award is an Award entitling the grantee to receive shares of Stock upon the attainment of performance goals.  The Administrator shall determine whether and to whom Performance Share Awards shall be granted, the performance goals, the periods during which performance is to be measured, which may not be less than one year except in the case of a Sale Event, and such other limitations and conditions as the Administrator shall determine.

 

(b)                                      Rights as a Stockholder .  A grantee receiving a Performance Share Award shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to shares of Stock actually received by the grantee under the Plan and not with respect to shares subject to the Award but not actually received by the grantee.  A grantee shall be entitled to receive shares of Stock under a Performance Share Award only upon satisfaction of all conditions specified in the Performance Share Award Certificate (or in a performance plan adopted by the Administrator).

 

13



 

(c)                                       Termination .  Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award agreement or, subject to Section 18 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s rights in all Performance Share Awards shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason.

 

SECTION 12.    PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARDS TO COVERED EMPLOYEES

 

(a)                                      Performance-Based Awards .  The Administrator may grant one or more Performance-Based Awards in the form of a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Share Awards or Cash-Based Award payable upon the attainment of Performance Goals that are established by the Administrator and relate to one or more of the Performance Criteria, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator.  The Administrator shall define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for any Performance Cycle.  Depending on the Performance Criteria used to establish such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of a division, business unit, or an individual.  Each Performance-Based Award shall comply with the provisions set forth below.

 

(b)                                      Grant of Performance-Based Awards .  With respect to each Performance-Based Award granted to a Covered Employee, the Administrator shall select, within the first 90 days of a Performance Cycle (or, if shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code) the Performance Criteria for such grant, and the Performance Goals with respect to each Performance Criterion (including a threshold level of performance below which no amount will become payable with respect to such Award).  Each Performance-Based Award will specify the amount payable, or the formula for determining the amount payable, upon achievement of the various applicable performance targets.  The Performance Criteria established by the Administrator may be (but need not be) different for each Performance Cycle and different Performance Goals may be applicable to Performance-Based Awards to different Covered Employees.

 

(c)                                       Payment of Performance-Based Awards .  Following the completion of a Performance Cycle, the Administrator shall meet to review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Cycle have been achieved and, if so, to also calculate and certify in writing the amount of the Performance-Based Awards earned for the Performance Cycle.  The Administrator shall then determine the actual size of each Covered Employee’s Performance-Based Award.

 

(d)                                      Maximum Award Payable .  The maximum Performance-Based Award payable to any one Covered Employee under the Plan for a Performance Cycle is 948,500 shares of Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(c) hereof) or $2,500,000 in the case of a Performance-Based Award that is a Cash-Based Award.

 

14



 

SECTION 13.    DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT RIGHTS

 

(a)                                      Dividend Equivalent Rights .  The Administrator may grant Dividend Equivalent Rights under the Plan.  A Dividend Equivalent Right is an Award entitling the grantee to receive credits based on cash dividends that would have been paid on the shares of Stock specified in the Dividend Equivalent Right (or other Award to which it relates) if such shares had been issued to the grantee.  A Dividend Equivalent Right may be granted hereunder to any grantee as a component of an award of Restricted Stock Units or Performance Share Award or as a freestanding award.  The terms and conditions of Dividend Equivalent Rights shall be specified in the Award Certificate.  Dividend equivalents credited to the holder of a Dividend Equivalent Right may be paid currently or may be deemed to be reinvested in additional shares of Stock, which may thereafter accrue additional equivalents.  Any such reinvestment shall be at Fair Market Value on the date of reinvestment or such other price as may then apply under a dividend reinvestment plan sponsored by the Company, if any.  Dividend Equivalent Rights may be settled in cash or shares of Stock or a combination thereof, in a single installment or installments.  A Dividend Equivalent Right granted as a component of an Award of Restricted Stock Units or Performance Share Award shall provide that such Dividend Equivalent Right shall be settled only upon settlement or payment of, or lapse of restrictions on, such other Award, and that such Dividend Equivalent Right shall expire or be forfeited or annulled under the same conditions as such other Award.

 

(b)                                      Termination .  Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 18 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s rights in all Dividend Equivalent Rights shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason.

 

SECTION 14.    TRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS

 

(a)                                      Transferability .  Except as provided in Section 14(b) below, during a grantee’s lifetime, his or her Awards shall be exercisable only by the grantee, or by the grantee’s legal representative or guardian in the event of the grantee’s incapacity.  No Awards shall be sold, assigned, transferred or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by a grantee other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order.  No Awards shall be subject, in whole or in part, to attachment, execution, or levy of any kind, and any purported transfer in violation hereof shall be null and void.

 

(b)                                      Administrator Action .  Notwithstanding Section 14(a), the Administrator, in its discretion, may provide either in the Award Certificate regarding a given Award or by subsequent written approval that the grantee (who is an employee or director) may transfer his or her Non-Qualified Stock Options to his or her immediate family members, to trusts for the benefit of such family members, or to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners, provided that the transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Award.  In no event may an Award be transferred by a grantee for value.

 

15



 

(c)                                       Family Member .  For purposes of Section 14(b), “family member” shall mean a grantee’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the grantee’s household (other than a tenant of the grantee), a trust in which these persons (or the grantee) have more than 50 percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the grantee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the grantee) own more than 50 percent of the voting interests.

 

(d)                                      Designation of Beneficiary .  To the extent permitted by the Company, each grantee to whom an Award has been made under the Plan may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise any Award or receive any payment under any Award payable on or after the grantee’s death.  Any such designation shall be on a form provided for that purpose by the Administrator and shall not be effective until received by the Administrator.  If no beneficiary has been designated by a deceased grantee, or if the designated beneficiaries have predeceased the grantee, the beneficiary shall be the grantee’s estate.

 

SECTION 15.    TAX WITHHOLDING

 

(a)                                      Payment by Grantee .  Each grantee shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award or of any Stock or other amounts received thereunder first becomes includable in the gross income of the grantee for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator regarding payment of, any Federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld by the Company with respect to such income.  The Company and its Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the grantee.  The Company’s obligation to deliver evidence of book entry (or stock certificates) to any grantee is subject to and conditioned on tax withholding obligations being satisfied by the grantee.

 

(b)                                      Payment in Stock .  Subject to approval by the Administrator, a grantee may elect to have the Company’s minimum required tax withholding obligation satisfied, in whole or in part, by authorizing the Company to withhold from shares of Stock to be issued pursuant to any Award a number of shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due.  The Administrator may also require Awards to be subject to mandatory share withholding up to the required withholding amount.  For purposes of share withholding, the Fair Market Value of withheld shares shall be determined in the same manner as the value of Stock includible in income of the Participants.

 

SECTION 16.    SECTION 409A AWARDS

 

To the extent that any Award is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “ 409A Award ”), the Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as specified by the Administrator from time to time in order to comply with Section 409A.  In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A) to a grantee who is then considered a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then no such

 

16



 

payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the grantee’s separation from service, or (ii) the grantee’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to interest, penalties and/or additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A.  Further, the settlement of any such Award may not be accelerated except to the extent permitted by Section 409A.

 

SECTION 17.    TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT, TRANSFER, LEAVE OF ABSENCE, ETC.

 

(a)                                      Termination of Employment .  If the grantee’s employer ceases to be a Subsidiary, the grantee shall be deemed to have terminated employment for purposes of the Plan.

 

(b)                                      For purposes of the Plan, the following events shall not be deemed a termination of employment:

 

(i)                                      a transfer to the employment of the Company from a Subsidiary or from the Company to a Subsidiary, or from one Subsidiary to another; or

 

(ii)                                   an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Company, if the employee’s right to re-employment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Administrator otherwise so provides in writing.

 

SECTION 18.    AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

 

The Board may, at any time, amend or discontinue the Plan and the Administrator may, at any time, amend or cancel any outstanding Award for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose, but no such action shall adversely affect rights under any outstanding Award without the holder’s consent.  Except as provided in Section 3(b) or 3(c), without prior stockholder approval, in no event may the Administrator exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights or effect repricing through cancellation and re-grants or cancellation of Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights in exchange for cash or other Awards.  To the extent required under the rules of any securities exchange or market system on which the Stock is listed, to the extent determined by the Administrator to be required by the Code to ensure that Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan are qualified under Section 422 of the Code, or to ensure that compensation earned under Awards qualifies as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, Plan amendments shall be subject to approval by the Company stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders.  Nothing in this Section 18 shall limit the Administrator’s authority to take any action permitted pursuant to Section 3(c) or 3(d).

 

SECTION 19.    STATUS OF PLAN

 

With respect to the portion of any Award that has not been exercised and any payments in cash, Stock or other consideration not received by a grantee, a grantee shall have no rights greater than those of a general creditor of the Company unless the Administrator shall otherwise expressly determine in connection with any Award or Awards.  In its sole discretion, the Administrator may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the Company’s

 

17



 

obligations to deliver Stock or make payments with respect to Awards hereunder, provided that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the foregoing sentence.

 

SECTION 20.    GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

(a)                                      No Distribution .  The Administrator may require each person acquiring Stock pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the shares without a view to distribution thereof.

 

(b)                                      Delivery of Stock Certificates .  Stock certificates to grantees under this Plan shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have mailed such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company.  Uncertificated Stock shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a Stock transfer agent of the Company shall have given to the grantee by electronic mail (with proof of receipt) or by United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company, notice of issuance and recorded the issuance in its records (which may include electronic “book entry” records).  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates evidencing shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Administrator has determined, with advice of counsel (to the extent the Administrator deems such advice necessary or advisable), that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the shares of Stock are listed, quoted or traded.  All Stock certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to comply with federal, state or foreign jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and quotation system on which the Stock is listed, quoted or traded.  The Administrator may place legends on any Stock certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Stock.  In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Administrator may require that an individual make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Administrator, in its discretion, deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements.  The Administrator shall have the right to require any individual to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the discretion of the Administrator.

 

(c)                                       Stockholder Rights .  Until Stock is deemed delivered in accordance with Section 20(b), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights of a stockholder will exist with respect to shares of Stock to be issued in connection with an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of a Stock Option or any other action by the grantee with respect to an Award.

 

(d)                                      Other Compensation Arrangements; No Employment Rights .  Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, including trusts, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.  The adoption of this Plan and the grant of Awards do not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment with the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

18


 

(e)                             Trading Policy Restrictions .  Option exercises and other Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s insider trading policies and procedures, as in effect from time to time.

 

(f)                              Clawback Policy .  Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s clawback policy, as in effect from time to time.

 

SECTION 21.  EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

 

This Plan shall become effective upon the date immediately preceding the date of the Company’s Initial Public Offering following stockholder approval in accordance with applicable state law, the Company’s bylaws and articles of incorporation, and applicable stock exchange rules.  No grants of Stock Options and other Awards may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date and no grants of Incentive Stock Options may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the date the Plan is approved by the Board.

 

SECTION 22.  GOVERNING LAW

 

This Plan and all Awards and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware applied without regard to conflict of law principles.

 

19



 

DATE APPROVED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS:  January 13, 2017

 

DATE APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS: January 13, 2017

 

20



 

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
UNDER THE JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
2017 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Optionee:

 

 

 

No. of Option Shares:

 

 

 

Option Exercise Price per Share:

$

 

[FMV on Grant Date (110% of FMV if a 10% owner)]

 

 

Grant Date:

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

 

[up to 10 years (5 if a 10% owner)]

 

Pursuant to the Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. 2017 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants to the Optionee named above an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date specified above all or part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Stock”), of the Company specified above at the Option Exercise Price per Share specified above subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan.

 

1.                                       Exercisability Schedule .  No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have become exercisable.  Except as set forth below, and subject to the discretion of the Administrator (as defined in Section 2 of the Plan) to accelerate the exercisability schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be exercisable with respect to the following number of Option Shares on the dates indicated so long as the Optionee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such dates:

 

Incremental Number of
Option Shares Exercisable*

 

Exercisability Date

(   %)

 

 

(   %)

 

 

(   %)

 

 

(   %)

 

 

(   %)

 

 

 


* Max. of $100,000 per yr.

 

Once exercisable, this Stock Option shall continue to be exercisable at any time or times prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, subject to the provisions hereof and of the Plan.

 



 

[Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event (and only in the event) that this Stock Option or the Option Shares are assumed or continued by the Company or its successor entity in a Sale Event (as defined in the Plan) in the sole discretion of the parties to a Sale Event and thereafter remains in effect following such Sale Event, then 100% of the then-unvested Option Shares shall be deemed vested in full upon the date on which the Optionee’s employment with the Company, a Subsidiary or successor entity terminates if (A) such termination occurs in connection with and effective as of the date of, or within 12 months following the date of, such Sale Event and (B) such termination is either by the Company without Cause (as defined in the Plan) or by the Optionee for Good Reason (as defined in the Plan).]

 

2.                                       Manner of Exercise .

 

(a)                                  The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner:  from time to time on or prior to the Expiration Date of this Stock Option, the Optionee may give written or electronic notice to the Administrator of his or her election to purchase some or all of the Option Shares purchasable at the time of such notice.  This notice shall specify the number of Option Shares to be purchased.

 

Payment of the purchase price for the Option Shares may be made by one or more of the following methods:  (i) in cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator; (ii) through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of shares of Stock that have been purchased by the Optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the Optionee and are not then subject to any restrictions under any Company plan and that otherwise satisfy any holding periods as may be required by the Administrator; or (iii) by the Optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the option purchase price, provided that in the event the Optionee chooses to pay the option purchase price as so provided, the Optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Administrator shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or (iv) a combination of (i), (ii) and (iii) above.  Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.

 

The transfer to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the Option Shares will be contingent upon (i) the Company’s receipt from the Optionee of the full purchase price for the Option Shares, as set forth above, (ii) the fulfillment of any other requirements contained herein or in the Plan or in any other agreement or provision of laws, and (iii) the receipt by the Company of any agreement, statement or other evidence that the Company may require to satisfy itself that the issuance of Stock to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of Stock Options under the Plan and any subsequent resale of the shares of Stock will be in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.  In the event the Optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned shares of Stock through the attestation method, the number of shares of Stock transferred to the Optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the Shares attested to.

 

2



 

(b)                                  The shares of Stock purchased upon exercise of this Stock Option shall be transferred to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent upon compliance to the satisfaction of the Administrator with all requirements under applicable laws or regulations in connection with such transfer and with the requirements hereof and of the Plan.  The determination of the Administrator as to such compliance shall be final and binding on the Optionee.  The Optionee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Stock subject to this Stock Option unless and until this Stock Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company or the transfer agent shall have transferred the shares to the Optionee, and the Optionee’s name shall have been entered as the stockholder of record on the books of the Company.  Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such shares of Stock.

 

(c)                                   The minimum number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option may be exercised at any one time shall be 100 shares, unless the number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option is being exercised is the total number of shares subject to exercise under this Stock Option at the time.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date hereof.

 

3.                                       Termination of Employment .  If the Optionee’s employment by the Company or a Subsidiary (as defined in the Plan) is terminated, the period within which to exercise the Stock Option may be subject to earlier termination as set forth below.

 

(a)                                  Termination Due to Death .  If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of death, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.  Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of death shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

 

(b)                                  Termination Due to Disability .  If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of the Optionee’s disability (as determined by the Administrator), any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of such termination of employment, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee for a period of 12 months from the date of disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.  Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of disability shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

 

(c)                                   Termination for Cause .  If the Optionee’s employment terminates for Cause, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date shall terminate immediately and be of no further force and effect.  For purposes hereof, “Cause” shall mean, unless otherwise provided in an employment agreement between the Company and the Optionee, a determination by the Administrator that the Optionee shall be dismissed as a result of (i) any material breach by the Optionee of any agreement between the Optionee and the Company; (ii) the conviction of, indictment for or plea of nolo contendere by the Optionee to a felony or a crime involving moral

 

3



 

turpitude; or (iii) any material misconduct or willful and deliberate non-performance (other than by reason of disability) by the Optionee of the Optionee’s duties to the Company.

 

(d)                                  Other Termination .  If the Optionee’s employment terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, the Optionee’s disability, or Cause, and unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of three months from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.  Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of termination shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

 

The Administrator’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s employment shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees.

 

4.                                       Incorporation of Plan .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan.  Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

 

5.                                       Transferability .  This Agreement is personal to the Optionee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  This Stock Option is exercisable, during the Optionee’s lifetime, only by the Optionee, and thereafter, only by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee.

 

6.                                       Status of the Stock Option .  This Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Stock Option qualifies as such.  The Optionee should consult with his or her own tax advisors regarding the tax effects of this Stock Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements.  To the extent any portion of this Stock Option does not so qualify as an “incentive stock option,” such portion shall be deemed to be a non-qualified stock option.  If the Optionee intends to dispose or does dispose (whether by sale, gift, transfer or otherwise) of any Option Shares within the one-year period beginning on the date after the transfer of such shares to him or her, or within the two-year period beginning on the day after the grant of this Stock Option, he or she will so notify the Company within 30 days after such disposition.

 

7.                                       Tax Withholding .  The Optionee shall, not later than the date as of which the exercise of this Stock Option becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event.  The Company shall have the authority to cause the minimum required tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from shares of Stock to be issued to the

 

4



 

Optionee a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

 

8.                                       No Obligation to Continue Employment .  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Optionee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Optionee at any time.

 

9.                                       Integration .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

 

10.                                Data Privacy Consent .  In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”).  By entering into this Agreement, the Optionee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Optionee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate.  The Optionee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information.  Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

 

5



 

11.                                Notices .  Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Optionee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

 

JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned.  Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Optionee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

Optionee’s Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Optionee’s name and address:

 

6


 

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
FOR COMPANY EMPLOYEES
UNDER THE JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
2017 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Optionee:

 

 

 

No. of Option Shares:

 

 

 

Option Exercise Price per Share:

$

 

[FMV on Grant Date]

 

 

Grant Date:

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

 

Pursuant to the Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. 2017 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants to the Optionee named above an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date specified above all or part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Stock”) of the Company specified above at the Option Exercise Price per Share specified above subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan.  This Stock Option is not intended to be an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.                                       Exercisability Schedule .  No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have become exercisable.  Except as set forth below, and subject to the discretion of the Administrator (as defined in Section 2 of the Plan) to accelerate the exercisability schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be exercisable with respect to the following number of Option Shares on the dates indicated so long as Optionee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such dates:

 

Incremental Number of
Option Shares Exercisable

 

Exercisability Date

              (   %)

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

Once exercisable, this Stock Option shall continue to be exercisable at any time or times prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, subject to the provisions hereof and of the Plan.

 



 

[Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event (and only in the event) that this Stock Option or the Option Shares are assumed or continued by the Company or its successor entity in a Sale Event (as defined in the Plan) in the sole discretion of the parties to a Sale Event and thereafter remains in effect following such Sale Event, then 100% of the then-unvested Option Shares shall be deemed vested in full upon the date on which the Optionee’s employment with the Company, a Subsidiary or successor entity terminates if (A) such termination occurs in connection with and effective as of the date of, or within 12 months following the date of, such Sale Event and (B) such termination is either by the Company without Cause (as defined in the Plan) or by the Optionee for Good Reason (as defined in the Plan).]

 

2.                                       Manner of Exercise .

 

(a)                                  The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner:  from time to time on or prior to the Expiration Date of this Stock Option, the Optionee may give written electronic notice to the Administrator of his or her election to purchase some or all of the Option Shares purchasable at the time of such notice.  This notice shall specify the number of Option Shares to be purchased.

 

Payment of the purchase price for the Option Shares may be made by one or more of the following methods:  (i) in cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator; (ii) through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of shares of Stock that have been purchased by the Optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the Optionee and are not then subject to any restrictions under any Company plan and that otherwise satisfy any holding periods as may be required by the Administrator; (iii) by the Optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the option purchase price, provided that in the event the Optionee chooses to pay the option purchase price as so provided, the Optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Administrator shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; (iv) by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; or (v) a combination of (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above.  Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.

 

The transfer to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the Option Shares will be contingent upon (i) the Company’s receipt from the Optionee of the full purchase price for the Option Shares, as set forth above, (ii) the fulfillment of any other requirements contained herein or in the Plan or in any other agreement or provision of laws, and (iii) the receipt by the Company of any agreement, statement or other evidence that the Company may require to satisfy itself that the issuance of Stock to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of Stock Options under the Plan and any subsequent resale of the shares of Stock will be in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.  In the event the Optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned shares of Stock through the attestation method, the number of shares of Stock transferred to the Optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the Shares attested to.

 

2



 

(b)                                  The shares of Stock purchased upon exercise of this Stock Option shall be transferred to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent upon compliance to the satisfaction of the Administrator with all requirements under applicable laws or regulations in connection with such transfer and with the requirements hereof and of the Plan.  The determination of the Administrator as to such compliance shall be final and binding on the Optionee.  The Optionee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Stock subject to this Stock Option unless and until this Stock Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company or the transfer agent shall have transferred the shares to the Optionee, and the Optionee’s name shall have been entered as the stockholder of record on the books of the Company.  Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such shares of Stock.

 

(c)                                   The minimum number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option may be exercised at any one time shall be 100 shares, unless the number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option is being exercised is the total number of shares subject to exercise under this Stock Option at the time.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date hereof.

 

3.                                       Termination of Employment .  If the Optionee’s employment by the Company or a Subsidiary (as defined in the Plan) is terminated, the period within which to exercise the Stock Option may be subject to earlier termination as set forth below.

 

(a)                                  Termination Due to Death .  If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of death, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.  Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of death shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

 

(b)                                  Termination Due to Disability .  If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of the Optionee’s disability (as determined by the Administrator), any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of such termination of employment, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee for a period of 12 months from the date of disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.  Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of disability shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

 

(c)                                   Termination for Cause .  If the Optionee’s employment terminates for Cause, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date shall terminate immediately and be of no further force and effect.  For purposes hereof, “Cause” shall mean, unless otherwise provided in an employment agreement between the Company and the Optionee, a determination by the Administrator that the Optionee shall be dismissed as a result of (i) any material breach by the Optionee of any agreement between the Optionee and the Company; (ii) the conviction of, indictment for or plea of nolo contendere by the Optionee to a felony or a crime involving moral

 

3



 

turpitude; or (iii) any material misconduct or willful and deliberate non-performance (other than by reason of disability) by the Optionee of the Optionee’s duties to the Company.

 

(d)                                  Other Termination .  If the Optionee’s employment terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, the Optionee’s disability or Cause, and unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of three months from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.  Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of termination shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

 

The Administrator’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s employment shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees.

 

4.                                       Incorporation of Plan .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan.  Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

 

5.                                       Transferability .  This Agreement is personal to the Optionee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  This Stock Option is exercisable, during the Optionee’s lifetime, only by the Optionee, and thereafter, only by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee.

 

6.                                       Tax Withholding .  The Optionee shall, not later than the date as of which the exercise of this Stock Option becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event.  The Company shall have the authority to cause the minimum required tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from shares of Stock to be issued to the Optionee a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

 

7.                                       No Obligation to Continue Employment .  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Optionee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Optionee at any time.

 

8.                                       Integration .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

 

9.                                       Data Privacy Consent .  In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or

 

4



 

professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”).  By entering into this Agreement, the Optionee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Optionee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate.  The Optionee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information.  Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

 

10.                                Notices .  Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Optionee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

 

JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned.  Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Optionee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

Optionee’s Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Optionee’s name and address:

 

5


 

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
UNDER THE JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
2017 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Optionee:

 

 

 

 

 

No. of Option Shares:

 

 

 

 

 

Option Exercise Price per Share:

 

$

 

 

[FMV on Grant Date]

 

 

 

Grant Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

 

 

 

[No more than 10 years]

 

Pursuant to the Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. 2017 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants to the Optionee named above, who is a Director of the Company but is not an employee of the Company, an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date specified above all or part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Stock”), of the Company specified above at the Option Exercise Price per Share specified above subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan.  This Stock Option is not intended to be an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.                                       Exercisability Schedule .  No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have become exercisable.  Except as set forth below, and subject to the discretion of the Administrator (as defined in Section 2 of the Plan) to accelerate the exercisability schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be exercisable with respect to the following number of Option Shares on the dates indicated so long as the Optionee remains in service as a member of the Board on such dates:

 

Incremental Number of
Option Shares Exercisable

 

Exercisability Date

              (   %)

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 



 

Once exercisable, this Stock Option shall continue to be exercisable at any time or times prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, subject to the provisions hereof and of the Plan.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event of a Sale Event (as defined in the Plan) 100% of the then-unvested Option Shares shall be deemed vested in full as of the effective time of the Sale Event.

 

2.                                       Manner of Exercise .

 

(a)                                  The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner:  from time to time on or prior to the Expiration Date of this Stock Option, the Optionee may give written or electronic notice to the Administrator of his or her election to purchase some or all of the Option Shares purchasable at the time of such notice.  This notice shall specify the number of Option Shares to be purchased.

 

Payment of the purchase price for the Option Shares may be made by one or more of the following methods:  (i) in cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator; (ii) through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of shares of Stock that have been purchased by the Optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the Optionee and are not then subject to any restrictions under any Company plan and that otherwise satisfy any holding periods as may be required by the Administrator; (iii) by the Optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the option purchase price, provided that in the event the Optionee chooses to pay the option purchase price as so provided, the Optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Administrator shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; (iv) by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; or (v) a combination of (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above.  Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.

 

The transfer to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the Option Shares will be contingent upon (i) the Company’s receipt from the Optionee of the full purchase price for the Option Shares, as set forth above, (ii) the fulfillment of any other requirements contained herein or in the Plan or in any other agreement or provision of laws, and (iii) the receipt by the Company of any agreement, statement or other evidence that the Company may require to satisfy itself that the issuance of Stock to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of Stock Options under the Plan and any subsequent resale of the shares of Stock will be in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.  In the event the Optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned shares of Stock through the attestation method, the number of shares of Stock transferred to the Optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the Shares attested to.

 

(b)                                  The shares of Stock purchased upon exercise of this Stock Option shall be transferred to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent upon

 

2



 

compliance to the satisfaction of the Administrator with all requirements under applicable laws or regulations in connection with such transfer and with the requirements hereof and of the Plan.  The determination of the Administrator as to such compliance shall be final and binding on the Optionee.  The Optionee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Stock subject to this Stock Option unless and until this Stock Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company or the transfer agent shall have transferred the shares to the Optionee, and the Optionee’s name shall have been entered as the stockholder of record on the books of the Company.  Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such shares of Stock.

 

(c)                                   The minimum number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option may be exercised at any one time shall be 100 shares, unless the number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option is being exercised is the total number of shares subject to exercise under this Stock Option at the time.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date hereof.

 

3.                                       Termination as Director . If the Optionee ceases to be a Director of the Company, the period within which to exercise the Stock Option may be subject to earlier termination as set forth below.

 

(a)                                  Termination Due to Death .  If the Optionee’s service as a Director terminates by reason of the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of death, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.  Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of death shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

 

(b)                                  Other Termination .  If the Optionee ceases to be a Director for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date the Optionee ceased to be a Director, for a period of six months from the date the Optionee ceased to be a Director or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.  Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date the Optionee ceases to be a Director shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

 

4.                                       Incorporation of Plan .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan.  Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

 

5.                                       Transferability .  This Agreement is personal to the Optionee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  This Stock Option is exercisable, during the Optionee’s lifetime, only by the Optionee, and thereafter, only by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee.

 

3



 

6.                                       No Obligation to Continue as a Director .  Neither the Plan nor this Stock Option confers upon the Optionee any rights with respect to continuance as a Director.

 

7.                                       Integration .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

 

8.                                       Data Privacy Consent .  In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”).  By entering into this Agreement, the Optionee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Optionee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate.  The Optionee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information.  Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

 

4



 

9.                                       Notices .  Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Optionee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

 

JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned.  Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Optionee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Optionee’s Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Optionee’s name and address:

 

5


 

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT
UNDER THE JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
2017 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Grantee:

 

 

 

No. of Shares:

 

 

 

Grant Date:

 

 

Pursuant to the Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. 2017 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants a Restricted Stock Award (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above.  Upon acceptance of this Award, the Grantee shall receive the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Stock”) of the Company specified above, subject to the restrictions and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan.  The Company acknowledges the receipt from the Grantee of consideration with respect to the par value of the Stock in the form of cash, past or future services rendered to the Company by the Grantee or such other form of consideration as is acceptable to the Administrator.

 

1.                                       Award .  The shares of Restricted Stock awarded hereunder shall be issued and held by the Company’s transfer agent in book entry form, and the Grantee’s name shall be entered as the stockholder of record on the books of the Company.  Thereupon, the Grantee shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such shares, including voting and dividend rights, subject, however, to the restrictions and conditions specified in Paragraph 2 below.  The Grantee shall (i) sign and deliver to the Company a copy of this Award Agreement and (ii) deliver to the Company a stock power endorsed in blank.

 

2.                                       Restrictions and Conditions .

 

(a)                                  Any book entries for the shares of Restricted Stock granted herein shall bear an appropriate legend, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, to the effect that such shares are subject to restrictions as set forth herein and in the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Shares of Restricted Stock granted herein may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee prior to vesting.

 

(c)                                   If the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is voluntarily or involuntarily terminated for any reason (including death) prior to vesting of shares of Restricted Stock granted herein, all shares of Restricted Stock shall immediately and automatically be forfeited and returned to the Company.

 

3.                                       Vesting of Restricted Stock .  The restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement shall lapse on the Vesting Date or Dates specified in the following schedule so long as the Grantee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such Dates.  If a series of Vesting Dates is specified, then the restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 2 shall lapse only with respect to the number of shares of Restricted Stock specified as vested on such date.

 



 

Incremental Number
of Shares Vested

 

Vesting Date

              (   %)

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

Subsequent to such Vesting Date or Dates, the shares of Stock on which all restrictions and conditions have lapsed shall no longer be deemed Restricted Stock.  The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Paragraph 3.

 

[Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event (and only in the event) that this Agreement or the Restricted Stock are assumed or continued by the Company or its successor entity in a Sale Event (as defined in the Plan) in the sole discretion of the parties to a Sale Event and thereafter remains in effect following such Sale Event, then 100% of the then-unvested Restricted Stock shall be deemed vested in full upon the date on which the Grantee’s employment with the Company or successor entity terminates if (A) such termination occurs in connection with and effective as of the date of, or within 12 months following the date of, such Sale Event and (B) such termination is either by the Company without Cause (as defined in the Plan) or by the Grantee for Good Reason (as defined in the Plan).]

 

4.                                       Dividends .  Dividends on shares of Restricted Stock shall be paid currently to the Grantee.

 

5.                                       Incorporation of Plan .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Award shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan.  Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

 

6.                                       Transferability .  This Agreement is personal to the Grantee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

7.                                       Tax Withholding .  The Grantee shall, not later than the date as of which the receipt of this Award becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event.  Except in the case where an election is made pursuant to Paragraph 8 below, the Company shall have the authority to cause the required minimum tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from shares of Stock to be issued or released by the transfer agent a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

 

8.                                       Election Under Section 83(b) .  The Grantee and the Company hereby agree that the Grantee may, within 30 days following the Grant Date of this Award, file with the Internal

 

2



 

Revenue Service and the Company an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code.  In the event the Grantee makes such an election, he or she agrees to provide a copy of the election to the Company.  The Grantee acknowledges that he or she is responsible for obtaining the advice of his or her tax advisors with regard to the Section 83(b) election and that he or she is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents with regard to such election.

 

9.                                       No Obligation to Continue Employment .  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Grantee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Grantee at any time.

 

10.                                Integration .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

 

11.                                Data Privacy Consent .  In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”).  By entering into this Agreement, the Grantee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Grantee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate.  The Grantee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information.  Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

 

3



 

12.                                Notices .  Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

 

JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned.  Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

Grantee’s Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grantee’s name and address:

 

4


 

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
FOR COMPANY EMPLOYEES
UNDER THE JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
2017 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

Name of Grantee:

 

No. of Restricted Stock Units:

 

Grant Date:

 

Pursuant to the Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. 2017 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants an award of the number of Restricted Stock Units listed above (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above.  Each Restricted Stock Unit shall relate to one share of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Stock”) of the Company.

 

1.                                       Restrictions on Transfer of Award .  This Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee, and any shares of Stock issuable with respect to the Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until (i) the Restricted Stock Units have vested as provided in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement and (ii) shares of Stock have been issued to the Grantee in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

 

2.                                       Vesting of Restricted Stock Units .  The restrictions and conditions of Paragraph 1 of this Agreement shall lapse on the Vesting Date or Dates specified in the following schedule so long as the Grantee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such Dates.  If a series of Vesting Dates is specified, then the restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 1 shall lapse only with respect to the number of Restricted Stock Units specified as vested on such date.

 

Incremental Number of
Restricted Stock Units Vested

 

Vesting Date

              (   %)

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Paragraph 2.

 

[Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event (and only in the event) that this Agreement or the Restricted Stock Units are assumed or continued by the Company or its successor entity in a Sale Event (as defined in the Plan) in the sole discretion of the parties to a Sale Event and thereafter remains in effect following such Sale Event, then 100% of the then-unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be deemed vested in full upon the date

 



 

on which the Grantee’s employment with the Company or successor entity terminates if (A) such termination occurs in connection with and effective as of the date of, or within 12 months following the date of, such Sale Event and (B) such termination is either by the Company without Cause (as defined in the Plan) or by the Grantee for Good Reason (as defined in the Plan).]

 

3.                                       Termination of Employment .  If the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason (including death or disability) prior to the satisfaction of the vesting conditions set forth in Paragraph 2 above, any Restricted Stock Units that have not vested as of such date shall automatically and without notice terminate and be forfeited, and neither the Grantee nor any of his or her successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives will thereafter have any further rights or interests in such unvested Restricted Stock Units.

 

4.                                       Issuance of Shares of Stock .  As soon as practicable following each Vesting Date (but in no event later than two and one-half months after the end of the year in which the Vesting Date occurs), the Company shall issue to the Grantee the number of shares of Stock equal to the aggregate number of Restricted Stock Units that have vested pursuant to Paragraph 2 of this Agreement on such date and the Grantee shall thereafter have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to such shares.

 

5.                                       Incorporation of Plan .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan.  Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

 

6.                                       Tax Withholding .   The Grantee shall, not later than the date as of which the receipt of this Award becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event.  The Company shall have the authority to cause the required minimum tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from shares of Stock to be issued to the Grantee a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the withholding amount due.

 

7.                                       Section 409A of the Code.   This Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner that all provisions relating to the settlement of the Award are exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code as “short-term deferrals” as described in Section 409A of the Code.

 

8.                                       No Obligation to Continue Employment .  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Grantee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Grantee at any time.

 

9.                                       Integration .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

 

2



 

10.                                Data Privacy Consent .  In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”).  By entering into this Agreement, the Grantee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Grantee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate.  The Grantee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information.  Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

 

11.                                Notices .  Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

 

JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned.  Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

Grantee’s Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grantee’s name and address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3


 

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
UNDER JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
2017 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Grantee:

 

 

 

No. of Restricted Stock Units:

 

 

 

Grant Date:

 

 

Pursuant to the Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. 2017 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants an award of the number of Restricted Stock Units listed above (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above.  Each Restricted Stock Unit shall relate to one share of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Stock”) of the Company.

 

1.             Restrictions on Transfer of Award .  This Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee, and any shares of Stock issuable with respect to the Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until (i) the Restricted Stock Units have vested as provided in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement and (ii) shares of Stock have been issued to the Grantee in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

 

2.             Vesting of Restricted Stock Units .  The restrictions and conditions of Paragraph 1 of this Agreement shall lapse on the Vesting Date or Dates specified in the following schedule so long as the Grantee remains in service as a member of the Board on such Dates.  If a series of Vesting Dates is specified, then the restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 1 shall lapse only with respect to the number of Restricted Stock Units specified as vested on such date.

 

Incremental Number of
Restricted Stock Units Vested

 

Vesting Date

              (   %)

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

              (   %)

 

 

 

The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Paragraph 2.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event of a Sale Event (as defined in the Plan) 100% of the then-unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be deemed vested in full as of the effective time of the Sale Event.

 



 

3.             Termination of Service .  If the Grantee’s service with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason (including death or disability) prior to the satisfaction of the vesting conditions set forth in Paragraph 2 above, any Restricted Stock Units that have not vested as of such date shall automatically and without notice terminate and be forfeited, and neither the Grantee nor any of his or her successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives will thereafter have any further rights or interests in such unvested Restricted Stock Units.

 

4.             Issuance of Shares of Stock .  As soon as practicable following each Vesting Date ( but in no event later than two and one-half months after the end of the year in which the Vesting Date occurs), the Company shall issue to the Grantee the number of shares of Stock equal to the aggregate number of Restricted Stock Units that have vested pursuant to Paragraph 2 of this Agreement on such date and the Grantee shall thereafter have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to such shares.

 

5.             Incorporation of Plan .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan.  Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

 

6.             Section 409A of the Code.   This Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner that all provisions relating to the settlement of the Award are exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code as “short-term deferrals” as described in Section 409A of the Code.

 

7.             No Obligation to Continue as a Director .  Neither the Plan nor this Award confers upon the Grantee any rights with respect to continuance as a Director.

 

8.             Integration .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

 

9.             Data Privacy Consent .  In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”).  By entering into this Agreement, the Grantee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Grantee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate.  The Grantee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information.  Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

 

10.          Notices .  Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file

 

2



 

with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

 

JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned.  Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

Grantee’s Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Grantee’s name and address:

 

3




Exhibit 10.3

 

JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

2017 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

The purpose of the Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“the Plan”) is to provide eligible employees of Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) and each Designated Subsidiary (as defined in Section 11) with opportunities to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”).  302,000 shares of Common Stock in the aggregate have been approved and reserved for this purpose, plus on January 1, 2018, and each January 1 thereafter through January 1, 2027, the number of shares of Common Stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be cumulatively increased by the least of (i) one percent (1%) of the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31st, (ii) 603,000 shares of Common Stock or (iii) such number of shares of Common Stock as determined by the Administrator.  The Plan is intended to constitute an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and shall be interpreted in accordance with that intent.

 

1.                                       Administration .  The Plan will be administered by the person or persons (the “Administrator”) appointed by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) for such purpose.  The Administrator has authority at any time to: (i) adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for the administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; (ii) interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan; (iii) make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; (iv) decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and (v) otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.  All interpretations and decisions of the Administrator shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and the Participants.  No member of the Board or individual exercising administrative authority with respect to the Plan shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any option granted hereunder.

 

2.                                       Offerings .  The Company will make one or more offerings to eligible employees to purchase Common Stock under the Plan (“Offerings”).  Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, an Offering will begin on the first business day occurring on or after each May 1 and November 1 and will end on the last business day occurring on or before the following October 31 and April 30, respectively.  The Administrator may, in its discretion, designate a different period for any Offering, provided that no Offering shall exceed six months in duration or overlap any other Offering.

 

3.                                       Eligibility .  All individuals classified as employees on the payroll records of the Company and each Designated Subsidiary are eligible to participate in any one or more of the Offerings under the Plan, provided that as of the first day of the applicable Offering (the “Offering Date”) they are customarily employed by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary for more than 20  hours a week.  Notwithstanding any other provision herein, individuals who are not contemporaneously classified as employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary for purposes of the Company’s or applicable Designated Subsidiary’s payroll system are not

 



 

considered to be eligible employees of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary and shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan.  In the event any such individuals are reclassified as employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary for any purpose, including, without limitation, common law or statutory employees, by any action of any third party, including, without limitation, any government agency, or as a result of any private lawsuit, action or administrative proceeding, such individuals shall, notwithstanding such reclassification, remain ineligible for participation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the exclusive means for individuals who are not contemporaneously classified as employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary on the Company’s or Designated Subsidiary’s payroll system to become eligible to participate in this Plan is through an amendment to this Plan, duly executed by the Company, which specifically renders such individuals eligible to participate herein.

 

4.                                       Participation .

 

(a)                                  Participants .  An eligible employee who is not a Participant on any Offering Date may participate in such Offering by submitting an enrollment form to his or her appropriate payroll location at least 15 business days before the Offering Date (or by such other deadline as shall be established by the Administrator for the Offering).

 

(b)                                  Enrollment .  The enrollment form will (a) state a whole percentage to be deducted from an eligible employee’s Compensation (as defined in Section 11) per pay period, (b) authorize the purchase of Common Stock in each Offering in accordance with the terms of the Plan and (c) specify the exact name or names in which shares of Common Stock purchased for such individual are to be issued pursuant to Section 10.  An employee who does not enroll in accordance with these procedures will be deemed to have waived the right to participate.  Unless a Participant files a new enrollment form or withdraws from the Plan, such Participant’s deductions and purchases will continue at the same percentage of Compensation for future Offerings, provided he or she remains eligible.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, participation in the Plan will neither be permitted nor be denied contrary to the requirements of the Code.

 

5.                                       Employee Contributions .  Each eligible employee may authorize payroll deductions at a minimum of one percent up to a maximum of fifteen percent of such employee’s Compensation for each pay period.  The Company will maintain book accounts showing the amount of payroll deductions made by each Participant for each Offering.  No interest will accrue or be paid on payroll deductions.

 

6.                                       Deduction Changes .  Except as may be determined by the Administrator in advance of an Offering, a Participant may not increase or decrease his or her payroll deduction during any Offering, but may increase or decrease his or her payroll deduction with respect to the next Offering (subject to the limitations of Section 5) by filing a new enrollment form at least 15 business days before the next Offering Date (or by such other deadline as shall be established by the Administrator for the Offering).  The Administrator may, in advance of any Offering, establish rules permitting a Participant to increase, decrease or terminate his or her payroll

 

2



 

deduction during an Offering.

 

7.                                       Withdrawal .  A Participant may withdraw from participation in the Plan once by delivering a written notice of withdrawal to his or her appropriate payroll location.  The Participant’s withdrawal will be effective as of the next business day.  Following a Participant’s withdrawal, the Company will promptly refund such individual’s entire account balance under the Plan to him or her (after payment for any Common Stock purchased before the effective date of withdrawal).  Partial withdrawals are not permitted.  Such an employee may not begin participation again during the remainder of the Offering, but may enroll in a subsequent Offering in accordance with Section 4.

 

8.                                       Grant of Options .  On each Offering Date, the Company will grant to each eligible employee who is then a Participant in the Plan an option (“Option”) to purchase on the last day of such Offering (the “Exercise Date”), at the Option Price hereinafter provided for, the lowest of (a) a number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing such Participant’s accumulated payroll deductions on such Exercise Date by the Option Price (as defined herein), (b) 1,335 shares, or (c) such other lesser maximum number of shares as shall have been established by the Administrator in advance of the Offering; provided, however, that such Option shall be subject to the limitations set forth below.  Each Participant’s Option shall be exercisable only to the extent of such Participant’s accumulated payroll deductions on the Exercise Date.  The purchase price for each share purchased under each Option (the “Option Price”) will be 85 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Offering Date or the Exercise Date, whichever is less.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Participant may be granted an option hereunder if such Participant, immediately after the option was granted, would be treated as owning stock possessing five percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (as defined in Section 11).  For purposes of the preceding sentence, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply in determining the stock ownership of a Participant, and all stock which the Participant has a contractual right to purchase shall be treated as stock owned by the Participant.  In addition, no Participant may be granted an Option which permits his or her rights to purchase stock under the Plan, and any other employee stock purchase plan of the Company and its Parents and Subsidiaries, to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of such stock (determined on the option grant date or dates) for each calendar year in which the Option is outstanding at any time.  The purpose of the limitation in the preceding sentence is to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and shall be applied taking Options into account in the order in which they were granted.

 

9.                                       Exercise of Option and Purchase of Shares .  Each employee who continues to be a Participant in the Plan on the Exercise Date shall be deemed to have exercised his or her Option on such date and shall acquire from the Company such number of whole shares of Common Stock reserved for the purpose of the Plan as his or her accumulated payroll deductions on such date will purchase at the Option Price, subject to any other limitations contained in the Plan.  Any amount remaining in a Participant’s account at the end of an Offering solely by reason of the inability to purchase a fractional share will be carried forward to the next Offering; any other balance remaining in a Participant’s account at the end of an Offering will be refunded to the

 

3



 

Participant promptly.

 

10.                                Issuance of Certificates .  Certificates representing shares of Common Stock purchased under the Plan may be issued only in the name of the employee, in the name of the employee and another person of legal age as joint tenants with rights of survivorship, or in the name of a broker authorized by the employee to be his, her or their, nominee for such purpose.

 

11.                                Definitions .

 

The term “Compensation” means the amount of base pay, prior to salary reduction pursuant to Sections 125, 132(f) or 401(k) of the Code, but excluding overtime, commissions, incentive or bonus awards and allowances and reimbursements for expenses such as relocation allowances or travel expenses, income or gains on the exercise of Company stock options, and similar items.

 

The term “Designated Subsidiary” means any present or future Subsidiary (as defined below) that has been designated by the Board to participate in the Plan.  The Board may so designate any Subsidiary, or revoke any such designation, at any time and from time to time, either before or after the Plan is approved by the stockholders.  The current list of Designated Subsidiaries is attached hereto as Appendix A.

 

The term “Fair Market Value of the Common Stock” on any given date means the fair market value of the Common Stock determined in good faith by the Administrator; provided, however, that if the Common Stock is admitted to quotation on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“NASDAQ”), NASDAQ Global Market or another national securities exchange, the determination shall be made by reference to the closing price on such date.  If there is no closing price for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there is a closing price.

 

The term “Initial Public Offering” means the first underwritten, firm commitment public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, or such other event as a result of or following which the Company’s Common Stock shall be publicly held.

 

The term “Parent” means a “parent corporation” with respect to the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

The term “Participant” means an individual who is eligible as determined in Section 3 and who has complied with the provisions of Section 4.

 

The term “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation” with respect to the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

12.                                Rights on Termination of Employment .  If a Participant’s employment terminates for any reason before the Exercise Date for any Offering, payroll deductions will cease on date of termination and the balance in the Participant’s account will be paid to such Participant or, in

 

4



 

the case of such Participant’s death, to his or her designated beneficiary as if such Participant had withdrawn from the Plan under Section 7.  An employee will be deemed to have terminated employment, for this purpose, if the corporation that employs him or her, having been a Designated Subsidiary, ceases to be a Subsidiary, or if the employee is transferred to any corporation other than the Company or a Designated Subsidiary.  An employee will not be deemed to have terminated employment for this purpose, if the employee is on an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness or for any other purpose approved by the Company, if the employee’s right to reemployment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Administrator otherwise provides in writing.

 

13.                                Special Rules .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrator may adopt special rules applicable to the employees of a particular Designated Subsidiary, whenever the Administrator determines that such rules are necessary or appropriate for the implementation of the Plan in a jurisdiction where such Designated Subsidiary has employees; provided that such rules are consistent with the requirements of Section 423(b) of the Code.  Any special rules established pursuant to this Section 13 shall, to the extent possible, result in the employees subject to such rules having substantially the same rights as other Participants in the Plan.

 

14.                                Optionees Not Stockholders .  Neither the granting of an Option to a Participant nor the deductions from his or her pay shall constitute such Participant a holder of the shares of Common Stock covered by an Option under the Plan until such shares have been purchased by and issued to him or her.

 

15.                                Rights Not Transferable .  Rights under the Plan are not transferable by a Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and are exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant.

 

16.                                Application of Funds .  All funds received or held by the Company under the Plan may be combined with other corporate funds and may be used for any corporate purpose.

 

17.                                Adjustment in Case of Changes Affecting Common Stock .  In the event of a subdivision of outstanding shares of Common Stock, the payment of a dividend in Common Stock or any other change affecting the Common Stock, the number of shares approved for the Plan and the share limitation set forth in Section 8 shall be equitably or proportionately adjusted to give proper effect to such event.

 

18.                                Amendment of the Plan .  The Board may at any time and from time to time amend the Plan in any respect, except that without the approval within 12 months of such Board action by the stockholders, no amendment shall be made increasing the number of shares approved for the Plan or making any other change that would require stockholder approval in order for the Plan, as amended, to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423(b) of the Code.

 

5



 

19.                                Insufficient Shares .  If the total number of shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be purchased on any Exercise Date plus the number of shares purchased under previous Offerings under the Plan exceeds the maximum number of shares issuable under the Plan, the shares then available shall be apportioned among Participants in proportion to the amount of payroll deductions accumulated on behalf of each Participant that would otherwise be used to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date.

 

20.                                Termination of the Plan .  The Plan may be terminated at any time by the Board.  Upon termination of the Plan, all amounts in the accounts of Participants shall be promptly refunded.

 

21.                                Governmental Regulations .  The Company’s obligation to sell and deliver Common Stock under the Plan is subject to obtaining all governmental approvals required in connection with the authorization, issuance, or sale of such stock.

 

22.                                Governing Law .  This Plan and all Options and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, applied without regard to conflict of law principles.

 

23.                                Issuance of Shares .  Shares may be issued upon exercise of an Option from authorized but unissued Common Stock, from shares held in the treasury of the Company, or from any other proper source.

 

24.                                Tax Withholding .  Participation in the Plan is subject to any minimum required tax withholding on income of the Participant in connection with the Plan.  Each Participant agrees, by entering the Plan, that the Company and its Subsidiaries shall have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant, including shares issuable under the Plan.

 

25.                                Notification Upon Sale of Shares .  Each Participant agrees, by entering the Plan, to give the Company prompt notice of any disposition of shares purchased under the Plan.

 

26.                                Effective Date and Approval of Shareholders .  The Plan shall take effect on the date immediately preceding the date of the Company’s Initial Public Offering, subject to approval by the holders of a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders at which a quorum is present or by written consent of the stockholders.

 

 

DATE APPROVED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS:

 

January 13, 2017

 

 

 

DATE APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS:

 

January 13, 2017

 

6




Exhibit 10.4

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of the sixth of January, 2017 by and between Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”), and Richard Murray, Ph.D. (the “Executive”).  Except with respect to the Restrictive Covenants (as defined below), this Agreement supersedes, amends and restates in all respects all prior agreements between the Executive and the Company regarding the subject matter herein, including without limitation the letter agreement between the Executive and the Company dated May 30, 2014 and the Employment Agreement between the Executive and the Company dated January 6, 2016 (the “Former Employment Agreements”).

 

1.                                       Employment Term .  The Company and the Executive desire to continue their employment relationship, pursuant to this Agreement commencing as of the date hereof and continuing in effect until terminated by either party in accordance with this Agreement (the “Term”).  The Executive’s employment with the Company will continue to be “at will,” meaning that the Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Company or the Executive at any time and for any reason subject to the terms of this Agreement. If the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason during the Term, the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive (or to the Executive’s authorized representative or estate) any earned but unpaid base salary, unpaid expense reimbursements, accrued but unused PTO (as defined below) and any vested benefits the Executive may have under any employee benefit plan of the Company (the “Accrued Benefit”).

 

2.                                       Duties .  The Executive will have such powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”).  The Executive shall devote the Executive’s full working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company and will not engage in outside business activities, including outside board work, without the prior consent of the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may engage in religious, charitable or other community activities as long as such services and activities do not interfere with the Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties to the Company.

 

3.                                       Compensation and Related Matters .

 

(a)                      Base Salary .  During the Term, the Executive’s annual base salary will be $500,000, subject to redetermination by the Board. The annual base salary in effect at any given time is referred to herein as “Base Salary.” The Base Salary will be payable in a manner that is consistent with the Company’s usual payroll practices for senior executives.

 

(b)                      Bonus .  During the Term, the Executive will be eligible to be considered for annual cash bonus as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”) from time to time (the “Bonus”), with the actual amount of the Bonus, if any, determined based upon the Board or the Compensation Committee’s assessment of achievement of certain pre-determined performance goals.   The Executive’s initial annual target Bonus is 50% of the Base Salary, and such percentage is subject to review and redetermination by the Board or the Compensation Committee (the “Target Bonus Percentage”).  The Executive’s Bonus, if any, will be paid by March 15

 



 

following the applicable Bonus year.  To earn a Bonus, the Executive must be employed by the Company on the day such Bonus is paid.

 

(c)                       PTO :  During the Term, the Executive is eligible to earn paid-time-off (“PTO”), to be accrued on a pro rata basis and subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s policies and procedures relating to PTO.

 

(d)                      Other Benefits .  During the Term, the Executive will be entitled to continue to participate in the Company’s employee benefit plans, subject to the terms and the conditions of such plans and to the Company’s ability to amend and modify such plans.

 

(e)                       Equity .  The Executive’s equity compensation shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the applicable Company equity incentive plan, as may be amended, and the applicable stock option and/or restricted stock agreements associated with any grants made to the Executive (collectively the “Equity Documents”).  Provided , and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Documents, Section 5 of this Agreement shall apply in the event of a Terminating Event within a “Sale Event Period” (defined herein to mean on or within the 12 month period commencing with a Sale Event).

 

(f)                        Reimbursement of Business Expenses.   The Company shall reimburse the Executive for travel, entertainment, business development and other expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by the Executive in connection with the Company’s business.  Expense reimbursement shall be subject to such policies the Company may adopt from time to time, included with respect to pre-approval.

 

4.                                       Certain Definitions .

 

(a)                      Sale Event : (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or resulting entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable), (iii) the acquisition of all or a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Company in a single transaction or a series of related transactions by a person or entity or group of persons and/or entities, or (iv) any other acquisition of the business of the Company, as determined by the Board; provided , however, that the Company’s initial public offering, any subsequent public offering or any other capital raising event, public or private, or a merger effected solely to change the Company’s domicile shall not constitute a “Sale Event.”

 

(b)                      Terminating Event . (i) termination by the Company other than for Cause; or (ii) termination by the Executive for Good Reason, both as set forth in this Section 4(b):

 

(i)                                      Termination by the Company Other Than For Cause .  Termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment for any reason other than for Cause, death or Disability.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean that the Company has complied with the “Cause Process” (hereinafter defined) following, the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

2



 

(A)                                Executive’s material breach of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Company and Executive (including the Restrictive Covenants (as defined below));

 

(B)                                Executive’s material failure to adhere to any written policy of the Company generally applicable to employees of the Company related to conduct or ethics;

 

(C)                                Executive’s appropriation (or attempted appropriation) of a business opportunity of the Company, including attempting to secure or securing any personal profit in connection with any transaction entered into on behalf of the Company;

 

(D)                                Executive’s commission of an act constituting fraud, embezzlement, breach of any fiduciary duty owed to the Company or its stockholders or other dishonesty with respect to the Company;

 

(E)                                 Executive’s willful misconduct or continued and willful failure or refusal to perform any material duties reasonably requested by the Board or the executive of the Company to whom Executive reports;

 

(F)                                  Executive’s engaging in gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of Executive’s duties for the Company.

 

“Cause Process” shall mean that (i) the Company reasonably determines, in good faith, that one of the Causes has occurred; (ii) the Company notifies the Executive in writing of the first occurrence of the Cause within 30 days of the Board becoming aware of such condition; (iii) the Company cooperates in good faith with the Executive’s efforts, for a period of not less than seven days following such notice (the “Cause Cure Period”), to remedy the Cause; (iv) notwithstanding such efforts, the Cause continues to exist; and (v) the Company terminates the Executive’s employment within 30 days after the end of the Cause Cure Period, provided that the Company will not be required to provide a Cause Cure Period in the event that a Cause (x) is incapable of being cured; or (y) is required to be publicly disclosed under applicable securities law.  If the Executive cures all of the applicable Cause(s) during the applicable Cause Cure Period, Cause shall be deemed not to have occurred.  If the Company is not required to provide a Cause Cure Period, the Cause Process will be satisfied if the Company notifies the Executive in writing of the first occurrence of the Cause within 30 days of the Board becoming aware of such condition and terminates the Executive’s employment within 30 days of such notice.

 

(ii)                                   Termination by the Executive for Good Reason .  Termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment with the Company for Good Reason.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean that the Executive has complied with the “Good Reason Process” (hereinafter defined) following, the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

3



 

(A)                                      a demotion in title or any material diminution in the Executive’s position, responsibilities, authority or duties;

 

(B)                                      a material diminution in the Executive’s base salary; or

 

(C)                                      a thirty (30) mile change in the geographic location at which the Executive is required to provides services to the Company, not including business travel and short-term assignments.

 

“Good Reason Process” shall mean that (i) the Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a “Good Reason” condition has occurred; (ii) the Executive notifies the Company in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason condition within 60 days of the first occurrence of such condition; (iii) the Executive cooperates in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a period not less than 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the condition; (iv) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist; and (v) the Executive terminates Executive’s employment within 60 days after the end of the Cure Period.  If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.

 

A Terminating Event shall not be deemed to have occurred pursuant to this Section 4(b)  as a result of:  (i) the ending of the Executive’s employment due to the Executive’s death or Disability, (ii) Executive’s resignation for any reason, other than for Good Reason, (iii) the Company’s termination of the employment relationship for Cause; or (iv) solely as a result of the Executive being or becoming an employee of any direct or indirect successor to the business or assets of the Company rather than continuing as an employee of the Company following a Sale Event.  For purposes hereof, the Executive will be considered “Disabled” if, as a result of the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Executive shall have been absent from Executive’s duties to the Company on a full-time basis for 180 calendar days in the aggregate in any 12-month period.

 

5.                                       Severance and Accelerated Vesting if a Terminating Event Occurs within the Sale Event Period .  In the event a Terminating Event occurs within the Sale Event Period, subject to the Executive signing and complying with a separation agreement in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company containing, among other provisions, a general release of claims in favor of the Company and related persons and entities, confidentiality, return of property and non-disparagement and reaffirmation of the Restrictive Covenants (the “Separation Agreement and Release”) and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable, all within 60 days after the Date of Termination, the following shall occur:

 

(a)                      the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the sum of (i) eighteen months of the Executive’s Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Terminating Event (or the Executive’s Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Sale Event, if higher); and (ii) a Bonus for the year during which the Date of Termination occurs, calculated by multiplying the Executive’s Target Bonus Percentage by eighteen months of the Executive’s Base Salary.

 

4



 

(b)                      if the Executive was participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination and elects COBRA health continuation, then the Company shall pay to the Executive a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to the Executive if the Executive had remained employed by the Company for eighteen months after the Date of Termination; and

 

(c)                       all stock options and other stock-based awards held by the Executive with time-based vesting shall immediately accelerate and become fully exercisable or nonforfeitable as of the Date of Termination.

 

The amounts payable under Section 5(a) and (b), as applicable, shall be paid out in a lump sum within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided , however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the amounts shall be paid in the second calendar year no later than the last day of the 60-day period.

 

6.                                       Severance if a Terminating Event Occurs Outside the Sale Event Period .  In the event a Terminating Event occurs at any time other than during the Sale Event Period, subject to the Executive signing the Separation Agreement and Release and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable, all within 60 days after the Date of Termination, the following shall occur:

 

(a)                      the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to twelve months of the Executive’s annual Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Terminating Event plus a Bonus for the year during which the Date of Termination occurs, calculated by determining the Executive’s target Bonus and prorating the amount based on the Date of Termination;

 

(b)                      if the Executive was participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination and elects COBRA health continuation, then the Company shall pay to the Executive a monthly cash payment for twelve months or the Executive’s COBRA health continuation period, whichever ends earlier, in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to the Executive if the Executive had remained employed by the Company.

 

The amounts payable under Section 6(a) and (b), as applicable, shall be paid out in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice over twelve months commencing within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided , however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the amounts payable shall begin to be paid in the second calendar year by the last day of such 60-day period; provided , further, that the initial payment shall include a catch-up payment to cover amounts retroactive to the day immediately following the Date of Termination.  Each payment pursuant to this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

 

7.                                       Restrictive Covenants .   The terms of the Employee Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement dated June 10, 2014 (the “Restrictive

 

5



 

Covenants”), appended hereto as Exhibit A, continue to be in full force and effect and are incorporated by reference in this Agreement.  The Executive hereby reaffirms the Restrictive Covenants as material terms of this Agreement.

 

(a)                                  Third-Party Agreements and Rights .  The Executive hereby confirms that the Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party which restricts in any way the Executive’s use or disclosure of information or the Executive’s engagement in any business.  The Executive represents to the Company that the Executive’s execution of this Agreement, the Executive’s employment with the Company and the performance of the Executive’s proposed duties for the Company will not violate any obligations the Executive may have to any such previous employer or other party.  In the Executive’s work for the Company, the Executive will not disclose or make use of any information in violation of any agreements with or rights of any such previous employer or other party, and the Executive will not bring to the premises of the Company any copies or other tangible embodiments of non-public information belonging to or obtained from any such previous employment or other party.

 

(b)                                  Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation .  During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall cooperate fully with the Company in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Company which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company.  The Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Company at mutually convenient times.  During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Company in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company.  The Company shall reimburse the Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of obligations pursuant to this Section 7(b).

 

(c)                                   Relief .  The Executive agrees that it would be difficult to measure any damages caused to the Company which might result from any breach by the Executive of the promises set forth in this Section 7, and that in any event money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any such breach.  Accordingly, the Executive agrees that if the Executive breaches, or proposes to breach, any portion of this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to all other remedies that it may have, to an injunction or other appropriate equitable relief to restrain any such breach without showing or proving any actual damage to the Company.  In addition, in the event the Executive breaches the Restrictive Covenants during a period when the Executive is receiving Severance, the Company shall have the right to suspend or terminate the Severance.  Such suspension or termination shall not limit the Company’s other options with respect to relief for such breach and shall not relieve the Executive of Executive’s duties under this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Protected Disclosures .  The Executive understands that nothing contained in this Agreement or the Restrictive Covenants limits the Executive’s ability to communicate

 

6



 

with any federal, state or local governmental agency or commission, including to provide documents or other information, without notice to the Company.

 

8.                                       Additional Limitation .

 

(a)                      Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the amount of any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 280G of the Code and the applicable regulations thereunder (the “Severance Payments”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(i)                                      If the Severance Payments, reduced by the sum of (A) the Excise Tax and (B) the total of the federal, state, and local income and employment taxes payable by the Executive on the amount of the Severance Payments which are in excess of the Threshold Amount, are greater than or equal to the Threshold Amount, the Executive shall be entitled to the full amount of Severance Payments.

 

(ii)                                   If the Threshold Amount is less than (x) the Severance Payments, but greater than (y) the Severance Payments reduced by the sum of (A) the Excise Tax and (B) the total of the federal, state, and local income and employment taxes on the amount of the Severance Payments which are in excess of the Threshold Amount, then the Severance Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the extent necessary so that the sum of all Severance Payments shall not exceed the Threshold Amount.  In such event, the Severance Payments shall be reduced in the following order:  (1) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (2) cash payments subject to Section 409A of the Code; (3) equity-based payments and acceleration; and (4) non-cash forms of benefits.  To the extent any payment is to be made over time (e.g., in installments, etc.), then the payments shall be reduced in reverse chronological order.

 

(b)                      For the purposes of this Section 8, “Threshold Amount” shall mean three times the Executive’s “base amount” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder less one dollar ($1.00); and “Excise Tax” shall mean the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, and any interest or penalties incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax.

 

(c)                       The determination as to which of the alternative provisions of Section 8(a) above shall apply to the Executive shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”), which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the Date of Termination, if applicable, or at such earlier time as is reasonably requested by the Company or the Executive.  For purposes of determining which of the alternative provisions of Section 8(a) above shall apply, the Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation applicable to individuals for the calendar year in which the determination is to be made, and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates of individual taxation in the state and locality of the Executive’s residence on the Date of

 

7



 

Termination, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes.  Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

 

9.                                       Section 409A .

 

(a)                      Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Executive’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Company determines that the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement on account of the Executive’s separation from service would be considered deferred compensation subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Executive’s separation from service, or (B) the Executive’s death.

 

(b)                      The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.  To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code.  The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

 

(c)                       All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Agreement shall be provided by the Company or incurred by the Executive during the time periods set forth in this Agreement.  All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred.  The amount of in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year.  Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

(d)                      To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Executive’s “separation from service.”  The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

 

(e)                       The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are

 

8


 

determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

 

10.                                Withholding .  All payments made by the Company to the Executive under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

 

11.                                Notice and Date of Termination .

 

(a)                      Notice of Termination .  The Executive’s employment with the Company may be terminated by the Company or the Executive at any time and for any reason.  During the Term, any termination of the Executive’s employment (other than by reason of death) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination from one party hereto to the other party hereto in accordance with this Section 11.  For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon.

 

(b)                      Date of Termination .  “Date of Termination” shall mean:  (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by Executive’s death, the date of Executive’s death; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated on account of Executive’s Disability or by the Company for Cause or without Cause the date on which Notice of Termination is given; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive for any reason except for Good Reason , 30 days after the date on which a Notice of Termination is given, and (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive with Good Reason, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given after the end of the Cure Period.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Executive gives a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination and such acceleration shall not result in a termination by the Company for purposes of this Agreement.

 

12.                                No Mitigation .  The Company agrees that, if the Executive’s employment by the Company is terminated during the term of this Agreement, the Executive is not required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Executive by the Company pursuant to Section 5 or Section 6 hereof.  Further, the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer.

 

13.                                Consent to Jurisdiction .  The parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the state and federal court in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.  Accordingly, with respect to any such court action, the Executive (a) submits to the personal jurisdiction of such courts; (b) consents to service of process; and (c) waives any other requirement (whether imposed by statute, rule of court, or otherwise) with respect to personal jurisdiction or service of process.

 

14.                                Integration .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to compensation, severance pay, benefits and accelerated vesting and supersedes in all respects all prior agreements between the parties concerning such subject matter, including without limitation the Former Employment Agreements and any offer letter or employment agreement relating to the Executive’s employment relationship with the Company.  Provided ,

 

9



 

and notwithstanding the foregoing, the Restrictive Covenants and any other agreement relating to confidentiality, noncompetition, nonsolicitation or assignment of inventions shall not be superseded by this Agreement and the Executive acknowledges and agrees that any such agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

15.                                Successor to the Executive .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.  In the event of the Executive’s death after a Terminating Event but prior to the completion by the Company of all payments due the Executive under this Agreement, the Company shall continue such payments to the Executive’s beneficiary designated in writing to the Company prior to Executive’s death (or to Executive’s estate, if the Executive fails to make such designation).

 

16.                                Enforceability .  If any portion or provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any portion or provision of any Section of this Agreement) shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

17.                                Waiver .  No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party.  The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

18.                                Notices .  Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by a nationally recognized overnight currier service of by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Executive at the last address the Executive has filed in writing with the Company, or to the Company at its main office, attention of the Board.

 

19.                                Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Company.

 

20.                                Effect on Other Plans and Agreements .  An election by the Executive to resign for Good Reason under the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a voluntary termination of employment by the Executive for the purpose of interpreting the provisions of any of the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit the rights of the Executive under the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies except as otherwise provided in Section 7 hereof, and except that the Executive shall have no rights to any severance benefits under any Company severance pay plan, offer letter or otherwise.  In the event that the Executive is party to an agreement with the Company providing for payments or benefits under such agreement and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall govern and Executive may receive payment under this Agreement only and not both.  Further, Section 5 and Section 6 of this Agreement are mutually exclusive and in no event shall

 

10



 

Executive be entitled to payments or benefits pursuant to Section 5 and Section 6 of this Agreement.

 

21.                                Governing Law .  This is a Massachusetts contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles.

 

22.                                Successor to Company .  The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no succession had taken place.  Failure of the Company to obtain an assumption of this Agreement at or prior to the effectiveness of any succession shall be a material breach of this Agreement.

 

23.                                Gender Neutral .  Wherever used herein, a pronoun in the masculine or feminine gender shall be considered as including the opposite gender unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

24.                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective on the date and year first above written.

 

 

 

JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Perry A. Karsen

 

 

Name:

Perry A. Karsen

 

 

Title:

Chairman, Board of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Richard Murray

 

 

Richard Murray

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

11



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Employee Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality
and Assignment Agreement dated June 10, 2014

 


 

JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

Employee Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement

 

In consideration and as a condition of my employment or continued employment by Jounce Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the “ Company ”), I agree as follows:

 

1.              Proprietary Information . I agree that all information, whether or not in writing, concerning the Company’s business, technology, business relationships or financial affairs which the Company has not released to the general public (collectively, “ Proprietary Information ”) is and will be the exclusive property of the Company. By way of illustration, Proprietary Information may include information or material which has not been made generally available to the public, such as: (a)  corporate information , including plans, strategies, methods, policies, resolutions, negotiations or litigation; (b)  marketing information , including strategies, methods, customer identities or other information about customers, prospect identities or other information about prospects, or market analyses or projections; (c)  financial information , including cost and performance data, debt arrangements, equity structure, investors and holdings, purchasing and sales data and price lists; (d)  operational and technological information , including plans, specifications, manuals, forms, templates, software, designs, methods, procedures, formulas, discoveries, inventions, improvements, concepts and ideas; and (e)  personnel information , including personnel lists, reporting or organizational structure, resumes, personnel data, compensation structure, performance evaluations and termination arrangements or documents. Proprietary Information also includes information received in confidence by the Company from its customers or suppliers or other third parties.

 

2.              Recognition of Company’s Rights . I will not, at any time, without the Company’s prior written permission, either during or after my employment, disclose or transfer any Proprietary Information to anyone outside of the Company, or use or permit to be used any Proprietary Information for any purpose other than the performance of my duties as an employee of the Company. I will cooperate with the Company and use my best efforts to prevent the unauthorized disclosure of all Proprietary Information. I will deliver to the Company all copies and other tangible embodiments of Proprietary Information in my possession or control upon the earlier of a request by the Company or termination of my employment.

 

3.              Rights of Others . I understand that the Company is now and may hereafter be subject to non-disclosure or confidentiality agreements with third persons which require the Company to protect or refrain from use of Proprietary Information. I agree to be bound by the terms of such agreements in the event I have access to such Proprietary Information.

 

4.              Commitment to Company; Avoidance of Conflict of Interest . While an employee of the Company, I will devote my full-time efforts to the Company’s business and I will not engage in any other business activity that conflicts with my duties to the Company. I will advise the president of the Company or his or her nominee at such time as any activity of either the Company or another business presents me with a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict of interest as an employee of the Company. I will take whatever action is requested of me by the Company to resolve any conflict or appearance of conflict which it finds to exist.

 

5.              Developments . I will make full and prompt disclosure to the Company of all inventions, discoveries, designs, developments, methods, modifications, improvements, processes, algorithms, databases, computer programs, formulae, techniques, trade secrets, graphics or images, audio or visual works and other works of authorship (collectively “ Developments ”), whether or not patentable or copyrightable, that are created, made, conceived or reduced to practice by me (alone or jointly with others) or under my direction during the period of my employment. I acknowledge that all work performed by me is on a “work for hire” basis, and I hereby do assign and transfer and, to the extent any such assignment cannot be made at present, will assign and transfer, to the Company and its successors and assigns all my right, title and interest in all Developments that (a) relate to the business of the Company or any customer of or supplier to the Company or any of the products or services being researched, developed, manufactured or sold by the Company or which may be used with such products or services; or (b) result from tasks assigned to me by the Company; or (c) result from the use of premises or personal property (whether tangible or intangible) owned, leased or contracted for by the Company (“ Company-Related Developments ”), and all related patents, patent applications, trademarks and trademark applications, copyrights and copyright applications, and other intellectual property rights in all countries and territories worldwide and under any international conventions (“ Intellectual Property Rights ”).

 

To preclude any possible uncertainty, I have set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto a complete list of Developments that I have, alone or jointly with others, conceived, developed or reduced to practice prior to the commencement of my employment with the Company that I consider to be my property or the property of third parties and that I wish to have excluded from the scope of this Agreement (“ Prior Inventions ”). If disclosure of any such Prior Invention would cause me to violate any prior confidentiality agreement, I understand that I am not to list such Prior Inventions in Exhibit A but am only to

 



 

disclose a cursory name for each such invention, a listing of the party(ies) to whom it belongs and the fact that full disclosure as to such inventions has not been made for that reason. I have also listed on Exhibit A all patents and patent applications in which I am named as an inventor, other than those which have been assigned to the Company (“ Other Patent Rights ”). If no such disclosure is attached, I represent that there are no Prior Inventions or Other Patent Rights. If, in the course of my employment with the Company, I incorporate a Prior Invention into a Company product, process or machine or other work done for the Company, I hereby grant to the Company a nonexclusive, royalty-free, paid-up, irrevocable, worldwide license (with the full right to sublicense) to make, have made, modify, use, sell, offer for sale and import such Prior Invention. Notwithstanding the foregoing, I will not incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, Prior Inventions in any Company-Related Development without the Company’s prior written consent.

 

This Agreement does not obligate me to assign to the Company any Development which, in the sole judgment of the Company, reasonably exercised, is developed entirely on my own time and does not relate to the business efforts or research and development efforts in which, during the period of my employment, the Company actually is engaged or reasonably would be engaged, and does not result from the use of premises or equipment owned or leased by the Company. However, I will also promptly disclose to the Company any such Developments for the purpose of determining whether they qualify for such exclusion. I understand that to the extent this Agreement is required to be construed in accordance with the laws of any state which precludes a requirement in an employee agreement to assign certain classes of inventions made by an employee, this paragraph 5 will be interpreted not to apply to any invention which a court rules and/or the Company agrees falls within such classes. I also hereby waive all claims to any moral rights or other special rights which I may have or accrue in any Company-Related Developments.

 

6.             Documents and Other Materials . I will keep and maintain adequate and current records of all Proprietary Information and Company-Related Developments developed by me during my employment, which records will be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times.

 

All files, letters, notes, memoranda, reports, records, data, sketches, drawings, notebooks, layouts, charts, quotations and proposals, specification sheets, program listings, blueprints, models, prototypes, or other written, photographic or other tangible material containing Proprietary Information, whether created by me or others, which come into my custody or possession, are the exclusive property of the Company to be used by me only in the performance of my duties for the Company. Any property situated on the Company’s premises and owned by the Company, including without limitation computers, disks and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, is subject to inspection by the Company at any time with or without notice. In the event of the termination of my employment for any reason, I will deliver to the Company all files, letters, notes, memoranda, reports, records, data, sketches, “drawings, notebooks, layouts, charts, quotations and proposals, specification sheets, program listings, blueprints, models, prototypes, or other written, photographic or other tangible material containing Proprietary Information, and other materials of any nature pertaining to the Proprietary Information of the Company and to my work, and will not take or keep in my possession any of the foregoing or any copies.

 

7.             Enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights . I will cooperate fully with the Company, both during and after my employment with the Company, with respect to the procurement, maintenance and enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights in Company-Related Developments. I will sign, both during and after the term of this Agreement, all papers, including without limitation copyright applications, patent applications, declarations, oaths, assignments of priority rights, and powers of attorney, which the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in any Company-Related Development. If the Company is unable, after reasonable effort, to secure my signature on any such papers, I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint each officer of the Company as my agent and attorney-in-fact to execute any such papers on my behalf, and to take any and all actions as the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in any Company-Related Development.

 

8.              Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation . In order to protect the Company’s Proprietary Information and good will, during my employment and for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination of my employment for any reason (the “ Restricted Period ”). I will not directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, shareholder, director, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, (1) engage, participate, or invest in, be employed by, consult or otherwise be associated with any other business, enterprise or venture that, as its primary business activity, performs research or services, or develops, manufactures or markets any products that are directed to any biological target that is the subject of a Company program that is active on the date of my termination or that has been an active program within the previous six (6) month period (such activities, the “ Restricted Field ”), or (2) perform or otherwise be involved in any business activity related to the Restricted Field. This paragraph 8 shall not prohibit any possible investment in publicly traded stock of a company representing less than one percent of the stock of such company. In addition, during the Restricted Period, I will not, directly or indirectly, in any manner, other than for the benefit of the Company, (a) call upon, solicit, divert or take away any of the customers, business or prospective customers of the Company or any of its suppliers, and/or

 

2



 

(b)   solicit, entice or attempt to persuade any other employee or consultant of the Company to leave the services of the Company for any reason. I acknowledge and agree that if I violate any of the provisions of this paragraph 8, the running of the Restricted Period will be extended by the time during which I engage in such violation(s).

 

9.              Government Contracts . I acknowledge that the Company may have from time to time agreements with other persons or with the United States Government or its agencies which impose obligations or restrictions on the Company regarding inventions made during the course of work under such agreements or regarding the confidential nature of such work. I agree to comply with any such obligations or restrictions upon the direction of the Company. In addition to the rights assigned under paragraph 5, I also assign to the Company (or any of its nominees) all rights which I have or acquired in any Developments, full title to which is required to be in the United States under any contract between the Company and the United States or any of its agencies.

 

10.           Prior Agreements . I hereby represent that, except as I have fully disclosed previously in writing to the Company, I am not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from using or disclosing any trade secret or confidential or proprietary information in the course of my employment with the Company or to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or any other party. I further represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement as an employee of the Company does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my employment with the Company. I will not disclose to the Company or induce the Company to use any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others.

 

11.           Remedies Upon Breach . I understand that the restrictions contained in this Agreement are necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of the Company and I consider them to be reasonable for such purpose. Any breach of this Agreement is likely to cause the Company substantial and irrevocable damage and therefore, in the event of such breach, the Company, in addition to such other remedies which may be available, will be entitled to specific performance and other injunctive relief.

 

12.           Use of Voice, Image and Likeness . I give the Company permission to use my voice, image or likeness, with or without using my name, for the purposes of advertising and promoting the Company, or for other purposes deemed appropriate by the Company in its reasonable discretion, except to the extent expressly prohibited by law.

 

13.           Publications and Public Statements . I will obtain the Company’s written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material that relates to my work at the Company and/or incorporates any Proprietary Information. To ensure that the Company delivers a consistent message about its products, services and operations to the public, and further in recognition that even positive statements may have a detrimental effect on the Company in certain securities transactions and other contexts, any statement about the Company which I create, publish or post during my period of employment and for six (6) months thereafter, on any media accessible by the public, including but not limited to social media sites, electronic bulletin boards and Internet-based chat rooms, must first be reviewed and approved by an officer of the Company before it is released in the public domain. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any statement relating to any Proprietary Information shall not be published or posted on any media anytime during or after my employment without the Company’s prior written consent.

 

14.           No Employment Obligation . I understand that this Agreement does not create an obligation on the Company or any other person to continue my employment. I acknowledge that, unless otherwise agreed in a formal written employment agreement signed on behalf of the Company by an authorized officer, my employment with the Company is at will and therefore may be terminated by the Company or me at any time and for any reason.

 

15.           Survival and Assignment by the Company . I understand that my obligations under this Agreement will continue in accordance with its express terms regardless of any changes in my title, position, duties, salary, compensation or benefits or other terms and conditions of employment. I further understand that my obligations under this Agreement will continue following the termination of my employment regardless of the manner of such termination and will be binding upon my heirs, executors and administrators. The Company will have the right to assign this Agreement to its affiliates, successors and assigns. I expressly consent to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement for the benefit of the Company or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate to whose employ I may be transferred without the necessity that this Agreement be resigned at the time of such transfer.

 

16.           Disclosure to Future Employers . The Company has the right to provide a copy of this Agreement to any future employer, partner or coventurer.

 

17.           Severability . In case any provisions (or portions thereof) contained in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein. If, moreover, any one or more of the provisions contained

 

3



 

in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, it shall be construed by limiting and reducing it, so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the applicable law as it shall then appear.

 

18.           Interpretation . This Agreement will be deemed to be made and entered into in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and will in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. I hereby agree to consent to personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts situated within Suffolk County, Massachusetts for purposes of enforcing this Agreement, and waive any objection that I might have to personal jurisdiction or venue in those courts.

 

19.           Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire and only agreement between the Company and me respecting the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, between us concerning such subject matter. No modification, amendment, waiver or termination of this Agreement or of any provision hereof will be binding unless made in writing and signed by an authorized officer of the Company. Failure of the Company to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions hereof will not be deemed a waiver of such terms, covenants or conditions. In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and any other contract between the Company and me, the provisions of this Agreement will prevail.

 

[End of Text]

 

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS AGREEMENT AFFECTS IMPORTANT RIGHTS. BY SIGNING BELOW, I CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ IT CAREFULLY AND AM SATISFIED THAT I UNDERSTAND IT COMPLETELY.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement as a sealed instrument as of the date set forth below.

 

Signed:

/s/ Richard Murray

 

 

(Employee’s full name)

 

 

 

Type or print name:

Richard Murray

 

 

 

 

Date:

June 10 2014

 

 

4



 

EXHIBIT A

 

To:

Jounce Therapeutics, Inc.

 

 

 

 

From:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

SUBJECT:            Prior Inventions

 

The following is a complete list of all inventions or improvements relevant to the subject matter of my employment by the Company that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me alone or jointly with others prior to my engagement by the Company:

 

No inventions or improvements

 

 

 

See below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional sheets attached

 

 

The following is a list of all patents and patent applications in which I have been named as an inventor:

 

None

 

 

 

See below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.5

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of the sixth of January, 2017 by and between Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”), and Kim Drapkin, CPA (the “Executive”).  Except with respect to the Restrictive Covenants (as defined below), this Agreement supersedes, amends and restates in all respects all prior agreements between the Executive and the Company regarding the subject matter herein, including without limitation the letter agreement between the Executive and the Company dated August 21, 2015 and the Employment Agreement between the Executive and the Company dated November 12, 2015 (the “Former Employment Agreements”).

 

1.                                       Employment Term .  The Company and the Executive desire to continue their employment relationship, pursuant to this Agreement commencing as of the date hereof and continuing in effect until terminated by either party in accordance with this Agreement (the “Term”).  The Executive’s employment with the Company will continue to be “at will,” meaning that the Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Company or the Executive at any time and for any reason subject to the terms of this Agreement. If the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason during the Term, the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive (or to the Executive’s authorized representative or estate) any earned but unpaid base salary, unpaid expense reimbursements, accrued but unused PTO (as defined below) and any vested benefits the Executive may have under any employee benefit plan of the Company (the “Accrued Benefit”).

 

2.                                       Duties .  The Executive will have such powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”).  The Executive shall devote the Executive’s full working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company and will not engage in outside business activities, including outside board work, without the prior consent of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may engage in religious, charitable or other community activities as long as such services and activities do not interfere with the Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties to the Company.

 

3.                                       Compensation and Related Matters .

 

(a)                      Base Salary .  During the Term, the Executive’s annual base salary will be $325,000, subject to redetermination by the Board. The annual base salary in effect at any given time is referred to herein as “Base Salary.” The Base Salary will be payable in a manner that is consistent with the Company’s usual payroll practices for senior executives.

 

(b)                      Bonus .  During the Term, the Executive will be eligible to be considered for annual cash bonus as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”) from time to time (the “Bonus”), with the actual amount of the Bonus, if any, determined based upon the Board or the Compensation Committee’s assessment of achievement of certain pre-determined performance goals.   The Executive’s initial annual target Bonus is 35% of the Base Salary, and such percentage is subject to review and redetermination by the Board or the Compensation Committee (the

 



 

“Target Bonus Percentage”).  The Executive’s Bonus, if any, will be paid by March 15 following the applicable Bonus year.  To earn a Bonus, the Executive must be employed by the Company on the day such Bonus is paid.

 

(c)                       PTO :  During the Term, the Executive is eligible to earn paid-time-off (“PTO”), to be accrued on a pro rata basis and subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s policies and procedures relating to PTO.

 

(d)                      Other Benefits .  During the Term, the Executive will be entitled to continue to participate in the Company’s employee benefit plans, subject to the terms and the conditions of such plans and to the Company’s ability to amend and modify such plans.

 

(e)                       Equity .  The Executive’s equity compensation shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the applicable Company equity incentive plan, as may be amended, and the applicable stock option and/or restricted stock agreements associated with any grants made to the Executive (collectively the “Equity Documents”).  Provided , and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Documents, Section 5 of this Agreement shall apply in the event of a Terminating Event within a Sale Event Period.

 

(f)                        Reimbursement of Business Expenses.   The Company shall reimburse the Executive for travel, entertainment, business development and other expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by the Executive in connection with the Company’s business.  Expense reimbursement shall be subject to such policies the Company may adopt from time to time, included with respect to pre-approval.

 

4.                                       Certain Definitions .

 

(a)                      Sale Event : (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or resulting entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable), (iii) the acquisition of all or a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Company in a single transaction or a series of related transactions by a person or entity or group of persons and/or entities, or (iv) any other acquisition of the business of the Company, as determined by the Board; provided , however, that the Company’s initial public offering, any subsequent public offering or any other capital raising event, public or private, or a merger effected solely to change the Company’s domicile shall not constitute a “Sale Event.”

 

(b)                      Terminating Event . (i) termination by the Company other than for Cause at any time; or (ii) termination by the Executive for Good Reason on or within the 12 month period commencing with a Sale Event (such 12-month period, the “Sale Event Period”) both as set forth in this Section 4(b):

 

(i)                                      Termination by the Company Other Than For Cause .  Termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment for any reason other than for Cause, death or Disability.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean that the Company has complied with the “Cause Process” (hereinafter defined) following, the

 

2



 

occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(A)                                Executive’s material breach of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Company and Executive (including the Restrictive Covenants (as defined below));

 

(B)                                Executive’s material failure to adhere to any written policy of the Company generally applicable to employees of the Company related to conduct or ethics;

 

(C)                                Executive’s appropriation (or attempted appropriation) of a business opportunity of the Company, including attempting to secure or securing any personal profit in connection with any transaction entered into on behalf of the Company;

 

(D)                                Executive’s commission of an act constituting fraud, embezzlement, breach of any fiduciary duty owed to the Company or its stockholders or other dishonesty with respect to the Company;

 

(E)                                 Executive’s willful misconduct or continued and willful failure or refusal to perform any material duties reasonably requested by the Board or the executive of the Company to whom Executive reports;

 

(F)                                  Executive’s engaging in gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of Executive’s duties for the Company.

 

“Cause Process” shall mean that (i) the Company reasonably determines, in good faith, that one of the Causes has occurred; (ii) the Company notifies the Executive in writing of the first occurrence of the Cause within 30 days of the Board becoming aware of such condition; (iii) the Company cooperates in good faith with the Executive’s efforts, for a period of not less than seven days following such notice (the “Cause Cure Period”), to remedy the Cause; (iv) notwithstanding such efforts, the Cause continues to exist; and (v) the Company terminates the Executive’s employment within 30 days after the end of the Cause Cure Period, provided that the Company will not be required to provide a Cause Cure Period in the event that a Cause (x) is incapable of being cured; or (y) is required to be publicly disclosed under applicable securities law.  If the Executive cures all of the applicable Cause(s) during the applicable Cause Cure Period, Cause shall be deemed not to have occurred.  If the Company is not required to provide a Cause Cure Period, the Cause Process will be satisfied if the Company notifies the Executive in writing of the first occurrence of the Cause within 30 days of the Board becoming aware of such condition and terminates the Executive’s employment within 30 days of such notice.

 

(ii)                                   Termination by the Executive for Good Reason within the Sale Event Period .  Termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment with the Company for Good Reason within the Sale Event Period.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean that the Executive has complied with the “Good

 

3



 

Reason Process” (hereinafter defined) following, the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(A)                                      a demotion in title or any material diminution in the Executive’s position, responsibilities, authority or duties;

 

(B)                                      a material diminution in the Executive’s base salary; or

 

(C)                                      a thirty (30) mile change in the geographic location at which the Executive is required to provides services to the Company, not including business travel and short-term assignments.

 

“Good Reason Process” shall mean that (i) the Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a “Good Reason” condition has occurred; (ii) the Executive notifies the Company in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason condition within 60 days of the first occurrence of such condition; (iii) the Executive cooperates in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a period not less than 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the condition; (iv) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist; and (v) the Executive terminates Executive’s employment within 60 days after the end of the Cure Period.  If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.

 

A Terminating Event shall not be deemed to have occurred pursuant to this Section 4(b)  as a result of:  (i) the ending of the Executive’s employment due to the Executive’s death or Disability, (ii) Executive’s resignation for any reason, other than for Good Reason within the Sale Event Period, (iii) the Company’s termination of the employment relationship for Cause; or (iv) solely as a result of the Executive being or becoming an employee of any direct or indirect successor to the business or assets of the Company rather than continuing as an employee of the Company following a Sale Event.  For purposes hereof, the Executive will be considered “Disabled” if, as a result of the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Executive shall have been absent from Executive’s duties to the Company on a full-time basis for 180 calendar days in the aggregate in any 12-month period.

 

5.                                       Severance and Accelerated Vesting if a Terminating Event Occurs within the Sale Event Period .  In the event a Terminating Event occurs within the Sale Event Period, subject to the Executive signing and complying with a separation agreement in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company containing, among other provisions, a general release of claims in favor of the Company and related persons and entities, confidentiality, return of property and non-disparagement and reaffirmation of the Restrictive Covenants (the “Separation Agreement and Release”) and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable, all within 60 days after the Date of Termination, the following shall occur:

 

(a)                      the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the sum of (i) twelve months of the Executive’s Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Terminating Event (or the Executive’s Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Sale Event, if higher); and (ii) a Bonus for the year during which the Date of Termination occurs,

 

4



 

calculated by multiplying the Executive’s Target Bonus Percentage by twelve months of the Executive’s Base Salary.

 

(b)                      if the Executive was participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination and elects COBRA health continuation, then the Company shall pay to the Executive a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to the Executive if the Executive had remained employed by the Company for twelve months after the Date of Termination; and

 

(c)                       all stock options and other stock-based awards held by the Executive with time-based vesting shall immediately accelerate and become fully exercisable or nonforfeitable as of the Date of Termination.

 

The amounts payable under Section 5(a) and (b), as applicable, shall be paid out in a lump sum within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided , however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the amounts shall be paid in the second calendar year no later than the last day of the 60-day period.

 

6.                                       Severance if a Terminating Event Occurs Outside the Sale Event Period .  In the event a Terminating Event occurs at any time other than during the Sale Event Period, subject to the Executive signing the Separation Agreement and Release and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable, all within 60 days after the Date of Termination, the following shall occur:

 

(a)                      the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to nine months of the Executive’s annual Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Terminating Event;

 

(b)                      if the Executive was participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination and elects COBRA health continuation, then the Company shall pay to the Executive a monthly cash payment for nine months or the Executive’s COBRA health continuation period, whichever ends earlier, in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to the Executive if the Executive had remained employed by the Company.

 

The amounts payable under Section 6(a) and (b), as applicable, shall be paid out in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice over nine months commencing within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided , however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the amounts payable shall begin to be paid in the second calendar year by the last day of such 60-day period; provided , further, that the initial payment shall include a catch-up payment to cover amounts retroactive to the day immediately following the Date of Termination.  Each payment pursuant to this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

 

7.                                       Restrictive Covenants .   The terms of the Employee Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement dated August 26, 2015 (the “Restrictive Covenants”), appended hereto as Exhibit A, continue to be in full force and effect and are

 

5



 

incorporated by reference in this Agreement.  The Executive hereby reaffirms the Restrictive Covenants as material terms of this Agreement.

 

(a)                                  Third-Party Agreements and Rights .  The Executive hereby confirms that the Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party which restricts in any way the Executive’s use or disclosure of information or the Executive’s engagement in any business.  The Executive represents to the Company that the Executive’s execution of this Agreement, the Executive’s employment with the Company and the performance of the Executive’s proposed duties for the Company will not violate any obligations the Executive may have to any such previous employer or other party.  In the Executive’s work for the Company, the Executive will not disclose or make use of any information in violation of any agreements with or rights of any such previous employer or other party, and the Executive will not bring to the premises of the Company any copies or other tangible embodiments of non-public information belonging to or obtained from any such previous employment or other party.

 

(b)                                  Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation .  During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall cooperate fully with the Company in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Company which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company.  The Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Company at mutually convenient times.  During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Company in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company.  The Company shall reimburse the Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of obligations pursuant to this Section 7(b).

 

(c)                                   Relief .  The Executive agrees that it would be difficult to measure any damages caused to the Company which might result from any breach by the Executive of the promises set forth in this Section 7, and that in any event money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any such breach.  Accordingly, the Executive agrees that if the Executive breaches, or proposes to breach, any portion of this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to all other remedies that it may have, to an injunction or other appropriate equitable relief to restrain any such breach without showing or proving any actual damage to the Company.  In addition, in the event the Executive breaches the Restrictive Covenants during a period when the Executive is receiving Severance, the Company shall have the right to suspend or terminate the Severance.  Such suspension or termination shall not limit the Company’s other options with respect to relief for such breach and shall not relieve the Executive of Executive’s duties under this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Protected Disclosures .  The Executive understands that nothing contained in this Agreement or the Restrictive Covenants limits the Executive’s ability to communicate with any federal, state or local governmental agency or commission, including to provide documents or other information, without notice to the Company.

 

6



 

8.                                       Additional Limitation .

 

(a)                      Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the amount of any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 280G of the Code and the applicable regulations thereunder (the “Severance Payments”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(i)                                      If the Severance Payments, reduced by the sum of (A) the Excise Tax and (B) the total of the federal, state, and local income and employment taxes payable by the Executive on the amount of the Severance Payments which are in excess of the Threshold Amount, are greater than or equal to the Threshold Amount, the Executive shall be entitled to the full amount of Severance Payments.

 

(ii)                                   If the Threshold Amount is less than (x) the Severance Payments, but greater than (y) the Severance Payments reduced by the sum of (A) the Excise Tax and (B) the total of the federal, state, and local income and employment taxes on the amount of the Severance Payments which are in excess of the Threshold Amount, then the Severance Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the extent necessary so that the sum of all Severance Payments shall not exceed the Threshold Amount.  In such event, the Severance Payments shall be reduced in the following order:  (1) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (2) cash payments subject to Section 409A of the Code; (3) equity-based payments and acceleration; and (4) non-cash forms of benefits.  To the extent any payment is to be made over time (e.g., in installments, etc.), then the payments shall be reduced in reverse chronological order.

 

(b)                      For the purposes of this Section 8, “Threshold Amount” shall mean three times the Executive’s “base amount” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder less one dollar ($1.00); and “Excise Tax” shall mean the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, and any interest or penalties incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax.

 

(c)                       The determination as to which of the alternative provisions of Section 8(a) above shall apply to the Executive shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”), which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the Date of Termination, if applicable, or at such earlier time as is reasonably requested by the Company or the Executive.  For purposes of determining which of the alternative provisions of Section 8(a) above shall apply, the Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation applicable to individuals for the calendar year in which the determination is to be made, and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates of individual taxation in the state and locality of the Executive’s residence on the Date of Termination, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes.  Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

 

7



 

9.                                       Section 409A .

 

(a)                      Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Executive’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Company determines that the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement on account of the Executive’s separation from service would be considered deferred compensation subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Executive’s separation from service, or (B) the Executive’s death.

 

(b)                      The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.  To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code.  The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

 

(c)                       All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Agreement shall be provided by the Company or incurred by the Executive during the time periods set forth in this Agreement.  All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred.  The amount of in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year.  Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

(d)                      To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Executive’s “separation from service.”  The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

 

(e)                       The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

 

8


 

10.                                Withholding .  All payments made by the Company to the Executive under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

 

11.                                Notice and Date of Termination .

 

(a)                      Notice of Termination .  The Executive’s employment with the Company may be terminated by the Company or the Executive at any time and for any reason.  During the Term, any termination of the Executive’s employment (other than by reason of death) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination from one party hereto to the other party hereto in accordance with this Section 11.  For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon.

 

(b)                      Date of Termination .  “Date of Termination” shall mean:  (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by Executive’s death, the date of Executive’s death; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated on account of Executive’s Disability or by the Company for Cause or without Cause the date on which Notice of Termination is given; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive for any reason except for Good Reason during a Sale Event Period, 30 days after the date on which a Notice of Termination is given, and (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive with Good Reason within a Sale Event Period, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given after the end of the Cure Period.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Executive gives a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination and such acceleration shall not result in a termination by the Company for purposes of this Agreement.

 

12.                                No Mitigation .  The Company agrees that, if the Executive’s employment by the Company is terminated during the term of this Agreement, the Executive is not required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Executive by the Company pursuant to Section 5 or Section 6 hereof.  Further, the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer.

 

13.                                Consent to Jurisdiction .  The parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the state and federal court in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.  Accordingly, with respect to any such court action, the Executive (a) submits to the personal jurisdiction of such courts; (b) consents to service of process; and (c) waives any other requirement (whether imposed by statute, rule of court, or otherwise) with respect to personal jurisdiction or service of process.

 

14.                                Integration .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to compensation, severance pay, benefits and accelerated vesting and supersedes in all respects all prior agreements between the parties concerning such subject matter, including without limitation the Former Employment Agreements and any offer letter or employment agreement relating to the Executive’s employment relationship with the Company.  Provided , and notwithstanding the foregoing, the Restrictive Covenants and any other agreement relating to confidentiality, noncompetition, nonsolicitation or assignment of inventions shall not be

 

9



 

superseded by this Agreement and the Executive acknowledges and agrees that any such agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

15.                                Successor to the Executive .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.  In the event of the Executive’s death after a Terminating Event but prior to the completion by the Company of all payments due the Executive under this Agreement, the Company shall continue such payments to the Executive’s beneficiary designated in writing to the Company prior to Executive’s death (or to Executive’s estate, if the Executive fails to make such designation).

 

16.                                Enforceability .  If any portion or provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any portion or provision of any Section of this Agreement) shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

17.                                Waiver .  No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party.  The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

18.                                Notices .  Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by a nationally recognized overnight currier service of by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Executive at the last address the Executive has filed in writing with the Company, or to the Company at its main office, attention of the Board.

 

19.                                Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Company.

 

20.                                Effect on Other Plans and Agreements .  An election by the Executive to resign for Good Reason during a Sale Event Period under the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a voluntary termination of employment by the Executive for the purpose of interpreting the provisions of any of the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit the rights of the Executive under the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies except as otherwise provided in Section 7 hereof, and except that the Executive shall have no rights to any severance benefits under any Company severance pay plan, offer letter or otherwise.  In the event that the Executive is party to an agreement with the Company providing for payments or benefits under such agreement and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall govern and Executive may receive payment under this Agreement only and not both.  Further, Section 5 and Section 6 of this Agreement are mutually exclusive and in no event shall Executive be entitled to payments or benefits pursuant to Section 5 and Section 6 of this Agreement.

 

10



 

21.                                Governing Law .  This is a Massachusetts contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles.

 

22.                                Successor to Company .  The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no succession had taken place.  Failure of the Company to obtain an assumption of this Agreement at or prior to the effectiveness of any succession shall be a material breach of this Agreement.

 

23.                                Gender Neutral .  Wherever used herein, a pronoun in the masculine or feminine gender shall be considered as including the opposite gender unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

24.                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective on the date and year first above written.

 

 

 

JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Murray

 

 

Name:

Richard Murray, Ph.D.

 

 

Title:

President & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Kim Drapkin

 

 

Kim Drapkin, CPA

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

11



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Employee Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality
and Assignment Agreement dated August 26, 2015

 


 

JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

Employee Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement

 

In consideration and as a condition of my employment or continued employment by Jounce Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), I agree as follows:

 

1.              Proprietary Information . I agree that all information, whether or not in writing, concerning the Company’s business, technology, business relationships or financial affairs which the Company has not released to the general public (collectively. “ Proprietary Information ”) is and will be the exclusive property of the Company. By way of illustration, Proprietary Information may include information or material which has not been made generally available to the public, such as: (a)  corporate information , including plans, strategies, methods, policies, resolutions, negotiations or litigation: (b)  marketing information , including strategies, methods, customer identities or other information about customers, prospect identities or other information about prospects, or market analyses or projections: (c)  financial information , including cost and performance data, debt arrangements, equity structure, investors and holdings, purchasing and sales data and price lists; (d)  operational and technological information , including plans, specifications, manuals, forms, templates, software, designs, methods, procedures, formulas, discoveries, inventions, improvements, concepts and ideas; and (e)  personnel information , including personnel lists, reporting or organizational structure, resumes, personnel data, compensation structure, performance evaluations and termination arrangements or documents. Proprietary Information also includes information received in confidence by the Company from its customers or suppliers or other third parties.

 

2.              Recognition of Company’s Rights . I will not, at any time, without the Company’s prior written permission, either during or after my employment, disclose or transfer any Proprietary Information to anyone outside of the Company, or use or permit to be used any Proprietary Information for any purpose other than the performance of my duties as an employee of the Company. I will cooperate with the Company and use my best efforts to prevent the unauthorized disclosure of all Proprietary Information. I will deliver to the Company all copies and other tangible embodiments of Proprietary Information in my possession or control upon the earlier of a request by the Company or termination of my employment.

 

3.              Rights of Others . I understand that the Company is now and may hereafter be subject to nondisclosure or confidentiality agreements with third persons which require the Company to protect or refrain from use of Proprietary Information. I agree to be bound by the terms of such agreements in the event I have access to such Proprietary Information.

 

4.              Commitment to Company; Avoidance of Conflict of Interest . While an employee of the Company. I will devote my full-time efforts to the Company’s business and I will not engage in any other business activity that conflicts with my duties to the Company. I will advise the president of the Company or his or her nominee at such time as any activity of either the Company or another business presents me with a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict of interest as an employee of the Company. I will take whatever action is requested of me by the Company to resolve any conflict or appearance of conflict which it finds to exist.

 

5.              Developments . I will make full and prompt disclosure to the Company of all inventions, discoveries, designs, developments, methods, modifications, improvements, processes, algorithms, databases. computer programs, formulae, techniques, trade secrets, graphics or images, audio or visual works and other works of authorship (collectively “ Developments ”), whether or not patentable or copyrightable, that are created, made, conceived or reduced to practice by me (alone or jointly with others) or under my direction during the period of my employment. I acknowledge that all work performed by me is on a “work for hire” basis, and I hereby do assign and transfer and, to the extent any such assignment cannot be made at present, will assign and transfer, to the Company and its successors and assigns all my right, title and interest in all Developments that (a) relate to the business of the Company or any customer of or supplier to the Company or any of the products or services being researched, developed, manufactured or sold by the Company or which may be used with such products or services; or (b) result from tasks assigned to me by the Company; or (c) result from the use of premises or personal property (whether tangible or intangible) owned, leased or contracted for by the Company (“ Company-Related Developments ”), and all related patents, patent applications, trademarks and trademark applications, copyrights and copyright applications, and other intellectual property rights in all countries and territories worldwide and under any international conventions (“ Intellectual Property Rights ”).

 

To preclude any possible uncertainty, I have set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto a complete list of Developments that I have, alone or jointly with others, conceived, developed or reduced to practice prior to the commencement of my employment with the Company that I consider to be my property or the property of third parties and that I wish to have excluded from the scope of this Agreement (“ Prior Inventions ”). If disclosure of any such Prior Invention would cause me to violate any prior confidentiality agreement, I understand that I am not to list such Prior Inventions in Exhibit A but am only to disclose a cursory name for each such invention, a listing

 



 

of the party(ies) to whom it belongs and the fact that full disclosure as to such inventions has not been made for that reason. I have also listed on Exhibit A all patents and patent applications in which I am named as an inventor, other than those which have been assigned to the Company (“ Other Patent Rights ”). If no such disclosure is attached, I represent that there are no Prior Inventions or Other Patent Rights. If, in the course of my employment with the Company, I incorporate a Prior Invention into a Company product, process or machine or other work done for the Company, I hereby grant to the Company a nonexclusive, royalty-free, paid-up, irrevocable, worldwide license (with the full right to sublicense) to make, have made, modify, use, sell, offer for sale and import such Prior Invention. Notwithstanding the foregoing, I will not incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, Prior Inventions in any Company-Related Development without the Company’s prior written consent.

 

This Agreement does not obligate me to assign to the Company any Development which, in the sole judgment of the Company, reasonably exercised, is developed entirely on my own time and does not relate to the business efforts or research and development efforts in which, during the period of my employment, the Company actually is engaged or reasonably would be engaged, and does not result from the use of premises or equipment owned or leased by the Company. However, I will also promptly disclose to the Company any such Developments for the purpose of determining whether they qualify for such exclusion. I understand that to the extent this Agreement is required to be construed in accordance with the laws of any state which precludes a requirement in an employee agreement to assign certain classes of inventions made by an employee, this paragraph 5 will be interpreted not to apply to any invention which a court rules and/or the Company agrees falls within such classes. I also hereby waive all claims to any moral rights or other special rights which I may have or accrue in any Company-Related Developments.

 

6.              Documents and Other Materials . I will keep and maintain adequate and current records of all Proprietary Information and Company-Related Developments developed by me during my employment, which records will be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times.

 

All files, letters, notes, memoranda, reports, records, data, sketches, drawings, notebooks, layouts, charts, quotations and proposals, specification sheets, program listings, blueprints, models, prototypes, or other written, photographic or other tangible material containing Proprietary Information, whether created by me or others, which come into my custody or possession, are the exclusive property of the Company to be used by me only in the performance of my duties for the Company. Any property situated on the Company’s premises and owned by the Company, including without limitation computers, disks and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, is subject to inspection by the Company at any time with or without notice. In the event of the termination of my employment for any reason. I will deliver to the Company all files, letters, notes, memoranda, reports, records, data, sketches, drawings, notebooks, layouts, charts, quotations and proposals, specification sheets, program listings, blueprints, models, prototypes, or other written, photographic or other tangible material containing Proprietary Information, and other materials of any nature pertaining to the Proprietary Information of the Company and to my work, and will not take or keep in my possession any of the foregoing or any copies.

 

7.              Enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights . I will cooperate fully with the Company, both during and after my employment with the Company, with respect to the procurement, maintenance and enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights in Company-Related Developments. I will sign, both during and after the term of this Agreement, all papers, including without limitation copyright applications, patent applications, declarations, oaths, assignments of priority rights, and powers of attorney, which the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in any Company-Related Development. If the Company is unable, after reasonable effort, to secure my signature on any such papers, I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint each officer of the Company as my agent and attorney-in-fact to execute any such papers on my behalf, and to take any and all actions as the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in any Company-Related Development.

 

8.             Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation . In order to protect the Company’s Proprietary Information and good will, during my employment and for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination of my employment for any reason (the “ Restricted Period ”), I will not directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, shareholder, director, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, (1) engage, participate, or invest in, be employed by, consult or otherwise associated with any other business, enterprise or venture that, as its primary business activity, performs research or services, or develops, manufactures or markets any products that are same as, similar to or competitive with the research, services or products of the Company or that the Company has under development or active planning (the “Restricted Field”), or (2) perform or otherwise be involved in any business activity related to the Restricted Field. This paragraph 8 shall not prohibit any possible investment in publicly traded stock of a company representing less than one percent of the stock of such company. In addition, during the Restricted Period, I will not, directly or indirectly, in any manner, other than for the benefit of the Company, (a) call upon, solicit, divert or take away any of the customers, business or prospective customers of the Company or any of its suppliers, and/or (b) solicit, entice or attempt to persuade any other employee or consultant of the Company to leave the services of the Company for

 

2



 

any reason. I acknowledge and agree that if I violate any of the provisions of this paragraph 8, the running of the Restricted Period will be extended by the time during which I engage in such violation(s).

 

9.              Government Contracts . I acknowledge that the Company may have from time to time agreements with other persons or with the United States Government or its agencies which impose obligations or restrictions on the Company regarding inventions made during the course of work under such agreements or regarding the confidential nature of such work. I agree to comply with any such obligations or restrictions upon the direction of the Company. In addition to the rights assigned tinder paragraph 5. I also assign to the Company (or any of its nominees) all rights which I have or acquired in any Developments, full title to which is required to be in the United States under any contract between the Company and the United States or any of its agencies.

 

10.           Prior Agreements . I hereby represent that, except as I have fully disclosed previously in writing to the Company. I am not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from using or disclosing any trade secret or confidential or proprietary information in the course of my employment with the Company or to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or any other party. I further represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement as an employee of the Company does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my employment with the Company. I will not disclose to the Company or induce the Company to use any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others.

 

11.           Remedies Upon Breach . I understand that the restrictions contained in this Agreement are necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of the Company and I consider them to be reasonable for such purpose. Any breach of this Agreement is likely to cause the Company substantial and irrevocable damage and therefore, in the event of such breach, the Company, in addition to such other remedies which may be available, will be entitled to specific performance and other injunctive relief.

 

12.           Use of Voice, Image and Likeness . I give the Company permission to use my voice, image or likeness, with or without using my name, for the purposes of advertising and promoting the Company, or for other purposes deemed appropriate by the Company in its reasonable discretion, except to the extent expressly prohibited by law.

 

13.           Publications and Public Statements . I will obtain the Company’s written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material that relates to my work at the Company and/or incorporates any Proprietary Information. To ensure that the Company delivers a consistent message about its products, services and operations to the public, and further in recognition that even positive statements may have a detrimental effect on the Company in certain securities transactions and other contexts, any statement about the Company which I create, publish or post during my period of employment and for six (6) months thereafter, on any media accessible by the public, including but not limited to social media sites, electronic bulletin boards and Internet-based chat rooms, must first be reviewed and approved by an officer of the Company before it is released in the public domain. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any statement relating to any Proprietary Information shall not be published or posted on any media anytime during or after my employment without the Company’s prior written consent.

 

14.           No Employment Obligation . I understand that this Agreement does not create an obligation on the Company or any other person to continue my employment. I acknowledge that, unless otherwise agreed in a formal written employment agreement signed on behalf of the Company by an authorized officer, my employment with the Company is at will and therefore may be terminated by the Company or me at any time and for any reason.

 

15.           Survival and Assignment by the Company . I understand that my obligations under this Agreement will continue in accordance with its express terms regardless of any changes in my title, position, duties, salary, compensation or benefits or other terms and conditions of employment. I further understand that my obligations under this Agreement will continue following the termination of my employment regardless of the manner of such termination and will be binding upon my heirs, executors and administrators. The Company will have the right to assign this Agreement to its affiliates, successors and assigns. I expressly consent to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement for the benefit of the Company or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate to whose employ I may be transferred without the necessity that this Agreement be resigned at the time of such transfer.

 

16.           Disclosure to Future Employers . The Company has the right to provide a copy of this Agreement to any future employer, partner or coventurer.

 

17.           Severability . In case any provisions (or portions thereof) contained in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein. If, moreover, any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, it shall be construed by limiting and

 

3



 

reducing it, so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the applicable law as it shall then appear.

 

18.           Interpretation . This Agreement will be deemed to be made and entered into in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and will in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. I hereby agree to consent to personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts situated within Suffolk County, Massachusetts for purposes of enforcing this Agreement, and waive any objection that I might have to personal jurisdiction or venue in those courts.

 

19.           Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire and only agreement between the Company and me respecting the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, between us concerning such subject matter. No modification, amendment, waiver or termination of this Agreement or of any provision hereof will be binding unless made in writing and signed by an authorized officer of the Company. Failure of the Company to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions hereof will not be deemed a waiver of such terms, covenants or conditions. In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and any other contract between the Company and me, the provisions of this Agreement will prevail.

 

[End of Text]

 

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS AGREEMENT AFFECTS IMPORTANT RIGHTS. BY SIGNING BELOW, I CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ IT CAREFULLY AND AM SATISFIED THAT I UNDERSTAND IT COMPLETELY.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement as a sealed instrument as of the date set forth below.

 

Signed:

/s/ Kim C. Drapkin

 

 

(Employee’s full name)

 

 

 

 

Type or print name:

Kim C. Drapkin

 

 

 

 

Date:

8-26-15

 

 

4



 

EXHIBIT A

 

To:          Jounce Therapeutics. Inc.

 

From:

 

Date:

 

SUBJECT:            Prior Inventions

 

The following is a complete list of all inventions or improvements relevant to the subject matter of my employment by the Company that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me alone or jointly with others prior to my engagement by the Company:

 

x            No inventions or improvements

 

o             See below:

 

o             Additional sheets attached

 

The following is a list of all patents and patent applications in which I have been named as an inventor:

 

x            None

 

o             See below:

 




Exhibit 10.6

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of the sixth of January, 2017 by and between Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”), and Elizabeth Trehu, M.D. (the “Executive”).  Except with respect to the Restrictive Covenants (as defined below), this Agreement supersedes, amends and restates in all respects all prior agreements between the Executive and the Company regarding the subject matter herein, including without limitation the letter agreement between the Executive and the Company dated October 15, 2015 and the Employment Agreement between the Executive and the Company dated November 3, 2015 (the “Former Employment Agreements”).

 

1.                                       Employment Term .  The Company and the Executive desire to continue their employment relationship, pursuant to this Agreement commencing as of the date hereof and continuing in effect until terminated by either party in accordance with this Agreement (the “Term”).  The Executive’s employment with the Company will continue to be “at will,” meaning that the Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Company or the Executive at any time and for any reason subject to the terms of this Agreement. If the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason during the Term, the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive (or to the Executive’s authorized representative or estate) any earned but unpaid base salary, unpaid expense reimbursements, accrued but unused PTO (as defined below) and any vested benefits the Executive may have under any employee benefit plan of the Company (the “Accrued Benefit”).

 

2.                                       Duties .  The Executive will have such powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”).  The Executive shall devote the Executive’s full working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company and will not engage in outside business activities, including outside board work, without the prior consent of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may engage in religious, charitable or other community activities as long as such services and activities do not interfere with the Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties to the Company.

 

3.                                       Compensation and Related Matters .

 

(a)                      Base Salary .  During the Term, the Executive’s annual base salary will be $385,200, subject to redetermination by the Board. The annual base salary in effect at any given time is referred to herein as “Base Salary.” The Base Salary will be payable in a manner that is consistent with the Company’s usual payroll practices for senior executives.

 

(b)                      Bonus .  During the Term, the Executive will be eligible to be considered for annual cash bonus as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”) from time to time (the “Bonus”), with the actual amount of the Bonus, if any, determined based upon the Board or the Compensation Committee’s assessment of achievement of certain pre-determined performance goals.   The Executive’s initial annual target Bonus is 35% of the Base Salary, and such percentage is subject to review and redetermination by the Board or the Compensation Committee (the

 



 

“Target Bonus Percentage”).  The Executive’s Bonus, if any, will be paid by March 15 following the applicable Bonus year.  To earn a Bonus, the Executive must be employed by the Company on the day such Bonus is paid.

 

(c)                       PTO :  During the Term, the Executive is eligible to earn paid-time-off (“PTO”), to be accrued on a pro rata basis and subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s policies and procedures relating to PTO.

 

(d)                      Other Benefits .  During the Term, the Executive will be entitled to continue to participate in the Company’s employee benefit plans, subject to the terms and the conditions of such plans and to the Company’s ability to amend and modify such plans.

 

(e)                       Equity .  The Executive’s equity compensation shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the applicable Company equity incentive plan, as may be amended, and the applicable stock option and/or restricted stock agreements associated with any grants made to the Executive (collectively the “Equity Documents”).  Provided , and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Documents, Section 5 of this Agreement shall apply in the event of a Terminating Event within a Sale Event Period.

 

(f)                        Reimbursement of Business Expenses.   The Company shall reimburse the Executive for travel, entertainment, business development and other expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by the Executive in connection with the Company’s business.  Expense reimbursement shall be subject to such policies the Company may adopt from time to time, included with respect to pre-approval.

 

4.                                       Certain Definitions .

 

(a)                      Sale Event : (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or resulting entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable), (iii) the acquisition of all or a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Company in a single transaction or a series of related transactions by a person or entity or group of persons and/or entities, or (iv) any other acquisition of the business of the Company, as determined by the Board; provided , however, that the Company’s initial public offering, any subsequent public offering or any other capital raising event, public or private, or a merger effected solely to change the Company’s domicile shall not constitute a “Sale Event.”

 

(b)                      Terminating Event . (i) termination by the Company other than for Cause at any time; or (ii) termination by the Executive for Good Reason on or within the 12 month period commencing with a Sale Event (such 12-month period, the “Sale Event Period”) both as set forth in this Section 4(b):

 

(i)                                      Termination by the Company Other Than For Cause .  Termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment for any reason other than for Cause, death or Disability.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean that the Company has complied with the “Cause Process” (hereinafter defined) following, the

 

2



 

occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(A)                                Executive’s material breach of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Company and Executive (including the Restrictive Covenants (as defined below));

 

(B)                                Executive’s material failure to adhere to any written policy of the Company generally applicable to employees of the Company related to conduct or ethics;

 

(C)                                Executive’s appropriation (or attempted appropriation) of a business opportunity of the Company, including attempting to secure or securing any personal profit in connection with any transaction entered into on behalf of the Company;

 

(D)                                Executive’s commission of an act constituting fraud, embezzlement, breach of any fiduciary duty owed to the Company or its stockholders or other dishonesty with respect to the Company;

 

(E)                                 Executive’s willful misconduct or continued and willful failure or refusal to perform any material duties reasonably requested by the Board or the executive of the Company to whom Executive reports;

 

(F)                                  Executive’s engaging in gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of Executive’s duties for the Company.

 

“Cause Process” shall mean that (i) the Company reasonably determines, in good faith, that one of the Causes has occurred; (ii) the Company notifies the Executive in writing of the first occurrence of the Cause within 30 days of the Board becoming aware of such condition; (iii) the Company cooperates in good faith with the Executive’s efforts, for a period of not less than seven days following such notice (the “Cause Cure Period”), to remedy the Cause; (iv) notwithstanding such efforts, the Cause continues to exist; and (v) the Company terminates the Executive’s employment within 30 days after the end of the Cause Cure Period, provided that the Company will not be required to provide a Cause Cure Period in the event that a Cause (x) is incapable of being cured; or (y) is required to be publicly disclosed under applicable securities law.  If the Executive cures all of the applicable Cause(s) during the applicable Cause Cure Period, Cause shall be deemed not to have occurred.  If the Company is not required to provide a Cause Cure Period, the Cause Process will be satisfied if the Company notifies the Executive in writing of the first occurrence of the Cause within 30 days of the Board becoming aware of such condition and terminates the Executive’s employment within 30 days of such notice.

 

(ii)                                   Termination by the Executive for Good Reason within the Sale Event Period .  Termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment with the Company for Good Reason within the Sale Event Period.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean that the Executive has complied with the “Good

 

3



 

Reason Process” (hereinafter defined) following, the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(A)                                      a demotion in title or any material diminution in the Executive’s position, responsibilities, authority or duties;

 

(B)                                      a material diminution in the Executive’s base salary; or

 

(C)                                      a thirty (30) mile change in the geographic location at which the Executive is required to provides services to the Company, not including business travel and short-term assignments.

 

“Good Reason Process” shall mean that (i) the Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a “Good Reason” condition has occurred; (ii) the Executive notifies the Company in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason condition within 60 days of the first occurrence of such condition; (iii) the Executive cooperates in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a period not less than 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the condition; (iv) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist; and (v) the Executive terminates Executive’s employment within 60 days after the end of the Cure Period.  If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.

 

A Terminating Event shall not be deemed to have occurred pursuant to this Section 4(b)  as a result of:  (i) the ending of the Executive’s employment due to the Executive’s death or Disability, (ii) Executive’s resignation for any reason, other than for Good Reason within the Sale Event Period, (iii) the Company’s termination of the employment relationship for Cause; or (iv) solely as a result of the Executive being or becoming an employee of any direct or indirect successor to the business or assets of the Company rather than continuing as an employee of the Company following a Sale Event.  For purposes hereof, the Executive will be considered “Disabled” if, as a result of the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Executive shall have been absent from Executive’s duties to the Company on a full-time basis for 180 calendar days in the aggregate in any 12-month period.

 

5.                                       Severance and Accelerated Vesting if a Terminating Event Occurs within the Sale Event Period .  In the event a Terminating Event occurs within the Sale Event Period, subject to the Executive signing and complying with a separation agreement in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company containing, among other provisions, a general release of claims in favor of the Company and related persons and entities, confidentiality, return of property and non-disparagement and reaffirmation of the Restrictive Covenants (the “Separation Agreement and Release”) and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable, all within 60 days after the Date of Termination, the following shall occur:

 

(a)                      the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the sum of (i) twelve months of the Executive’s Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Terminating Event (or the Executive’s Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Sale Event, if higher); and (ii) a Bonus for the year during which the Date of Termination occurs,

 

4



 

calculated by multiplying the Executive’s Target Bonus Percentage by twelve months of the Executive’s Base Salary.

 

(b)                      if the Executive was participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination and elects COBRA health continuation, then the Company shall pay to the Executive a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to the Executive if the Executive had remained employed by the Company for twelve months after the Date of Termination; and

 

(c)                       all stock options and other stock-based awards held by the Executive with time-based vesting shall immediately accelerate and become fully exercisable or nonforfeitable as of the Date of Termination.

 

The amounts payable under Section 5(a) and (b), as applicable, shall be paid out in a lump sum within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided , however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the amounts shall be paid in the second calendar year no later than the last day of the 60-day period.

 

6.                                       Severance if a Terminating Event Occurs Outside the Sale Event Period .  In the event a Terminating Event occurs at any time other than during the Sale Event Period, subject to the Executive signing the Separation Agreement and Release and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable, all within 60 days after the Date of Termination, the following shall occur:

 

(a)                      the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to nine months of the Executive’s annual Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Terminating Event;

 

(b)                      if the Executive was participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination and elects COBRA health continuation, then the Company shall pay to the Executive a monthly cash payment for nine months or the Executive’s COBRA health continuation period, whichever ends earlier, in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to the Executive if the Executive had remained employed by the Company.

 

The amounts payable under Section 6(a) and (b), as applicable, shall be paid out in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice over nine months commencing within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided , however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the amounts payable shall begin to be paid in the second calendar year by the last day of such 60-day period; provided , further, that the initial payment shall include a catch-up payment to cover amounts retroactive to the day immediately following the Date of Termination.  Each payment pursuant to this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

 

7.                                       Restrictive Covenants .   The terms of the Employee Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement dated October 21, 2015 (the “Restrictive Covenants”), appended hereto as Exhibit A, continue to be in full force and effect

 

5



 

and are incorporated by reference in this Agreement.  The Executive hereby reaffirms the Restrictive Covenants as material terms of this Agreement.

 

(a)                                  Third-Party Agreements and Rights .  The Executive hereby confirms that the Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party which restricts in any way the Executive’s use or disclosure of information or the Executive’s engagement in any business.  The Executive represents to the Company that the Executive’s execution of this Agreement, the Executive’s employment with the Company and the performance of the Executive’s proposed duties for the Company will not violate any obligations the Executive may have to any such previous employer or other party.  In the Executive’s work for the Company, the Executive will not disclose or make use of any information in violation of any agreements with or rights of any such previous employer or other party, and the Executive will not bring to the premises of the Company any copies or other tangible embodiments of non-public information belonging to or obtained from any such previous employment or other party.

 

(b)                                  Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation .  During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall cooperate fully with the Company in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Company which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company.  The Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Company at mutually convenient times.  During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Company in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company.  The Company shall reimburse the Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of obligations pursuant to this Section 7(b).

 

(c)                                   Relief .  The Executive agrees that it would be difficult to measure any damages caused to the Company which might result from any breach by the Executive of the promises set forth in this Section 7, and that in any event money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any such breach.  Accordingly, the Executive agrees that if the Executive breaches, or proposes to breach, any portion of this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to all other remedies that it may have, to an injunction or other appropriate equitable relief to restrain any such breach without showing or proving any actual damage to the Company.  In addition, in the event the Executive breaches the Restrictive Covenants during a period when the Executive is receiving Severance, the Company shall have the right to suspend or terminate the Severance.  Such suspension or termination shall not limit the Company’s other options with respect to relief for such breach and shall not relieve the Executive of Executive’s duties under this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Protected Disclosures .  The Executive understands that nothing contained in this Agreement or the Restrictive Covenants limits the Executive’s ability to communicate with any federal, state or local governmental agency or commission, including to provide documents or other information, without notice to the Company.

 

6



 

8.                                       Additional Limitation .

 

(a)                      Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the amount of any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 280G of the Code and the applicable regulations thereunder (the “Severance Payments”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(i)                                      If the Severance Payments, reduced by the sum of (A) the Excise Tax and (B) the total of the federal, state, and local income and employment taxes payable by the Executive on the amount of the Severance Payments which are in excess of the Threshold Amount, are greater than or equal to the Threshold Amount, the Executive shall be entitled to the full amount of Severance Payments.

 

(ii)                                   If the Threshold Amount is less than (x) the Severance Payments, but greater than (y) the Severance Payments reduced by the sum of (A) the Excise Tax and (B) the total of the federal, state, and local income and employment taxes on the amount of the Severance Payments which are in excess of the Threshold Amount, then the Severance Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the extent necessary so that the sum of all Severance Payments shall not exceed the Threshold Amount.  In such event, the Severance Payments shall be reduced in the following order:  (1) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (2) cash payments subject to Section 409A of the Code; (3) equity-based payments and acceleration; and (4) non-cash forms of benefits.  To the extent any payment is to be made over time (e.g., in installments, etc.), then the payments shall be reduced in reverse chronological order.

 

(b)                      For the purposes of this Section 8, “Threshold Amount” shall mean three times the Executive’s “base amount” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder less one dollar ($1.00); and “Excise Tax” shall mean the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, and any interest or penalties incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax.

 

(c)                       The determination as to which of the alternative provisions of Section 8(a) above shall apply to the Executive shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”), which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the Date of Termination, if applicable, or at such earlier time as is reasonably requested by the Company or the Executive.  For purposes of determining which of the alternative provisions of Section 8(a) above shall apply, the Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation applicable to individuals for the calendar year in which the determination is to be made, and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates of individual taxation in the state and locality of the Executive’s residence on the Date of Termination, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes.  Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

 

7



 

9.                                       Section 409A .

 

(a)                      Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Executive’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Company determines that the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement on account of the Executive’s separation from service would be considered deferred compensation subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Executive’s separation from service, or (B) the Executive’s death.

 

(b)                      The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.  To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code.  The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

 

(c)                       All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Agreement shall be provided by the Company or incurred by the Executive during the time periods set forth in this Agreement.  All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred.  The amount of in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year.  Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

(d)                      To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Executive’s “separation from service.”  The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

 

(e)                       The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

 

8


 

10.                                Withholding .  All payments made by the Company to the Executive under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

 

11.                                Notice and Date of Termination .

 

(a)                      Notice of Termination .  The Executive’s employment with the Company may be terminated by the Company or the Executive at any time and for any reason.  During the Term, any termination of the Executive’s employment (other than by reason of death) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination from one party hereto to the other party hereto in accordance with this Section 11.  For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon.

 

(b)                      Date of Termination .  “Date of Termination” shall mean:  (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by Executive’s death, the date of Executive’s death; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated on account of Executive’s Disability or by the Company for Cause or without Cause the date on which Notice of Termination is given; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive for any reason except for Good Reason during a Sale Event Period, 30 days after the date on which a Notice of Termination is given, and (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive with Good Reason within a Sale Event Period, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given after the end of the Cure Period.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Executive gives a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination and such acceleration shall not result in a termination by the Company for purposes of this Agreement.

 

12.                                No Mitigation .  The Company agrees that, if the Executive’s employment by the Company is terminated during the term of this Agreement, the Executive is not required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Executive by the Company pursuant to Section 5 or Section 6 hereof.  Further, the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer.

 

13.                                Consent to Jurisdiction .  The parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the state and federal court in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.  Accordingly, with respect to any such court action, the Executive (a) submits to the personal jurisdiction of such courts; (b) consents to service of process; and (c) waives any other requirement (whether imposed by statute, rule of court, or otherwise) with respect to personal jurisdiction or service of process.

 

14.                                Integration .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to compensation, severance pay, benefits and accelerated vesting and supersedes in all respects all prior agreements between the parties concerning such subject matter, including without limitation the Former Employment Agreements and any offer letter or employment agreement relating to the Executive’s employment relationship with the Company.  Provided , and notwithstanding the foregoing, the Restrictive Covenants and any other agreement relating to confidentiality, noncompetition, nonsolicitation or assignment of inventions shall not be

 

9



 

superseded by this Agreement and the Executive acknowledges and agrees that any such agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

15.                                Successor to the Executive .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.  In the event of the Executive’s death after a Terminating Event but prior to the completion by the Company of all payments due the Executive under this Agreement, the Company shall continue such payments to the Executive’s beneficiary designated in writing to the Company prior to Executive’s death (or to Executive’s estate, if the Executive fails to make such designation).

 

16.                                Enforceability .  If any portion or provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any portion or provision of any Section of this Agreement) shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

17.                                Waiver .  No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party.  The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

18.                                Notices .  Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by a nationally recognized overnight currier service of by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Executive at the last address the Executive has filed in writing with the Company, or to the Company at its main office, attention of the Board.

 

19.                                Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Company.

 

20.                                Effect on Other Plans and Agreements .  An election by the Executive to resign for Good Reason during a Sale Event Period under the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a voluntary termination of employment by the Executive for the purpose of interpreting the provisions of any of the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit the rights of the Executive under the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies except as otherwise provided in Section 7 hereof, and except that the Executive shall have no rights to any severance benefits under any Company severance pay plan, offer letter or otherwise.  In the event that the Executive is party to an agreement with the Company providing for payments or benefits under such agreement and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall govern and Executive may receive payment under this Agreement only and not both.  Further, Section 5 and Section 6 of this Agreement are mutually exclusive and in no event shall  Executive be entitled to payments or benefits pursuant to Section 5 and Section 6 of this Agreement.

 

10



 

21.                                Governing Law .  This is a Massachusetts contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles.

 

22.                                Successor to Company .  The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no succession had taken place.  Failure of the Company to obtain an assumption of this Agreement at or prior to the effectiveness of any succession shall be a material breach of this Agreement.

 

23.                                Gender Neutral .  Wherever used herein, a pronoun in the masculine or feminine gender shall be considered as including the opposite gender unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

24.                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective on the date and year first above written.

 

 

JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Murray

 

Name:

Richard Murray, Ph.D.

 

Title:

President & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

 

 

/s/ Elizabeth Trehu

 

Elizabeth Trehu, M.D.

 

Chief Medical Officer

 

11



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Employee Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality
and Assignment Agreement dated October 21, 2015

 


 

JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

Employee Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Assignment Agreement

 

In consideration and as a condition of my employment or continued employment by Jounce Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), I agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Proprietary Information . I agree that all information, whether or not in writing, concerning the Company’s business, technology, business relationships or financial affairs which the Company has not released to the general public (collectively, “ Proprietary Information ”) is and will be the exclusive property of the Company. By way of illustration, Proprietary Information may include information or material which has not been made generally available to the public, such as: (a)  corporate information , including plans, strategies, methods, policies, resolutions, negotiations or litigation; (b)  marketing information , including strategies, methods, customer identities or other information about customers, prospect identities or other information about prospects, or market analyses or projections; (c)  financial information , including cost and performance data, debt arrangements, equity structure, investors and holdings, purchasing and sales data and price lists; (d)  operational and technological information , including plans, specifications, manuals, forms, templates, software, designs, methods, procedures, formulas, discoveries, inventions, improvements, concepts and ideas; and (e)  personnel information , including personnel lists, reporting or organizational structure, resumes, personnel data, compensation structure, performance evaluations and termination arrangements or documents. Proprietary Information also includes information received in confidence by the Company from its customers or suppliers or other third parties.

 

2.                                       Recognition of Company’s Rights . I will not, at any time, without the Company’s prior written permission, either during or after my employment, disclose or transfer any Proprietary Information to anyone outside of the Company, or use or permit to be used any Proprietary Information for any purpose other than the performance of my duties as an employee of the Company. I will cooperate with the Company and use my best efforts to prevent the unauthorized disclosure of all Proprietary Information. I will deliver to the Company all copies and other tangible embodiments of Proprietary Information in my possession or control upon the earlier of a request by the Company or termination of my employment.

 

3.                                       Rights of Others . I understand that the Company is now and may hereafter be subject to non-disclosure or confidentiality agreements with third persons which require the Company to protect or refrain from use of Proprietary Information. I agree to be bound by the terms of such agreements in the event I have access to such Proprietary Information.

 

4.                                       Commitment to Company; Avoidance of Conflict of Interest .  While an employee of the Company, I will devote my full-time efforts to the Company’s business and I will not engage in any other business activity that conflicts with my duties to the Company. I will advise the president of the Company or his or her nominee at such time as any activity of either the Company or another business presents me with a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict of interest as an employee of the Company. I will take whatever action is requested of me by the Company to resolve any conflict or appearance of conflict which it finds to exist.

 

5.                                       Developments .  I will make full and prompt disclosure to the Company of all inventions, discoveries, designs, developments, methods, modifications, improvements, processes, algorithms, databases, computer programs, formulae, techniques, trade secrets, graphics or images, audio or visual works and other works of authorship (collectively “ Developments ”), whether or not patentable or copyrightable, that are created, made, conceived or reduced to practice by me (alone or jointly with others) or under my direction during the period of my employment. I acknowledge that all work

 



 

performed by me is on a “work for hire” basis, and I hereby do assign and transfer and, to the extent any such assignment cannot be made at present, will assign and transfer, to the Company and its successors and assigns all my right, title and interest in all Developments that (a) relate to the business of the Company or any customer of or supplier to the Company or any of the products or services being researched, developed, manufactured or sold by the Company or which may be used with such products or services; or (b) result from tasks assigned to me by the Company; or (c) result from the use of premises or personal property (whether tangible or intangible) owned, leased or contracted for by the Company (“ Company-Related Developments ”), and all related patents, patent applications, trademarks and trademark applications, copyrights and copyright applications, and other intellectual property rights in all countries and territories worldwide and under any international conventions (“ Intellectual Property Rights ”).

 

To preclude any possible uncertainty, I have set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto a complete list of Developments that I have, alone or jointly with others, conceived, developed or reduced to practice prior to the commencement of my employment with the Company that I consider to be my property or the property of third parties and that I wish to have excluded from the scope of this Agreement (“ Prior Inventions ”). If disclosure of any such Prior Invention would cause me to violate any prior confidentiality agreement, I understand that I am not to list such Prior Inventions in Exhibit A but am only to disclose a cursory name for each such invention, a listing of the party(ies) to whom it belongs and the fact that full disclosure as to such inventions has not been made for that reason. I have also listed on Exhibit A all patents and patent applications in which I am named as an inventor, other than those which have been assigned to the Company (“ Other Patent Rights ”). If no such disclosure is attached, I represent that there are no Prior Inventions or Other Patent Rights. If, in the course of my employment with the Company, I incorporate a Prior Invention into a Company product, process or machine or other work done for the Company, I hereby grant to the Company a nonexclusive, royalty-free, paid-up, irrevocable, worldwide license (with the full right to sublicense) to make, have made, modify, use, sell, offer for sale and import such Prior Invention. Notwithstanding the foregoing, I will not incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, Prior Inventions in any Company-Related Development without the Company’s prior written consent.

 

This Agreement does not obligate me to assign to the Company any Development which, in the sole judgment of the Company, reasonably exercised, is developed entirely on my own time and does not relate to the business efforts or research and development efforts in which, during the period of my employment, the Company actually is engaged or reasonably would be engaged, and does not result from the use of premises or equipment owned or leased by the Company. However, I will also promptly disclose to the Company any such Developments for the purpose of determining whether they qualify for such exclusion. I understand that to the extent this Agreement is required to be construed in accordance with the laws of any state which precludes a requirement in an employee agreement to assign certain classes of inventions made by an employee, this paragraph 5 will be interpreted not to apply to any invention which a court rules and/or the Company agrees falls within such classes. I also hereby waive all claims to any moral rights or other special rights which I may have or accrue in any Company-Related Developments.

 

6.                                       Documents and Other Materials .  I will keep and maintain adequate and current records of all Proprietary Information and Company-Related Developments developed by me during my employment, which records will be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times.

 

All files, letters, notes, memoranda, reports, records, data, sketches, drawings, notebooks, layouts, charts, quotations and proposals, specification sheets, program listings, blueprints, models, prototypes, or other written, photographic or other tangible material containing Proprietary Information, whether created by me or others, which come into my custody or possession, are the exclusive property of the Company to be used by me only in the performance of my duties for the Company. Any property situated on the

 

2



 

Company’s premises and owned by the Company, including without limitation computers, disks and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, is subject to inspection by the Company at any time with or without notice. In the event of the termination of my employment for any reason, I will deliver to the Company all files, letters, notes, memoranda, reports, records, data, sketches, drawings, notebooks, layouts, charts, quotations and proposals, specification sheets, program listings, blueprints, models, prototypes, or other written, photographic or other tangible material containing Proprietary Information, and other materials of any nature pertaining to the Proprietary Information of the Company and to my work, and will not take or keep in my possession any of the foregoing or any copies.

 

7.                                       Enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights .  I will cooperate fully with the Company, both during and after my employment with the Company, with respect to the procurement, maintenance and enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights in Company-Related Developments. I will sign, both during and after the term of this Agreement, all papers, including without limitation copyright applications, patent applications, declarations, oaths, assignments of priority rights, and powers of attorney, which the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in any Company-Related Development. If the Company is unable, after reasonable effort, to secure my signature on any such papers, I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint each officer of the Company as my agent and attorney-in-fact to execute any such papers on my behalf, and to take any and all actions as the Company may deem necessary or desirable in order to protect its rights and interests in any Company-Related Development.

 

8.                                       Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation .  In order to protect the Company’s Proprietary Information and good will, during my employment and for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination of my employment for any reason (the “ Restricted Period ”), I will not directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, shareholder, director, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, (1) engage, participate, or invest in, be employed by, consult or otherwise associated with any other business, enterprise or venture that, as its primary business activity, performs research or services, or develops, manufactures or markets any products that are same as, similar to or competitive with the research, services or products of the Company or that the Company has under development or active planning (the “Restricted Field”), or (2) perform or otherwise be involved in any business activity related to the Restricted Field. This paragraph 8 shall not prohibit any possible investment in publicly traded stock of a company representing less than one percent of the stock of such company. In addition, during the Restricted Period, I will not, directly or indirectly, in any manner, other than for the benefit of the Company, (a) call upon, solicit, divert or take away any of the customers, business or prospective customers of the Company or any of its suppliers, and/or (b) solicit, entice or attempt to persuade any other employee or consultant of the Company to leave the services of the Company for any reason. I acknowledge and agree that if I violate any of the provisions of this paragraph 8, the running of the Restricted Period will be extended by the time during which I engage in such violation(s).

 

9.                                       Government Contracts . I acknowledge that the Company may have from time to time agreements with other persons or with the United States Government or its agencies which impose obligations or restrictions on the Company regarding inventions made during the course of work under such agreements or regarding the confidential nature of such work. I agree to comply with any such obligations or restrictions upon the direction of the Company. In addition to the rights assigned under paragraph 5, I also assign to the Company (or any of its nominees) all rights which I have or acquired in any Developments, full title to which is required to be in the United States under any contract between the Company and the United States or any of its agencies.

 

10.                                Prior Agreements . I hereby represent that, except as I have fully disclosed previously in writing to the Company, I am not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from using or disclosing any trade secret or confidential or proprietary information in the course

 

3



 

of my employment with the Company or to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or any other party. I further represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement as an employee of the Company does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge or data acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my employment with the Company. I will not disclose to the Company or induce the Company to use any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any previous employer or others.

 

11.                                Remedies Upon Breach .  I understand that the restrictions contained in this Agreement are necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of the Company and I consider them to be reasonable for such purpose. Any breach of this Agreement is likely to cause the Company substantial and irrevocable damage and therefore, in the event of such breach, the Company, in addition to such other remedies which may be available, will be entitled to specific performance and other injunctive relief.

 

12.                                Use of Voice, Image and Likeness .  I give the Company permission to use my voice, image or likeness, with or without using my name, for the purposes of advertising and promoting the Company, or for other purposes deemed appropriate by the Company in its reasonable discretion, except to the extent expressly prohibited by law.

 

13.                                Publications and Public Statements .  I will obtain the Company’s written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material that relates to my work at the Company and/or incorporates any Proprietary Information. To ensure that the Company delivers a consistent message about its products, services and operations to the public, and further in recognition that even positive statements may have a detrimental effect on the Company in certain securities transactions and other contexts, any statement about the Company which I create, publish or post during my period of employment and for six (6) months thereafter, on any media accessible by the public, including but not limited to social media sites, electronic bulletin boards and Internet-based chat rooms, must first be reviewed and approved by an officer of the Company before it is released in the public domain. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any statement relating to any Proprietary Information shall not be published or posted on any media anytime during or after my employment without the Company’s prior written consent.

 

14.                                No Employment Obligation .  I understand that this Agreement does not create an obligation on the Company or any other person to continue my employment. I acknowledge that, unless otherwise agreed in a formal written employment agreement signed on behalf of the Company by an authorized officer, my employment with the Company is at will and therefore may be terminated by the Company or me at any time and for any reason.

 

15.                                Survival and Assignment by the Company .  I understand that my obligations under this Agreement will continue in accordance with its express terms regardless of any changes in my title, position, duties, salary, compensation or benefits or other terms and conditions of employment. I further understand that my obligations under this Agreement will continue following the termination of my employment regardless of the manner of such termination and will be binding upon my heirs, executors and administrators. The Company will have the right to assign this Agreement to its affiliates, successors and assigns. I expressly consent to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement for the benefit of the Company or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate to whose employ I may be transferred without the necessity that this Agreement be resigned at the time of such transfer.

 

16.                                Disclosure to Future Employers .  The Company has the right to provide a copy of this Agreement to any future employer, partner or coventurer.

 

4



 

17.                                Severability .  In case any provisions (or portions thereof) contained in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein. If, moreover, any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, it shall be construed by limiting and reducing it, so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the applicable law as it shall then appear.

 

18.                                Interpretation .  This Agreement will be deemed to be made and entered into in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and will in all respects be interpreted, enforced and governed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. I hereby agree to consent to personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts situated within Suffolk County, Massachusetts for purposes of enforcing this Agreement, and waive any objection that I might have to personal jurisdiction or venue in those courts.

 

19.                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire and only agreement between the Company and me respecting the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, between us concerning such subject matter. No modification, amendment, waiver or termination of this Agreement or of any provision hereof will be binding unless made in writing and signed by an authorized officer of the Company. Failure of the Company to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions hereof will not be deemed a waiver of such terms, covenants or conditions. In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and any other contract between the Company and me, the provisions of this Agreement will prevail.

 

[End of Text]

 

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS AGREEMENT AFFECTS IMPORTANT RIGHTS. BY SIGNING BELOW, I CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ IT CAREFULLY AND AM SATISFIED THAT I UNDERSTAND IT COMPLETELY.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement as a sealed instrument as of the date set forth below.

 

Signed:

/s/ Elizabeth G. Trehu

 

 

(Employee’s full name)

 

 

 

Type or print name:

Elizabeth G. Trehu, MD

 

 

 

 

Date:

21 Oct, 2015

 

 

5



 

EXHIBIT A

 

To:

Jounce Therapeutics, Inc.

 

 

 

 

From:

Elizabeth G. Trehu, MD

 

 

 

 

Date:

21 Oct, 2015

 

 

SUBJECT:                                      Prior Inventions

 

The following is a complete list of all inventions or improvements relevant to the subject matter of my employment by the Company that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me alone or jointly with others prior to my engagement by the Company:

 

x                                   No inventions or improvements

 

o                                     See below:

 

 

 

o                                     Additional sheets attached

 

The following is a list of all patents and patent applications in which I have been named as an inventor:

 

o                                     None

 

x                                   See below:

 

Treatment of Fibrotic Conditions Using Hedgehog Inhibitors

 

U.S. Application number 13/007,423, filed Jan. 14, 2011, published July 28, 2011; publication number US20110183948

 

U.S. Application number PCT/US11/021410, filed Jan. 14, 2011, published July 21, 2011; publication number WO 2011/088404

 

Methods for Treating Fibrotic Cancers

 

- U.S. provisional application serial number 61/888,269, filed October 8, 2013 (expired provisional application)

 

- U.S. provisional application serial number 61/992,807, filed May 13, 2014 (expired provisional application)

 

- U.S. provisional application serial number 62/004,828, filed May 29, 2014 (expired provisional application)

 

- U.S. provisional application serial number 62/004,836, filed May 29, 2014 (expired provisional application)

 

- PCT application PCT/US2014/059699, filed October 8, 2014 (pending)

 




Exhibit 10.13

 

JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

FORM OF OFFICER INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of , 2017 by and between Jounce Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and (“ Indemnitee ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company;

 

WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by law;

 

WHEREAS, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Charter ”) and the Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “ Bylaws ”) of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company, and Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Charter, the Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining highly qualified persons such as Indemnitee is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders;

 

WHEREAS, it is reasonable and prudent for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, regardless of any amendment or revocation of the Charter or the Bylaws, so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified; and

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Charter, the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

Section 1.                                            Services to the Company .  Indemnitee agrees to serve as [a director and] an officer of the Company.  Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from [any] such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee

 



 

in such position.  This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee.

 

Section 2.                                            Definitions .

 

As used in this Agreement:

 

(a)                                  [“ Change in Control ” shall mean:

 

(i)                                      the date any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and  14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Act ”) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or any trustee, fiduciary or other person or entity holding securities under any employee benefit plan or trust of the Company or any of its subsidiaries), together with all “affiliates” and “associates” (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Act) of such person, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities having the right to vote in an election of the Board (“ Voting Securities ”) (in such case other than as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company); or

 

(ii)                                   the date a majority of the members of the Board is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board before the date of the appointment or election; or

 

(iii)                                the date of consummation of (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company where the stockholders of the Company, immediately prior to the consolidation or merger, would not, immediately after the consolidation or merger, beneficially own (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, shares representing in the aggregate more than 50 percent of the voting shares of the Company issuing cash or securities in the consolidation or merger (or of its ultimate parent corporation, if any), or (B) any sale or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions contemplated or arranged by any party as a single plan) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” will not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (i) solely as the result of an acquisition of securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of shares of Voting Securities outstanding, increases the proportionate number of Voting Securities beneficially owned by any person to 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, that if any person referred to in this sentence will thereafter become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Voting Securities (other than pursuant to a stock split, stock dividend, or similar transaction or as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Company) and immediately thereafter beneficially owns 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of all of the then outstanding Voting Securities, then a “Change in Control” will be deemed to have occurred for purposes of the foregoing clause (i).]

 

(b)                                  Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person as a current or former officer of the Company or current or former director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

 

(c)                                   Enforcement Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with an action to enforce indemnification or advancement rights, or an appeal from such action.  Expenses, however, shall not include fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.

 

(d)                                  Enterprise ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company), partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, limited liability company, or other legal entity of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee.

 

(e)                                   Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding or an appeal resulting from a Proceeding.  Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee, the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee or fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.

 

2



 

(f)                                    Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member or shareholder) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of Delaware corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, any Enterprise or Indemnitee in any matter material to any such party; or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

(g)                                   The term “ Proceeding ” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or investigative nature, and whether formal or informal, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was [a director or] an officer of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise or by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any action taken on his or her part while acting as [a director or] an officer of the Company or while serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; provided , however , that the term “Proceeding” shall not include any action, suit or arbitration, or part thereof, initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement as provided for in Section 12(a) of this Agreement.

 

Section 3.                                            Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings .  The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor.  Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 4.                                            Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company .  The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor.  Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her

 

3



 

behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.  No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery (the “ Delaware Court ”) shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court shall deem proper.

 

Section 5.                                            Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful .  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement and except as provided in Section 7, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in any Proceeding and is successful in such Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.  If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.  For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

Section 6.                                            Reimbursement for Expenses of a Witness or in Response to a Subpoena .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, (i) is a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party or (ii) receives a subpoena with respect to any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party, the Company shall reimburse Indemnitee for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

 

Section 7.                                            Exclusions .  Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement:

 

(a)                                  to indemnify for amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise;

 

(b)                                  to indemnify for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law;

 

(c)                                   to indemnify for any reimbursement of, or payment to, the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or any formal policy of the Company adopted by the Board (or a

 

4



 

committee thereof), or any other remuneration paid to Indemnitee if it shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such remuneration was in violation of law;

 

(d)                                  to indemnify with respect to any Proceeding, or part thereof, brought by Indemnitee against the Company, any legal entity which it controls, any director or officer thereof or any third party, unless (i) the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or part thereof and (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; provided , however , that this Section 7(d) shall not apply to (A) counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee or (B) any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought as described in Section 12; or

 

(e)                                   to provide any indemnification or advancement of expenses that is prohibited by applicable law (as such law exists at the time payment would otherwise be required pursuant to this Agreement).

 

Section 8.                                            Advancement of Expenses .  Subject to Section 9(b), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding.  Advances shall be unsecured and interest free.  Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement.  Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to the fullest extent required by law to repay the advance if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.  The right to advances under this paragraph shall in all events continue until final disposition of any Proceeding, including any appeal therein.  Nothing in this Section 8 shall limit Indemnitee’s right to advancement pursuant to Section 12(e) of this Agreement.

 

Section 9.                                          Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim .

 

(a)                                  To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor specifying the basis for the claim, the amounts for which Indemnitee is seeking payment under this Agreement, and all documentation related thereto as reasonably requested by the Company.

 

(b)                                  In the event that the Company shall be obligated hereunder to provide indemnification for or make any advancement of Expenses with respect to any Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, with counsel approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably

 

5



 

withheld or delayed) upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election to do so.  After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees or expenses of separate counsel subsequently employed by or on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding; provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of such defense, or (C) the Company shall not continue to retain such counsel to defend such Proceeding, then the fees and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee with respect to his or her separate counsel shall be Expenses hereunder.

 

(c)                                   In the event that the Company does not assume the defense in a Proceeding pursuant to paragraph (b) above, then the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

 

(d)                                  The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without its prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the fact that an insurer under an applicable insurance policy delays or is unwilling to consent to such settlement or is or may be in breach of its obligations under such policy, or the fact that directors’ and officers’ liability insurance is otherwise unavailable or not maintained by the Company, may not be taken into account by the Company in determining whether to provide its consent. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), enter into any settlement which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, any non-monetary remedy imposed on Indemnitee or any monetary damages for which Indemnitee is not wholly and actually indemnified hereunder or (ii) with respect to any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee may be or is made a party or may be otherwise entitled to seek indemnification hereunder, does not include the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding.

 

Section 10.                                     Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), a determination, if such determination is required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder shall be made in the specific case by one of the following methods: [(x) if a Change in Control shall have occurred and indemnification is being requested by Indemnitee hereunder in his or her capacity as a director of the Company, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board; or (y) in any other case,] (i) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; (ii) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; or (iii) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board.  For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or

 

6



 

proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought.  In the case that such determination is made by Independent Counsel, a copy of Independent Counsel’s written opinion shall be delivered to Indemnitee and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within thirty (30) days after such determination.  Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Independent Counsel or the Company, as applicable, in making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such counsel or the Company, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination.  Any reasonable out-of-pocket costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Independent Counsel or the Company shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

(b)                                  If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a), the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board[; provided that, if a Change in Control shall have occurred and indemnification is being requested by Indemnitee hereunder in his or her capacity as a director of the Company, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee].  Indemnitee may, within ten (10) days after written notice of such selection, deliver to the Company [or Indemnitee, as the case may be,] a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion.  Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel.  If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit.  If, within twenty (20) days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected without objection, either Indemnitee or the Company may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee or the Company to the selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate.  The person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(a) hereof.  Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the determination of entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be made without regard to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to and availability of insurance coverage, including advancement, payment or reimbursement of defense costs, expenses or covered loss under the

 

7


 

provisions of any applicable insurance policy (including, without limitation, whether such advancement, payment or reimbursement is withheld, conditioned or delayed by the insurer(s).

 

Section 11.                                   Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

 

(a)                                  To the extent permitted by applicable law, in making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, it shall be presumed that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption.

 

(b)                                  The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of guilty, nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

(c)                                   The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

Section 12.                                     Remedies of Indemnitee .

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 12(f), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification for which a determination is to be made other than by Independent Counsel, (iv) payment of indemnification or reimbursement of expenses is not made pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the last sentence of Section 10(a) of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement is not made within thirty (30) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by the Delaware Court of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement.  Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association.  Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided , however , that the foregoing time limitation shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section

 

8



 

5 of this Agreement.  The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

 

(b)                                  In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination.  In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                   If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

(d)                                  The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against any and all Enforcement Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Enforcement Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought.  Such written request for advancement shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Enforcement Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law need not be included with the invoice.

 

(f)                                    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein.

 

Section 13.                                   Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation .

 

(a)                                  The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise.  No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under

 

9



 

this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.  To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement than would be afforded currently under the Charter, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.  No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

(b)                                  To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, managers, partners, officers, employees, agents or trustees of the Company or of any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee under such policy or policies.  If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.

 

(c)                                   In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

(d)                                  The Company’s obligation to provide indemnification or advancement hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement from such other Enterprise.

 

Section 14.                                     Duration of Agreement .  This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as both a director and an officer of the Company or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto.  This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her heirs, executors and administrators.  The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

10



 

Section 15.                                     Severability .  If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

Section 16.                                     Enforcement .

 

(a)                                  The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director and an officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director and an officer of the Company.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Charter, the Bylaws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

Section 17.                                     Modification and Waiver .  No supplement, modification or amendment, or waiver of any provision, of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.  No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee prior to such supplement, modification or amendment.

 

Section 18.                                     Notice by Indemnitee .  Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification, reimbursement or advancement as provided hereunder.  The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

Section 19.                                     Notices .  All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have

 

11



 

been directed, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (iii) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (iv) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

 

(a)                                  If to Indemnitee, at such address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

 

(b)                                  If to the Company to:

 

Jounce Therapeutics, Inc.

1030 Massachusetts Avenue

Cambridge, MA 02138

Attention: Senior Vice President of Legal

 

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

 

Section 20.                                     Contribution .  To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any Proceeding in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee in connection with the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transactions.

 

Section 21.                                     Internal Revenue Code Section 409A .  The Company intends for this Agreement to comply with the Indemnification exception under Section 1.409A-1(b)(10) of the regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), which provides that indemnification of, or the purchase of an insurance policy providing for payments of, all or part of the expenses incurred or damages paid or payable by Indemnitee with respect to a bona fide claim against Indemnitee or the Company do not provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, where such claim is based on actions or failures to act by Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a service provider of the Company.  The parties intend that this Agreement be interpreted and construed with such intent.

 

Section 22.                                     Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction .  This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules.  Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with

 

12



 

this Agreement, (iii) consent to service of process at the address set forth in Section 19 of this Agreement with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

Section 23.                                     Headings .  The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

Section 24.                                     Identical Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.  Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

13



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Name of Indemnitee]

 




Exhibit 10.14

 

JOUNCE THERAPEUTICS, INC.
SENIOR EXECUTIVE CASH INCENTIVE BONUS PLAN

 

1.                                       Purpose

 

This Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan (the “ Incentive Plan ”) is intended to provide an incentive for superior work and to motivate eligible executives of Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and its subsidiaries toward even higher achievement and business results, to tie their goals and interests to those of the Company and its stockholders and to enable the Company to attract and retain highly qualified executives.  The Incentive Plan is for the benefit of Covered Executives (as defined below).

 

2.                                       Covered Executives

 

From time to time, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Compensation Committee ”) may select certain key executives (the “ Covered Executives ”) to be eligible to receive bonuses hereunder.  Participation in this Plan does not change the “at will” nature of a Covered Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

3.                                       Administration

 

The Compensation Committee shall have the sole discretion and authority to administer and interpret the Incentive Plan.

 

4.                                       Bonus Determinations

 

(a)                                  Corporate Performance Goals .  A Covered Executive may receive a bonus payment under the Incentive Plan based upon the attainment of one or more performance objectives that are established by the Compensation Committee and relate to financial and operational metrics with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries (the “ Corporate Performance Goals ”), including the following:  cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); revenue; corporate revenue; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); changes in the market price of the Company’s common stock; economic value-added; development, clinical, regulatory or commercial milestones; acquisitions or strategic transactions; operating income (loss); return on capital, assets, equity, or investment; stockholder returns; return on sales; gross or net profit levels; productivity; expense efficiency; margins; operating efficiency; customer satisfaction; working capital; earnings (loss) per share of the Company’s common stock; bookings, new bookings or renewals; sales or market shares; number of customers, number of new customers or customer references; operating income and/or net annual recurring revenue, any of which may be (A) measured in absolute terms or compared to any incremental increase, (B) measured in terms of growth, (C) compared to another company or companies or to results of a peer group, (D) measured against the market as a whole and/or as compared to applicable market indices and/or (E) measured on a pre-tax or post-tax basis (if applicable).  Further, any Corporate Performance Goals may be used to measure the performance of the Company as a whole or a business unit or other segment of the Company, or one or more

 



 

product lines or specific markets.  The Corporate Performance Goals may differ from Covered Executive to Covered Executive.

 

(b)                                  Calculation of Corporate Performance Goals .  At the beginning of each applicable performance period, the Compensation Committee will determine whether any significant element(s) will be included in or excluded from the calculation of any Corporate Performance Goal with respect to any Covered Executive.  In all other respects, Corporate Performance Goals will be calculated in accordance with the Company’s financial statements, generally accepted accounting principles, or under a methodology established by the Compensation Committee at the beginning of the performance period and which is consistently applied with respect to a Corporate Performance Goal in the relevant performance period.

 

(c)                                   Target; Minimum; Maximum .  Each Corporate Performance Goal shall have a “target” (100 percent attainment of the Corporate Performance Goal) and may also have a “minimum” hurdle and/or a “maximum” amount.

 

(d)                                  Bonus Requirements; Individual Goals .  Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 4(d):  (i) any bonuses paid to Covered Executives under the Incentive Plan shall be based upon objectively determinable bonus formulas that tie such bonuses to one or more performance targets relating to the Corporate Performance Goals, (ii) bonus formulas for Covered Executives shall be adopted in each performance period by the Compensation Committee and communicated to each Covered Executive at the beginning of each performance period and (iii) no bonuses shall be paid to Covered Executives unless and until the Compensation Committee makes a determination with respect to the attainment of the performance targets relating to the Corporate Performance Goals.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compensation Committee may adjust bonuses payable under the Incentive Plan based on achievement of one or more individual performance objectives or pay bonuses (including, without limitation, discretionary bonuses) to Covered Executives under the Incentive Plan based on individual performance goals and/or upon such other terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee may in its discretion determine.

 

(e)                                   Individual Target Bonuses .  The Compensation Committee shall establish a target bonus opportunity for each Covered Executive for each performance period.  For each Covered Executive, the Compensation Committee shall have the authority to apportion the target award so that a portion of the target award shall be tied to attainment of Corporate Performance Goals and a portion of the target award shall be tied to attainment of individual performance objectives.

 

(f)                                    Employment Requirement .  Subject to any additional terms contained in a written agreement between the Covered Executive and the Company, the payment of a bonus to a Covered Executive with respect to a performance period shall be conditioned upon the Covered Executive’s employment by the Company on the bonus payment date.  If a Covered Executive was not employed for an entire performance period, the Compensation Committee may pro rate the bonus based on the number of days employed during such period.

 

5.                                       Timing of Payment

 

(a)                                  With respect to Corporate Performance Goals established and measured on a basis more frequently than annually (e.g., quarterly or semi-annually), the Corporate Performance

 

2



 

Goals will be measured at the end of each performance period after the Company’s financial reports with respect to such period(s) have been published.  If the Corporate Performance Goals and/or individual goals for such period are met, payments will be made as soon as practicable following the end of such period, but not later 74 days after the end of the fiscal year in which such performance period ends.

 

(b)                                  With respect to Corporate Performance Goals established and measured on an annual or multi-year basis, Corporate Performance Goals will be measured as of the end of each such performance period (e.g., the end of each fiscal year) after the Company’s financial reports with respect to such period(s) have been published.  If the Corporate Performance Goals and/or individual goals for any such period are met, bonus payments will be made as soon as practicable, but not later than 74 days after the end of the relevant fiscal year.

 

(c)                                   For the avoidance of doubt, bonuses earned at any time in a fiscal year must be paid no later than 74 days after the last day of such fiscal year.

 

6.                                       Amendment and Termination

 

The Company reserves the right to amend or terminate the Incentive Plan at any time in its sole discretion.

 

3




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our report dated March 8, 2016, except for Note 1 and Note 16a as to which the date is November 17, 2016 and Note 16b as to which the date is January 17, 2017, in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-215372) and related Prospectus of Jounce Therapeutics, Inc. dated January 17, 2017.

    /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
January 17, 2017

 

 



QuickLinks